You are on page 1of 576

I


K

FANUG 10/100 series >


/

FANUC 1 1 / 1 1 O series
FANUC 12/120 series

MAINTENANCE MANUAL

B 5 4 8 1 5E/05
This manual describes the following products.

Name of products Abbreviation

FANUC 10T-MODEL A 10T-A


10T
FANUC 10T-MODEL F 10T-F 10 series

FANUC 10M-MODEL A 10M-A 10M

FANUC 11T-MODEL A 1IT- A 1IT

FANUC 11TT-MODEL A 11TT-A


1ITT
FANUC 11TT-MODEL F 11TT-F 11 series

FANUC 11M-MODEL A 11M-A


11M
FANUC 11M-MODEL F 11M-F

FANUC 12T-MODEL A 12T-A 12T


12 series
FANUC 12M-MODEL A 12M-A 12M

FANUC 100T-MODEL A 100T-A 100T


100 series
FANUC 100M-MODEL A 100M-A 100M

FANUC 110T-MODEL A 110T-A HOT


110 series
FANUC 110M-MODEL A 110M-A 110M

FANUC 120T-MODEL A 120T-A 120T


120 series
FANUC 120M-MODEL A 120M-A 120M
CONTENTS

1. GENERAL 1
1.1 Structure 2
1.2 Construction 21
1.3 System Block Diagram 36
1.3.1 10/100 series 36
1.3.2 11/110 series . 39
1.3.3 12/120 series . 41
1.4 PCB and Units Table 48

2. PERIODIC MAINTENANCE AND MAINTENANCE EQUIPMENT 64


2.1 Periodic Maintenance
.
2 2 Maintenance Equipment
. 64
75
2.3 Main Spare Parts ... 75

3. TROUBLESHOOTING
3.1 Procedures
3.2 Error Message
..
.
.
76
76
76
3.3 Checking and Countermeasures 77
3.3.1 No power can be turned on .
3.3.2 CRT screen is not displayed after turning on power supply
77
78
3.3.3 Troubleshooting by alarm number 78
3.3.4 Lighting of LED on master PCB 97
3.3.5 JOG operation failure .
3.3.6 Operation failure with manual pulse generator
104
105
3.3.7 Synchronous feed operation failure 106
3.3.8 Tape is not ready normally 106
3.3.9 No automatic operation is possible . 111
3.3.10 Spindle binary/analog output voltage is abnormal 112
3,3.11 Analog output voltage linearity is not good 114
3.3.12 Reader/puncher and ASR33 interface do not operate normally .... 115
3.3.13 Stop position does not coincide with reference point return
position . . 116
121
3.3.14 System error
3.4 Power Voltage Check . 124
124
3.4.1 Input unit
3.4.2 Input power voltage check
3.4.3 DC voltage checking
......
... 127
133
..
3.4.4 Power voltage check on velocity control unit PCB 143
. .
3.5 Tape Reader Photo-amplifier Adjustment
3.5.1 Tape reader without reels photo-amplifier adjustment
144
144
3.5.2 Tape reader with reels photo-amplifier adjustment 146
3.6 Connecting Diagram of NC Inside 150
3.7 Status Display by Self-Diagnostic Function 169
3.7.1 Interface display
3.7.2 Display of
. 169
170
3.7.3 Memory contents display . 172
3.7.4 I/O signal diagnostic data 173
3.7.5 Address list for 11TT 187
3.7.6 LED display of I/O module
3.8 Block Diagram of Servo System
. 224
225
3.8.1 Block diagram of position control
3.8.2 Block diagram of M series velocity control unit
. 225
227
3.8.3 Internal connection diagram of M series velocity
control unit 228
3.8.4 Block diagram of M series velocity control unit PCB 231
3.8.5 Block diagram of AC series velocity control unit 232
3.8.6 AC servo velocity control unit inside connecting diagram 233
3.9 Connection with Servo 237
3.9.1 Connection to M series servo 237
3.9.2 Connection to AC servo 242
3.10 Standard Connection and Reverse Connection of Motor 256
3.10.1 When using M series servo 256
3.10.2 When using analog AC servo 261
3.10.3 When using digital AC servo 264
3.11 Troubleshooting for Servo Unit 265
3.11.1 Machine tool runs away . 265
3.11.2 Machine tool vibrates 265
3.11.3 Poor positioning accuracy or machining accuracy
3,11.4 Method of confirming the operation of velocity control
. 266

unit and position control unit (For analog servo) , 269


3.12 Error Display and It's Contents of I/O Unit
3.12.1 Error display and contents in interface module (IF01A)
. 270
270
3.12.2 Error display and contents in interface module (IF04C) 272
3.12.3 Error display and contents in positioning module (PT01A) 274
3.12.4 Fuse alarm of I/O module .... 296

4. ADJUSTMENT 302
4.1 Procedure of Adjustment 302
4.2 Connection of Power Transformer 309
4.2.1 Tap change of control power transformer 309
4.2.2 Connection of M series servo power transformer 309
4.2.3 Connection of AC servo power transformer .... 312

5 . PARAMETER 317
5.1 Parameter Display .
5.1.1 Displaying parameters other than pitch error
317

compensation data 317


5.1.2 Displaying pitch error compensation data 317
5.2 Parameter Setting 317
5.2.1 Parameter tape format . 317
5.2.2 Setting parameters using parameter tape 319
5.2.3 Setting from MDI 319
.
5 3 Parameter Tape Punch 320
5.3.1 Punching all parameters .
5.3.2 Punching the parameters except pitch error compensatio
320
320
5.3.3 Punching pitch error compensation data 320
5.4
5.5
Parameters
PMC Data Setting
. ...
and Display (PCPRM)
. 321
333
5.5.1 Timer setting and display 333
5.5.2 Counter setting and display 334
5.5.3 Setting and display of keep relay and nonvolatile memory
control data 335
5.5.4 Setting and display of data table 336
5.5.5 Setting and display of positioning MODULE parameter ... 338

6. SETTING AND ADJUSTMENT ON PCBs ." 340


6.1 Setting and Adjustment on the Control Unit PCBs 340
6.1.1 Setting on the control unit PCBs for 10 and 11 series 340
6.1.2 Adjustment on the control unit PCBs for 10/11/100/110 series
6.1.3 Mounting positions of setting pins/variable resistor on
.. 347

control unit PCBs 348


6.1.4 Adjusting methods related DSCG 362
6.1.5 Setting and adjustment on 12/120 series control unit PCB 367
6.1.6 I/O unit setting and adjustment 385
6.2 Setting and Adjustment for M Series Velocity Control Unit
6.2.1 Setting and adjustment on M series velocity control unit PCB
. ..
392
392
6.3 Setting and Adjustment on PCB for Velocity Control Unit
for Analog Servo AC Servo Motor 398
6.3.1 Parts location on PCB 398
6.3.2 Setting terminal
6.3.3 Variable resistor
. 408
419
6.3.4 Check terminal list 419
6.4 Setting and Adjustment on PCB for Velocity Amplifier for
AC Servo Motor 423
6.4.1 Parts location on PCB 423
6.4.2 Setting terminal 429
6.4.3 Check terminals list .
6.5 Setting and Adjustment for AC Spindle Servo Unit
430
431
6.5.1 PCB parts mounting diagram 431
6.5.2 Main parts list for AC spindle servo unit for motor
model 3 15 432
6.5.3 Adjustment of variable resister on the PCB for
AC spindle servo unit 434
6.5.4 Description of check terminal 439
6.6 Adjustment of Spindle Orientation Control Circuit 441
6.6.1 Adjustment of magnetic sensor system spindle orientation 441
6.6.2 For position coder system 452

7. REPLACING METHOD OF PCB AND UNITS 456


7.1 Replacing Methods of Power Supply Unit 456
7.1.1 Procedure 457
7.2 Replacing Methods of Option PCB (for 10/11/100/110 series) and
Control PCB (for 12/120 series) . 457
7.3 Replacing Methods of PMC ROM Cassette 459
7.4 Replacing Methods of Master PCB 460
7.5 Replacing Methods of 12/120 Series 469
7.6 Replacing Methods of 10TF, 11MF, 11TT-F, Conversational PCB 470
7.7 Replacing Methods of Connection Unit 1 472
7,8 Replacing Methods of Connection Unit 2 473
7.9 Replacing Methods of Built-in Type I/O Unit PCB
(12/120 series only) . 477
7.9.1 Replacing method of interface and I/O module 477
7.9.2 Replacing method of I/O base unit 478
7.10 Exchange Methods of I/O Unit 479
7.10.1 Exchange methods of power supply module .
7.10.2 Exchange methods of main control module and 1/0 module .. 479
480
7.10.3 Exchange methods of base units
7.11 Replacing Methods of Small CRT/MDI PCB
. .
483
485
7.11.1 Replacement of PCB A (keyboard PCB) 485
7.11.2 Replacement of PCB B (soft key PCB) 485
7.12 Replacing Methods of 9" Standard CRT/MDI Unit PCB . 487
7.13 Replacing Methods of 14" Color CRT/MDI (horizontal type) PCB 490
7.13.1 10/11/12 series 490
7.13.2 100/110/120 series 492
7.14 Replacing Methods of 14" CRT/MDI Graphic Unit
(vertical type) PCB (10/11/12 series) 494
7.15 Replacing Methods of PCB and Others Referred to Tape Reader 495
7.15.1 Replacement of PCB of tape reader without
reels photoamplifier 495
7.15.2 Replacing methods of tape reader with reels PCB and fuse 496
7.15.3 Replacement of capstan roller of tape reader without reels .... 496
496
7.15.4 Replacement of capstan roller of tape reader with reels
7.15.5 Replacement of brushes of tape reader with reels sole motor
7.16 Replacement of PCB for Velocity Control Unit and
... 499

AC Servo Amplifier 500


APPENDIX

APPENDIX 1 CONNECTION DIAGRAMS 505


APPENDIX 2 DETAILS OF POWER UNIT 574
APPENDIX 3 SPECIFICATIONS OF MAJOR PARTS IN M SERIES VELOCITY
CONTROL UNIT 589
APPENDIX 4 DC SERVO MOTOR MAINTENANCE 592
APPENDIX 5 AC SERVO MOTOR MAINTENANCE 601
APPENDIX 6 HOW TO INITIALIZE BUBBLE MEMORY 603
APPENDIX 7 FUSES LIST 608
APPENDIX 8 PROPERTY OF LUBRICATION OIL FOR MAINTENANCE OF TAPE READER .. 623
APPENDIX 9 FAN UNIT LIST 626
APPENDIX 10 PARAMETER AND DIAGNOSTIC DISPLAY FUNCTION OF
POSITIONING MODULE 627
1.

1. GENERAL

10/11/12/100/110/120 series is specifically designed to be latest CNC system


having a structure common to both software and hardware It can easily satisfy
the demands of many different machine tools. This up-to-date CNC system uses
powerful microprocessors, newly developed large-scale custom LSI, optical fiber,
large-capacity bubble memory, color CRT, and other components created by using
the latest technology.
This manual describes preventive maintenance for using the 10/11/12/100/110/120
series, quick troubleshooting procedures for possible failures, check points and
adjustments at the time of installation.
Refer to 10/11/12/100/110/120 series operator's manual (Appendix) (B-54810E) for
various pieces of technical information such as detailed description of
parameters .
Please refer to the operator's manual (B-54814E) and connecting manual
(B-54813E) when needed.

Description of terms frequently used in this manual

Least input increment The minimum unit for program input of the move
command
Least command increment The minimum unit of a command given from NC to
machine tool
Detection unit The minimum unit to detect a machine tool posi¬
tion
Command multiplier (CMR) A constant to enable the weight of NC command
pulses to coincide with the weight of pulses
from the detector
Detection multiplier (DMR) .... A constant to enable the weight of NC command
pulses to coincide with the weight of pulses
from the detector

(Note) The relationships among the least input increment, detection unit, CMR
and DMR are as specified below.

Least input Increment = CMR x detection unit


Detection unit =
_ Movement per rotation of motor _
DMR x No. of pulses of detector per rotation of motor
CRT/MDI panel .. .......
Abbreviation for Manual Data Input & CRT panel

Parameters .....
..
This operation panel is used to input a command
to the NC and display NC conditions by using key
.
switches
Values to be set to fully display functional
features of an NC machine tool to the maximum
extent when the NC is combined with the machine
tool.

1
1.1 Structure

10T/100T 10M/100M 11T/110T 11M/110M


CRT/MDI (interna! type) (10/11 only)
Small CRT/MDI AO 2B-007 2-COO1 A02B— 0073—COO 1
Small connecting board
A02B-0076-C151 Standard
(11 series only) Velocity Control Unit A02B-0076-C022 A02B-0076-C021 A02B-0076-C022 A02B-0076-C021
CRT/MDI
or
Adapter for separate A.
type detector Tape Reader
A13B-0073-B001 A13B-0070-B001
(digital servo only) Without Reels

\ Tape Reader
With Reels
A13B-0080-B001

Input Unit B A14B-0076-B003 A14B-0076-B101


C A14B-0076-B004 A14B-0076-B102
D A14B-0076-B005 A14B-0076-B103

0
Tape reader
with reels Velocity control unit
without reels /
Connection Unit 2
X A20B-1000-0950
1 Connection Unit 1
ro A20B-1000-0940
i
Fan unit LlS 7 i
'1
A02B-0047-C900
i i
Y7
/ (Front view) Input
Fan unit Unit Multi-tap transformer
A02B-0076-C931

.....
Battery case
(10 series only) Punch panel
MCC Transformer
Remote buffer Fan unit
A16B-1200-0270 10T/11T A02B-0047-C901
(11 series only)
10M/11M.... A02B-00 47-C90 2
Fan Unit
A05B-2020-C903
(10M and UMonly)
\
(Rear view)
Servo Transformer
(One more would be mounted)

Fig. 1.1 (a) Free-standing cabinet internal component location for 10/11/100/110
10T 10M 11T/11TT 11M

Small CRT/MDI A02B-007 2-COO1 A02B-0073-C001


Fan unit
Standard A02B-0076-C941
A02B-0076-C022 A02B—0076-C021 A02B-0076—C022 A02B-0076-C021
CRT/MDI (10M and 11M only) Fan unit
A02B-0076-C941
/ (10T, 10TF and 11T only)
CRT/MDI (Internal view)

/
\ i / A14B-0076-B001 (10T, 10M)
/ X
” -B104 (11T,IIM)

Remote buffer Input Unit


A16B-1200-0270
(11T, 11M only)

Small connecting board


A02B-0076-C151
i
OJ Punch panel
/ (11T, 11M only)
or
Adapter for separate
1 type detector
A20B-1002-0290
(Digital servo only)

Connection unit 1
A20B-1000-0940
J I/O cards D1~D3
\SiAA A20B-1001-0240
A20B-1001-0241
Fan Unit /I
i
A20B-1001-0242
i
A02B-0076-C902 . i (I/O cards D1~D3 are only for 10 TF)
1 i
i

Jj
O \
I
/
Y
Connection Unit 2
A20B-1000-0950

Battery case
Fan unit
(10T, 10M only)
Fan unit A02B-0047-C094
A02B-0047-C904 (10M and 11M only) (10T, 10TF and llTonly)

Fig. 1.1 (b) Built-in 1 cabinet internal component location for 10/11/100/110 series
Battery case Tape reader without reels
Fan unit (10T only) Velocity control unit
A02B-0076-C932
i
i
i

__
T7

/
/ÿ N
\
\
7
I l
J
\ l
\ y
x

\A/\ )
Remote buffer
A16B-1200-0270 Terminal unit
(1IT only)
Input unit I
I
1
I I
i

I i Velocity Control Unit

/
X i
i
/ Servo
i
;
/
transformer

Fan unit
A02B-Q047-C907 Terminal unit
Connection unit 1
A20B-1000-0940 10T 1IT
I/O cards D1 ~D3
A20B-1001-0240 Input unit B A14B-0076-B003 A14B-0076-B101
A20B-1001-0241
A20B-1001-0242 C A14B-0076-B004 A14B-0076-B102
D A14B-0076-B005 A14B-0076-B103

Fig. 1.1 (c) Built-in 2 cabinet internal component location (for 10T/11T)
10M 1IM lirr

Small CRT/MDI A02B-0073-C001


Standard
A02B-0076-C021 A02B— 0076-C021 A02B-0076-C022
CRT/MDI
Tape Reader
A13B-0073-B001 A13B—0070-B001 Fan unit
Without Reels
A02B-0047-C910
Tape Reader
A13B-0080-BO01
With Reels

CRT/MDI (Interioi)
sr~'\
/i J r~rs
V )7
1 Input unit
“Ii
t
A14B-0076-B002 (10/100)
A14B-0076-B105 (11/110)

Connection unit 2
A20B-1000-0950
i
i

Connection unit 1
l A20B-1000-0940
i_n

Tape reader
Remote buffer
With reels
Without reels 71 /
/
7ÿ A16B-1200-0270
(11M only)
\ \

Punch panel
4
/

Battery case
/
Z \
(10M only) 7
Small connecting board Adapter for separate type Fan unit
detector (A20B-1002-0290) A02B-0060-C906 Multi-tap transformer
A02B-0076-C151 or
(11M only) (Digital servo only)

Fig. 1.1 (d) Built-in 2 cabinet internal component location (for 10M/11M/11TT)
10M UK

Small CRT/MDI A02E-0073-C001

Standard
A02B-0076-C021 A02B-0076-C021
CRT/MDI
Tape Reader Fan unit
A13B-0073-B001 A13B-0070—B001
Without Reels
A02B-0076-C903
Tape Reader
A13B-0080-B001
With Reels

*7\
>
— ''
2ÿ i i A14B-0076-B001 (10M)
Input unit
i A14B-0076-B104 (11M)

Lbr =n Connection unit 1

t
ON

I
CRT/MDI
(Interior)

_ t

i i

i
A20B-1000-0940

Connection unit 2
A20B-1000-0950

Tape reader
Without reels
Remote buffer
A16B-1200-0270
With reels S N
(1IM only)
\
f
i
\

Punch panel

i
Small connecting board
A02B-0076-C151
Battery case (11M only)
(10M only) or
Fan unit Adapter for separate
A02B-0076-C920 type detector
Fig. 1.1 (e) Built-in 2-2 cabinet internal location {for 10M/11M) A20B-1002-0290
(Digital servo only)
Fan unit
A02B-Q076-C911

21

__
I
r ft— r1
I
I
Remote buffer I I
I
i i
r
\ i I
I !
[ 1
I !
!
!
A16B-l 200-270 I
(for 11T and 11M) I
IS

_
Connection unitI
A20B-l000-0940
1 ox I/O card D1 #-,D3
A20B-l001-0240 i
A20B-l001-0241 Input I
l
A20B-1001-0242 unit
(I/O card D1-D3 1
are only for 10 TF)
f
_ I
J
A14B-0076-B001 (10)
A14B-0076-B104 (II)
j

Battery case
(for 10T and 10M) Small connecting Adapter for separate
Fan unit A02B-0076-C151 or type detector
A02B-0076-C901 (11 only) A20B-1002-0290
(Digital servo only)

Fig. 1.1 (f) Unbundled cabinet control component location for 10/11/100/110 series
----
Fan unit

----
3
— if/A
/ / s \
i A
I /_
"7! /' I
i
'
<
/ f
\_S * /y S/

n
i / r---ÿ
c --
'\<i
"
I /
I —p —r—yr / / y{
if ( & i
<ÿ < < rW I Fan unit

I
Velocity
1 1
Velocity
control control 11
unit unit 1 1
JJ
/ -4// /

/ Connection unit 1
A20B-1000-0940
Connection unit 2 Fan unit
/
A20B-1000-0950
—i r 7-s
Velocity ! r'N‘ I i f \ / \
i

control
unit
— -Vÿ-I
I L

CO Velocity
control
1 unit

Input unit
Fan unit
Servo transformer

/ X
/ AX' /

* /
/
/

14 /
/
Remote buffer
A16B-1200-0270

Fig. 1.1 (g) Built-in 3 cabinet internal component location for 11TT/110TT
Fan unit
A02B-0055-C025
CRT/MDI unit
12T : A02B-007 6-C022
12M-' ” -C025

Velocity Velocity Velocity


control control control
unit unit unit
(L) CM) (N)

_T

Fan unit A14B-0076-


Tape reader A02B-0055-C026 B205
(with reels § Input unit
1 without reels, 5
VXJ £
I c2
Basic control unit
— A02B-0075-COO 1 © J
Transformer box
Built-in type
Fan unit
A02B-0055-C024
I/O unit
A03B-0801-C001 Fan unit
A05B-2020-C903 Servo
trans¬
former
Servo
trans¬
former
u
Export transformer
A80L-0001-0262 #B
Reai view
Front view

Fig. 1.1 (h) Free-standing cabinet A internal component location for 12/120 series
CRT/MDI unit
12T : A02B-0076-C022
12M: -C025
Fan unit
/ Fan unit
A02B-0075-C005 LEBuilt-in model

JE additional I/O unit


A03B-0801-C001
Built-in
I/O unit
i & - Additional control
A03B-0801-C001 A02B-0075-C002

1 Fan unit
Fan unit cc
A05 B-2020-C905 g5
A02B-0055 .2 "
-C024

] Tape reader
3 -
o

without reels
Basic control unit
o with reels
A02B-0075-C001
I Fan unit
A02B-0055-C026 Input unit
•sa A14B-0076-B205
5
&
£ $

Export transformer
A80L-0001-0262#C
Rear view

Fig. 1.1 (i) Free-standing cabinet B internal component location for 12/120 series
Fan unit
A02B-0047-C910
r
T><]
Input unit
A A14B-0076-B20I
o

Built-in I/O unit


l® y / fit A03B-0801-C001
CRT/MDI unit
I2T, A02B-0076-C022
D M
12M, A02B-0076-C025

Basic control unit


A02B-0075-C001
Tape reader
* Without reel
• With reel
a
I Power unit
A20B-1000-0770
Punch panel

0
o
Fan unit
A02B-0060-C900

Remote buffer
A 16B-1200-0270

Export transformer
A80L-0001-0262#B

Fig. 1.1 (j) Built-in cabinet internal component location for 12/120 series
1.1

10/11/100/110 Master & Option PCB

1) Analog servo 10 series master PCB structure


PMC casette
or interface converter

I ZA Power unit
A16B-1210-0510
Master PCB
A16B-1010-0040

A
\A
OPTION 1
Optional fiber interface / (10TF only)
Conversational type PCB
A16B-1210-0360
A16B-1210-0410
A16B-1210-0320
~
or I/O card A1 A3
(SUB CPU) ROM/RAM & additional axis (A16B-1210-0380)
A16B-1210-0321 A16B-1310-0300 ROM/RAM board (A16B-1210-0381)
(MEMORY)
A16B-1210-0322
Fig. 1.1 (k)

2) Analog servo 11 series master PCB structure

r
i

Power unit
Mater PCB A16B-1210-0560
A16B-1010-0050
!

I
!
:

i
/
i
i
!
I

ROM/RAM board
A16B-1210-0470
Bubble memory unit
Additional axis Conversational type PCB A87L-0001-0017 (80 in)
A16B-1210-0430 A16B-1210-0410 A 87 L-0001-0084 (320 m)
(11MF only) A87L-0001-0085 (640 m)
(4th pulse coder, 5th pulse coder) A87L-0001-0086 (1280 in)
A16B-1210-0450 A87L-0001-0100 #8M (2560 m)
4th resolver, 5th pulse coder A87L-0001-0100 #12M (3840 m)
or 4th inductosyn, 5th pulse coder
A16B-1210-0450
(4th resolver, 5th resolver)
Fig. 1.1 (I)

12 -
1.1

3) Digital servo 10 series/lOOseries

PMC cassette
or interface converter

Power unit
A16B-1210-0510
Master PCB
A16B-1210-0190

I/O card A
A16B-1210-0320
A16B-1210-0321
A16B-1210-0322
/
Small type CRT/MDI
Interface
A16B-1211-250

OPTION 1
A16B-1210-0350
Addition axis ROM/RAM (iOTF only)
(3, 4 axis) A16B-1210-0290 Conversational type PCB
A1GB-1211-0270 A16B-1210-0410
A16B-1211-0271 Memory PCB
A16B-1210-0300 or
A16B-1210-0480

13
1.1

4) Digital servo 11 series/110 series

/WMWI
Power unit

Master PCB
A16B-1010-0200

1/

Bubble memory unit

Axis control PCB Conversational type PCB


1st and 2nd axis,
3rd and 4th axis,
5th axis from right side ROM/RAM board
A16B-1211-0270 (for 2 axes) A16B-1211-0291
A16B-1211-0271 (for 1 axis)

PMC cassette or
interface convertor

CRT/MDI addapter (110 series only)


A16B-1211-0260

Power unit
Bubble memory unit
Conversational type PCB These are same as analog servo.
PMC cassette
Interface PCB

14
1.1

5) 12 series basic control unit PCB structure

s
1
-s s s I
4>
o
3 3 |
1s 3
»
s
o
g
o sa i ? i
siI b 5 g o 'S o -S
£ « * «, ° o
t< -a< 8
«
-a< s
o
£* & S a
o 1111 Q Q

s r- —i <N ro u- inÿC'-vor--

8AH S PH £ £ £ £ £ £ £ £ £
so
D H
o o
H H
O
r)
o o
r)
o o o o o

Basic control unit PCB layout of built-in cabinet and free-standing cabinet
A. (One of synchronous operation, hybrid control and double check system is
not performed when 5 or less axes are controlled.)

Fig. 1.1 (m) 12 series basic control unit layout {1)

o
3 §
1 O

s 3
, 11 ,
o
& 3
1 8
o
§
o
I I S

1ss e S
:§ § $ Ilblgbi|§&8|
|
PH iS
Ch
s
O I f iiiIIiiii1
o SgSSS§ooooS§
3 e slsilssssiss
K,

00
§
AH m Q« o

Basic control unit PCB layout of built-in cabinet and free-standing A


cabinet. (One of 6 axes control; synchronous operation, hybrid control and
double check system is performed.)
Fig. 1.1 (n) 12 series basic control unit layout (2)

15
>
CL
W
P
Cu CO
H-

£
O n
3

n
3

i 1

-
01P15 K
Additional buffer 2 PSU1 Power unit

T1
c 02P08 Axis CPU Tl
3*
<P 02P06 Axis control <P O BMU Bubble memory
rt 3
02P09 Additional detector control PC ROM PMC ROM cassette
o S,
TT Cd 02P07 DSCG interface £
r>o sr 03P08 Axis CPU
Fo
l-h

2 01P17 Graphic control

-
03P06 Axis control 8
1 (D

I
t 03P09 Additional detector control 1' cn 01P01 ROM/RAM
S’ o 03P07 DSCG interface S’ 03
01P02 Peripheral control
hh 3
<J> s- 04P08 Axis CPU
n
o
CL
H*
o 01P03 Main CPU
I S 04P06 Axis control I
2.
W
o
01P04 Main buffer
°c 01P09 Additional detector control 01P10 Sub CPU
3‘

<
rt
33

&
01P07
05P08
DSCG interface
Axis CPU
-
2
<
o
<T

ro
rt
01P08
01P06
Axis CPU
Axis control
5 <3 05P06 Axis control a 01P07 DSCG interface


S o
03
05P09
05P07
Additional detector control
DSCG interface
w 01P09
01P13
Additional detector control
Spindle control
s
rt
PSU2 Power unit

w 01PI4 Additional buffer 1


1.1

6) 120 series basic control unit PCB structure

o o
£
O
8
§ I S o

Ia I§ l§ II 8
- I 8
« 3
8

2 oi
t
S 2 E|
e i1 I1I
J eE 8 I18s § 1I1
II g 3 3 1 s .a
,a
a a § 3 SI2
s t- I-H N to c?! hMioat'®SJ
£ 1§
r-ioooooooooppop

Sk
aaaaa-saasassss
oooooooooooooo

Basic control unit PCB layout of built-in cabinet and free-standing A


cabinet. (6 or less axes control; synchronous operation, hybrid control and
double check system is performed.)

Fig. 1.1 (q) 120 series basic control unit layout (1)

8 O

o
£
a
b §
I8 11 „ 111
I|
1!t!y s !1 § § 1 1 1 - 1
lit
O
JB
*
£ IIs S | •§ '3 1
c

S£2gSSS££g£ 2
g Or
CM 12 *-< 1-t
o o o o
T-H »*H *“<
o o o
•-<
O o
J-il-i
o o o

Basic control PCB layout of free-standing cabinet B.

Fig. 1.1 (r) 120 series basic control unit layout (2)

17
>
CL
0.
rt

h-'
c 01PI 5 Additional buffer 2

H- 02P08 Axis CPU


rt
02P06 Axis control
-n ho
£• n 02P09 Additional detector control
Cd

sr 02P07 DSCG interface

- 't 03P08 Axis CPU


& 03P06 Axis control
o
1 s, 03P09 Additional detector control
I

-
sc Hi
03P07 DSCG interface
OO CD 04P08 Axis CPU
(D
\ 04P06 Axis control
O i
£
I I.
01P09 Additional detector control
2. 01P07 DSCG interface
H-

!
a;
OQ

O
05P08
05P06
Axis CPU
Axis control
< P3
or 05P09 Additional detector control
2
05P07 DSCG interface
w w
rt PSU2 Power unit
KJ
. Mount positions of the two modules at
the right are fixed,
. Arbitrary I/O modules can be mounted
on the mount positions 1-10.
Mount position fixed
. The I/O interface module (IF04C) can
be mounted on any mount position 1-10.
I/O interface Power supply
module module
(IF01A/01B)

Slot 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
10 POW
number CA 1 5

CA1 6

i
TI
vO F31F31 M3 screw
(5A)(5A) ALC x
I
CO
CO
ALD ©
+ 24E ® Note 1
COP 4

CP3l|
m [
GND ©

+24V
©
C2A) ©
There two
terminals
cannot be used.
F35I Do not connect
anything to these
©@ two terminals.

I I/O module mount slots (10 modules) 0 M4 tap

Note 1: Use these terminals to supply power to the external contacts,


when using a non-insulai type input module. Be careful not to
connect short with the + 24E of other base units.

Fig. 1.1 (t) Module mount drawing of I/O base unit BU10A
• Mount positions of the two modules at
the right are fixed.
. Arbitrary I/O modules can be mounted
Mount position fixed

on the mount positions 1-8.


I/O interface Power supply
. The I/O interface module (IF04C) can module module
be mounted on any mount positions 1-10. (IF01A/01B)

Slot _ 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 POW
number
CA1 5

CA1 6
i
N5
O
I

F31 F32ÿ
( 5A) ( 5A) g T1 M3 screw

COP4
§ÿ ALC
ALD
W\
©
§ÿ +24E
GND
©
©
} Note 1
+24V(2A)
CP3l| [S
F 35
0© M4 tap

Mountable position of I/O machine (8 modules) BU08A Note 1: Use these terminals to supply power to the
i (6 modules) BU06A external contacts, when using non-insular
type input module. Be careful not to
(4 modules) J BU0 4A connect short with the +24E of other base units.

Fig. 1.1 (u) Module mount drawing of I/O base unit BU04A, BU06A, BU08A
1.2

1.2 Construction

1) Analog servo 10 series connecting construction


a) For small CRT/MDI

a,
P<
o
I s
<*
ao
£ a
1
g •-§
£
'o£ cd 3
5 +
1
a •a 8 s£ o
00
s O
S
a
* as
<2 11
s
g Readcr/puncher
3 O
J7 High-speed measuring
]<:
Jo
CD2 CA8
1
I- position reach signal

- 4th axis velocity control unit

o
ll CV4 CF4 4th axis servo motor
-r-*
</)
-ÿ
<
ru :K]
(position detector)

> o
s JM
o w w
1J<1
04
<
O
?!
PH
03

3
o
ID
s K To magnetic cabinet circuit
Odji »— I
_ L
Ml M2 M18 M1Q M20 Spindle velocity control
unit
! \ Position coder
CD1 CAl CA2
3rd axis
CA3 CV3 CF3 Servo motor
« (position
£ 2nd axis detector)
<D CA4 CV2 CF2
O0
-3 1st axis
S
CAS CV1 CF1

- 3rd axis Velocity


control
— 2nd axis
unit
1st axis I:
O
A)

£ *3
S 3
Ig li
Is,
o S

Q*

o
Small CRT/MDI

*
Fig. 1.2 (a) 10 series master PCB structure

21
1.2

b) For standard or 14" color CRT/MDI

p.

ft &
§
«
Bo *
T O D
•3 ft

1 I .a
o
a ft
~i
ft
<
55 11 § <J L
u H
-J

§ II a
£a. o §*‘33
w
ft
o
o 31 Reader/puncher
( High speed skip
< High speed measuring
Jo l position arrival signal
CD2 CA8 _ 4th axis velocity
control unit
PJo CV4 CF4
]
_ 4th axis servo motor
(Position detector)
5 7
ft
8 •ac
ft O Jo ft
02
3
5
S
O H 8 .t!
+->
s
£
ft
&
U
a
ft
ft
<1
o
[ 13o I [] o co T~
S2
o
.3S
ft
[
,
]
m a. IfS D 1§
.a 5 O .£> a
S .2
u
c
[ 1
<i
u
H] I [] B42 1
I o
8
C

Battery unit a l<i


I [] a
td o
O

Jo
rH CO
Spindle velocity control unit Jj
O']
ft o
CDl CAl
nn
CA2
- Position coder

|sg|
sS
CA3
] C=M=]
CVS
3rd axis
_
---
CF3 Position
CZK CD 2nd axis detector

m
IfeS ki
5 CA4 CV2 CF2
<1 Q
O
a
ft
Q a
<st
Bl [ ] C=K CZh~ 1st axis
o u o CA5 CV1 CF1
-

3rd axis Velocity


2nd axis , control
unit
1st axis
O ft
4->
a ft
<
g Ss[l
H ftuLJ
S
p. o
42
bO
B eg
02 8 o 42
oo
O'
o
"2 jy
0 > § .a
«go>
§[}
ft ft
73
§3 42

3
s .5 11 13 §
s 42
ft
ill a] £
42
ft
cd
02
ce:
42
ft
cd
42

Fig. 1.2 (b) 10 series master PCB structure

22
1.2
c) Digital servo is
a
p.
.s
o
T—
%
a
g
5
c

TJ < i_ _/

303 cs
.2 i Power unit
o
S
I a,

I
03 a
£
c o
Reader/puncher interface
]<
-I o
High speed skip
High speed measuring point
CD 2 CAB arrival signal
g
c
n
o Battery unit
•5
|*i §on
'd
to
S-g
° C
CO

S8 CJ
M rH

So £§ Pk w 03
<1 <
w
1nJ u
<1

CD13B 14” CRT/MDI


iJ (100 series only)
H
Jd 3rd, 4th axis pulse coder/

3=rf=EftzfiEP
CV2 2BCV21B CF9 2B CF91B
servo amplifier

HH
I
u
Manual pulse generator
Keyboard
Small type
CA5 \ CA4\ CA3 CRT/MDI
£ CRT
H
03
u
/ < =fL
O | To magnetic cabinet
0> o
a
>>
Ml J
— Position control
coder
velocity
spindle
unit
30
|is
J [
CAl CA2
H sb jzzn
COP1 / CDl / CF9 1 / CF9 2
COP 2T~~1 ]
CV21 CV 2 2 .§
8
1
'S
5
S -jj
CL>

S’c-
u
.13P<
A)
till
SSHH
g HI II li? 4> PH <D Q
O
Sc 2 H *3*
it
o 0:1
*

H
oPÿ
o> 3
SO
£ fss ii 8 k*/ r*H |

feu bs
§ J§
cJ
'd
oi
» o5|
a lleSS
!.»§§
£
Fig. 1.2 (c) Digital servo 10 series master PCB structure

23 -
1.2

2) 11 series connecting construction


(a) Analog servo
ft
ft
3
S3
£
§ a
p,
o
.3
o
c
<3
a & °ir-
5 1
o
o
0 8 -a
< ~1

§
4)
a
a
B
B
41
g
Irl &
a.
2
o
K u
o
n n
1S
m ]
8
43 o
S3
.3 13
rr
4)

& <12
FT
o
io va
Jo

£ o 1“o
J
]
5th axis Velocity
u 1
o control
*o s 4th axis unit
Pi
VI
<D &H 43 T3 { 13 CV5 CV4 CP 5
|:::|
CF4
[zri
4 th axis Position
CM 5 th axis detector
<
o
]%
o

5 - External position indicator


I
J u .. Reference proximity signal
xk
J <_> Spindle velocity
High speed skip
High speed measuring|
.
cm [
T_f control unit
Position coder
position arrival signal ‘ CA8 CAl
CA10 CA2
Reader-punclter interface [ ] 3rd axis
CD4 CA11 CV3 CP 3
Reader/puncher Position
interface [ ] a.
CM
CL } 2nd axis detector
CD 3 CA 12 o o CV2
% 3 o CP 2
U
in
[ } 1st axis
[ cvi CPI
g3
r</a 38

ill M

(1> 3rd axis


H"1 2nd axis
Velocity
control unit
\ 1st axis

n e &B rn
m
co
„ c[P
CM

a
’-f

|s i
in /
s s 3
o u — o
o cj
uL J
Connection unit
sip •a sLi
for operator’s
panel m
— []§ |M G

g sri—/ g
3
o
5ri
) 3

its gÿ g oL|J 1
Reader/punelier
interface/20 mAC/L
Manual pulse generator
DS
{]e
I <3 3
CM

8w U£ srm
S[]“ÿ 3
in
R

£ sgrruv
<N
e[H 11

Q
rt
uLJ CJ ool I
-s cd

CM
a.

Fig. 1.2 <d) 11 series master PCB structure

- 24
1.2

(b) Digital servo

£ 3
H
s
b
s
H

b >>
•a

Ok| 1
o
to o OL _l
PH
S
<D o
a 6
*

r-H P_|
.O
a. o
o
*2 o
a
PQ
o Connection unit
1 S or I/O unit
3
£4
g PQ

o
K
3
p n
8 -2
£
18 3
V)
l/l
M
C
1
5
1 o
<D
£5. «> s <N
w
HO
cj d-
Pk
<! [ Po
17lM
<
J o
14” CRT/MDI
p C=£ (110 series only)

m 7—1 ae i CID . 2nd axis Pulse coder


K Mst axis
< 1st axis
2
R ° azZ7vTÿTZrÿa3M09TMD 2nd axis
Servo amplifier
3 4th axis
M Pulse coder
3 3rd axis
< azzAoXizAoNizeeio
°CO
ai6jio
/3rd axis
_4tli axis
Servo amplifier
a
3IZAO ai6cio 5 th axis
External position display Servo amplifier
oo ._.
5 th axis Pulse coder
Reader/puncher
PCIO IIVO H
&H
U
Cu Separate type
Near zero signal eao / z i vo o aivox azvo detector interface
] nnu
/

CDo
CM
C=L [
VTVOÿ vzvo
u

8
M
‘IP
O
ft
P .S
2nd spindle
Position coder
—1st spindle
1) 00 OO

2
H 81t
all -2nd spindle)
m If! Spindle velocity
<u <u
<U
S- & o control unit
-1st spindle f

Fig. 1.2 <e) Digital servo 11 series master PCB structure

25 -
1.2

3) 12/120 series construction


12/120 series is divided into the following 3 types according to the cabinet
in which the control unit is installed.

Cabinet type
Controlled
where the control Axis control
axis number
unit is installed
1 Built-in type 2-5 axes The main CPU controls the axes
cab inet (Note) directly.

6 axes Every 3rd axis has the axis CPU


(Note) which controls the axes.

2 Free-standing 2-5 axes The main CPU controls the axes


type cabinet A (Note) directly.
6 axes Every 3rd axis has the axis CPU
(Note) which controls the axes.

3 Free-standing 7-8 axes Every 3rd axis has the axis CPU
type cabinet B which controls the axes.

9-15 axes Every 3rd axis has the axis CPU


which controls the axes.
The sub CPU is prepared to
control this axis CPU.

Note) The axes are controlled by the axis CPU when the hybrid control,
synchronous operation, or double check system performed even though
only 2-5 axes are controlled.

- 26
1.2

Basic control unit — To the connector CND on built-in I/O unit


CNctj | To the connector CNC on built-in I/O unit
UO 1 2
P S'UT CPU®- Input _
Basic c Nr [|
_
Back panel II - Power unit c r > ,
i ip-
' unit
- AC power
CNF[nsMu
’ 11
CNDCNE Bubble memory |
CNT[|
CNA 1 1 PMC ROM I Tape
uo t l PMC ROMcassette reader
Basic - Graphic display control
Back panelI .0 1 P I 7
CN;\[|

0 t P0l
CNA[]
ROM/ RAM

CNA[] o i P o 2
CDt Machine side (Reader/puncher Interface)
Peripheral c D 3 I
control 9[
>
CA1 J> Machine side (High speed DI)
CA 1 0[> Machine side (High speed DO)
CA2 (> Position coder
CNc|] CA 1 l> Spindle speed control circuit
CNA[| 0 1 P 0 3 CN! [|
ONE []
Main CPUC 0 3
P 13
CNC I! CN2 []

CNA[| 0 IPM CA 1 7A(£> External position display (1st)


Main CA1!B() External position display (2nd)
CRafl] buffer CAIS |> Macliine side (analog input)
CNC[)
COP 1 [ 3 To the connector COP3 on CRT/MDI
CO P 2 [3 To the connector COP4 on I/O unit

CNA
o t -02P08CNI |J
CNB
Axis CPU

CNA|f|ÿi-«2P06 c,!51l)>-
Axis
control
CF5 2[ÿ_
CF5 3 [ Ji — } Velocity
control unit
C V 1 (>-
CV 2 |>-
CNC
C V 3 (>-
0 1-02P07 C F 3 1 rfcj
DSCG CF3 2

Interface c F 3 3 (H Inductosyn scale


Inductosyn
C F 7 1 13
preamplifier -Inductosyn slider

__
CF7 2(3
CF7 3[3 Reference point
CNC[] CA 1 2l> detective signal
CNA j]0 1 ~ 02P0 9 CF3 1[ 3 Inductosyn
- switch
Additional CF32|:> preamplifier
detector c F 3 3ip
control CF7 11 >
(DSCG type) c FI-it> Inductosyn slider
or resolver
CF 7 3ta Reference point
c A 1 2(> detective signal
Additional cF6iip Pulse input switch
detector CF« 2l> detector or
control CF6 3l> pulse coder
(PC type) CA1J>

When using built-in cabinet or free-standing cabinet A


(When 6 or less axes control; the synchronous operation,
the hybrid control, and the double check system are
performed)

Fig. 1.2 (f) 12 series basic control unit connecting structure

27
1.2

Basic control unit To the connector CND on the built-in type I/O unit
To the connector CNC on the built-in type I/O unit
UO L 2
CNG (p-
PSU1 CPI 4 1 1
Basic CNP
Power unit c i- 1 1 ft Input AC power
back panel II
c NF
J=
(| 11MU
unit
CNDCNE Bubble memory To power unit PSU2
I .11 I..1

CNT [|-

CNA
PMC ROM 1 Tape
PMC ROMcassettg reader
U0 1 1
Basic --Graphic display control
back panelI
CNA
0 1P1 7

PO 1
CNA|]°
ROM/ RAM
CNA 0 1P D 2 CD([>- Machine side (Readcr/puncher interface)
Peripheral CD3(>
control CA !«!!>-ÿ Machine side (High speed DI)
CA10[> Machine side (High speed DO)
c A 21
CNC [| CA HE
CNA 0 1P0 3 CN 1
Main CPU co r 3
CNB 1a
CNC CN2

CNA |)« 1 P0 4 C A 1 7 A[
> External position display (1st)
Main CA 11 BO¬ External position display (2nd)
C!<B li buffer CA 1 8 [> Machine side (analog input)
CNC (]
COp 1 l > To the connector COP3 on CRT/MDI
COPZ i> To the connector COP4 on I/O unit
CNA « lp l o
CN11 Sub CPU CN1 (]
CNA [| 0 1 P 0
8
CN I [|
Axis CPU
CNB []

CNA [ |S 1 P P 6 CF 5 1 >- -
[
Axis
control
cF6 2 (
CF$
>—
3 [>-- Velocity
cvi [>-
control unit
CV 2 | >- }
CNC [|
0 1 PO 7
DSCG
CV 3
CK3 1
[>-

C F 3 2 [3-
}
a-
Interface c F 3 3 [k. Inductosyn
Inductosyn scale
CF7 1 { 3-
C F 7 2 J 3*
preamplifier I' Inductosyn slider

CNC
C F 7 30 Reference points
CA 1 2O detective signal
switch
CNA 1P0 9
I 0Additional
detector
CF 3 1
cF3 2 , y
:) Inductosyn
preamplifier
C F3 3[;t.
control C F 1 lo Inductosyn
(DSCG C F 7 2|> slider or
type) C F 7 30 resolver Reference point
AddltTomiTTo"i(>
C.A 1 2f > detective signal
Pulse input switch
detector CR6 212- detector or
control CP6 3l> pulse coder
(PC type)
CA 1 ZIP'
CNA[)01P13 CAl 7 C [ > -External position display (3rd)
CNB [) Spindle CA 2 I> -Position coder
CNC ||
control CA 1 [> --— Spindle speed control circuit
CNA l| 0 1 p r 4 To the connector CN1 on the additional back panel U021
CNB [ | Additional CN 2 [ ]- To the connector CN2 on tire additional back panel U021
buffer I
CN 3 [ f To the connector CN3 on the additional back panel U021

When using free-standing type cabinet B


(When more than 7 axes are controlled)

Fig. 1.2 (g) 12 series basic control unit connecting structure

28 -
1.2

b) 12 series additional control unit connecting structure

Additional control unit

CN 1 (} To the connector CN1 on the additional buffer 1 01P14


CN2 I} To the connector CN2 on the additional buffer 1 01P14
CN3 (j To the connector CN3 on the additional buffer 1 01P14
0IP15
CNA ||
CKI)[| Additional
buffer II
CMC | |
CNA [f 02—05P08 CN 1
Axis CPU
CNB(| ---
C F 5 I [)_.
CNA [I 02~05Por,
Axis C F5 2 [>i- .
control c F 5 3 (>- . Velocity
control unit

} —a
cvi ()•--

_ C V 2 [>-ÿ
CNC (|

CNA
02-0SF03
CV3
CF 3 1n
Additional CF 3 3 J-,
E1- •
Inductosyn
cm-
detector CF 3 3 I y preamplifier
control CF7 1 ,3-
(DSCG CF? 2 [ >
Inductosyn slider
U0 2 1 type) or resolver
CF7 3 > [
Reference point
Additional CAJ.2j> 0- detective signal
back panelI Additional cm I > Pulse input switch
detector CF6 2
control C F6 3
} detector or
pulse coder
(PC type) CA 1 2
02-04P07 CF311D-
DSCG
CP-3213-
Interface CF 3 3 ( 3_ Inductosyn scale
Inductosyn
CF 7 1 | 3-
CF 7 2 13-
preamplifier - Inductosyn slider
CND CF7 3 I> - Reference point
CMC CMC () CA 1 2 O detective signal
uo 2 2 05P07 C F3 1 (> - switch
DSCG
Additional C F 3 2 ( 3-
back panel II Interface CF3 3 t>
Inductosyn 1 Inductosyn scale
CF7 1 I
CF72 [3.
> preamplifier I Inductosyn slider
CF7 3
CNC
Reference point
CA 1 2 [> detective signal
PSU2 cr l l [ y From input unit switch
CNF
Power unit cm If
CNG ( jl
To the connector CNC on the additional built-in I/O unit
To the connector CND on the additional buiit-in I/O unit

When using free-standing cabinet B


(When more than 7 axes are controlled)

Fig. 1.2 (h) 12 series additional control unit connecting structure

29 -
1.2

Basic control unit — To the connector CND on built-in I/O unit


|— To the connector CNC on built-in I/O unit
U0 12
Basic
CNGO
c N i*|]
PSU 1 cTTTjjj. ' Input _ AC power
Back panel II =Power unit c ii>
pi - unit
C N F 11
"EMU
CNDCNE Bubble memory
£3
CNT||
CNA|| PMC ROM I Tape
U0 11 PMC KOMcassette reader
Basic Graphic display control
Back panel 1 ,
0 1P1 7
C MA 11

0 1P 0 1
CNAj|
ROM/ RAM
cm [>. Machine side (Reader/puncher Interface)
CNA[| 0 1 P 0 2
Peripheral CD3

control CA 1 9[ Jp Machine side (High speed DI)


C A 1 0(
>-
|>-
Machine side (High speed DO)
CA1 Position coder
C NC ( 1 CA 1 ( > Spindle speed control circuit
CtfA|| 01P03B
CS0(]
CNR [ft /MMcT cm!)
OIPO3A
CMAII Main CPU
C N B j| CD13BO 14” CRT/MDI
CNC 11 CN2 |]
CNA[| «IP0t C A 1 7 A|
> External position display (1st)
Main CA 1 7B| y External position display (2nd)
CNB|] buffer CA 1 8 (> Machine side (analog input)
c Nc [ ]
COP 1 l> To the connector COP3 on CRT/MDI
C O P 2 I> To the connector C0P4 on I/O unit

CNAll 0 1~0 2 PC 8CN1


C Nil
Axis CPU

qNA||0 1 — 02 P 0 6 CF5
'!>
Axis
control
CP5
C Pi 3[>
CV1
2[>

(>
3 Velocity
control unit
CV7 f>
CNC || CV3 Ih
0 1
DSCG

02 PS 7 CPS I
C F3 2

Interface cpjsb Inductosyn scale


Inductosyn
c F J 11 3
preamplifier I*'"'- Inductosyn slider

___
CFl 2[3

CNC [ ]
CF7 30 Reference point
CA1 i[) detective signal
CNA||0 1 ~ 02PO9 CF3 l[b - switch
Inductosyn
Additional CF3213 preamplifier
detector CF3 30
control CF7 to
(DSCG type)cK7 2i>- Inductosyn slider
3'3-
or resolver
CF7 Reference point
CA 1 2l > detective signal
Additional CF6 I|>- Pulse input switch
detector
control
CF62[)
CF6 3l>
) detector or
pulse coder
(PC type) CA12,k

When using built-in cabinet or free-standing cabinet A


(6 axes or less control; the synchronous operation,
the hybrid control, and the double check system are
performed)

Fig. 1.2 0) 120 series basic control unit connecting structure

30 -
1.2

Basic control unit To the connector CND on the built-in type I/O unit
To the connector CNC on the built-in type I/O unit
CNG (t
U0 12
Pstn CP 1 a ( )
Basic CNF
Power unit c p i i d) Input
back panel II unit AC power
CNF IiMU
CNDCNE Bubble memory To power unit PSU2
'
CNT[i
CNA
PMC ROM 1 Tape
PMC ROMcassettg
uo 11 reader
Basic
back panelI
CNA
o lpo l
ROM/RAM
c N A (| 0 1 P 0 2 CD([jf Machine side (Readcr/puncher interface)
Peripheral c 0 30- Machine side (RS422 interface)
control CA19|>- Machine side (High speed DI)
CA i oO Machine side (High speed DO)
C A 20
CNC [|
CAIO
01P03B
CNA[]
CSC (]
PNCCPU/
CNB[] MMCIF
CN1 [|

CN' (]
CNB j) CD13BI0- 14” CRT/MDI
CNC CN2 [)
CNA 0 1P0 4 CA 1 7 A[)- External position display (1st)
Main
CXB (J buffer
C A 1 7 B|
>
(>
External position display (2nd)
CA 1 8 Machine side (analog input)
CNC [I
COI’I { > To the connector C0P3 on CRT/MDI
COP 2 (> To the connector C0P4 on I/O unit
CNA o 1P1 o
CNB Sub CPU CN1 (]
0 1P 0 8
CNA
Axis CPU
CNI N
CNB

CNA 01P0 6 CFS 1 |>


Axis CF5 2 [>-
control CF53 O Velocity
CV 1 o control unit

CNC ||
CV 2 O
cv 3 O
0 1P0 7 C F3 1
DSCG C F 3 2 (J.
}

_____
Interface c F 3 3 < > Inductosyn scale
Inductosyn
C F 7 1|
C F 7 2 [>
> preamplifier ! Inductosyn slider
CF7 3 ( > Reference points
CNC ||
CA I 2 IP- detective signal
CNA 0 1 PO 9 CF3 1 switch
Additional c F3 2 [ Inductosyn
detector C F 3 3 ( 3.
preamplifier
control C F 7 l(> Inductosyn
(DSCG CF7 2[> slider or
type) CF7 30 resolver Reference point
&A_1_2( > detective signal
Additional cF6ii> Pulse input switch
detector c F s 2!i detector or

--
control CF6 3l> pulse coder
(PC type)
CAI

CNA || 0 t p 1 3 CA 1 7 c [> External position display (3rd)


CNB ( | Spindle CA2 l> -
— Position coder
CNC (
control
I CA 1 [> -Spindle speed control circuit
CNA (| 0 1 P 1 4 To the connector CN1 on the additional back panel U021
CNB [ | Additional C N 2|j- To the connector CN2 on the additional back panel U021
buffer I
CN 3 ( }- To the connector CN3 on the additional back panel U021

When using free-standing type cabinet B


(When more than 7 axes are controlled)

Fig. 1.2 (j) 120 series basic control unit connecting structure

31
1.2

b) 12 series additional control unit connecting structure

Additional control unit

CN 1 To the connector CN1 on the additional buffer 1 01P14


CN 2 To the connector CN2 on the additional buffer 1 01PI 4
CN3 To the connector CN3 on the additional buffer 1 01P14
CNA
01P15

CNB 11
Additional
buffer II
CMC

CNA j 02—05P08 CNl [|


CNB I Axis CPU
02 -05 ['06 crs l [)j_
CNA
Axis

____
CFS 2 [Jf-
control CF 5 3 |>- Velocity
CV 1 |>-
control unit
c v 2 [)>-•
CNC
C V 3 (>-ÿ

CNA [ 02 —05 POO CF3I|3


Additional c K 3 2
detector
£ Inductosyn
preamplifier
CF33(>
control CF7 1 |>
(DSCG C F 7 2 |> Inductosyn slider
U0 2 1 type) or resolver
CF7 3I > Reference point
Additional C2W 2j> detective signal
back panelI Additional CF« i (> Pulse input switch
detector C F« 2 detector or
control C F6 3 pulse coder
(PC type)
CA 1 2
02~(HP07

--
CF3IID-
DSCG
C F 1 2 I 3-
Interface C i'3 3 [ j.
1 Inductosyn scale
C F 7 1 13-
Inductosyn
preamplifier Inductosyn slider
CF7 2 |>

CND C F7 3 I > - Reference point


CNC [|
CNC
CJ
CA 1 2 l> detective signal
U0 2 2 05P07 CF3 I [> - switch
Additional
back panel II Interface
DSCG CF3 2
C F 3 3 l>
< D- } Inductosyn
Inductosyn scale
C F 7 1 l>
C f 7 2 |y
CF 7 3 } preamplifier I Inductosyn slider

CNC | Reference point


CA 1 2 |> detective signal
PSU2 Cl i 1) switch
C N I' (I From input unit
Power unite FI i (i
CNG[(
To the connector CNC on the additional built-in I/O unit
To tire connector CND on the additional built-in I/O unit

When using free-standing type cabinet B


(When more than 7 axes are controlled)

Fig. 1.2 (k) 120 series additional control unit connecting structure

32 -
1.2

c) 12 series CRT/MDI unit


9" CRT/MDI unit
Software
keyboard
CI'K CKK 1 U XcKK -'"I
keyboard
CPP Power c f 2 I ( y AC power (from input unit)
supply

To tlie connector COP1 on


CME'2(|CMI' C OP 3[ >
the main buffer 01P04
Back
CAS i) — 4 CN! -CRT
unit Punch panel Reader/puncher Interface
board device
Control CD 1 1>
ASR33
cA 2[ > Manual pulse generator (3rd)
CMD[}- de DM Connection unit
CDP ti¬ (]c P2 4 for operator's panel
cm CJU on Oil

7ÿ Machine side operator’s panel


:S (output signal)
Machine side operator’s panel
(input signal)
Fig. 1.2 (I)

14" CRT/MDI unit


. Software
-G keyboard

/ÿ-( I Power supply |) -- AC power

To the connector COP1 on


—(| CMP 0P3

s (>- cm<jf
the main buffer 01P04
CA CRT
1) C MK unit Punch panel Reader/puncher interface
CDl (>
device
Control ASR33
CA3 [> Manual pulse generator
CMD 4|CDM Connector unit (3rd)
CM CDP P2 4 for operator’s panel
CMl CMl Oil

Machine side operator’s panel


(output signal)
Machine side operator’s panel
Fig. 1.2 (m) (input signal)

d) 12 series built-in type I/O unit

To the connector C0P2 on


CM AO [] Interface the main buffer 01P04
module
I/O base ! F0 l A
CNA t
1 n DI module
11 ID99A/B
C NA 5
C2
.2A[) Machine side (input signal)
C2 2E
CNA (i
n DO module
N oD 9 9 A
CNA l 0
C2 3A ,
Machine side (output signal)
CND
CMC
*
C 2 3 li
0-0

From the connector CNG on the basic back panel II


From the connector CPI 4 on the power unit PSUi

Built-in type I/O unit used in


Built-in type cabinet or free-standing type cabinet A
Fig. 1.2 (n)

- 33
1.2

From the connector CPI 4 on the power unit PSU1


From the connector CNG on the basic back panel

interface c o [K To the connector COP2 on


CXAO () the main buffer 01P04
module
[ F0 1A
CXA 1
I/O n DI module
base c xA5 1
1D9 9A/II
c 2 JA
i Machine side {input signal)
C2 ?E
CXA 6 1 DO module
1
CXA I 0 OD9 9A
C? iA
ct 3 E
Machine side (output signal)
CA t 5
C*

C AI$
CXA A (I Interface
module
Addi¬ CX B J F 0 1»
tional CXA I
Dl module
I/O ' (1
CXA 5 Il> 9 9 A/B
base
C iiA

cz 2E _ Maciiinc side (input signal)


CNAS
!
|j DO module
(J D 9 9A
CXA I A
C 2 3A
»
Ur CSD
ra Q cxc
2 jc

From the connector CNG on the additional back panel ll


Maciiinc side (output signal)

From the connector CPI 4 on the power unit PSU2

Built-in type I/O unit used in free-standing type cabinet

Fig. 1.2 (o)

e) 12 series connecting with servo system.


When an M series servo motor is used, the connecting differences caused by
the type of position detector are as follows:
i) For resolver
o 1 -o 5po 6
Axis control

C F 5 1/C F 5 2/CF5 3
(L) <M) (N)
CV1 /C V 2 /C V 3 Velocity
(L) (M) (N) control unit

0 1 -0 5 P0 7
DC motor with a tachogcncrator
DSCG Interface
and resolver

Note) L = 1st, 4, 7, 10, 13th axis


M = 2nd, 5, 8, 11, 14th axis
N = 3rd. 6, 9, 12, 15th axis

ii) For inductosyn

o 1 -o 5Po 6
Axis control

CF5 1/CF5 2/CF5 3


(L) (M> (N)
CV1 /C V 2 /C V 3 Velocity
(L) (M> (N) —H
i-
control unit
|>C motor with a tachogeneratoj
0 1 -0 5P0 7
DSCG Interface

C F 3 1/CF32/CF33
(L) <M) (N) £ ] Preamplifier Inductosyn scale

C F 7 1/C F 7 2/C F 7 3
Inductosyn slider
(L) <M) <N>

- 34
1.2

iii) For built-in type pulse coder

0 1~ 0 5 P 0 6
control unit

C F 5 1/CF5 2/C F 5 3
(L) (M) (N) [>
CV1 /C V 2 /C V 3
(L) (M) (N)
J" ] Velocity
1+* control unit Ml
(DC motor with pulse coder)

iv) For separate type pulse coder

0 1 -0 5P0 6
control unit
re*
C F 5 1/CF5 2/CF5 3 (Separate type pulse coder)
(L) (NO (N) [>
CV1 /C V 2 /C V 3
(L) (M) (N)
Velocity
control unit Ml
(DC motor with tacho generator)

v) For pulse input detector (optical scale, magne-scale)

0 1~ 0 5 P 0 6
Pulse
control unit input
detector
CF5 1/CF5 2/CF5 3
(D (M) (N)
CV1 /C V 2 /C V 3
(L) (M) (N) [? J" 1 Velocity
control unit
=Q

(DC motor with tacho generator)

vi) For reference point detective signal switch

0 1~ 0 5 P 0 7
DSCG Interface

Reference
point
CA 1 2 [> detective
signal
switch

- 35
1.3

1.3 System Block Diagram


1.3.1 10/100 series

Magnetic cabinet
Manual circuit
Small CRT/MDI pulse
generator

20 mAC/L

I
PMC ROM cassette

Interface
ROM
MDI/CRT
interface
I/O card A1 ~A3

PMC NC
Interface CPU
CPU

Battery backup RAM ROM

Reader/
punch
Serial interface interface
Master PCB

Servo interface

i
E
Additional axis
Conversational +
function card Option card 1 Position
Additional memory Position Position
control control control
circuit circuit circuit

High speed skip Reader/ Velocity control unit


puncher
High speed measuring
position arrival
signal

Fig. 1.3.1 (a) Analog servo 10 series system block diagram (when small CRT/MDI is used)

- 36
1.3.1

Reader/punchcr
interface

Standard type Manual pulse


— O/E or 14” color generator
CRT/MDI l
Optical fiber cable

\
Optical fiber interface 1
PMC ROM cassette
O/E Connection unit
Connection unit
ROM ! O/E or I/O unit for operator’s
panel
O/E

PMC NC
Interface
CPU CPU

Battery back up RAM ROM

Reader/
Serial interface puncher
Master PCB interface

Servo interface

Conversational Option Additional axis +


function card card 1 additional memory Position Position Position
control control control
circuit circuit circuit
!

Otj

.1
5
« So
Velocity control unit
flj ID H
S, SLg Tr S
-a'S (Note) O/E shows optical/electric conversion circuit.
•§, S
a sw Or

Fig. 1.3.1 (b) Analog servo 10 series system block diagram {when standard or 14" color CRT/MDI is used)
- 37
1.3.1

Reader/puncher

--
j interface
Manual
:} Standard type or
14” color CRT/MDI
pulse
generator

(100 series only)

PMC ROM cassette CRT/MDI adapter


Connec¬
Serial Connection unit tion unit
„ for oper¬
ROM Interface inter¬ O/E or I/O unit
CPU face ator’s

o
panel

\
Optical
%% fiber cable

PMC NC
Interface CPU
CPU

Serial Reader/puncher
interface interface

RAM Servo
interface

Master PCB

}
Axis control PCB

Conversational Option ROM/RAM


function card card 1 card Position Position Position
control control control
circuit circuit circuit

Servo amplifier
cm S3
II o
a Battery back up
•&3 ” O. 4)

M
a) 4) H
<U <0 ri S2
&&!
.sp.a> g
cS.S Note) O/E shows optical/electric
conversion circuit

Fig. 1.3.1 (c) Digital servo 10/100 series system block diagram

- 38
1.3.2

1.3.2 11/110 series

- Reader/puncher
I interface
l
Standard type Manual pulse
O/E or 14” color generator
CRT/MDI j

PMC 11PM cassette


Optical fiber Connection
Bubble memory Connection unit unit for
ROM cable -O/E or I/O unit operator’s
panel

O/E O/E

PMC NC
Interface
CPU CPU

Interface - Position display


RAM

Readcr/puncher
interface
Serial interface
Master PCB

Servo interface

Conversational Additional axis


function card ROM/RAM PCB Position Position Position
control control control
circuit circuit circuit

Velocity control unit


(Note) O/E shows optical/elcctric conversion circuit.

Fig. 1.3.2 (a) 11 series system block diagram

- 39
1.3.2

Reader/puncher

Standard type or
Li interface

} 14” color
CRT/MDI
Manual pulse
generator
J

PMC ROM
cassette CRT/MDI Connec¬
adapter
tion unit
Bubble O/E for
memory Adapter Serial
ROM interface inter¬ Connection unit operator’s
or I/O unit panel
o
CPU face

\
Optical fiber
0/15 0/E cable

PMC CNC
Interface
CPU CPU

Interface Position display


RAM

Serial Reader/puncher
interface interface
Master PCB

Servo
interface

Axis Axis Axis


control control control
PCB PCB PCB
Conversational ROM/RAM
function card board Position Position Position
control control control
circuit circuit circuit

Servo amplifier

Note) O/E shows optical/electric


conversion circuit.

Fig. 1.3.2 (b) Digital servo 11/110 series system block diagram

- 40 -
1.3.3 12/120 series 1.3.3
AC power Input unit To each units

U01: Basle control unit


BMU PSUl
Bubble
Power unit
i memory

PMC ROM
1)C output
PMC ROM cassette

1
01P17: Graphic display control

l Memory CPU
- - ROM Spindle speed control circuit
position coder

01P01: ROM/KAM Reader /puncher

Main memory Machine side

Tape reader unit


01F02: Peripheral control

Interface
: CRT/MD1 unit
01P03 Main CPU
CRT unit Keyboard

PC CPU Operator’s
panel

Mem- Interface
orv Interface
Punch Reader/puncher
panel ASR33

Main CPU | 1 E/O


E/O
O/E
Manual pulse generator (3rd)

: I/O unit
0IP04: Main buffer
\ O/E J
Interface
DO DI
01P08; Axis CPU

Memory CPU Machine side


t
ROM External position display (2nd)
Machine side

01P06: Axis control


Velocity control unit Motor
Position control Motor (resolver, tachogenerator)
(pulse coder)

01P07: DSCG interface


Inductosyn preamplifier
Interface
Reference point approx, switch

01P09: Additional detector control

Position detector Resolver inductosyn


optical scale,
magne scale
02P08: Axis CPU

Memoryj— —| CPU
-- ~~j ROM |

02P06: Axis control


Velocity control unit Motor
Position control
Motor (resolver, tachogenerator)
(pulse coder)
02P07: DSCG interface
Inductosyn preamplifier
Interface
Reference point approx, switch

02F09: Additional detector control

Position detector Resolver inductosyn


optical scale,
magne scale

Fig. 1.3.3 (a) 12 series system block diagram


When using built-in type cabinet or free-standing type cabinet A
(When 6 or less axes control, hybrid control, synchronous operation
or double check system is performed)

- 41
1.3.3

AC power Input unit To each unit


To additional control unit

UOJ: Basic control unit

BMU PSUl
Bubble
memory Power unit

PMC
DC output
I
PMC ROM cassette

L
01P17: Graphic display control

Memory CPU -- ROM Readcr/punchcr

0 1 PO 1 : ROM/RAM Machine side

Main memory

Tape reader unit


Q1P02: Periphera1 control

Interface
: CRT/MDl unit
01P03: Main CPU
CRT unit Keyboard

PC CPU Operator's
panel

Mem-
ory Interface

ilt E/O {o£


Interface
I Punch
panel
Reader/punchcr
ASR33
Manual pulse generator (3rd)
Main CPU E/O
: I/O unit
01P04: Main buffer

O/E
Interface I
DO D]

01PI0: Sub CPU

Memory CPU Machine side

ROM External position display


Machine side
01P08: Axis CPU

Memory CPU

ROM

015*06: Axis control


Velocity control
unit Motor
Position control Motor (resolver, tachogenerator,
pulse coder)

011*07: I)SCG interface


Inductosyn preamplifier
Interface
Reference point approx, switch

01P09: Additional detective control


Resolver inductosyn
Position detector Optical scale, magne scale

01PI 3: Spindle control


Spindle speed control circuit
Interface position coder
'*ÿ
External position display (3rd)

01T14: Additional buffer 1

To additional control unit

Fig. 1.3.3 (b) 12 series system block diagram


When using free-standing type cabinet B
(When more than 7 axes are controlled)

- 42 -
1.3.3

From input unit

U02; Additional control unit

PSU2

Power unit

01P15: Additional buffet 2


From basic control
unit
I
DC output

021*08: Axis CPU

I Memotyj— j CPU|
\ ROM|
* 02P06: Axis control
Velocity control unit Motor
Position control Motor (resolver, lachogenerator)
(pulse coder)

02P07: DSCG interface


Induct osyn preamplifier
Interface
Reference point approx, switch

02P07: Additional position detector


Resolver induct osyn
Position detector Optical scale, magne scale

03P08: Axis CPU

Memory!—*— CPU

T ROM

03P06: Axis control


Velocity control unit Motor
Position control Motor (resolver, tachogenerator)
(pulse coder)

03P07: DSCG interface


lnduclosyn preamplifier
Interface
Reference point approx, switch

03P09: Additional position coder


Resolver inductosyn
Position detector Optical scale, magne scale

041*08: Axis CPU

Memory CPU

ROM

D4P06: Axis control

Position control
Velocity control unit —
-— Motor
Motor (resolver, tachogenerator)
(pulse coder)

04P07: DSCG inter face


Inductosyn preamplifier
Interface
Reference point approx, switch

04P09: Additional position detector


Resolver inductosyn
Position detector - Optical scale, magne scale

05P08: Axis CPU

Memory
h-0
\ ROM |

05P06: Axis control


Velocity control unit Motor
Position control Motor (resolver, tachogenerator)
(pulse coder)

05P07: DSCG interface


Inductosyn preamplifier
Interface
Reference point approx, switch

051*09: Additional position detector


Resolver inductosyn
Posilion detector Optical scale, magne scale

Fig. 1.3.3 (c) 12 series system block diagram


When using free-standing cabinet B
(When more than 7 axes are controlled)

- 43
1.3.3
AC power Input unit To each units

U01: Basic control unit


BMU PSU1
Bubble
Power unit
memory

PMC ROM i
DC output
PMC ROM cassette

L
1 01P17: Graphic display control

Memory CPU -r— ROM - Spindle speed control circuit


position coder

01POl : ROM/RAM - Rcadej/pnncher

Main memory Machine side

Tape reader unit


Q1PQ2: Pcripheratcontrol

Interface
PMC MMC
CPU
I/F
CPU
ROM -
RAM : 14” CRT/MDI
01P03: Main CPU
CRT unit Keyboard

Operator’s
panel
DV/RV DV/RV
B Interface interface
JJ — Readei/punchci

Main CPU
HI E/0
E/O
] O/E i
Punch r*
//

Manual pulse generator (3rd)

: I/O unit
01P04: Main buffer

\ O/E
Interface
fpol DI
01P08; Axis CPU

Memory CPU Machine side


i
ROM External position display (2nd)
Machine side

01P06: Axis control


Velocity control unit Motor
Position control Motor (resolver, tachogeneiator)
(pulse coder)
01P07: DSCG interface
lnductosyn preamplifier
Interface
Reference point approx, switch

01P09: Additional detector control

Position detector Resolver induct os yn


optical scale,
magne scale
02PD8: Axis CPU

Memory CPU

ROM

02P06: Axis control


Velocity control unit Motor
Position control
Motor (resolver, tachogeneiator)
(pulse coder)
02P07: DSCG Interface
lnductosyn preamplifier
Interface
Reference point approx, switch

O2F09: Additional detector control

Position detector Resolver lnductosyn


optical scale,
magne scale

When using built-in type cabinet or free-standing type cabinet A (6 axis or less
control, hybrid control, synchronous operation or double check system is
performed)

Fig. 1.3.3 (d) 120 series system block diagram

- 44
1.3.3
AC power Input unit To each unit
To additional controlunit
U01: Basle control unit

BMU PSU1
Bubble
memory Power unit

PMC \
DC output
PMC ROM cassette

01P17: Graphic display control


Memory CPU ROM Sleader/pu richer
t

Machine side
01P01: ROM/RAM
Main memory

Tape reader unit


01P02 : Peripheral control

Interface

PMC MMC
CPU i/F
CPU
01P03B: PMC
1 ROM h CPU/MMCIF
] RAMV
: 14’* CRT/MDI
01P03: Main CPU
CRT unit Keyboard

Operator’s
panel
DV/RV DV/RV
Mem-

3
ory Interface
Interface Reader/punchcr
Punch
panel ASR33
| Main CPU | 1 H/O
E/O
/E K Manual pulse generator (3rd)

: I/O unit
01P04: Main buffer

fo/E >
Interface
DO | WJ
01P10: Sub CPU

-
Memory CPU Machine side

ROM External position display


Machine side
01P08; Axis CPU

Memory j CPU |
-— —|ROM |

01P06: Axis control


Velocity control
unit Motor
Position control Motor (resolver, tachogencrator,
pulse coder)

01P07: DSCG interface


Indue to syn preamplifier
Interface
Reference point approx, switch

01P09: Additional detective control


Resolver inductosy n
Position detector Optical scale, magne scale

01Pi 3: Spindle control


Spindle speed control circuit
Interface position coder
External position display (3rd)

01P14: Additional buffer 1

To additional control unit

When using free-standing type cabinet B


(When more than 9 axes are controlled)

Fig. 1.3.3 (e) 120 series system block diagram

- 45 -
1.3.3
From input unit

1)02: Additional controlunit


PSU2

Power unit

01PI 5: Additional buffer 2


From basic control
unit
T
DC output

02P08: Axis CPU

1 Memory

ft
CPU

ROM

ft
02P06: Axis control
Velocity conirol unit Motor
Position control Motor (resolver, tachogencratoi)
(pulse coder)

02P07: DSCG Interface


Indue tosyn preamplifier
Interface
Reference point approx, switch

02P07: Additional position detector


Resolver inductosyn
Position detector Optical scale, magne scale

03PO8: Axis CPU

Memory CPU

ROM

03P06: Axis control


Velocity control unit Motor
Position control Motor {resolver, tachogenerator)
(pulse coder)

03P07: DSCG interface


- [nductosy n preamplifier
interface
- Reference point approx, switch

03P09: Additional position coder


Resolver fnductosyn
Position detector Optical scale, magne scale

04P08: Axis CPU

Memory — CPU
ROM

04P06: Axis control


Velocity control unit Motor
Position control Motor (resolver, tachogenerator)
(pulse coder)

Q4P07: DSCG interface


Indue tosyn preamplifier
Interface
Reference point approx, switch

04P09: Additional position detector


Resolver inductosyn
Position detector - 0pileal scale, magne scale
05P08: Axis CPU

Memory CPU

ROM

05P06: Axis control


Velocity control unit Motor
Position control Motor (resolver, tacliogenerator)
(pulse coder)

05P07: DSCG interface


Inductosyn preamplifier
Interface
Reference point approx, switch

05P09: Additional position detector


Resolve; inductosyn
Position detector Optical scale, magne scale

When using free-standing type cabinet B


(When more than 7 axes are controlled)

Fig. 1.3.3 (f) 120 series system block diagram

- 46
1.3.3

AC input power
Connection unit
T for operator’s panel
I

Power I CP24
supply
CP24 ]
{ CDM
CMD
CM1 CM2 CM3 CM4
Lÿ_J L-ÿJ L-ÿJ r Operator’s panel

Sub
CPU CD13 CD 13 11 CRT/MDI
Adapter
CD14 ] —— (NC main body)

CA3 Manual pulse generator (x3)

CD12
Main
CPU Serial interface
CD15

CD16 Printer

RAM tile CA7 Battery unit

Floppy Floppy unit (For debug)


CNF
interface

Fig. 1.3.3 (g) 14" CRT/MDI for 100/110/120 series

47
1.4

1.4 PCB and Units Table

Table 1.4 (a) PCB & units for 10/100 series only

Name Abbreviation Specification Remarks

Master PCB MASTER A16B-1010-0040 Analog servo

A16B-1010-0190 Digital servo

I/O Card DI/DO 1 A16B-1210-0320 DI/DO = 40/40


(10T/M)
DI/DO 2 A16B-1210-0321 DI/D0 = 80/56
DI/D0 3 A16B-1210-0322 DI/DO = 104/72
I/O Card A20B-I00I-0240 DI/DO = 40/40
(for 10TF)
A20B-1001-0241 DI/D0 = 80/56
A20B-1001-0242 DI/DO = 104/72

ROM/ RAM board ROM/ RAM A16B-1211-0290 Digital servo system


only

Small type CRT/ CRT/MDI INT A16B-1211-0250 Digital servo


MDI interface system only

Optical Interface OPT. INTERFACE A16B-1210-0360 Analog servo system


only

Option 1 OPTION 1 A16B-1210-0350

Additional Axis AD. AXS (P) A16B-1210-0431


Card

Additional Axis + ADD. AXIS /MEM A16B-1210-0380 Analog servo system


Additional ROM/RAM only

Additional ROM/RAM ADD. MEMORY A16B-1210-0381

CRT/MDI Switcher CRT/MDI SWITCHER A16B-1210-0370

CRT/MDI Panel A20B-1001-0090 T keyboard

A20B-1001-0091 M keyboard

A98L-0001-0111 Sheet switch

A20B-1000-0842 Small CRT/MDI


panel soft key

A61L-0001-0079 Small, standard


CRT/MDI panel
common CRT unit
A13B-0056-C001

- 48 -
1.4

Name Abbreviation Specification Remarks

CRT/MDI Panel A20B-1000-0850 Controller


(for 10TF)
A20B-1001-0200 Keyboard

A20B-1000-0890 Soft key

A20B-1001-0160 Power supply

Power Supply PCB A16B-1210-0510

PCB for Input Unit A16B-1600-0090

- 49
1.4

Table 1.4 (b) PCB 84 units for 11/110 series only

Name Abbreviation Specification Remarks

Master PCB MASTER A16B-1010-0050 Analog servo system

A16B-1010-0200 Digital servo system

ROM/RAM Board ROM/RAM A16B-1210-0470 Analog servo system

A16B-12 11-029 1 Digital servo system

Additional Axis AD.AXS(P.P) A16B-1 210-0430 Pulse coder x 2


(PP) Analog servo system
only

Additional Axis AD.AXS(R.P) A16B-1210-0440 Resolver +


(RP) Pulse coder
Analog servo system
only

Additional Axis AD.AXS(R,R) A16B-1210-0450 Resolver x 2


(RR) Analog servo system
only

Resolver /Induc- RES/IND A16B-1210-0460 Analog servo system


tosyn Interface only

Power Supply PCB A16B-1210-0560

PCB for Input Unit A16B-1600-0080

Tape Reader A20B-0007-0750 Photoamplifier

Tape Reader 2 A20B-1001-0050 Controller

A20B-100 1-0060 Keyboard

CRT/MDI Panel A20B-1000-0900


(14" for 11TTF) Controller
A20B-1000-0990

A20B-1001-0200 Keyboard

A20B-1000-0890 Soft key

A20B-1001-0160 Power supply

A20B-0001-0074 CRT unit

- 50 -
1.4

Table 1.4(c) PCB & units common to 10/11/100/110

Name Abbreviation Specification Remarks

Axis control AXIS CONTROL A16B-1211-0270 Digital servo 2 axes


PCB
A16B-1 211-027 1 Digital servo 1 axis

Interface INT. CONVERTER A20B-1000-0913 (except 11TT)


Converter

PMC Cassette A A20B-1000-09 10 4000 STEP

PMC Cassette B A20B-1000-0920 16000 STEP

PMC RAM Board PMC RAM 1 A16B-1210-0340 For PMC-I

Standard CRT/MDI A20B-1000-0800 Controller


Panel (9")
(10/11 series A20B-1000-0970 Backboard
only)
A20B-1001-0160 Power supply

A61L-0001-0079 CRT unit


A13B-0056-C001

A20B-1000-0830 M keyboard

A20B- 1000-0831 T keyboard

A86L-0061-0110 Sheet switch

A20B-1000-0840 Horizontal soft key

A20B-1000-0841 Vertical soft key

CRT/MDI Panel A20B-1000-0850 Controller


(14")
(10/11 series A20B-1000-0870 Horizontal
only) keyboard M

A20B-1000-087 1 Horizontal
keyboard T

A20B-1000-0880 Vertical keyboard M

A20B-1000-0881 Vertical keyboard T

A20B- 1000-08 90 Horizontal soft key

A2 0B- 1000-0891 Vertical soft key

A20B-1001-0160 Power supply

A61L-0001-0074 CRT unit

- 51
1.4

Name Abbreviation Specification Remarks

Connection Unit A16B-1210-0480 DI/DO = 96/64


for Operator's
Unit A16B-12 10-0481 DI/DO = 64/32
Connection Unit 1 A20B-1000-0940

Connection Unit 2 A20B-1000-0950

Tape Reader 1 A20B-0007-0750 Photoamplif ier

A20B-0008-0280 Serial interface

A20B-1000-0472 Power supply


A14B-0075-B120

PPR A20B-1000-0200 I/O controller


A20B-1000-0190 Power supply for
100 V AC

A20B-1000-0191 Power supply for


200 V AC

A13B-0117-C001 Switch unit

Conversational ACP A16B-1210-0410 SDB CPO


function card
(for 10TF and A16B-1310-0300 MEMORY ( 10TF,
11TTF) 11TTF only)
(for 11M graphic)
A16B-1310-0301 MEMORY ( 1IMF)

A16B-1310-0310 MEMORY (11MF)

A16B-1310-0480 MEMORY (10TF,11TTF)

- 52
1.4

Table 1.4 (d) PCB & units list for 12 series

Cabinet
PCB Group
Module name Name & function type
specification (Note 2)
(Note 1)
U01 A02B-0075-C001 Basic control unit Bu, B
(12 series) . Control PCB is mounted
/Consisting of 2 kinds \
A,
B
U05 A02B-0075-C012 of the back panel PCB
(120 series) A16B-1010-0010 (12 series)
A16B-10 10-0230
(120 series)
A20B-1001-0100
(12/120 series)

PCB 01P01 A16B-1210-0012 ROM/ RAM Bu, B.O.


mounted A,
in basic A16B-1211-0600 B
control
unit U01 01P02 A16B-1210-0080 Peripheral control Bu , B
or U05
... Reader/puncher
Spindle speed analog output
Position coder interface
interface
A,
B

. High speed DI/DO


. Tape reader interface

01P03 A16B-1210-0060 Main CPU


(12 series
only)
. Main CPU
. PMC CPU
. Shared RAM
01P03A A16B-1211-0540 Main CPU-1
(120 series .
Main CPU
only) .Shared RAM
.
Interface for 14" CRT/MDI

01P03B A16B-1211-0550 Main CPU-2


(120 series .
Main CPU
only) .
PMC CPU
. Interface for 14" CRT/MDI
01P04 A16B-1210-0070 Main buffer
.
Main buffer
.
Buffer of main bus and
peripheral bus
.
Buffer of main bus and
global bus
.
Position display control
(for 1st or 2nd)
.
Analog input interface
Note 1) The cabinet type is abbreviated as follows:
Bu Built-in type cabinet
A Free-standing type A cabinet
B Free-standing type B cabinet
Note 2) The abbreviations are as follows:
B Basic
B.O. Basic option
0 Option

53
1.4

PCB Cabinet
Module name Name & function Group
specification type

PCB 01P05 A16B-1210-0090 Adapter Bu, B.O.


mounted . Buffer of global bus and A
in basic axis bus
control
unit U01 01P06 A16B-1210-0030 Axis control Bu , B.O.
or U05 5
02P06
. Position control 3 axes
(pulse coder, pulse input
A,
B
detector, and resolver
inductosyn are available
as detectors. Resolver
inductosyn requires DSCG
interface)

01P07 A16B-1210-0110 DSCG interface Bu, 0


5 . Resolver, inductosyn A,
02P07 interface B

01P08 A16B-1210-0020 Axis CPU Bu , B.O.


$
02P08
. control
CPUmemory for axis A,
B
. 1 pee of this PCB can
control 3 axes
(The hybrid servo control,
double check system, and
synchronous operation are
possible)

01P09 A16B-1210-0180 Additional detector control Bu, 0


5 (DSCG) A,
02P09 . Additional detective B
control in the hybrid
servo control and double
check system
. Resolver inductosyn is
available as a position
detector

A16B-1210-0170 Additional detector control


(pulse input type)
. Additional detective
control in the hybrid
servo control and double
check system
. Pulse coder and pulse
input type detector is
available as a detector

54
1.4

PCB Cabinet
Module name Name & function Group
specification type

PCB 01P10 A16B-1210-0100 Sub CPU B 0


mounted . CPU memory for sequence
in basic control when more than 7
control axes are controlled
unit U01
or U05 01P13 A16B-1210-0160 Spindle
(Used in the system where
sub-CPU is used)
. Spindle analog output
. Position coder interface
. Position display control
(for 3rd)

01P 14 A16B-1210-0250 Additional buffer 1 B B


, Buffer to expand the
global bus to the
additional control unit

01P16

0 IP 17

PMC A20B-1000-0910 PMC ROM cassette Bu, B.O.


ROM . ROM for PMC 64 kB A,
B,
A20B-1000-0920 PMC ROM cassette
. ROM for PMC 128 kB

A20B-1000-0913 Interface converter


. ROM for PMC 16 kB

BMU A87L-0001-0017 Bubble memory Bu, B.O.


. Memorize parameter A,
. Part program memory & B.
edit (60 m)

A87L-0001-0084 Bubble memory


..Memorize parameter
Part program memory &
edit (320 m)

A87L-0001-0085 Bubble memory


. Memorize parameter
. Part program memory &
edit (640 m)

A87L-000 1-0086 Bubble memory


. Memorize parameter
. Part program memory &
edit (1280 m)

A87L-0001-0100 Bubble memory


#8M . Memorize parameter
. Part programm) memory &
edit (2560

55
1.4

PCS Cabinet
Module name Name & function Group
specification type

PCB BMU A87L-0001-0100 Bubble memory


mounted #12M . Memorize parameter
in basic . Part program memory &
control edit. (3840 m)
unit U01
or U05 A87L-0001-0100 Bubble memory
#16M .
Memorize parameter
.
Part program memory &
edit (5120 m)

PSU1 A20B-1000-0770 Power unit Bu, B


. Supply the DC voltage to A,
basic control unit B

U02 A02B-0075-C002 Additional control unit B B


. PCB is mounted for 4th
or subsequent axis
position control when
more than 7 axes are
controlled.
Consisting of 2 kinds
of back panel PCBs
A16B-1010-0020
A20B-1001-0180

PCB 02P06 A16B-1210-0030 Axis control B B.O.


mounted 5
in addi¬ 05P06
tional
control 02P07 A16B-1210-0110 DSCG interface B 0
unit U02 $
05P07

02P08 A16B-1210-0020 Axis CPU B B.O.


5
05P08

02P09 A16B-1210-0180 Additional detector control B 0


$ (DSCG)
05P09
A16B-1210-0170 Additional detector control
(pulse input type detector)

01P15 A16B-1210-0260 Additional buffer 2 B B


.Buffer to receive the
global bus from basic
control unit

PSU2 A20B-1000-0770 Power unit B B


. Supply DC voltage to
additional control unit

56
1.4

PCB Cabinet
Module name Name & function Group
specification type

A03B-0801-C001 Built-in type I/O unit Bu, B.O.


.I/O PCB is mounted A,
Max. for input ...
5 pcs B
Max. for output ..
5 pcs

PCB IF01A A16B-1310-0020 Interface module


mounted . Interface between basic
in control unit and built-in
built- type I/O unit
in
type ID99A A20B-1000-0750 Input module
I/O unit . Low speed input 48 points
. Used as a receiver of
contact signal

ID99B A20B-1000-0751 Input module


. High speed input 48
points
. Used as a receiver of
photo coupler, etc.

OD99A A20B-1000-0760 Output module


. Contactless output 32
points

A03B-0801-C001 Built-in type additional B 0


I/O unit
. I/O PCB is mounted
t
Max. for input ...
5 pcs
Max. for output ..
5 pcs

PCB IF01B A16B-1210-0030 Interface module


mounted . Interface between built-
in in type I/O unit and
built- built-in additional I/O
in unit
type
addi¬ ID99A A20B-1000-0750 Input module
tional
I/O unit ID99B A20B-1000-0751 Input module

OD99A A20B-1000-0760 Output module

- 57
1.4

PCB Cabinet
Module name Name & function Group
specification type

A14B-0076-B201 Input unit Bu B


. Power ON/OFF control
circuit, power magnetic
contactor and fuses are
mounted

A14B-0076-B206 Input unit A B.O.


(When a velocity control
unit is not installed in
the free-standing type A
cabinet)

A14B-0076-B207 Input unit


(When a velocity control
unit is installed in the
free-standing type A
cabinet, and when servo
transformer total capacity
is 5 kVA or less)

A14B-0076-B208 Input unit


(When a velocity control
unit is installed in the
free-standing type A
cabinet, and when servo
transformer total capacity
is 5 kVA or more)

A14B-0076-B205 Input unit B B

A16B- 1600-0080 Input unit PCB


(Commonly used in the input
unit for built-in type
cabinet, and free-standing
cabinet type A and B)

A20B-1001-0210 Input unit PCB


(Used in the input unit for
free-standing type B
cabinet)

A02B-0075-C003 Punch panel Bu, 0


. Connection to ASR33 A,
. Connection to reader/ B
puncher interface device

58 -
1.4

Cabinet
Name Specification Remarks Group
type

CRT/MDI unit A02B-0076-C022 9" horizontal type Bu, B.O.


(12 series only) for 12T A,
B
A02B-0076-C025 9" horizontal type
for 12M

A02B-0076-C042 9" vertical type for Exter¬


12T nal
type
A02B-007 6-C062 14" horizontal type
for 12T (color)

A02B-0076-C063 14" horizontal type


for 12M (color)

A02B-0076-C082 14" vertical type for


12T (color)

9" CRT/ Control PCB A20B-1000-0800


MDI unit
compo¬ Back board A20B-1000-0970
nent
Power A20B-1001-0160

CRT unit A13B-0056-C001

Key board A20B-1000-0831 For 12T


PCB
A20B-1000-0832 For 12M

Soft key A20B-1000-0840 For horizontal type


PCB
A20B-1000-0841 For vertical type

59
1.4

Cabinet
Name Specification Remarks Group
type

14" CRT/ Control PCB A20B-1000-0850


MDI unit
compo¬ Power A20B-1001-0160
nent
CRT unit A61L-0001-0074

Keyboard A20B-1000-0871 Horizontal type for


PCB 12T

A20B-1000-0872 Horizontal type for


12M

A20B-1000-0881 Vertical type for 12T

Soft key A20B-1000-0890 Horizontal type


PCB
A20B-1000-0891 Vertical type

Connection unit for A16B-1210-0480 DI 96 points, Exter¬ 0


operator panel DO 64 points nal
type
A16B-1210-0481 DI 64 points,
DO 32 points

Tape reader A13B-0070-B001 Without reels Bu, B.O.


A,
A13B-0080-B001 With reels B

Tape Photo A20B-0007-0750 Without reels


reader amplifier
compo¬
nent Control PCB A20B-1001-0050 With reels

Keyboard A20B-1001-0060 With reels

60
1.4

Table 1.4 (e> 14" CRT/MDI for 100/110/120 series

Name Specification Remarks

lV'CRT/MDI unit A02B-0087-C200

14” Main CPU A20B-1001-0830


CRT/MDI
unit Sub CPU A20B- 1001-0840
compo¬
nent ROM file (512KB) A20B-1001-0860

ROM file (1 MB) A20B-1001-0870

RAM file (128KB) A20B- 100 1-0880

RAM file (256KB) A20B-1001-0881

RAM file (512KB) A20B-1001-0882

Bubble memory A20B-1001-09 11


(512KB)

Bubble memory A20B-1001-0910


(1MB)

Floppy A20B-1001-0901 For debug.


interface

Power supply A20B-1001-0930

Back panel A20B-1001-0920

Key board A86L-0001-0130

Floppy unit terminal A20B-1002-0060


board

ROM file adapter A20B-1002-0110 For ROM file and PMC writer

61
1.4

Table 1.4 (f) PCB & unit for I/O unit (common to 10/11/12/100/110/120 series)

Name Specification Remarks

I/O base unit BU10A A03B-0801-C009 I/O unit back panel (for 10 pcs)

BU08A A03B-0801-C004 1/0 unit back panel (for 8 pcs)

BU06A A03B-0801-C006 1/0 unit back panel (for 6 pcs)

BU04A A03B-0801-C007 I/O unit back panel (for 4 pcs)

Power module POW A16B-1310-0010 Common to main unit and I/O unit
200 VAC input

I/O interface IF01A A03B-0801-C101 Optical signal -*ÿ 1/0 bus,


module electric signal I/O bus
IF01B A03B-0801-C102 1/0 bus extension
IF04C A03B-0801-C103 Optical signal extension

Output module 0D64A A03B-0801-C141 DO=64 24M8VDC/ Connection


0. 125A via
0D32A A03B-0801-C140 DO=32 connectors

OD64B A03B-0801-C113 DO=64 24ÿ48VDC/


0.25A
OD32B A03B-0801-C112 D0=32

OD16B A03B-0801-C111 D0=16 24ÿ48VDC/ Connection


0.5A via terminals
OD08B A03B-0801-C110 D0= 8

0D16C A03B-0801-C115 DO=16 24ÿ48VDC/


2A
OD08C A03B-0801-C114 D0= 8

OA16D A03B-0801-C117 00=16 120VAC/1.6A


OA08D A03B-0801-C116 DO= 8

OA16E A03B-0801-C119 D0=16 240VAC/1.6A


OA08E A03B-0801-C118 D0= 8

Input module ID 64 A A03B-0801-C133 DI=64 24VDC/20mS Connection


non insula¬ via
ID32A A03B-0801-C132 DI=32 tion connectors

ID16A A03B-0801-C131 DI=16 Connection


via terminals
ID08A A03B-0801-C130 DI= 8

- 62 -
1.4

Name Specification Remarks

Input module ID64B A03B-0801-C137 DI=64 24VDC/2mS Connection


(cont ' d) non insula¬ via
ID32B A03B-0801-C136 DI=32 tion connectors

ID16B A03B-0801-C135 DI=16 Connection


via terminals
ID08B A03B-0801-C134 DI= 8

ID64C A03B-0801-C123 DI=64 24VDC/20mS Connection


insulation via
ID32C A03B-0801-C122 DI=32 connectors

ID16C A03B-0801-C121 DI=16 Connection


via terminals
ID08C A03B-0801-C120 DI= 8

ID64D A03B-0801-C127 DI=64 24VDC/2mS Connection


Insulation via
ID 3 2D A03B-0801-C126 Dl=32 connectors

ID16D A03B-0801-C125 DI=16 Connection


via terminals
ID08D A03B-0801-C124 DI= 8

IA16E A03B-0801-C129 DI=16 120VAC/30ms Connection


insulation via terminals
IA08E A03B-0801-C128 DI= 8

Positioning PT01A A03B-0801-C05 1


module
(software is
necessary)

Positioning A03B-0801-J501 Software for positioning module


module control #775

Analog input AD04A A03B-0801-C052 Analog input = 4


module

Analog output DA03A A03B-0801-C055 Analog output = 3


module
DA02A A03B-0801-C053 Analog output = 2

Pulse counter CT01A A03B-0801-C054 Pulse input = 1


module

PCB for power A16B-1600-0090 200VAC input


input unit

PCB for addi¬ A2 OB- 1001-0210 200VAC input


tional power
input unit

63
2.

2. PERIODIC MAINTENANCE AND MAINTENANCE EQUIPMENT

10/11/12/100/110/120 series is designed for ease of maintenance, such as


reduction of regular check points, easy adjustment, etc. It is also important
that the user make the departments concerned fully aware of the concept of
preventive maintenance in order to keep the NC machine tool in good condition.
Preventive maintenance includes the following:
. Routine check and adjustment.
. Arrangement of maintenance tools.
. Main spare parts.

2.1 Periodic Maintenance

(1) Tape reader cleaning


(a) Tape reader without reels

Reference Cleaning
Item Cleaning point Cleaning method
drawing period
1 Surface of read head Fig. 2.1 (a) Daily Cleaning with gauze or
(light sensing part) CD thin brush with pure
alcohol .
2 Surface of read head Fig. 2.1 (a) Daily
(light emitting part) (D
3 Tape retainer Fig. 2.1 (a) Daily
©
4 Tape path Fig. 2.1 (a) Daily
©
5 Capstan roller Fig. 2.1 (a) Weekly
<D
6 Guide roller Fig. 2.1 (a) Weekly
©
7 Pinch roller Fig. 2.1 (a) Weekly
©
8 Assembly under tape Fig. 2.1 (a) Monthly Clean with cloth or a
path plate brush.

9 Inside tape reader Fig. 2.1 (b) Monthly


cover ©

64
2.1

&
Si
*sw
,


•• •


4
1
wm&m '
JV)
: r F

: x§'V -VO 09 \

/* J£*)
XV
. i
BM •_F
h
—*=f FM

•7 V
m
'Brake magnet
iV8 60 ~0 O’G 0 -V 0 0 4

(A13B-0070-B001)
8
JTjfe
6

Fig. 2.1 (a) Tape reader without reels front view (with cover removed)

—(ft
C
9

Fig. 2.1 (b) Tape reader without reels side view

65
2.1

(b) Tape reader with reels

Reference Cleaning
Item Cleaning point Cleaning method
drawing period
1 Surface of read head Fig. 2.1 (c) Daily Clean with gauze or a
(light sensing part) © thin brush with pure
alcohol.
2 Surface of read head Fig. 2.1 (c) Daily
(light emitting part) CD
3 Tape retainer Fig. 2.1 (c) Daily

4 Tape path Fig. 2.1 (c) Daily


©
5 Capstan roller Fig. 2.1 (c) Weekly
©
6 Guide roller Fig. 2.1 (c) Weekly
©
7 Pinch roller Fig. 2.1 (c) Weekly
©
8 Assembly under tape Fig. 2.1 (c) Monthly Clean with cloth or a
path plate brush.

9 Inside tape reader Fig. 2.1 (d) Monthly


cover ©

s'-'\

© i? 1
m
: . —
liiili
vV::. 1
O © ililifc
®
'

pi
.
:- - -
or-i Jk mmj
um
TAPE P/
1i
)m wa
lfaisi
S'
' :
\ s'
ag
MS#® V
.
.
© ©: Slllp;:.'
•; AUTOS; s fiB
©
® .-REEL- ON: 111©
«
ALARM
0 RESFE ,, ,
*

Fig. 2.1 (c) Tape reader with reels front view {with cover removed)

- 66 -
2.1

Fig. 2.1 (d) Tape reader with reels side view

(2) Tape reader lubrication


a) Tape reader without reel
The routine lubrication points and lubrication periods are as follows:

Lubrication
Item Lubrication point Period Amount
(Note) _
1 Magnetic section See Fig. 2.1 (a) (7) 3 months Light machine 1 drop
oil
Light machine oil
1 year Rocol paste Sufficient to
form a thin
film

Rocol paste

67
2.1

b) Tape reader with reels


The routine lubrication points and lubrication periods are as follows:

Lubrication
Item Lubrication point Period
_ (Note)
Araoun t

1 Magnetic section See Fig. 2.1 (e> (J) 3 months Light machine 1 drop
oil

1 year Rocol paste Sufficient to


Light maclune oil form a thin
film

Rocol paste ch

2 Guide roller See Fig. 2.1 (e)(2) 6 months Rocol oil 2 V 3 drops

Rocol oil

/ i
/
10

3 Tension arm guide roller 6 months Rocol oil 2ÿ3 drops


See Fig. 2.1 (f)(3)

Rocol oil

J.

68
2.1

3 3

M : Iilw ! ;
!V>-i !

m
i ifefffiassffisSil g m
\ m :
&-R -Si r'* X? If
gg :
mm
V

\ >4-iS )
•'
'ÿS' »gm
©
MASH
Rgtl QH
fl£tFA$E
iSil* ,
\J
© ft££v OFF. V

FORMftO Stc-C* ftEW.NO.

Fig. 2.1 (e) Tape reader with reels front view

(Note) Lubricant

Item Name Manufacturer

1 Rocol oil (ROCOL ASO) ROCOL CO., Ltd. (U.K. )

2 Rocol Paste (ROCOL ASP) ROCOL CO. , Ltd. (U.K.)

3 Luna oil Nippon Sekiyu

Refer to appendix 18 about characteristics of oil.

(3) Air Filter cleaning (For free-standing type cabinet only)


When the air filter installed at the bottom rear of the equipment is dusty,
the dust collection efficiency will drop, and the temperature in the equip¬
ment will rise. Therefore, the filter must be cleaned weekly as follows:
a) Remove the fastener and air filter from the bottom rear of the equipment.
b) Blow the air filter out with compressed air from the inside while shaking
the filter lightly.
c) When the filter is very dirty, wash it in a neutral cleaner with pressure
and then dry in the shade. (At this time, do not wash it by rubbing.)
Wash it with pressure in a neutral cleaner and water (about 40°C or
104°F) (cleaner 5%; water 95%), then rinse in clear water.

69
2.1

A A

Air filter

(4) Check and Cleaning of Motor Brush


a) Check and clean the motor brush as follows. If the motor brush is
abnormally worn due to neglect, the motor can be damaged as a result;
therefore, be sure to check the motor brush periodically.
i) Periodic checks should be made at the intervals listed below.
. When using a general machine tool (lathe, milling machine, machine
center, etc.): Once a year.
. When using a machine tool with a high frequency of acceleration/
deceleration (turret punch press, etc.): Every two months
However, it is recommended that the check interval be determined
by judging the actual wear of the motor brush.
ii) Confirm that the power supply to the DC servo motor (machine) is OFF.
Immediately after the DC servo motor has been operated, the brush may
be hot. In such case, make the check after the brush is completely
.
cooled
iii) Remove the brush cap, as shown in Fig. A, using a screwdriver which
fits the slot.
iv) After taking out the brush, measure (visually) the length of the brush
.
(see Fig. B) If the length of the remaining brush is shorter than 10
mm (5 mm for model 00M) , the brush can no longer be used. Taking this
into consideration, make a judgement as to whether the brush can be
used until the next check and, if necessary, replace the brush.
v) Check the brush carefully. If any deep groove or scar is found on the
contact surface of the brush, or if any mark of arcing is seen on the
brush spring; replace the brush. If this occurs, check the brush
occasionally for about a month after the replacement; if this recurs
during this period, contact our nearest service office.

70 -
2.1

vi) Blow off the dust in every brush holder with compressed air (factory
air), and the dust will come out through another brush holder. Before
using the compressed air, confirm that the air does not contain iron
dust or a large amount of moisture.
vii) After the check, put back the brush and tighten the brush cap
completely. Be careful as sometimes the brush spring may be caught in
between the conducting metal and brush holder and the brush cap may
not go in correctly make sure that all the brush caps are tightened
into the respective brush holders to almost the same level.
When putting the brush into the brush holder, sometimes the brush
cannot slide smoothly due to brush dust which adhered to the inside
surface of the brush holder. In such a case, clean the inside surface
of the brush holder with the tip of a screwdriver. (Take care not
scratch the commutator surface.)
viil) When replacing the brush, use a brush similar (in quality, shape,
etc.) to the existing one. After replacement of the brush, run the DC
servo motor without load for a while to fit the brush surface to the
commutator surface.

Length of brush Brush

I I Brush holder

I
Ui
I
1

Brush cap

Fig. A Structure of brush holder

Length of
Motor model Usable length
new brush

Model 00M 10 mm 5 m
L
Model 0L, 5L, 0M, 19 mm 10 m
5M, 10M, 20M,
30M, 30MH

Fig. B Brush length

- 71
2.1

(5) Cleaning of heat exchange


The heat exchange and fan motors should be cleaned periodically.
If they are contaminated with dust, mist, or foreign substances, the heat
exchanging capacity may deteriorate, or fan motor trouble may occur.
The cleaning interval differs according to the installation environment of
the units.
Clean them at least once a every year; or clean more frequently according to
the environmental circumstances.

a) External view of unit


i) A type cabinet
The mounting face of
0
the heat exchange is
open, and the heat Air outlet
exchange can be cleaned
from the outside of
the cabinet.
(free-standing type,
Fan motor

built-in type 1,
unbundled type)
Air inlet
N

Rear view

ii) B type cabinet


The heat exchange is
mounted at the coupling L
joint with the machine Air outlet
tool, and it cannot be
cleaned from the outside
of the cabinet.
(10M/11M built-in Fan motor
type 2, etc.) (Mounted inside the heat
(Clean the heat exchange exchange)
of this type from
\
\
the interior of the cabinet
after opening the door)
Air inlet

Rear view

72 -
2.1

b) Preliminary work for cleaning


Turn off the power supply before starting the following work.
Before cleaning, blow compressed air through the air inlet.
For the i)-A type cabinet: detach the fan motor together with its
mounting plate, detach the protective caps from the terminal board
mounted at the innermost part of the heat exchange, and disconnect the
power cables of the fan motors.

Fan motor

Power cable

For the ii)-B type cabinet: open the front door, and detach the unit
mounted in front of the fan motor.
For instructions on how to remove these units, see Chapter 7-
"Replacement of PCB and Units".
The mounting structures of the fan motors in the heat exchange are
divided into the fan motor rear plate mounting type (the mounting plate
and fan motor are separated from each other) and the fan unit type (the
mounting plate and fan motor are assembled together) .
Remove the blind plate from the former or remove the fan unit from the
latter .
. Disconnect the power cable Ground wire Power cable
and grounding wire from
the terminal board.
. Detach the blind plate or A1
fan unit by removing mounting \
screws . l /

Terminal board
. Detach the protective caps Blind plate or
fan unit
from the terminal board; then,
disconnect the fan motor power
cables in case of the fan motor Protective cap
rear plate mounting type.
. Unscrew mounting screws and
remove the fan motor.

1
!
Power cable Fan motor

73
2.1

c) Cleaning method
i) Cleaning of fan motors
Remove dust, mist, and other foreign substances from the fan motors,
terminal board, fan mounting plate, and other parts by using a brush
or other cleaning tool.
If they cannot be removed easily, wipe them off with a damp cloth
after wetting the cloth with water containing a neutral detergent.
Be careful not to allow detergent to go into the fan motor rotors and
other electric parts.
Completely dry the fan motors if water or detergent was used.
ii) Cleaning of heat exchange
Remove dust, mist, and other foreign substances from the interior of
the heat exchange through the mounting opening of the detached fan
motors or fan unit by using dry waste or something similar.
d) Installation
After cleaning the fan motors and heat exchange, remount the fan motors
or fan unit, blind plate, and other parts, and connect the power cables
to the terminals. Be sure to fully cover the terminals with their
protective caps.
Mount the units which have been removed in the preliminary work for
cleaning to their specified mounting places.
Be particularly careful not to connect the cable connectors incorrectly.
(Note) If defective, replace the fan motor. Mount the protective caps as
illustrated below. (If protective caps are not mounted correctly,
a leak may occur. )
i) Pass the protective cap through each lead wire of the fan motor before
attaching the crimp-style terminal.

Protective cap

I" "(}

Lead wire
Crimp-style terminal

ii) Fully cover the terminals with protective caps,

Protective cap Through type terminal


board

Lead wire

74 -
2.2

2.2 Maintenance Equipment

The following equipments are recommended.


1) Measuring instruments

Instrument Requirements Usage

AC voltmeter AC power-supply voltage Measurement of AC power-


can be measured with a supply voltage
tolerance of +2% or
downward .
DC voltmeter Maximum degree of 10 V, Measurement of DC power-
30 V Tolerance of +2% or supply voltage
downward (digital volt¬
meter may be required.)

Phase rotation meter Check of connection


sequence of AC 3-phase
Input power

Oscilloscope Frequency bandwidth of Adjustment of tape reader


5 MHz or upward, 2 photoamplifier, etc.
channels

2) Tools
+ screw driver: large, medium and small
screw driver: large, medium and small
3) Chemicals
Tape reader cleaning liquid (pure alcohol) and oil.

2,3 Main Spare Parts

Always keep the following parts on hand:


o Fuses (see Appendix 17)
o Motor brush (see Appendix 14)
As required, provide P.C.Bs and units.
o P.C.B. and unit (see Table 1.4)
o Primary parts of the velocity control unit (see Appendix 13)

75
3.

3. TROUBLESHOOTING

3.1 Procedures

Troubleshooting procedures are classified below, according to the status of the


failing NC.
1) No power can be turned on ..... .
2) Nothing is displayed on CRT screen after power is turned on
Section
Section
3.3.1
3.3.2
3) Troubleshooting by alarm.......
....
4) LEDs on the master PCB light
Section
Section
3.3.3
3.3.4
. ....
5) Jog operation is not possible Section 3.3.5
6) Manual pulse generator does not operate ....
Section 3.3.6
7) Synchronous feed or feed per revolution is not possible. ....
Section 3.3.7
8) Tape reader does not operate normally ....
Section 3.3.8
9) Automatic operation is not possible
10) Spindle binary analog output voltage is abnormal
....
Section
... .
Section
3.3.9
3.3.10
11) Analog output voltage linearity is not possible ....
Section 3.3.11
12) Reader/puncher interface do not operate normally
13) Stop position does not coincide with reference point
....
Section 3.3.12

in reference point return Section 3.3.13


14) System error Section 3.3.14
15)
16)
Power supply voltage checking . Section 3.4
3.5
Tape reader photo-amplifier adjustment Section
17)
18)
Connection diagram inside the NC .
Status display by self-diagnostic function
Section
Section
3.6
3.7
19)
20)
Block diagram and standard setting of servo system
Confirmation of connections between NC and servo unit
.... Section
Section
3.8
3.9
21) Motor normal connection and reverse CONNECTION Section 3.10
22) Troubleshooting for servo unit Section 3.11
23) Error display and its contents of I/O unit Section 3.12

| Survey on Trouble Phenomena 1


Inform our Service Center of checked data on the following items, when trouble
occurrs .
1) Phenomena
i) Mode in which the trouble occurred
ii) Position where the trouble occurred
iii) Alarm number
iv) Trouble frequency
v) Amount of error in the position
vi) Display of the position when trouble occurrs
2) Other information
i) Software series and edition number displayed on the CRT when the power is
turned on (see Subsec. 3.3.2)
ii) Parameter contents
Inform our Service Center of the results of a comparison between the
parameter table attached to the NC and the parameters set in the NC.
iii) Program contents and cutter compensation values for automatic operation
iv) Contents of other items if checked

3.2 Error Message

See error meassage table of a separate volume (B-54810E).

76
3.3

3.3 Checking and Countermeasures

3.3.1 No power can be turned on

Item Cause of trouble Check points Countermeasures

1 No input power 1 See Sec. 3.4. Make sure that


supply is con¬ input unit pilot lamp PIL
nected to NC. (green LED) is ON.

2 When PIL is OFF, make sure


that input power is supplied
at input unit power-supply
terminal TP1.

3 When power is supplied at Remove blowout


input unit TP1 and pilot lamp causes and
is OFF, see Sec, 3.4. fuses replace fuses.
FI, F2 or F3 are considered
blown out.
2 Alarm lamp is ON. 1 See Sec. 3.4. Make sure that
input unit alarm lamp ALM (red
LED) is OFF. When ON, remove
the cause (see Appx, 12 for
details) and press POWER OFF
button once; then press
POWER ON button.

3 OFF contact of Make sure that EOF and COM are


external power- shorted at input unit terminal
supply ON/OFF is
faulty.

4 POWER OFF switch 1 Make sure that POWER OFF


on CRT/MDI unit button contact is closed.
is faulty.
j-OFF *"1
2 Make sure that two pins
are shorted in input unit.

5 POWER ON switch on 1 Make sure that pressing POWER


CRT/MDI unit is ON button closes the contact.
faulty .
2 Make sure that pressing POWER
ON button short circuit two
pins in input unit.

6 Input unit is Replace the input


faulty. unit.

77
3.3.3

3.3.2 CRT screen is not displayed after turning on power supply


If no display appears on CRT screen after power is turned on, a faulty point can
be checked by the display conditions of 7-segment LED on the master PCB
(10/11 series) or LED on the each PCB in the control unit (12 series). For
details see 3,3.4.

3.3.3 Troubleshooting by alarm number


1) SR590 TH error (Tape Horizontal error)
If a tape code which is not covered in the code table is detected during the
significant information section of an NC tape (other than the section from
control out to in), the readout operation of tape is stopped. When the
control unit is executing the previous block, it stops after completion of
the block, and SR590 is displayed on CRT.
The block in error is invalid, and is not executed.
The alarm condition is reset by pressing the RESET button,
Locate the cause according to the following information obtainable through
the diagnostic function.

No. Display Meaning of data

1100 POSITION (CHARACTER) F If TH alarm occurs, the position of


the character in TH alarm is dis¬
played by the number of characters
counted from the start of the block.
(TH alarm in front)

1101 BIT PATTERN (CHARACTER) F The readout code of the character in


TH alarm is displayed by the bit
pattern. (TH alarm in front)

1100 POSITION (CHARACTER) B If TH alarm occurs, the position of


the character in TH alarm is dis¬
played by the number of characters
counted from the start of the block.
(TH alarm in back)

1101 BIT PATTERN (CHARACTER) B The readout code of the character in


TH alarm is displayed by the bit
pattern. (TH alarm in back)

Causes and countermeasures


o Contamination of NC tape and tape reader
Clean NC tape.
Clean the tape reader.
o Tape setting failure NC tape is set upside down;
Reset the NC tape correctly.
o Punching error of NC tape
Correct NC tape.

2) Alarm number
SR591 TV error (Tape Vertical error)
If during parity check, an odd number of characters are in a block (from the
character next to EOB) , the control unit will execute the preceding block,
stopping after completion of it. (The tape stops on the next character to
the EOB of the erroneous block.)
,,SR591’' is displayed the CRT.
Alarm status is reset by pressing the reset button.
Error block is ignored.

78 -
3.3.3

This TV checking function can be made effective by setting the parameter.


Countermeasures
o Something (a space symbol, for example) that is ignored by the NC should be
punched before *(EOB) code for odd-numbered holes. The tape punched out by
CNC is checked by the TV check.
The number of characters in one block must be made an even number.
o If this lamp lights up with an even number of characters punched, the tape
reader may be misreading. Clean the reading section of the tape reader or
the NC tape.

3) PS200 Pulse coder synchronous error


The one-revolution signal of the pulse coder was not applied in reference
point return, or the feed rate is too low.
When using a pulse coder, after turning on the power or resetting an
emergency stop, the reference counter is synchronized with the one-revolution
signal when the first reference point return is performed. The following
conditions are required to catch the same edge of the 1 revolution signal:
a) The position deviation (DGN No. 3000) should be 128 or more.
b) After the position deviation amount has exceeded 128 the
one-revolution signal should be input at least once before the
deceleration dog is separated again.
The one-revolution signal is not used during the second or subsequent
reference point return. This alarm check is not made.

Item Cause of trouble Check points Countermeasures

1 Feedrate is too Perform reference point return Increase the feed


low. under the same conditions in rate. When the
which the alarm occurred. position gain is
Confirm that the position 30 sec a feed
deviation is 128 or more by rate of at least
using the self-diagnostic func¬ 300 mm/min is
tion (DGN 3000) .
The start necessary .
point of the reference point
return must not be on the dece¬
leration dog.

2 The start point Check the distance from the The distance from
of the reference start point to the reference the start point to
point return is point . the reference
too close to the point must be
reference point. equivalent to at
least two motor
revolutions .
3 Source voltage for The source voltage of the pulse Cable loss must be
the pulse coder is coder should be 4.75 V or more. 0.2 V or less
too low. (Remove the pulse coder cover including both
and measure the source voltage sides of 5 V and
at the + and terminals on the 0 V.
pulse coder board.)

4 Defective pulse Replace the pulse coder. Replacement .


coder.

5 Defective master Replace the master PCB. Replacement .


PCB.

79 -
3.3.3

4) OT007 + OVERTRAVEL (HARD)


0T008 - OVERTRAVEL (HARD)
When the movable part of the machine tool reaches the stroke end, the above
alarm message is displayed on the CRT screen.
When this alarm occurrs, movement of all axes stop in auto operation. In
manual mode, the axis that alarm occurred on stops.
To stop the movable part of the machine tool, two limit switches (LSI, LS2)
are provided on each axis in each direction as shown in the figure below.

Feed rate

LSI
2
LS2
Position

o When LSI operates, the feed is stopped after deceleration. This alarm
message is displayed on CRT.
o When LS2 operates, the feed is emergency-stopped. (LS2 operates only when
LSI malfunctions)

Cause of Trouble and Countermeasures


1 Check the reference point setting for errors; then, correct the program.
2 Check the program for errors; then, correct the program.
Release
a) When only LSI operates
Move the movable part of the machine tool by manual operation (Jog, Step
or Handle) in the opposite direction (safe side) to separate it from the
limit switch. Push the RESET key on the MDI panel.
(Note) In this case, the movable part of the machine tool can be moved in the
opposite direction only.
b) When both LSI and LS2 operate
i) Set 2nd L.S. REMOVE button to ON on operator's panel.
ii) Follow the same instructions given for LSI.
(Note) In the equipment in which LSI is not operating when LS2 in operation,
the movable part is movable in both directions by manual operation.
Be careful of the direction in which it is to be moved when LSI has
malfunctioned.

+
5) OTOOl
I
OVERTRAVEL (S0FT1)
I I 1r Stored Stroke limit alarm
OT006 - OVERTRAVEL (S0FT3) J
When a machine reaches stored stroke limit, one of these messages is
indicated on the CRT screen. When this alarm occurrs, movement of all axes
stop in auto operation. In manual mode, the axis that alarm occurred on
stops .
Cause of trouble
a) Program miss .
b) Setting of stored stroke limit is abnormal.
Countermeasures
o The movable part of the machine tool can be moved in the opposite
direction.
o If the movable part of the machine tool can not be moved, push the
emergency stop button and command G23 (Stored Stroke Limit Function OFF).
If the setting value is in error, correct the setting value and return to
reference point.
80
3.3.3

Confirm
Check the actual machine position (position on machine coordinate system)
from the reference point displayed on CRT screen.

(Note) To makestored stroke check 1 invalid until the reference point


return end after turning on the power, in the 10 series, the
following operation should be done.

Operating procedure _
(i) Turn on the power while pressing | ~ | and | * | keys.
(li) It is attached to IPL mode and the following menu is displayed on the
screen :
IPL
1 CUMP MEMORY
2
3 CLEAR FILE
4 SETTING
5
6 END IPL

(iil) Key is [T] [ INPUT | to select "4 SETTING"


(iv) Key in [¥] in response to the question "CHECK SOFT 0T AT POWER ON?"

(v) The menu described in (ii) is displayed on the CRT, Key in |~6 |
| INPUT 1
to change IPL mode.

6) SV023 SV overload

Item Cause of trouble Check points Countermeasures

1 (analysis) Check if OVERLOAD lamp lights Connection/ setting


when turning on NC power failure .
supply. Proceed to item 6
or 7.

Check to see if thermal relay Proceed to item 2


of M series velocity control or 3.
unit functions. (AC servo is
not provided with this thermal
relay. )

Check to see if radiation fins Proceed to item 2.


of AC servo velocity control
unit are overheated. (M series
servo is not provided with
these radiation fins.)

Check thermostat of servo Proceed to item 2


transformer functions. or 4.

Check thermostat of regenera¬ Proceed to item 5.


tive discharge unit functions.

Check thermostat of AC servo Proceed to item 2.


motor functions.

81
3.3.3

Item Cause of trouble Check points Countermeasures

2 Overload of motor Measure the motor current. Reduce the cutting


The continuous rated current condition. If the
is as specified below: continuous rated
M series servo current exceeds
00M ... 4A the specified
OM
5M
...
...
7A
9A
value during idle
feed. Adjust the
10M ... 12A machine tool.
20M
30M
...
...
18A
24A
AC servo
4-0
3-0
...
...
0.93A
0.93A
30R ...29A

2-0 ... 3A
1-0 ... 2.9A
0 . ..4.6A
5 ... 6.8A
10 ... 11A
20
30
...
...
20A
22A

3 Setting failure of Check to see if the thermal Reset the thermal


thermal relay of M relay is set to the continuous relay setting.
series servo rated current value of the
motor specified in item 2.

4 Thermostat of If thermostat functions when Replace trans¬


servo transformer the surface temperature of former .
is defective. transformer is lower than
60°C, it's defective.

5 Excessive regene¬ 1) Excessive acceleration/ Reduce the accele¬


rative energy deceleration frequency. ration/decelera¬
Check to see if the tion frequency by
positioning frequency inserting a pause
exceeds 1ÿ2 times/sec in time.
rapid traverse. Check that
no alarm occurs when this
frequency is reduced.

2) Counter balance on machine Correct the


tool side. counter balance.

6 Wiring failure Check to see if the following Correct wiring.


wiring is correct.
o NC (CV1 -v )
- velocity control unit (CN1)
o Servo transformer
- velocity control unit (CN2)
o Regenerative discharge unit
- velocity control unit (CN2)
o AC servo motor
- velocity control unit (CN5)

- 82
3.3.3

Item Cause of trouble Checking points Countermeasures

7 Setting failure on Check to see if setting pin S20 Reset pin S20 or
velocity control is set as specified in M series SI, as specified.
unit PCB servo. Check to see if setting
pin SI is set as specified in
AC servo.

7) SV000 TACHOGENERATOR DISCONNECT


a) For M series servo

Item Cause of trouble Checking points Countermeasures

1 The motor power If the alarm occurs when a Correct the power
cable is not con¬ motion command is not input, the cable connection.
nected to termi¬ alarm cause described here
nals (5), (6), (7) should be checked.
or (8) of terminal
board T1 in the
velocity control
unit, or the power
cable is broken.

2 PCB setting is Check the setting according to Adjust the set¬


incorrect . section 6.2. "Setting and ad¬
M
ting.
justment of PCB

3 Velocity feedback Measure the velocity feedback Repair the cable


voltage is not voltage between check terminals carrying the
being applied or CH2 (TSA) and CH3 (GND) with an velocity feedback
is intermittent. oscilloscope. Verify whether voltage. Repair
the voltage is being inter¬ the defective
rupted. source (i.e. ,
motor or control)
of the velocity
feedback voltage.

b) For AC servo

Item Cause of trouble Checking points Countermeasures

1 The motor power If the alarm occurs when a Repair the power
cable is not con¬ motion command is not input, the cable of motor.
nected to termi¬ alarm cause described here
nals (5), (6), or should be checked.
(7) of terminal
board T1 in the
velocity control
unit, or the power
cable is broken.

2 PCB setting is Check the setting. Adjust the


incorrect . setting.

3 Pulse coder feed¬ Check the feedback cable. Repair the feed¬
back signal is not back cable.
be sent.
83
3.3.3

8) SV001 MOTOR OVERLOAD


a) For M series servo

Item Cause of trouble Checking points Countermeasures

1 PCB is defective. The OVC alarm occurs if the power Replace the PCB.
is turned on when the motor power
cable is disconnected. (In this
case, the gravity axis may fall
down; therfore, it should be
supported ) .
(The S23 terminal should be
shorted so that the TGLS alarm
does not occur. After confir¬
mation, the S23 connection
should be opened.)

2 PCB setting is Check the setting of variable Change the RV3


incorrect . registor RV3 which is used to setting.
set the upper limit of the motor
current. (Generally, RV3 is set
to 10, but the adjustment may
differ with the machine tool.)

3 Mechanical load is Observe the waveform between Remove the me¬


irregular . check terminals CH8 and CH3 with chanical overload.
an oscilloscope. Check whether
the current which is determined
by RV3 flows more than 600 msec.

b) For AC servo

Item Cause of trouble Checking points Countermeasures

1 Pulse coder feed¬ Check the feedback cable. Reconnect the


back signal is not feedback cable.
sent.

2 Motor current Check motor current. Change the cutting


exceeds rated conditions ,
current .
9) SV002 VELOCITY UNIT BREAKER OFF
a) For M series servo

Item Cause of trouble Checking points Countermeasures

1 The no fuse The breaker is open when it is Turn off power and
breaker operated. as shown below. reset the breaker.
See section 3.4 for the location (If it does not
of the breaker. reset immediately,
This button pops wait about ten
§ up when the breaker minutes and try
operates. To reset again. )
or the breaker, press
the button after
turning off the
0 power.

- 84
3.3.3

Item Cause of trouble Checking points Countermeasures

2 Diode module DS or The breaker operates again when Replace diode


some other part of power is restored after the module DS or the
the velocity countermeasures of item 1. whole velocity
control unit is control unit.
defective .
3 Mechanical load is Observe the motor load current Remove the
excessive . at rapid traverse between ter¬ mechanical over¬
minals CH8 and CH3 on the PCB load.
with an oscilloscope.
Check whether it exceeds the
rated current.

4 The PCB or the The BRK alarm occurs when the Replace the PCB
connection between no fuse breaker is not or the velocity
the PCB and the operating. unit.
velocity control
unit is defective.

This alarm message is not displayed for AC servo.

10) SV003 EXCESS CURRENT IN SERVO


a) For M series servo

Item Cause of trouble Checking points Countermeasures

1 Incorrect motor The HCAL alarm does not occur Fix the motor
power cable con¬ when the power is turned on when power cable con¬
nection . the motor power cable is dis¬ nection.
connected .
(In this case, the gravity axis
may fall down, so it should be
supported . The S23 terminal
on the PCB should be shorted so
that the TGLS alarm will not
occur. The S23 connection
should be opened after con¬
firmation. )

2 The transistor The HCAL alarm goes on when the Replace the tran¬
module is defec¬ motor power cable is discon¬ sistor module.
tive. nected.
Turn off power and measure the
resistance between the following Cl
terminals using a multi-meter. B1
If the measured value is 10 ohms El, C2
or less, the transistor module B2
is defective. E2
X

Confirm between
Cl-El , C2 .
El, C2-E2 .

- 85
3.3.3

b) For AC servo

Item Cause of trouble Checking points Countermeasures

1 Incorrect con¬ HC alarm does not occur when Reconnect the


nection of motor turning on the power supply motor power line
power line. after disconnecting the motor correctly .
power line, If the motor power
(Since the gravity axis may line is checked
drop, support it or dis¬ while dis¬
connect the drive cable of connected, set
gravity axis brake.) terminal S10 set¬
ting to L side, or
TG alarm occurs.

2 Transistor module Check if HC alarm occurs when Replace transistor


is defective. turning on the power supply module .
after disconnecting the power * Check resistance
line according to item 1. between Cl - El
Turn off the power supply, and C2; also
remove PCB, and observe the between El and
resistance between terminals C2-E2 .
Check resis¬
of the transistor module with
a circuit tester.
** tance between
Cl-El and also
between C2-E2.

*
M
Cl
©
Cl
B1 B1
El, C2 El
B2 C2
E2 B2
E2
(H003)
(H004 ,H005)

3 Internal short- Check motor windings for normal Replace the motor.
circuit failure of insulation.
motor windings.

4 PCB is defective. PCB is defective if HC alarm Replace the PCB.


occurs when there is no defect
in items 1, 2, or 3.

86
3.3.3

11) SV004 EXCESS VOLTAGE IN SERVO


a) For M series servo

Item Cause of trouble Checking points Countermeasures

1 Input AC power Check the tap connection of Correct the tap


voltage is too servo power transformer. connection.
high.

2 Servo motor is Check to see if the insulation Clean brushes.


defective . resistance is normal between
the motor armature (power line)
and the body.

3 PCB is defective. Check to see if alarm occurs Replace PCB.


when item 1 and 2 are normal.

b) For AC servo

Item Cause of trouble Checking points Countermeasures

1 Input AC power Check to see if the servo Repair the tap


voltage is higher transformer taps are properly connection.
than specified. connected.
2 Servo motor is Check to see if the insulation Replace the motor.
defective . resistance is normal between
the motor armature (power line)
and the body.

3 Load is exces¬ Increase the


sively motionless. acceleration/
deceleration time
constant .
4 PCB is defective. PCB is defective if HV alarm Replace the PCB.
occurs when there are no
defects in items 1, 2, or 3.

12) SV005 EXCESS DISCHARGE CURRENT


a) For M series servo

Item Cause of trouble Checking points Countermeasures

1 Discharge tran- The alarm occurs immediately Replace transis¬


sister Q1 or the after turning on power. tor Q1 or replace
PCB is defective. PCB.

2 PCB setting is Terminal S26 is shorted although Open terminal S26.


incorrect. the separate regenerative dis¬
charge unit is used with the
gravity axis.

87
3.3.3

Item Cause of trouble Checking points Countermeasures

3 Machine tool The waveform shown in the Adjust the


counterbalance is following figure is measured at counterbalance .
incorrect. stated periods on check terminal
CH10 while the counterbalanced
axis is moving down at rapid
traverse speed.

4 The acceleration/ Check whether the positioning Use a dwell period


deceleration rate frequency at rapid traverse and decrease the
frequency is too speed exceeds 1 to 2 time per acceleration/
high. second . Check that the alarm deceleration rate.
indicator does not go on when
the rate is decreased.

1.2 ±0.2 V

1
0.2 ±0.2 V
0V
Discharged J
time
b) For AC servo

Item Cause of trouble Checking points Countermeasures

1 Regenerative tran¬ DC alarm occurs immediately Replace the tran-


sistor Q1 is after power is turned on. sistor Q1 or re¬
defective or PCB place the PCB.
is defective.

2 PCB setting is Setting pin S2 is set to L Set S2 correctly.


incorrect. side, although a separate
regenerative discharge unit
is used.

3 The acceleration/ Check whether the positioning Use a dwell period


deceleration rate frequency at rapid traverse and decrease the
frequency is too speed exceeds 1 to 2 times per acceleration/
high. second . Check that the alarm deceleration rate.
does not occur when the rate is
decreased .

88
3.3.3

13) SV 006 VELOCITY-UNIT POWER TOO LOW


a) For M series servo

Item Cause of trouble Checking points Countermeasures

1 AC power voltage Check to see if connection Correct the tap


is too low. between input AC power voltage connection.
and servo transformer tap is
correct .
2 Connection is Check to see if PCB voltage Correct the
defective between +24 V and +15 V are correct. connection.
servo transformer Check that the servo trans¬
and CN2 on the former terminals (41 43,
PCB. 44 -v 46, 47 -v 49) and PCB CN
2 (1, 2, 3) are connected
correctly .
3 PCB is defective. LVAL alarm occurs when above Replace the PCB.
items 1+2 are normal.

b) For AC servo

Item Cause of trouble Checking points Countermeasures

1 AC power voltage Check to see if the connection Correct the tap


is too low. between input AC power voltage connection.
and servo transformer is
correct .
2 Connection is Check to see if PCB voltage Correct the
defective between
servo transformer
+24 V, +15 V and +5 V are
correct .
Check that servo
connection .
and PCB CN2 . transformer terminal 41
(AC 18 V) and PCB CN2 (1, 2,
3) are connected correctly.

3 +5 V fuse is blown Check to see if the fuse for Replace the fuse.
out . +5 V is blown out.

4 PCB is defective. PCB is defective if LV alarm Replace the PCB.


occurs when above items 1 *v 3
are correct.

14) SV013 Improper V-READY OFF

Item Cause of trouble Checking points Countermeasures

1 100 V AC is not Check to see if 100 V AC is Supply 100 V AC.


supplied to supplied across terminals (3)
velocity control and (4) of the terminal board
unit. of the velocity control unit.

2 No fuse breaker Check the no fuse breaker If the button is


is turned off in button on/off state. off, proceed to
AC servo. next block.

89
3.3.3

Causes and countermeasures when no fuse breaker functions in AC servo

Item Cause of trouble Check procedure Countermeasures

1 No fuse breaker The operating condition is Reset the no fuse


function illustrated below: breaker after
This button is turning off the
pushed inward power supply.
during normal (If the no fuse
operation of breaker cannot be
the motor. If reset, wait for
/ the breaker has about 10 minutes,
functioned, then try again.)
turn off the
I three-phase
TTIf®l power supply
once and press
this button.

2 Diode module, No fuse breaker functions sim¬ Replace diode


surge absorber ultaneously when power supply module DS or surge
(ZNR) or other is turned on after counter¬ absorber (ZNR) of
parts are faulty measure in item 1. velocity control
in velocity unit.
control unit.

3 Irregular me¬ Check to see if the motor load Eliminate irregu¬


chanical load current exceeds the rated cur¬ lar load from
rent during rapid traverse, machine tool side,
while monitoring CH10 and CH11
or CH12 and CH3 (OV) of PCB
using and oscilloscope.

15) SV008 Excess error (Stop)


SV009 Excess error (Moving)

Position deviation excessive alarm

Item Cause of trouble Checking points Countermeasures

1 Mis-setting of Check that parameters 1828 'v Correct the


position deviation 1830 are the same as the para¬ parameter setting.
meter list attached to the NC.

2 Overshoot When sufficient current does Increase the rapid


not flow to the motor during traverse time
acceleration or deceleration, constant of NC.
deviation value of position (set at NC side)
control circuits increases. Increase gain
Check waveform at CHI on (RV1) of the velo¬
velocity control PCB and city control unit.
confirm whether overshoot is
within 5%.

90
3.3.3

Item Cause of trouble Checking points Countermeasures

3 Drop of input Check to see if input power Change the input


power voltage voltage is within +10% and tap of power
-15%. transformer for
servo .
4 Voltage of power Check the voltage of control Repair the fault.
supply is part .
irregular.

5 Connection is Check the connection of power Repair the fault.


erroneous line of motor, tacho-generator ,
etc.

6 Trouble with posi¬ Replace the PCB with a new one Replace the PCB
tion control cir¬ (if provided) and recheck. with spare.
cuit on the master Adjustment and setting.
PCB (for FS10/11)
or 01ÿ05P06 axis
control PCB, Ol'v
05P07 DSCG inter¬
face PCB (for
FS12). Trouble
with velocity con¬
trol unit PCB.

7 Poor brush contact Confirm the motor brush contact. Tighten the brush
due to loosened DC cap.
motor brush cap

16) SV010 Excess drift compensation

Item Cause of trouble Checking points Countermeasures

1 Bad connection Check the connection of power Repair the fault.


lines to servo motor.
Check the connection between
position detector and servo
motor.

2 Setting of drift Check whether the contents of When emergency


compensation parameter No. 1834 exceed 500. stop condition
value is occurs, set 0 bit
incorrect. (ADR) of parameter
number 1800 to "0"
and set the
contents of para¬
.
meter No 1834 to
"0". Then reset
ADR to "1" and
release the
emergency stop.

- 91
3.3.3

Item Cause of trouble Checking points Countermeasures

3 Trouble with Check by changing with spare Replace the PCB


velocity control PCB (if provided). with spare.
unit or/and posi¬ Adjustment and setting must be
tion control done correctly.
circuit on master
PCB (for 10 and 11
series) .
Trouble
with 01M15P06 axis
control PCB (for
12 series) .
17) SV011 LSI overflow
These alarms occur when:
a) Positional deviation in the axis involved exceeds +32767. However, when
positional deviation limits (parameters 1828 1830) are set correctly,
alarm SV008 or SV009 is displayed before any of the above-noted alarms
occur. So they usually cannot occur on this condition,
b) D/A converter velocity command value does not include the +8191 to -8192
range .
D/A converter velocity command value = 0.192 xKxGxExlO6
where K: servo loop gain multiplier (parameters 1826)
G: servo loop gain 0.01 sec "1 (parameter 1825)
E: position deviation (can be verified by DGN 3000)
Theoretical value (when feed has become constant)
F 1 1 in2
60 G —
E = vyr x r; X
a
10
where F: feed rate mm/min (inch/min)
a: detection unit mm (inch)
G: servo loop gain 0.01 sec "1

Item Cause of trouble Checking points Countermeasures

1 Parameter setting 1) Check servo loop gain multi¬


is incorrect. plier.
Parameter 1826
2) Check servo loop gain.
Parameter 1825
3) Check CMR.
Parameter 1820
4) Check DMR.
Parameter 1816

92
3.3.3

Item Cause of trouble Checking points Countermeasures

2 Extreme positional Compare the theoretically cal¬


deviation. culated value with positional
deviation by DGN 3000.
1) Feed rate
Rapid traverse rate:
parameter 1420

Feed rate is correct; positional Proceed to 6.


deviation is also correct.

Feed rate is correct; positional Proceed to 3.


deviation is incorrect.

3 Machine tool does Issue a command (feed of several


not move the mm) (do not cause alarm) to see
usual distance. if machine tool moves by a normal
value .
If machine tool does not move by Proceed to 4.
a normal value.

Machine tool does move by a Proceed to 5.


normal value.

4 Position detector Replace the posi¬


is incorrect. tion detector,

5 PCB is incorrect For pulse coder,


(for 10 and 11 replace master
.
series ) PCB.
For resolver/
inductosyn,
replace PCB A16B-
1210-0460.

6 Master PCB is Replace the master


incorrect (for 10 PCB.
and 11 series) .
7 01M15P06 axis Replace the PCB with the spare Replace the PCB.
control PCB or PCB (if provided). Adjustment
0K05P07 DSCG and setting should be correct.
interface PCB is
bad (for 12
series) .

93
3.3.3

18) SV018 UNFIT DSCG FREQUENCY


SV020 UNFIT PHASE SHIFT VALUE

Position detecting system trouble. (Resolver/inductosyn)

Item Cause of trouble Checking points Countermeasures

1 Connection is Check to see if connector Repair error


bad . connection, cable signal line
connection, and the signal line
are shorted to the ground or
to another line.

2 Detected gain is See Subsect. 6.1.2 or 6,1.5 for Adjust detected


bad . detected gain adjustment. gain.

3 Phase shift is Check to see if phase shift Initialize phase


bad . value was initialized (parameter shift value.
1802, bit 0, PSF=0) at first
field adjustment or after posi-
tion detector replacement.

4 Setting on PCB is Check the short circuit of Correct erroneous


erroneous . inductosyn/resolver interface setting.
PCB (for 11 series) or 01ÿ
05P07 DSCG interface PCB (for
12 series) .See Subsect. 6.1.1
or 6.1.5.

5 Parameter setting Check if resolver inductosyn Set parameter


is erroneous. parameters RES (parameter 1815, correctly.
bit 0) is set to "1" for pulse
coder-type position detection.

6 PCB adjustment is Check Fmin and Fmax adjustment Readjust .


bad . on inductosyn/resolver interface
PCB (for 11 series) or 01ÿ05P07
DSCG interface PCB (for 12
series) (see Subsect. 6.2.1 or
6.1.5).

7 Position detector Change position control axis Replace the posi¬


is faulty. to another axis for checking. tion detector.

8 Inductosyn gap is Insert a piece of paper in the Remove chips.


clogged with gap. While NC-side cable is
chips . removed, check to see if
scale-side signal and slider-
side signal are insulated.

9 Inductosyn/ Replace the PCB for checking. Replace the PCB.


resolver inter¬ A16B-1210-0460
face PCB is
faulty (for 11
series) .

94
3.3.3

Item Cause of trouble Checking points Countermeasures

10 Inductosyn pre¬ Replace the preamplifier for Replace the pre¬


amplifier is checking. amplifier .
faulty .
11 Master PCB is Replace the PCB for checking. Replace the PCB.
faulty (for 11
series) .
12 01M15P07 DSCG Replace the PCB for checking. Replace the PCB.
interface PCB or
01M35P06 axis
control PCB is
bad (for 12
series) .
19) SV015 Pulse coder disconnection
(Disconnection detective alarm)

Item Cause of trouble Checking points Countermeasures

1 Cable connection Check pulse-coder feedback cable


is erroneous. connection and wiring.

2 PCB is faulty. Replace the master


PCB or replace the
additional axis
PCB (for 11
series) .
Replace 01M)5P06
axis control PCB
(for 12 series) .
3 Pulse coder is Replace the pulse
faulty. coder .
20) 0H001 Locker overheating

"OHOOl” is displayed when overheating inside the NC control unit is


detected .
Release
Restart is impossible with reset button while this alarm is displayed.
After the temperature is lowered, the alarm releases.

Item Cause of trouble Countermeasures

1 Surrounding tempe¬ Lower surrounding temperature.


rature is too
high.

2 Air filter is Clean the air filter.


dusty .
3 Fan Motor of NC Replace the fan motor.
is not working
properly.

95
3.3.3

21) OHOOO Overheat alarm of DC servo motor

Item Cause of trouble Checking points Countermeasures

1 Overload Check that the motor armature Decrease load


current exceeds the rated torque .
current . Decrease cutting
condition .
2 Winding insulation Check the insulation between Clean around the
trouble the terminals A1 or A2 of motor commutator with
power cable and the motor forced air.
bodies with a tester or a Change the motor
megger. if the above
Over 1 MSI at 500 V is normal counter measure
for the megger check. is ineffective.
Infinite value is normal in
the tester check.

3 Shortcircuit Measure no-load current by re¬ Clean around the


inside of winding moving the motor from the commutator .
machine .
If the current This problem can
increases in proportion to the easily occur when
motor rotation rate, there is the oil adheres to
a short-circuit inside of the surface of the
winding . commutator .
4 Demagnetization of Check to see if the motor Change the motor
field system terminal voltage between A1 and if terminal vol¬
magnet A2 is normal at rapid traverse, tage is low and
the motor is over¬
heated at the same
time.
5 Trouble with heat Check the fan voltage and the Rearrange the
pipe fan operation wiring. wiring .
Check whether the fan does not Refix the wire
touch a wire gauze . gauze .
Check the fan motor itself for Replace the fan
a problem. motor.

6 Trouble in heat The heat pipe does not work Replace the motor.
pipe efficiency when a motor with a heat pipe
is overheated, despite the fact
that all the above items are
normal.
7 Brake trouble Check to see that the brake Replace the brake.
connection corresponds to the
power source frequency.
Check to see that the voltage
is 100 V +10% (allowable value.)

8 Connection trouble Check the overheat connection Repair the fault.


between motor and position
control.

96
3.3.4

Item Cause of trouble Checking points Countermeasures

9 Master PCB and/or Replace the PCB.


additional axis
control PCB is
faulty.

10 01M35P06 axis Replace the PCB.


control PCB is bad
(for 12 series) .
3.3.4 Lighting of LED on master PCB
If an alarm occurred, an alarm message should be displayed on the CRT screen.
However, it is possible that no alarm will appears if the display function is
not working.
In such case, the alarm contents are displayed by the LED on the master PCB as
shown below.
(i) For 10 and 11 series

WDALM O

7 -segment LEDf~j t

Master PCB

The 7-segment LED display changes after turning on the power supply, and it
finally displays "1" after stopping. If an alarm occurred, it displays as
follows .
Display Alarm contents Countermeasures

MDI connection failure Check optical fiber cable connection


and connector of CRT/MDI unit.

Replace master PCB, MDI PCB, or optical


fiber cable.

MDI failure Check the type (9", 14", etc.) of CRT/


(Incorrect ID number) MDI unit or the edition number of NC
l—-j
software.
RVTOMKMZI O Connection unit of operators panel or
its connecting cable is defective.

97
__
3.3.4

Display Alarm contents Countermeasures

Connection failure of Check the optical fiber cables connec¬


connection unit or I/O tion of these units and connectors.
cards D1 D3
!o Replace master PCB, connection unit,
I/O cand D1 D3, or optical fiber
cable .
Different type of above Check the above units for their
mentioned unit specified types or check the edition
(Incorrect ID number) number of NC software.
o
Connection of unit 2 or its connecting
cable is defective

Transfer error through Check alarm LED of the units connected


optical fiber cable by optical fiber cable. Replace master
r~'i
PCB, MDI PCB, connection unit PCB, I/O
o unit, or optical fiber cable.
Replace PMC RAM in case of PC debug.

a.
PC or interface converter Check if PMC-ROM cassette, PMC RAM
does not function board or interface converter is mounted
(While waiting for answer) on master PCB; or replace the above
PCB.

Waiting for PMC ready Replace PMC ROM, PMC ROM cassette or

L PMC RAM board.


Check PMC program.

, RAM check error Replace master PCB or ROM/RAM board


additional memory board.

System error Replace master PCB, NC software ROM or

E ROM board.

(IPL mode)

(Normal operation is

.
L
i
in progress )

Others System error Replace master PCB, NC software ROM or


ROM PCB.

WDALM Watch-dog alarm occurs Replace master PCB, NC software ROM or


lights ROM PCB.

98 -
3.3.4

ii) For 12 series


a) The "HALT" red LED is mounted on MAIN CPU (01P03), SUB CPU (01P10) and
AXIS CPU (01 05P08) PCB in 12 series as shown below. The LED is lit
when CPU is in "HALT" condition.

Main MALT PC HALT


\
bd

HALT
I

Main CPU (01P03) Axis CPU (01 - 05P08) or


Sub CPU (01P10)

The following conditions are considered to correct this:


(D Replacement of PCB that LED is lit
(2) Replacement of ROM on the PCB that LED is lit
(3) Replacement of Main buffer PCB when all HALT LEDs are lit
Furthermore, when power is ON, the LEDs are lit for about 0.5 sec.;
however, it causes no abnormality.
b) The PALM(L) / (H) red LED is mounted on ROM PCB (01P01) and the GNMI/WDALM
red LED is mounted on MAIN BUFFER PCB (01P04) respectively, as shown
below.

GNMI WDALM

~ka
a''
PALM(L) E
PALM(H) [
[
c
[

99
3.3.4

The following conditions are considered to correct this:

Alarm contents Countermeasures

PALM(L) Parity error detection in Replacement of ROM PCB


low-byte RAM on ROM PCB (01P01).
Replacement of ROM on ROM
PCB.

PALM(H) Parity error detection in Replacement of ROM PCB


high-byte RAM on ROM PCB (01P01).
Replacement of ROM on ROM
PCB.

GNMI RAM parity error detection Replacement of ROM of the


in AXIS CPU PCB which the four LEDs
for CPU condition indica¬
tion becomes "E" condition.
(See Item C-2) in AXIS CPU
(01 'o 05P08), or PCB.

WD ALM Watch dog alarm detection Replacement of NC software


ROM or replacement of each
PCB.

c) The four green LEDs for display of the CPU condition are mounted on the
each PCB of MAIN CPU (01P03) , (01P01) and AXIS CPU (01M)5P08) as shown
below.
The following are details of the LEDs.

LED8

LED4
LED8 O
LED 2
LED1 LED4
LED2

LED]

Main CPU (01P03) Axis CPU (01 — 05P08) or


Sub CPU (01P10)

How to check the LED:


The ON or OFF condition of LEDs are regarded as 1 or 0 respectively.
These are coded like as following formula,
(LED8) x 23
+ (LED4) x 22
+ (LED2) x 21
+ (LED1) x 2°
Ex. LED8 and LED2 are ON. It shows "A" in hexadecimal.
The display of four LEDs changes after power on, and stops on display "1"
at last. If a trouble occures, its display stops as follows.

100 -
3.3.4

C-l MAIN CPU (01P03) A16B-1210-0060

o OFF
Light on
® ON
condi¬ Alarm details Countermeasures

*
Flick¬
tion
ering

o 0 Power system failure See Item 3.3.1.


o Trouble in LED Replace MAIN CPU (01P03) PCB.
o
o

© F System doesn't start Check ROM mounting and mount¬


ing position.
© Replace PCB of ROM PCB
(01P01), MAIN CPU (01P03) and/
or MAIN BUFFER (01P04) .
B RAM check error Replace ROM PCB (01P01) or
o (Flick¬ MAIN CPU (01P03) .
** ering)

e A Abnormality of CRT/MDI Check optical fiber cable


o unit connection connection and connector of
CRT/MDI unit.
o
Replace MAIN CPU (01P03),
MAIN BUFFER (01P04) , MDI PCB
or optical fiber cable.

o 3 Discrepancy in CRT/MDI Check the type of CRT/MDI unit


o (Flick¬ unit (ID number doesn't (9 inch, 14 inch, etc.) or NC
ering) conform) . software series.

D Abnormality of connec¬ Check optical fiber cable


e tion with built-in type connection or connector of
o I/O unit or external unit .
© I/O unit
Replacement MAIN CPU (01P03) ,
MAIN BUFFER (01P04) , MDI PCB
or optical fiber cable.

o 1 Discrepancy in I/O unit Check the type of I/O unit or


o (Flick¬ (ID number doesn't NC software series.
o ering) conform)

101
3.3.4

o OFF
Light on
© ON
condi¬ Alarm details Countermeasures
¥ Flick¬
ering
tion

¥ C Trouble sending data in Check alarm condition of LED


¥ (Flick¬ optical fiber cable on the unit connected by
o ering) optical fiber cable.
o Replacement of MAIN CPU
(01P03), MAIN BUFFER (01P04) ,
MDI PCB, optical interface PCB
in I/O unit or optical fiber
cable.
Replace PCRAM PCB when PC
debugging.

¥ 8 PMC doesn’t start Check the mounting of PMC ROM,


o (Flick¬ (waiting answer) PMC ROM cassette or PMC RAM
o ering) PCB.
o Replace the PCB as described
above.
© B Waiting PMC-ready Replace the PMC ROM,
o PMC ROM cassette or PMC RAM
© PCB.
© Check PMC programming.

© E System error See Item (b) when the red LED


© on MAIN BUFFER (01P04) or ROM
o PCB (01P01) is lit.
o
Replace the SUB CPU (01P10) ,
when the "E" condition dis¬
plays on the MAIN CPU (01P03)
and SUB CPU (01P10) PCB only.

Replace NC software ROM or


MAIN CPU (01P03) PCB when the
"E" condition displays on the
MAIN CPU (01P03) PCB only.

© C IPL mode

o
o

o 1 Under normal operation


o
o

Others System error Replace NC software ROM or


PCB each.

102
3.3.4

(C-2) AXIS CPU (01 05P08) A16B-1210-0020

Light on
Alarm details Countermeasures
Condition

0 Power system failure See Item 3.3.1.


Trouble in LED Replace the AXIS CPU (01M15P08)
that is not lit.

F AXIS CPU software doesn't Check ROM mounting or PCB


start . mounting position.
Replace AXIS CPU (01M15P08) .
E RAM check error See Item (b) when the red LED is
System error lit on the MAIN BUFFER (01P04)
PCB.

Except in the above case,


replace ROM on AXIS CPU
(Ol'vOSPOS) or AXIS CPU PCB.

D ROM parity error on AXIS CPU Replace ROM on AXIS CPU


(0K05P08) or AXIS CPU PCB.

1 Under normal operation

(C~3) SUB CPU (01P10) A16B-1 2 10-0100

Light on
Alarm details Countermeasures
Condition

0 Power system failure See Item 3.3.1.


Trouble in LED Replace the SUB CPU (01P10) that
is not lit.

F SUB CPU software doesn't start. Check ROM mounting or PCB


mounting position.
Replace SUB CPU (01P10).
E RAM check error See Item (b) when the red LED is
System error lit on the MAIN BUFFER (01P04)
PCB.

Except in the above case,


replace ROM on SUB CPU (01P10)
or SUB CPU PCB.

D ROM parity error on SUB CPU Replace ROM on AXIS CPU


(01ÿ05P08) or AXIS CPU PCB.

1 Under normal operation

103
3.3.5

3.3.5 JOG operation failure

Item Cause of trouble Checking points Countermeasures

1 (analysis) Check whether the position


display functions under dis¬
play lock DLK OFF condition.

1) Position display functions, Proceed to item 2.


but machine does not move.

2) Neither position display nor Proceed to item 5.


machine functions.

2 Machine lock MLK Check MLK signal by DGN.


ON

3 Servo off signal Check servo off signal by DGN.


ON Check parameter No. 1802.

4 Servo system See 3.11.


failure

5 Interlock signal Check DGN No. 1000.


ON
JOG override is
0%.

6 No mode signal is Check whether JOG or "J+H" is


input . displayed on CRT status display.

7 Feed axis direc¬ Check whether feed axis direc-


tion signal is not tion signal of DGN is applied.
input . (Note) If an axis command is
applied before JG mode
selection, the axis does
not move. Turn off the
axis command once and
input it again. The
axis should move .
8 JOG speed setting Check parameter No. 1423.
failure Check rapid traverse speed
parameter No. 1420 ,v if the
rapid traverse does not func¬
tion.

9 External reset ERS Check whether "RSET" is dis¬ Check connections.


ON played on CRT status display.
Reset & rewind RRW
ON.

10 Reference point Check whether "REF" appears Check connections.


return ZRN ON. on CRT status display.

11 LED of master PCB See 3.3.4.


is other than "1"

104
3.3.6

3.3.6 Operation failure with manual pulse generator

Item Cause of trouble Checking points Countermeasures

1 (analysis) Check whether the position


display functions under the
display lock DLK OFF condi¬
tion.

1) Position display functions, Proceed to item 2.


but machine does not move.

2) Neither position display nor Proceed to item 5.


machine functions.

2 Machine lock MLK Check DGN .


ON

3 Servo off signal Check DGN, and parameter No.


ON 1802.

4 Servo system See 3.11.


failure

5 Interlock signal Check DGN No. 1000.


JOG override is
0%.

6 Mode signal is not Check whether "HND" or "J+H"


input . is displayed on CRT status
display.

7 Feed axis select Check whether feed axis select


signal is not signal of DGN is applied.
input .
8 External reset ERS Check whether "RSET" appears
ON on CRT status display.
Reset & rewind RRW
ON

9 Reference point Check whether "REF" appears on


return ZRN ON CRT status display.

10 Manual pulse
generator cable is
faulty .
11 LED lights on See 3.3.4.
master PCB

12 Option is added. Check it according to the data


sheet .

105
3.3.8

3.3.7 Synchronous feed operation failure

Item Cause of trouble Checking points Countermeasures

1 Cable connection Check the connection between


failure NC and position coder.

2 Spindle revolution Check spindle revolutions on CRT


number check screen,
Check DGN No. 1000.

3 Position coder Replace the


failure position coder.

4 Master PCB is Replace the master


faulty (for 10 and PCB .
11 series)

5 01P02 peripheral Replace the PCB.


control PCB (when
less than 8 axes
are controlled) or
01P13 spindle
control PCB (when
more than 9 axes
are controlled) is
faulty (for 12
series)

3.3.8 Tape is not read normalfy

Item Cause of trouble Checking points Countermeasures

1 (analysis) 1) Tape does not move even when Proceed to item 3.


pressing the START button in
tape mode.

2) Tape moves when pressing Proceed to item


START button in tape mode, 10.
but it is not read properly.

3) An alarm message appears on See 3.3.3.


CRT.

4) Alarm lamp on tape reader Proceed to item


lights (tape reader with 16.
reels) ,

106
3.3.8

It|,em Cause of trouble Checking points Countermeasures

2 Setting failure Check to see if input device


number for foreground is set to
the tape reader being used.
(Setting input No. 0020.)
Check to see if select device
number of tape reader is correct.
10/100 series (small MDI)
3: Reader/puncher
interface 3
10/100 series (standard MDI)
2: Reader/puncher
interface 2
11/12/110/120 series
0: Tape reader
Check to see if corresponding
parameters are correct.

3 Mode signal is Check to see if "TAPE" is dis¬


not input. played on CRT status display.

4 Start signal is Check to see if start signal


not input (in turns to 1 or 0 when turning on
tape mode only) of off according to DGN.

5 AC power is not Check to see if tape reader motor


supplied to tape is rotating. If this motor is
reader. not operating, AC power is not
being applied.

6 DC power is not Check to see if the tape moves


supplied to tape when setting the tape reader
reader. switch to MANUAL. If the tape
(+24 V, +5 V, 0 V) does not move, check DC power
(in case of 11/12/ supply on PCB in tape reader.
110/120 series
tape reader
without reels)

7 Tape reader is Replace the tape


faulty. reader.

8 Tape is set up¬


side down.

9 Tape is not black Change to black


in tape reader tape.
with reels.

10 EOB code punch Check EOB code of paper tape.


failure

11 Tape reader 1) Check if LED (green) lights Proceed to 3.5.


adjustment on photoamplifier PCB, refer¬
ring to 3.5.
2) Adjust the photoamplifier,
referring to 3,5.

107 -
3.3.8

Item Cause of trouble Checking points Countermeasures

12 LED on master PCB See 3.3.4.


is not ”1".

13 Cable connection Check cable connection.


failure

14 Tape reader is Replace the tape


faulty. reader.

15 Master PCB is Replace the PCB.


faulty (for 10/11/
100/110 series) or
01P02 peripheral
control PCB is
faulty (for 12/120
series).
16 Tape reader is in The alarm condition is known Set front panel
an alarm condi¬ by the lighting conditions switch to RELEASE
tion. (tape reader of LED on the front panel of to release the
with reels) tape reader with reels. alarm.
For details, see next page.

108 -
Item 16 Alarm contents concerning tape reader with reels

No. Lighting Flickering Contents Countermeasures

1 ALARM Reel function is abnormal


1. No tape is loaded or tape is 1. Load the tape correctly with REEL
loosened with REEL ON. ON.
2. Reel is used with REEL OFF. 2. Load the tape correctly with REEL
OFF.

2 ALARM FORWARD Tape readout failure


1. Malfunction of brightness 1. Adjust photoamplifier.
ratio .
2. Punching failure. 2. Replace tape.

3 STOP Tape end


1. Tape comes to an end. 1. Load tape.

i
4 REWIND Tape does not stop in EOR during
o rewind .
1. Stop magnet is faulty. 1. Tape reader is faulty if tape is
i
lightly stretched with REEL OFF.
2. Tape readout failure. 2. .
Adjust the photoamplif ier

5 ALARM Reverse operation was made with REEL


REWIND OFF.
1. Rewind command or reverse 1. Perform rewind operation with REEL
command was applied in AUTO mode. ON.
2. REWIND switch was pressed in
MANUAL mode.

6 ALARM Serial data failure


FORWARD 1. Baud rate error. 1. Check baud rate (4800 bauds) .
STOP 2. Stop bit error. 2. Check to see if stop bit is 2.
REWIND 3. Transmission does not stop when 3. Check cable disconnection.
CS is turned off or DC3 is
received on the host side.
(PTR BUFFER FULL)
OJ
oo
No. Lighting Flickering Contents Countermeasures

7 AUTO 1. Watch dog 1. A power alarm occurs if power on/


ALARM 2. Power failure off frequency is short. Wait for
FORWARD 30 seconds after turning off power
STOP once, then, turn on power switch
REWIND again.
If the same sympton appears again,
the tape reader is faulty.

8 All lamps light. Power abnormal Check fuse in tape reader with reels.

If an alarm occurs again after the above countermeasures, check to see if the PCB voltage for tape reader with reels
is as specified. If the alarm occurs again when the voltage is normal, the tape reader with reels is faulty.

o
i

U)

00
3.3.9

3.3.9 No automatic operation is possible

Item Cause of trouble Checking points Countermeasures

1 (analysis ) Turn the start button off and


on in AUTO mode (T, D, or MEM).

1) STL lamp does not light. Proceed to item 2.

2) STL lamp lights, but no axis Proceed to item 7.


moves.
2 Mode signal is Check to see if "TAPE" "MEM"
not input and "MDI" are displayed on
CRT status display.

3 Start signal is Check start signal according to


not input DGN.

4 Automatic opera¬ Check to see if "HOLD" signal


tion stop signal appears on CRT status display.
(*SP) is applied

5 Reset signal is Check to see if "RSET" appears


applied on CRT status display.
Check DGN No. 1000.

6 LED on master PCB See 3.3.4.


is other than "1"

7 1) Override is 0% Check DGN No. 1000 and 1001.


2) Start lock/
interlock is ON
3) Imposition
check is prog¬
ressed
4) Waiting for
spindle one-
revolution
signal during
thread cutting
5) Waiting for
spindle revolu¬
tion in each
revolution feed
6) Waiting for
spindle speed
arrival signal
7) Read operation
from tape
reader in
progress

8 Dwell is being Check to see if "DWL" is dis¬


executed played on CRT status display.

111
3.3.10

Item Cause of trouble. Checking points Countermeasures

9 M, S, or T func¬ Check if "FIN" appears on CRT


tion is being status display.
executed

3.3.10 Spindle binary/analog output voltage is abnormal

Item

1
Cause of trouble

(analysis)
(3/6 interface
only) __
Checking points

Perform G97S-M03 command by MDI.


Check to see if R01 'u R12
conform to the following equa¬
tion in DGN 424 and 425.
R12x2n+Rllx210+
„ „ S
Smax
Sovr
= 0.8 x -- x -----
100
x4095
R01x2°
Countermeasures

s : Specified revolutions rpm


Smax: Maximum revolution of
selected gear (Parameters
120 'U 123)
Sovr: spindle override %

All R01 'u R12 are 0. Proceed to item 3.

R01 'u R12 are other than that Proceed to item 5.


specified in the above equation.

R01 'u R12 are as specified in Proceed to item


the above equation, but no 10.
analog voltage appears.

2 (analysis) Check to see if voltage is cor¬


(in case of BMI rectly written into DGN output
only) RIO RI15 by PC.

The written voltage value is Proceed to item


correct, the analog voltage is 11.
low.

The written voltage value is Proceed to item 6.


incorrect .
The spindle revo-
lution output R00 'u R015 is
not output normally.

The voltage value is not writ¬ Proceed to item


ten correctly, R00 'u R015 are 15.
output normally.

3 Spindle stop Make sure that "SSTP" is not


signal (*SSTP) input according to the follow¬
(3/6 interface ing:
only) 1) DGN *SSTP = 1 when bit 0 of
parameter 5602 is "0"
2) DGN *SSTP = 0 when bit 0 of
parameter 5602 is "1"

- 112
3.3.10

Item Cause of trouble Checking points Countermeasures

4 Parameter setting Check to see if 7th bit of


failure of S code parameter No. 5600 is "0" .
output (3/6
interface only)

5 Gear select signal Check DGN (in case of analog


is applied in¬ output B type).
correctly (3/6
interface only)

6 Maximum spindle Check to see if parameters


speed setting No. 5621 'v 5627 are set
failure (parameter correctly.
setting failure)

7 Analog output Check to see if parameter


gain setting fail¬ No. 5514 is "1000".
ure (parameter
setting failure)

8 Check to see if Check it with data sheet.


spindle speed
binary code /analog
output option has
been added.

9 LED on master PCB See 3.3.4.


is other than "1"

10 (analysis) Make sure by reviewing DGN 004


and 005 that R01 R12 are the
same as DGN 424 and 425 (for
the NC with Programmable
Controller may vary according
to its specifications).

Same as above, but no analog Proceed to 11.


voltage is output.

Output voltage is varied. Proceed to 15.

11 Cable connection NC-side output connector is CA1 .


is erroneous Check the cable for connection.

12 Load is abnormal Remove the cable connected to


NC-side output connector CA1
and check the voltage between
CA1 connector pin 7 (VCMS) and
pin 19 (ECS).
Note: VCMS voltage is;
v =
JL_ x io (V)
Smax

- 113 -
3.3.11

Item Cause of trouble Checking points Countermeasures

13 Check specifica¬ Check to see if the signals


tions of Program¬ from the machine tool clamp
mable Controller, the analog output on the
if attached Programmable Controller.

14 LEDs on master PCB See Subsect. 3.3.4.


are other than "1"

15 Master PCB is
faulty (for 10 and
11 series) .
16 01P02 peripheral
control PCB (when
less than 8 axes
are controlled) or
01P13 spindle
control PCB (more
than 9 axes are
controlled) is
faulty (for 12
series) .
3,3.11 Analog output voltage linearity is not good

Item Cause of trouble Checking points Countermeasures

1 Parameter setting 1) Command SO so that output


is wrong. voltage can become 0 V;
then make sure that S analog
voltage is 0 V (offset
adjustment). If not, set
parameter 5613 so that 0 V
can be output.

bf)
a)

SP
£
o
*
3 3
{Offset value
S command S command

114 -
3.3.12

Item Cause of trouble Checking points Countermeasures

2) Command Smax so that output


voltage becomes 10 V;
then make sure that S 4-digit
analog voltage is 10 V (gain
adjustment). If not, set
parameter 5614 according to
the following equation, so
that 10 V may be output.
_ 10.0 _
x 1000
Measured voltage (V)
= Setting value

10V 10V

8>
IӤ 2
o o
-a
5
S command S max.
* S command S max.

2 Load is abnormal See art. (11) of Subsec. 3.3.10.

3 PCB is faulty See art. (15) and (16) of


Subsec . 3.3.10.
3.3.12 Reader/puncher and ASR33 interface do not operate normally

Item Cause of trouble Checking points Countermeasures

1 (analysis) Punching or reading is impossi¬ Proceed to 2.


ble. As a result, "PUNCH" or After confirming
"READ” not displayed below on by operating again.
CRT screen.

Punching or reading is impossi¬ Proceed to 6.


ble, but "PUNCH" or "READ" is
displayed .
Alarm occurs. Proceed to item
3.2.

2 Reset signal is Check DGN No. 1000.


input Check to see if "RSET" appears
on CRT status display.

3 Mode signal is not Check to see if either EDT or


applied MEM mode is "1" by DGN No. 003.

4 Check to see if an Check it with data sheet.


option is added

115
3.3.13

Item Cause of trouble Checking points Countermeasures

5 LED on master PCB See 3.3.4.


is other than ”1"

6 Setting failure Check to see If correct I/O


device is selected (or check
parameters No. 20 'v ) .
7 Baud rate setting Check to see if correct value
failure is set on I/O device number sel¬
ected by parameter No. 5001 a. ,
1) Baud rate.
2) Stop bit.
3) Use control code.

8 I/O device opera¬ Check I/O device operation


tion is wrong according to the operator’s
manual.

9 Cable operation Check to see if cable is con¬


failure nected to correct connector.
Check cable connection and
wiring .
Signals are connected according
to the specifications determined
between machine tool builder and
I/O unit maker.
10 LED on master PCB See 3.3.4.
is other than "1"

11 CRT/MDI PCB is Replace the PCB.


faulty

12 Master print PCB Replace the PCB.


is faulty (for 10
and 11 series) or
01P02 peripheral
control PCB is
faulty (FS12) .
3.3.13 Stop position does not coincide with reference point return position
a) 1-grid deviation

Item Cause of trouble Checking points Countermeasures

1 The deceleration Move the machine tool from the The distance be¬
dog position is reference point position to the tween the decele¬
incorrect deceleration dog direction and ration dog and the
check the deceleration signal reference point
with the diagnostic function. should be equiv¬
Read the distance between the alent to one-half
reference point and the decel¬ of a motor revolu¬
eration dog position on the NC tion. (Resolver
position display. inductosyn)

116
3.3,13

Item Cause of trouble Checking points Countermeasures

2 The deceleration Use the procedure given in Replace the dog,


dog length is too item 1 to read the length of according to
short the deceleration dog. CONNECTING MANUAL.

3 The position of Move the machine tool from the The distance be¬
the reference reference point position to the tween the refer¬
point approximate deceleration dog direction and ence point and the
signal switch is check the deceleration signal reference point
bad. with the diagnostic function. approximate signal
Read the distance between the switch should be
reference point and the decel¬ about 1/2 of the
eration dog position on the NC grid width.
position display. Motor 1/2 rota¬
tion: for pulse
coder
1/2A: for re¬
solver
inductosyn

b) Random deviation

Item Cause of trouble Checking points Countermeasures

1 Noise Check to see if the shielding Ground the shield¬


is grounded. Check that the ing wire. Connect
spark killer is connected the spark killer.
to the solenoid coil, etc. Separate the pulse
Check to see if the pulse coder code and power
cable and the power cable are cables.
in close proximity.

2 Source voltage to When the voltage at power dislik¬ Cable loss must be
the pulse coder is ing terminals on the master PCB 0.2 V or less,
too low Is 5.0 V +0.05 V, the source including both
voltage should be 4.75 V or sides of 0 V and
more. 5 V.
(Measure the pulse coder voltage The voltage at
between + and or +5 V and +5 V terminal on
0 V of checking terminals or the master PCB
pulse coder PCB) should be within
the range of 4.95
to 5.10 V.

3 Coupling between Mark the motor shaft and check Tighten the
the servo motor the correspondence between the coupling .
and the machine shaft and machine tool position.
tool is loose

4 Defective pulse Replace the pulse coder. Replacement .


coder

117
3.3.13

Item Cause of trouble Checking points Countermeasures

5 Defective master Replace the PCB. Replacement .


PCB (for 10 and
11 series) or
defective 01ÿ05
axis control PCB
(for 12 series)

c) Minute deviation

Item Cause of trouble Checking points Countermeasures

1 Broken cable or Make sure the cable connector Repair the con¬
defective is tight. Check the solder nection.
connector connections and bends in the
cable .
2 Variation in In case analog servo system Replace the
offset voltage. Release the drift compensation master PCB, axis
Defective master function with the parameter control PCB or
PCB (for 10 and 11 (7th bit of No. 1800 is "0") , velocity control
series), Ol'vOSPOb and check the position devia¬ unit PCB.
axis control PCB tion using the diagnostic
(for 12 series) function. (DGN No. 3000ÿ)
The offset value variation
should correspond to the vari¬
ation of the position deviation
value at stoppage. Replace the
master PCB, axis control PCB or
the velocity control unit PCB
to determine the source of the
problem.

Checking method of reference point return operation and deceleration dog


position.
1) Set the parameter according to the following table.
As for parameter No. 1580, set "0" at beginning.

Parameter
Contents
number
1400 Manual rapid traverse is effective without performing
the reference point return.

1006 Reference point return direction.

1816 Capacity of reference counter for each axis.

1005 Reference point return function is provided (Return method) .


1850 Setting of grid shift amount of each axis.

1425 Low feed rate (FL) for reference point return.

118
3.3.13

Parameter
Contents
number
1240 Coordinate value of reference point in machine coordinate
system.

1024 FM feed rate at reference point return by magnetic switch


method.

2) Perform the reference point return and confirm the operation is correct.
If reference point adjustment is needed:
i) grid method Adjusted by grid shift amount (parameter No.
1850)
If reference point shifts a portion of 1
revolution of detector (pulse coder, resolver),
deceleration dog must be moved.
ii) magneswitch method Adjusted by position of proximity switch.

3) Confirm the deceleration dog position (grid method only).


i) Perform reference point return.
ii) Write down position display value at reference point.
iii) Check deceleration dog signal (*DECX, *DECY, *DECZ, *DEC4, *DEC5) and
return the machine to DEC signal beginning at reference point with low
speed .
iv) Calculate the distance from reference point to DEC signal using position
in (ii) and (iii) procedure. Make that distance a half of 1-revolution
distance of detector by adjustment of Deceleration dog.

119
3.3.13

Reference point return direction

Deceleration dog signal Normal reference point

First -*j a

Reference signal
when grid shift
amount = 0
@ fl
'i'
This signal is neglected
1
Macliinc stop position
Set a to shift amount because deceleration i

for shift by a signal is not turned


off,

V
2nd H Shift by or

Reference signal
after setting
grid shift amount
=a
©
*
Machine stops at this
position since the
deceleration
signal is
turned off.

Normal reference point ,


Positioning adjustment of -*ÿ j '
deceleration dog Deviated by the shift
amount corresponding
to one revolution of
V position detector.

3rd
Reference signal after
adjusting the decelera¬
tion dog signal position.

Reference signal after


setting grid shift amount = a
(Set amount of the first time)
n.
Machine stop
position
This signal is neglected
since the deceleration
signal is not turned off.

(Note) Set this distance to about 1/2 of


the shift amount of one rotation
of position detector.

120
3.3.14

3.3.14 System error


If a system error occurrs, the system can rarely be repaired by users. Please
contact your nearest FANUC service center.
The system may be recovered by changing parameters and other countermeasures.
For details, refer to the following table.
1) System error when power is turned on

Counter¬
No. Display on CRT Error contents
measures
1 ROM PARITY ERROR aaa bbb . .. Inconsistency of ROM parity Check to see
aaa,bbb,...: Faulty ROM No. if ROM is
mounted
correctly .
2 RAM TEST : ERROR An error was detected by
(LED display b) RAM test. (RAM in short
area)

3 RAM TEST : ERROR An error was detected by


aaaaaa : wwwwwwww rrrrrrrr RAM test.
aaaaaa: Address
WWWWWWWW !
rrrrrrrr: Readout data

4 MISSING OPTION ROM aaa bbb Essential option ROM is Check to see
missing . if ROM is
aaa,bbb,...: Required ROM mounted cor¬
No. rectly.
Check para¬
meter set¬
ting is
correct .
5 MISSING OPTION RAM Essential option RAM is Check option
missing . RAM for cor¬
rect mount¬
ing condi¬
tion. Check
to see if
parameters
are set cor¬
rectly.

6 IMPROPER NUMBER OF AXIS The number of preset con¬ Check to see


trolled axes is incorrect. if the addi¬
(Not within the range of tional axis
1 (the number of in¬ card is cor¬
.
stalled axes) ) rectly in¬
stalled .
Check to see
if parameter
setting is
correct .

121
3.3.14

Counter¬
No. Display on CRT Error contents
measures

7 LOAD SYSTEM LABEL : ERROR An alarm occurred halfway


SAVE SYSTEM LABEL : ERROR during read/write operation
LOAD PC PARAMETER : ERROR of bubble memory.
CLEAR FILE // n : ERROR
LOAD FILES : ERROR
BUBBLE PREPARATION : ERROR
CLEAR BUBBLE : ERROR

aaaa bbbb cccc (Displayed


after one of the above is
displayed)

8 BUBBLE INITIALIZE : NO BUBBLE Essential bubble memory is Check to see


BUBBLE PREPARATION : NO BUBBLE not mounted. if correct
CLEAR BUBBLE : NO BUBBLE bubble
memory is
mounted .
9 CHECK BUBBLE ID : ERROR Identification code showing
the type of bubble memory
is incorrect.

10 BUBBLE PREPARATION : NOT READY Power-on processing of


CLEAR BUBBLE : NOT READY bubble memory has been
terminated incorrectly.
This alarm does not usually
occur at first, but is
displayed when bubble was
accessed after alarm 7, 8,
etc. , occurred.

11 NO SYSTEM LABEL System label (area used to


store the type of system,
construction, and other
data) does not exist.
This alarm does not
usually appear at first,
but appears after the
system label was accessed
after alarm 7, 8, etc.,
occurred .
12 CHECK SYSTEM LABEL : ERROR System label (see item 11) Initialize
is incorrect. This alarm the system.
is generally displayed when
a bubble memory has been
installed without initial¬
izing it for the system or
when the memory has not
been initialized -after
fully clearing it.

122 -
3.3,14

Counter¬
No. Display on CRT Error contents
measures
13 FILE // n : DATA BROKEN Data of file No. n is Clear cor¬
broken. This alarm is responding
displayed when power was file, and
turned off halfway during remake it.
the course of changing
the file. (10 series)

Note 1) If one of the above system alarms occurred, a message in "CRT display"
column is displayed on CRT. The system is set to IPL and the initial
menu of IPL is displayed after the alarm message.
The system cannot be operated normally until the cause of the system
alarm has been eliminated.

2) System alarms during system operation

Counter¬
No. Display on CRT Error contents
measures
1 TRAP 15 System software functions
abnormally .
2 ADDRESS ERROR An address error (access to
odd address) occurred.

3 BUS ERROR A bus error (invalid


address access) occurred.

4 ILLEGAL INSTRUCTION An attempt was made to


execute an invalid command.

5 ZERO DIVIDE An attempt was made to


execute the division when
divisor is zero.

6 CHECK INSTRUCTION Register exceeds the range


in register range check.

7 TRAPV INSTRUCTION Overflow trap occurred.

8 PRIVILEGE VIOLATION A privilege command viola¬


tion error occurred.

9 TRACE CPU was set to the trace


condition .
10 L1010 EMUL An attempt was made to
execute a command having a
command code of Axxx.

11 LI111 EMUL An attempt was made to


execute a command having a
command code of Fxxx.

12 UNASSIGNED TRAP An unassigned TRAP occurred.

123
3.4

Counter¬
No. Display on CRT Error contents
measures
13 UNASSIGNED INTERRUPT An unassigned interruption
occurred.

14 SPURIOUS INTERRUPT A false interruption whose


cause remains unknown
occurred.

15 NON MASK INTERRUPT A NMI whose cause remains


unknown occurred.

16 WATCHDOG ALARM Watch dog alarm occurred.

17 RAM PARITY ALARM An RAM parity error is Clear all


detected . memory in
case of
10 series.

18 ROM PARITY ALARM An ROM parity error is


detected.

19 PC ALARM A serious PC error


occurred.

Note 1) If one of these system alarms occurred, the CRT displays it and the
system cannot be operated. The "display on CRT" in the above table
indicates a message will be displayed on the top of the CRT screen.
Diagnostic data caused by the error are displayed in the remaining part
of the CRT screen. (Detail is omitted.)

3.4 Power Voltage Check

3.4.1 Input unit


1) Types of input units
Six types of input units are provided for 10/11/12/100/110/120 series,
respectively. (The input units for 10/100 series are different from those
for 11/110 series.)
a) For control unit (multitap transformer is not connected) ...
Fig. 1
(10/100 series Built-in type 1, 10TF Built-in type 3, 10/100/ 11 /I10M
Built-in type 2-2, 10/11 series unbundled type)
b) For control unit (multitap transformer is connectable) Fig. 2
(10/11/100/110M Built-in type 2)
c) For control unit and servo Fig. 3
(10/11/100/110 series Free-standing type, 10/ 11/100/110T Built-in type 2)
d) For control unit
(12/120 series Built-in type)
... Fig. 4

e) For control unit Fig. 5


(12/120 series Free-standing type A)
f) For control unit
(12/120 series Free-standing type
.
B)
Fig. 6

g) For additional power input unit


(I/O unit)
.... Fig. 7

124
3.4.1

2) Input unit PCB


For 10 series A16B-1600-0090
For 11 series A16B-1600-0080
For 12 series A 16B- 1600-0080
A20B-1001-0210 (only 12 series free standing type B)
Fuses FI, F2 , F3, F91, F92 on the PCB
FI, F2, F91, F92 A60L-0001-0901//P4110H (10A) (Control unit input fuse)
F3 A60L-0001-0172//DM03 (0.3A) (Power on/off control circuit fuse)
LED on PCB
PIL Pilot lamp Green light-emitting diode
This lamp remains lit when power is applied to NC.
ALM Alarm Red light-emitting diode
This lamp lights when an alarm signal is received from stabi¬
lizer power supply unit.

The PCB (10 series: A16B-1600-0090 , 11 series: A16B-1600-0080) in the power


input unit
The maintenance procedure on this PCB is mentioned below.
(I) Two LEDs of PIL and ALM are provided with this PCB. PIL (Green LED)
lights while the power is supplied to the power input terminal board TPl.
ALM (Red LED) lights when this PCB receives an alarm signal from the power
stabilizer unit. When ALM lights, NC line contactors LC1 and LC2 rurn
OFF. NC power cannot be turned on under this condition. To reset this
condition power supply must be once cut off or the POWER OFF button
(Either NC POWER OFF button or external POWER OFF button) must be pushed.
(2) Even when NC power is off, the power has been supplied to the circuit
before the line contactors LC1 (adn LC2) while PLl lighghts. When you
touch some units inside the power input unit, confirm that PIL is not
lighting.
(3) Check the voltage for relays in the PCB Unit between (0) and (E) , 21 to
22V is normal.
© When it is desired not to cut off the power with an alarm at
troubleshooting by ALM lighting, connect check pins between Pi and P2.
However, the time taken for troubleshooting must be as short as possible
and you must disconnect the check pins immediately after the trouble¬
shooting.
© The fuse F3 (0.32A) will blow out by short-circuiting of parts within the
PCB.
Replace the fuse after troubleshooting.
The ordering number of F3 is A60L-0001-0172//DM03.
3) Multitap transformer input fuse (Fig. 2-6)
For 10/11/100/110 series Fl, F2 A60L-0001-0042//JG1- 10 (10A)
For 12/120series Built-in type, Free-standing type A:
Fl, F2 A60L-0001-0042//JG1-20
For 12/120 series Free-standing type B:
Fl, F2 A60L-000 1-004 2# JG1-30

4) Servo transformer input fuses


The fuse capacity differs according to servo transformer capacity. See the
following table.

125
3.4.1

Table 3.4.1 (a) Servo input fuse for 10/11/100/110

Fuse type PC type made by FCF type made by


Power voltage Transformerÿ Utsunomiya Fuji Electric
Capacity (KVA) Electric Co. Co.
200 V 1.5 kVA 15 A 20 A
220 V
2.5 20 30

5 30 30

10 40 40

15 50 50

380 V 1.5 10 10
5
440 V 2.5 10 15

5 15 15

10 25 30

15 30 30

480 V 1.5 10 10
$
550 V 2.5 10 15

5 15 20

10 20 30

15 25 30

Table 3.4,1 (b) Servo input fuse for 12/120 series

Power voltage Transformer


Capacity (KVA)
__
Fuse type JG type made by
Utsunomiya
Electric Co.
200 V 1.5 KVA 15 A
$
550 V 2.5 20 A

5 30 A

10 40 A

126
3.4.2

3.4.2 Input power voltage check

Check to see if the input power voltage satisfies the following requirements:
1) In case of input unit shown in Fig. 1.
AC 200 V
+10%, 50/60 Hz +1 Hz, 1(6, AC 220 V +10% , 60 Hz +1 Hz, 1(6
-15% -15%

2) In case of the input unit shown in Fig. 2, 4 and 6 (when multitap transformer
is used) .
AC 200 V/220 V/230 V/240 V/380 V/415 V/440 V/460 V/480 V/550 V
+10%
Rated fluctuation range , 50/60 Hz +1 Hz, 1(6
-15%

3) In case of input unit shown in Fig. 3 and 5 (when multitap transformer is


used) .
AC 200 V/220 V/230 V/240 V/380 V/415 V/440 V/460 V/480 V/550 V
+10%
Rated fluctuation range , 50/60 Hz +1 Hz, 3(6
-15%

CONTROL UNIT POEWR TRANSFORMER

A control unit power transformer (A80L-0001-0176) is required when the input


power supply is other than AC 200V, 50 Hz and AC 220V, 60Hz.
This transformer has taps for AC 200/220/230/240/380/415/440/460/480/550V on the
primary side (MULTI-TAP TRANSFORMER). Select one tap depending on input power
voltage .
550 O
480 O
460 O-
200 A- 200 B 200V, 5 A (Used within the NC)
440 a 100A-100B 100V, 1 A (For measuring device at maintenance)
Tap change
(Select one tape 415 O (Terminals 100 A and 100B are attached for the transformer of
depending on edition 2 or later)
input power 380 O-
supply) 240 o-
230 a
220 O-

---
200 o- 200 A

O 100 A

COM O-

TB1
---
T
'
-O 200B
O 100 B

t
TB2 (Screw size on the terminal board is M4)

An output between 100A and 100B is used only for measuring device at
maintenance. This output must not be used for a long time. Also, because this
output does not have any protective means such as fuses, even when used for
measuring device, you must carefully examine whether the measuring device has
the shrot-circuit or whether the load current does not exceed 1A.
Moreover, when you touch on the terminals such as TB1, TB2, etc, you should
touch after turnign off the main switch of the magnetics cabinet. (You can
confirm the main switch ON and OFF by the PIL lamp in the power input unit. PIL
lights while the main switch is ON, but extinguishes while that is OFF.)

127
3.4.2

Input unit PCD


/
T77(.
1
+
SO H 4*

LTL S
go o
EH
co
0
in o
§ H
W
w
o
o
§ÿ 3
tn SP
-
CO.
- *0-
HWH
Wo.
§§ s
8883 ot

&
sr CO

T1 C4
Op «l I
TP 2
n° Ml I
EON EOF COM FA FB FI E2 ®E +
o o
0 EEI zzJ
i

Fig. 3.4.2 (a) Input unit for 10/11 series built-in type 1, 10TF built-in type 3 10M/11IVI built-in type 2-2,
and 10 series 11T/M unbundle-type cabinet

Input unit PCD


Input fuse for multi-top transformer

U L
OH
|o
1I..J
FI <IOA:/K2
/
TPI
m
Eo
IFANUC LTD

SO
082
oc T1
o
o
I
CZJ Tl>2
[] FI F2
«o
TIM

luujyuu
EON EOF COM FA FB

F i R1 SI
i O

Fig. 3.4.2 (b) Input unit for 10M/11M built-in type cabinet

128
3.4.2

j Input fuses for servo transformer


Input unit PCB

7 t
gO
*!OFF
0 ON0 DOCR
0
ALM PIL
r\
UL o
INT- IJOCK
oo J
r\
u
n
< 1 5 F4
F5 SV
> 2 4 a
i
3 T
F6 SW
l.Cl

S R
K>

LCS LCR FNSFNK


®Q FANUC LTD

o an SKI

TIM
K
FI
TP 1 a
_
o pjjjyuuju 10A

F?.
U V W

o rrrrtTinrni o

Input fuses for multi-tap transformer

Fig. 3.4.2 (c) Input unit for 10T/M, 11T/M free-standing type and 10T/11T built-in type 2 cabinet

Multi-tap Input fuse Input unit PCB

7
FI F2 + CP94
7 +
La 7
3
2 3°
3
2 AJ
A , Q +
I I
u
CP5
<31 o> RC.B.
AI6B - 1600-0080
cb
T02

B B p e 200 200 EMC EMG 200 200


K a

+ A1 B I OUTI 0UT2 R I
-
+ 8° O
R
S
O + + Dc; w O

Fig. 3.4.2 (d) input unit for 12 series built-in type cabinet

129
Servo transformer fuse Multi-tap transformer input fuse

F3 7/7 LCI
7
7
1ft + + H- A
B e

13 I 3 5
F4 7 23
F 1 F2

8-f
7+
14_2 4 6 24
+ i
i

A A
F5 B +

e-f + A

n
SKI
*H*o -h Input unit PCB
Q_

CP94 so 2 FNR
I <
TB3 1234
3
2
U es
CP5
U>
o + + I

I DOOR
1NT.LOX P. C. B. RI
AI6B- 1600-0080

+ ON JJ,
R
OFF
i S
: <<
IOO
EON EOF COM FA FB §
TBl
+ 1 ‘u. U.

TB2
U V w
R $ 200 200 200 200 MCC MCC 200 200 1NT 1NT 1NT INT EMG EM3
Ai 81 A2 B2 1 2 Rj St 1 2 3 4 OUT OUT
+ e
+
4 I

AC INPUT
4
Fig. 3.4.2 (e) Input unit for 12 series free-standing type A cabinet

to
Multi-tap transformer input fuse

P1L
o Q_
rO
o>
IfO
ALMo -

JL O
B
o B
n
KWr:
CD CM
CM FNR
-
l

FNS
1
CM
_TU

FI F2
ci-
o to
j in

CD
CM
k.

ro to
LCR
CM
<J)
ro
O) <J)
in
k.

(?)
to
G)
Q. CL D. CL LCS CL CL CL CL (L
a o o o L|.,r J
U O O O O
DOOR RI P. C. B. 2
INT LOCK A20B- 1001 -0210
SI
ON RC.B. i
AI6B- J600-0080 R R
I
OFF
s S
cm <
A A §
I
o o EON EOF COM FA FB
a S <

IX.
<
CVJ
2

£
<si
Oi
Li.

Input unit PCB


TB2

200 200 200 200 200 200 I NT I NT INT INT EMG EVG TB3
R _
S AIBIA2 B2 Rl SI 2 3 4 OUTI 0UT2
I 2 3 4

o o
Fig. 3.4.2 (f) Input unit for 12 series free-standing type B cabinet

to
Additional input unit PCB

£ O

+
CP96 F92
+ -L
-rÿ
i

CP95 F91 -h
N5
CP 94 3
I O*
2
CP93
J u
CP92

+ CP9I
- 4~ -1D-
II"

Fig. 3.4.2 (g) Additional power input unit


u>

’*
to
3.4.3

3.4.3 DC voltage checking

DC voltages supplied from the power unit must be measured at CPI 7 checking
terminals on the power unit. Confirm that DC voltages are within the allowable
range .
1) Rated output voltage

Terminal Rated Allowable


Use
name voltage fluctuation

+5 +5 V +5% Logical circuit

+24 +24 V +10% Bubble memory, tape


reader, Small type, CRT

+24E +24 V +10% I/O signals

+15 +15 V +5% Position control circuit

-15 -15 V +5% Position control circuit,


Bubble memory

AO 0 V

133
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
E ]
Used for test of units

a b c
V¥W< I ©

32[HTT L
+ÿ VRll
E3 + @ C

31 FN A10 ADJ.
30 1
29
28 +15
27 -15
26
25
24
23 + © c
22 +5
21
20
19
(With cover
18 MASTER removed)
17 interface
16
15
14
t
13 CP12 - c
12
11 BLUE
10 0 VS11 -v Fll~12 5 A O O PI3 3.2A
9
8
7
Q AC200/220V
Input fuse
:!
+24 fuse

6 L_ F14 5A
5 POWER UNIT +24 fuse

3
CP 14 CP15 CPU
4
3 + 24 + cpi?ÿ m -
A16B-1210-0510
©
W

2
I
+ 24E
7 6 5 4 3 2 1
BROWN BROWN
\ BLACK
3*2 1 v y
CO ci
[ AC200/220V input
O
< £
?s;?
+
2 3
i
1 2 3 4 5 6
=0<
CL CL
PA-PB interface

so o o as 6 5-4
+
For connec- For MDI/CRT
CO
tion unit unit
LJ
Fig. 3.4.3 (a) Power unit for 10/100 series outer view
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

<N H o 2
CL
r- <1
°2 “
Used foi testing units
A+ fl
CO
<©= o •O
f © ©
a b
1
32 H T | L
c CP 16
I— 4 m
VRll (§) l)
A10 ADJ.
31 *PF IEN
30
'>n 4
29
28 + 15
27 -15
26
25
24
23 + I
22
+5
21
20
19 Master
18 interface With cover
17 removed
16
15
I 14
CP 12
U>
13 "f t* © (
Ln 12
BLUE
11
I J
10 0 Fll ~12 5 A
9 AC200/220Vÿ
K 11
SA IT] ' F13 3.2A

ifllliL-
VS 11

a "\ Input fuse +24 fuse


8 N.
7
6
5
CP 14 CP 13
POWER UNIT
A 16 B - 1210-0560
Hyi' F14 5A
+24E fuse
4
3 + 24 CP 17 10 I ICP11
BLACK <§> i Fl
2
+ 24E
7 6 5
r
4 3 2
i
I
BROWN WHITE
r I f T
0 ©

1 2 3
o
°2 12
s++ < os to O AC200/220 V
2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 input interface
+ 1
bi O G
S o SE CL
-j

+ CL I< <
Connection unit Power input
interface unit inter¬
face
CO
4L-
Fig. 3.4.3 (b) Power unit for 11/110 series outer view
a b c
32 H T L
o=
t
I
<S=*
© ©
©
1
31 Pf EN
30 115 NR VN ?
29 +15
28 -15
27
26
25
24
23
22
+5
+ I O ©
21
20
[9 For
!8 back With
17 panel cover
16 removed
15
14
13; X CPI2
l i i © © d
12
BLUE
*
H-*
LO
ON
II
10

Fll 12 7. 5 A
AC200/220V
I
9 0 Input fuse SUES
8
7
6
CP16
VRl I
|ÿ]AIO ADJ.
O
° •
U.

It -+F14 2A
24E fuse
5
z POWER UNIT
o E3
4

+ A CPl 4 pi CPI3
u CPI i A20B-1000-0770
3
2
I + 24
*
BROWN WHITE
BLACK
t
© i 15
© ©I
l 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

-Oooxoÿa
I 2 3
<\J
Q.
a: co o
o o 12 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6
220/220 V
«r>
+ +
ift Q as
<1 <
(AC input)

For built-in I/O unit For power input unit

Fig. 3.4.3 (c) Power unit for 12/120 series outer view

CO

OJ
Used for
testing units
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3
a b c
32 HTL o o o
04 TH in r—i E-H O
31 BN
& & < < <2< w
30 : 3AIC o o
29 :D
fife \ a &
28 -4-15
27 -15
I
V
» I
L
¥ & (
CP 16 CP 18
26
25 VR11
24
23 A10 ADJ-
22 -4-5
21
20
19 For With
18 back cover
J 17
16
panel
CP 32 + removed
4 c 3

u> 15 0
BLUE
"v! 14 F31-32 5 A
f 13 AC 200/
12 220V
F33 0.5 A
11
10 0
VS11
Input fuse \
H S1 I-" +24 *
fuse
9
8
o= + CP 31
POWER UNIT
A16B-1310-Q010 El 0— F34 2A
+24E
&&
7 CP 17 CPlOOO fuse
6
5
4
m r ]
BLACK 4 31 1 ooo

H w
3 +24
2
+24 E 7 6 5 4 3 2
1 1 3 2 1
O CO
220/220 V (AC input)
o w in o
PA-PB
+ CQ <
cu
6 5 4

CO
Fig. 3.4.3 (d) Power unit for I/O unit outer view
CO
3.4.3

2) Adjustable points on power unit PCB


10/100 series A16B-1 2 10-0510
11/110 series A16B-1210-0560
12/120 series A20B-1000-0770
It is not usually necessary to adjust the reference voltage (+10 V) .
However, if the reference voltage is deviated due to a certain cause, a power
alarm may occur.
The reference voltage can be readjusted by VRll (A10 ADJ) to +10.00 V while
measuring the voltage between A0 -
A10 terminals of CP16 using a digital
voltmeter.

3) Mounting position of the input unit and power unit in each cabinet
a) 10/11/100/110 series Free-standing type cabinet

Input unit

7a1

1
1 1
Front panel

Rear panel

Master PCB
Power unit

b) 10/11/100/110 series Built-in type 1 cabinet

Input unit

Master PCB

Power unit

Front panel

!
138
3.4.3

c) 10/ 11 / 100/ 110T Built-in type 2 cabinet

PCB
/ Master
7

/
Power unit

Input unit

Front panel

d) 10/11/100/110M Built-in type 2 cabinet

Input unit

Master PCB

Power unit

Front panel

e) 10/ 11 / 100/ 110M Built-in type 2-2 cabinet

Input unit

7 Master PCB

2/1 Power unit

Front panel

139
3.4.3

f) 10/11 series Unbundled type cabinet


Master PCB

7271 Power unit

Input unit

Front view

g) 10TF Built-in type 3 cabinet

Master PCB

Power unit

Input unit

/
Front view

h) 11TT Built-in type 3 cabinet

Master PCB

Power unit

Input unit

140 -
3.4.3

i) 12/120 series Free-standing type A cabinet

Input
Basic unit
control unit
/
7

Power unit

Front view Rear view

j) 12/120 series Free-standing type B cabinet

Additional
control unit
Power
/ unit
Basic control
unit

Input
Power unit
unit

Front view Rear view

k) 12/120 series Built-in type

Input unit

Power unit

Front view

141 -
3.4.3

4) 12/120 series power voltage checking position

OO

£
t-H

£
<—i

I III
Basic control unit + 5V i— j
OV
+ 15V t=C
-15V c=C
+ 24V

n i

i
Additional control unit

142
3.4.4

3.4.4 Power voltage check on velocity control unit PCB

1) Check each power output at the check terminals of velocity control unit PCB
for each axis.
o CH15 +24 V (+23 +27 V)
o CHI 6 +15 V (+14.55 +15.45 V)
o CHI 7 -15 V (-14.55 -15.45 V)

2) Check 100 VAC power supply at T1 screw terminals No. 3 and 4 for each axis.
If the emergency stop button of the operator's panel or the emergency stop
circuit of the machine tool side is functioning, the 100 V is turned off. In
such a case, the emergency stop button or emergency stop circuit must be
reset in advance.

>§ §

d dj ?d CD
rmmiwvM.*
M
i<V
U. ii

2 5X 03 CO O O s i Q>
X 5O x o5 Ox
U o o n? I
OOJ 0000 OOO 1IC] 00
o| \i> o| °1 [o <H |o cH ro £ 5 O
cu
y
> * I I V
£ .t:
C
z

g I
§ g
8
- s 2
“ 89
£
0 CD
o o
E 7. --8 8-- .ill
S
si B ( Bias n > <
000000000000000000000 «
5~ 5ÿ 5= 5S gs 52 5 £ % 5* gs 5£ 5 p 8 5 § 5 52 5a £
> >>
in 10 tf
r++

>1
cd
I
i
O

OS
<D
§ 1
g O §ÿ
§
<5 a- s l-i

£ |S o s

"CJ
O
00
i
to

— 'z - t'- I
CD .e
in
in
in
I
1-H . CO
o
Cd c
8
s
LO

4- n
in CM / J <! &
o
<D
>
M
•S
cd
3
- *g
CN
o is
a
§ Q £
z » £ •§ w

<3 a & 5, p“<

£ b

143 -
3.5

3.5 Tape Reader Photo-amplifier Adjustment

3.5.1 Tape reader without reels photo-amplifier adjustment


1) With paper tape, make a test tape (approx. 40 cm) as illustrated below that
alternates punching and non-punching and connect ends to form an endless loop
of tape. (See Note 2, Note 3.)

ISO code EIA code

or
••:

*u*u*u DELETE
CR

2) Mount the test tape in the tape reader and turn the switch to MANUAL to read
the tape.

AUTO
Q I—1
(g> RELEASE
FANUC
MANUAL

Tape reader without reels

3) With an oscilloscope, measure the waveform between check terminals S and OV


(ground) on the photo-amplifier. Adjust it with RV1 so that the ON/OFF
timing ratio is 6:4.
4) Measure the waveforms at check terminals 1 through 8 on the photo-amplifier
using an oscilloscope. Find the channel where the ON width is the shortest.
(Use the terminal OV for grounding.)
5) Measure the waveform where the ON time width is the shortest among 1 through
8 and compare it with the waveform of S. Adjust with RV2 so that the timing
indicated in the diagram below is obtained.
6) Confirm that waveforms 1 through 8 satisfy the timing in the diagram below.

ON OFF -
S waveform
ON: OFF = 6:4
(RV1) I
above 300 jus
I
I
t
I

Shortest ON width above 300

J
jus
measured from
1 through 8 ON
(RV2)

OFF

144 -
3.5.1

Ajusting position of tape reader without reels photo amplifier

For the tape reader without reel (A13B-0070-B001)

I
200 VAC

Photo -amplifier PCB


A20B-0007D750
.ggWsMSl
ov
00
SP

Data puncliing signal adjustment


Sprocket signal adjustment

Check terminal

(Note 1) Use paper tape that conforms to the following standard:


Paper tape for data exchange JIS C6243-1970.
Position and size of paper tape punch for data exchange JIS C6246-1971.
(Note 2) A read error will occur if another tape is used after the tape reader
was adjusted with black tape.
When performing an output waveform adjustment of the photo amplifier,
use a paper tape color of blue, white, pink, yellow, orange, etc.
(other than black or gray) to perform the adjustment. The use of a
tape, colored blue, white, pink, etc. with a tape reader adjusted with
a black or gray colored tape may sometimes cause a read error. For the
case where black colored tape is normally used, a black tape may be
used for adjustment.

145
3.5.2

3.5.2 Tape reader with reels photo-amplifier adjustment


1) Prepare about 40 cm of the following test tape (see Notes 2, 3 on the
previous page) which alternately repeats punching and unpunching, and splice
both ends to make an endless tape,

In case of ISO code In case of EIA code (see Note 4)

or

DELETE
*U*U*U*U
CR
Adjust the photoamplifier by using the built-in adjusting program of the tape
reader with reels.
2) Start the adjusting program
a) Press FORWARD and REWIND
switches at the same time
lÿ-pp while in the RELEASE
; WrA'. :
PE
(©) condition.
:3 b) AUTO and ALARM LED flicker.
c) The adjusting program mode
'
.
has now been set.

•' S
V:- O'"
, .i
FCaV.Wt> RFVCkO

& &

p. d) Load the test tape. (See


Note 3.)
e) Set REEL OFF.
f) Press FORWARD switch.
g) The tape starts moving.

aSis
IS
T.
v
I
*
' V.tf.M
«
jSS) BtLF*>5

:
. REwmot;

n is IRI ©

146
3.5.2

3) Adjustment
a) The adjusting position
y M 1 is mounted on the right
still side as viewed from the
00 rear face of the tape

LDO feg '


P7-
'If: b't
m
* reader with reels.

position shown in the


If
it is not mounted at the

LDL JQ: left figure, (it is


LO?
BJOSS i mounted at "A". See
1 1)3
LD4
ns Note 4.)
14
UD5 b) Turn SP knob until LD5
L06
lights .
LD7

11
* i i
t
c) Turn DATA knob until LD1
flickers. (See Note 5.)
v r
This adjustment cannot
be made unless LD5
tiv. lights .

R4
4) Adjustment end
•TAPE, a) Press STOP switch.
f£ 1
liflKlfl
*; .

•V

1>
(IV.U O'
:
•*14 OIF . y‘- 0
f&fWiAfiO : . 5i0?-' ft£W8t>.
'

.Hiifl
e>

b) Set RELEASE.
c) Press FORWARD and STOP
switches at the same

Sfi time .
d) Normal mode has been
set .
e) Operate the tape reader
IP-'" :
with the signal cable
44 a . normally connected.
- HHB5
! I tctSAt-E
PI .V *4
V* 0

FORWSb

m 11
R€¥df>’!>

IHit

147
3.5.2

(Note 1) Use paper tape that conforms to the following standard:


Paper tape for data exchange JIS C6243-1970.
Position and size of paper tape punch for data exchange JIS C6246-1971.
(Note 2) A read error will occur if another tape is used after the tape reader
was adjusted with a black tape.
When performing an' output waveform adjustment of the photo amplifier,
use a paper tape color of blue, white, pink, yellow, orange, etc.
(other than black or gray), to perform the adjustment. The use of a
tape, colored blue, white, pink, etc., with a tape reader adjusted
with black and gray colored tape, may sometimes cause a read error.
For the case where black colored tape is normally used, a black tape
may be used for adjustment.
(Note 3) EIA test tape is applicable when the edition number of the built-in
program of the tape reader is B or subsequent.
(Note 4) The PCB is opened in the arrow direction with the lower screw used as
the fulcrum by loosening the four screws shown in the following figure.
Tighten these screws after adjustment.

PCB Loosen screws DATA


Screw

SP §
o LD0~7
Rear face
CD Front panel o

Screw This side


Open Screw
Never touch the power supply
(which produces 5 V and 24 V
from 200 VAC) by hand,

(Note 5) If LDO and LD3 flicker when turning DATA knob, adjust the following
knobs.

m DATA DATA

-
/
o-'*
I
-;o;-
LD3 LD1

1) LD3 is flickering.
2) Turn the knob toward the midpoint until LD1 flickers.

148
*o/esoz- looi-osev
*o/*so±- looi -osev 24V fuse Voltage check terminal 5V fuse

Te1 ITÿCNTS ri3ÿ TP TcP r9~1CNT4 Tt T1 rT1 T1


T2>
SCNT2
ATS
CNT3
2
)i°?
T
3
0SL
5 CN' 1
'

I* . 24v ruse
v y A O)
SA Q
O Variable resistor
for adjusting
photoamplifier
iOcSS
>
<
K o

4S
VO O
I 13

Fuse
CD8
/
5A
F4

/ I 14 I f 13 i I 12 l
i I I i MO [ l 9 l l 8 i i 7 i i 6 i f 5 n4 i i 3 j i 2 i \ I i
A20E-IOQI-005K / MADE IN JAPAN FANUC
y
100V AC fuse

Fig. 3.5.1 (a) Adjusting points on the tape reader with reels PCB

LO
V/»
to
3.6

3.6 Connection Diagram of NC Inside

=:
SI s H fh si
il II
I SI
_Y.

p 1 I Ji
I
«

|XU01-|BH| B
r*™i
>!
ISE-3
I§1 ilSE-
lB§£
It
§&*?
I ill It a;
jilt?
I
I! Ii f! nm S s I®
ll IS If 3 i
Isvo
(uoiido

I sED
>
li*
I 1
lit
L enovo
FSE3: ft -a

M
OJMD
w*V PPV IHVO
IOV3
r=—1Z3V3
8C D- t
H cl Vi
| :oc hr
58E-3
ff=r3SVD<o r§ Bt I* s
3?|S[ M-3 I
ci ijsrv.
-°r st o HD kD
ri i rlg[
501 —1 D-J rS

£
I izisi gg

IH| D-
>-0 & £[H1
r„ I U cp cp
« siMD—
,2i%[0
°§ g[D I
r-fi
§
!
2

kV-J
rz/ EZ)

i
s
WM — 3 Ilst D—-) N°£ i
Mto— ?1 ridD
:K=r 0— m •I
SI-iEiJ gCO -J 5 —

— W--J1 —fl]0
muv -> cp
S|»iU (5

Siil— apS gg fc
5

I 8
ill ms I

fiPr
* Jmm i
tD — i *3-

rr =32
2

&& &
2'
81
-;y
TT i f 2

I

'

IML n M i
! 3 g 13 i I
-

5I1 i’
I =o
•s
IT,
3
SJL
T T T
m s

Fig. 3.6 (a) Connecting diagram inside 10/100 series free-standing type cabinet
i

150
3.6

S
g

il - g ! S’- I
i
S|

--
5
1 §5 .li-gJa0-
I- *
1 18 i3 Sjgjl

:2
2 -
Df>l i
D3d 5 cm
§ rfag

—i 8
Bt

a,_,gto
*
t
§ E|
| 2 »
g e e
10 §3
Sg it
S'|@
II a§£
31
35
2
l!d,D S? 21*
i
Ip)9-1 -033
{]]§
i atD
!lt|f
Si 155
I
it
-J #444 z {?
5
2 2
Q)

11 "X i iisgu— |
i: o irn—- 5
ir
B
>

8 T

-asirs§[ÿ—
rrr« §-]
a Ef i
rfflg i a -t
t § st i ii’-1 1 g
g -i
?( fe gqtj-
2 ra-i Iir' g
:
£ 41ii—- MS-1 1
H3IS H0
0—
s
st-J
£

-HI—01g 8t sM
& J sr
-i -q&
-t-fi £
®!
r
UR
i
i
i
@1

f
§—tSM3"—I
Bft i|fis=,-nalai
Off i
II
I ttii;
+ 3b vR l
8— cf
r AA
•s ?•- .

-1—1m fel'S&CD
ml Qp-I-Mi
fldGOO

1 {- t i-444
m.
I a
4 w

Fig. 3.6 (b) Connecting diagram inside 10/100 series built-in type 1 cabinet

151
Term inal
Door interlock 703 AC :motor
HZ>D= switch Motor power poc d Back High speed DI Reader /puncher interface
COD (.Interface B>
witch
Tpnr
cn * a J Symbols of connector

CN1 (§6 Oil CN6 jcMmp style termin?l


Door CK2 j
h CN?| h
Power input | --
Int- lock*
EMGT °
Velocity
Control
Velocity
Control —ad —Db “Otl (96pin)
AC !l!
X (20pin)(S0pin )
IN1.2 unit unit
3* W gg}—. .Jzoovl 100V 1st axis 2nd axis
*
Z23 HONDA
Terminal' unit 1 Input
IS
J5

nr?
COP 2 CFP I
PMC ROM CA8CD2 — uli Yamaichi

•Hi
i CIA

1
'
sw CASSETTE Option I .'.«0p tr
ww»: —8ÿ (Spin)
TET
03 A16B-T6 00 ‘(Spin )
0090 CFAI I
£ 0>i/0FF SW Terminal l CSA CCA
BURNDY
o
3
J*.
I°o?
CPS El-
CP4 |
•o —06 Opt. connector

o
TCI
COM
|CP6Cp5P5| * UQ
RS232C
interface
unit
PTR
wi thout
reels
L-D ]CV1 fjCAl
CA6
- JAE connector
(D -Sub)
—s— AC
-0 ]CV2 ggpis
I ALU Pan unit. 200V
CNT4
AC
2XV ]CV3
Mas
•C-B
5: Cÿ)— .... CAP
CA2B
command
I ]CA1
1
r° B-
A16B 1010 0040
CPII J CA1B
CF1 CF2 CF3 CA2 CA5ICA4CA3 CD1
I
TO I/O (KIT CP12
Power Supply
1E irr m cp up cp cp cp
Positon coder
Peed Back

3
Ui
rs2 & A16B 1210
0510 CPM|
! ©
H {|RS232C linterface
o
CPl s[
h i cC)
(Interface

—i
a* <1 :-:.v
CD6

TC2 DC24
-CÿOmi C/

_____ _ _
5‘
TC5 AC20O.

_n r2'-''s“ Lg Jx>P4C1 i i
1 • (Interface A)

ro
TC4 AC200

] M29Q
rO
J AI«H iirio IVCO

Ml 8 "'ÿ11ÿ
IMC e

Ml 9 M2 M20 M18 Ml
LaO™ ss sir, XL'
COD 1 CPS2

COS C04 C03 C02 COl


CP~ “2
arsssy
C09 CIO ClI C12iC13
CA3B
Manual pulse generator
(MPG) x 2

lIIS SIIII mu
o
E
I -O
CA4B
ETO.
CUPIB
__
COP2B.M2B M19B M20BM18B Ml B.
SIIII
M19BM2BM20BMI8BM1B CU5B C04BC03BC02B001B C09B C10BC11BC12BC13B
.Video Key Switch j Terminal unit 1 Terminal unit 3
TO I/O IKlt Terminal unit l Terminal unit 1
To 9 inch final l Type J
To 9 inch standard type TO machine sklo TO machine side To machine side
Power supply connection Mill* CRT CRT/MDI unit or
14 inch color graphic
roSv : :: ;19/in“,yp'CRT/MD'
TC4 AC200V .... 9 inch standard
CRT/MDI unit. Note) The specification connections of PCB
type or
14 inch color graphic CRT/MDI
with * mark are changed in digital
servo system. Refer to Fig. 3.6 (g).

w
ON
3.6

si
- II
=
-I IIJ 13 £
s II
gI P?
s
1I
& S BJ"
g[t> B
§
§
§ÿ8 -s§r
g £ *3 §|-s
=§* B §=>s!|! S
8
g fe
8 8
£
IIlit

D-h> ]8„
dt ~ fr
a a
ii
f|pyT-

_
nut
e -
fl3gc a— I
JitD— 5 >

s T OP— 8

ri s §flJ
-§[ÿ — •" 1M
5EH
5H
££ -g- et-j i
5 t §ÿ,+ 1 O 2r n .eg
5
o oT

sH
3 1
§{
;
-DisiJfD— 8
i S0-3 “
8
SE -D
-- 8t-
\*U1 j
-t M H
Ui
ot&

>8 |l 111,
-i S &
3S i
gi
-•§ m n
-tfihW
-ÿ¥§1 I
I ;» §cD”
a cin
rtisJ
liiPMrriÿ
8
liiDiwus
« n I\J
S£-3? =
i ‘iiA
SÿE

E
si
fÿrhl z =
kil=u 1,, 6 n ft r1]

Fig. 3.6 (d) Connecting diagram inside 10M/100M built-in type 2 and 10M/100M built-in type 2-2 cabinet

153 -
__
3.6

I
0D I
O
§
Z
£
35 Q
OO OS

I •>H hU H< Si
Jgs | *1
01§ I 4, IS
1 ga
is
I Mi
i <
o
I
5
II
L L 9 H
o
4 II®
11 C=3§ §“ fp
fiS 2 rsE S Ik
Ss eCIP JS 3 o
£5 0
gOCH - sC Lh st— a
aa
SOD— H !H S!3
| HI p
UQ rDil ifSEH 5M ?

11 SO
<
]5

:!_
Ja 5 34
2
I
b[0
BCD
3DQ
<PD
I
„ i s[D—
rflpj ec o
eE-3
§H S
S
a
p
-

HHJI
SQ
J «— -QBTPE a-3 1
4) 38 |BED
Hit §H
II iAs P +
HstO stH
A A
AistO Sf 3
JT
{ c-ÿ-g a s[ D— I
S
*<§?[ S-* e
3= |0[ 0— M
5 oS[ 0— g
t t-s
A >1 He D-
sn
3 as
£
I |S
3

-Dll
11 a
li~
<
H £ -I)
i
J
1 ® 5..
11 eM HH
§[|[hJ~I
TT 4 SI
o§ 1
fc H
So
5! J ft
TlPs
r-o ?§
<
B
(*

uh § agg
3B 6
TIT
-o
° II ll Isi l! ||!| li li 1
g£ £“ IS
s
g §ls i
x i.
4 4 *“ J,i
- *”
11
I© a
Ho
lia sal
— — I, cp
5
|
- - = -<„<*ÿ <?ÿ
~

!(Q) I® f
a:a.
§2 I oil p F£ <
“ >* C —
|* m
SI, ri ——
J,ut
ill
-L1J <J -R->,7-
P
pi
* 201

Fig. 3.6 (e) Connecting diagram inside 10TF built-in type 3 cabinet

154
3.6
s
u £8
g So 2*

& n_ Ss
It C
-i
<i
i I tin
Sj £>**
§.a 3 •

6 12 Site s-gS
Uj I 11
8IIg
PW

_:
a M!
iI
-Gl<
H
B
tZp 13 «> »d
o +•>
a a ssg
u

iS
i

E=§ 3 g s 11If
|
o

Ln Si 6*0
Hall
----
|
B*-®:
O' O'
oH CS
—Hid a

.
-0 ]S £
5 3„ 33 S s
S
p t- '? ? ?
*-§-<.* I 5
gj
11 § o
]
JX.
ZL
SgStD- rgi
|--o(0)
0 5SID- lien—
h>(3) jg[[h
g
r-aefa
-m A
;-

° s4
:•
:
fl>
o
:
£ §
5
0 —Big|E
e -4A|
i i

r°(Q) P
-0]§d |H -o(o]

r @1
€>s
a
41Hi
J g-BB
—I

S BIS S
CO co
r1
Si e
:
Pho*
ft|S UK®
o5 %l
1

2
r~ ~~ B—s
i t gfF
)
CO 3

IÿSSIlII
& &
t g|gag— I
c

fl J j
££<=
I §SS

?
g
i U«U
|po
§5 1 ifsiff
1
! !L
>
§ " t
Fig, 3.6 (f) Connecting diagram inside 10 series unbundled type cabinet

155 -
14” CRT/MDI

=' O -
£
I I
(100 series)

Standard 9”/14” CRT


°les| CD13B <£>
—& Battery
c u10 unit
CRT/MDI Small type
(10 series)
sag O
]>
®
S.D
_Tl "1ÿ as
I
Manual pulse
’ÿgenerator U U s
0 0 PMC cassette
Connection unit
or I/O unit Conversational
function card (10TF)
I/O card A -
£_ £
a
OPTION

Tl
<P
w
i i
CNl
Digital
servo
i—i
CNl
Digital
servo d 2 COP 2 o£ i
n
EE
O O O
0
n n n o
ampli¬ ampli¬ > > > £ > > >
fier for fier for K r w S woo
€ 1st axis 2nd axis Master PCB
o T1CN2 Tl CN2 d 3 CV2 1 A16B-1010-0190
Uso-EL
i
i- TT¥ d 3 CV2 2
Ln
O'
s.
</>
CD
CFE CF91CF92 CA2 CA1 CD1
o
<
E Powr Supply

I O

o
o m
£ £
TIT
CNl
F=1
E3
IT
r~i r~i —I
[
up rp
I l—
Punch panel
(For small type CRT/MDI)
CNl
c/>
CD Digital Digital
servo servo Spindle amplifier
I' ampli- ampli- Spindle control

_
fier fier Position coder
3rd axis 4th axis
Tl CN2 Tl CN2 Feedback
jggL 1st to 4th axis AC servo motor
Power
Dll bb
Ull CF
kfd, Separate type
detector
U J5 S l I — —
101CF102 CF103 CF104
l I I I I I
Servo transformer —Q 3f I T?TT Feedback of separate
type detector 1st to 4th axis

Note) Other specifications and connections than above mentioned


are same as in analog servo system u>
ON
READER/
TO TO PUNCHER
3ÿAC ACIOOV SERVO PULSE TO HOST COMPUTER INTERFACE
MOTOR ENCODER I/O
4EMG DOOR
rsw INTERLOCK SW A : UNIT
POSITION
DPL

FORMER-1 LTRANS
FORMER
- M CSA CBA CFA
r~ C V'lH -
•) ——--
-* (S) PMC ROM
-cfo
(V02 )
CASSETTE
ROM/ RAM
ACP PCB
PCB

T5 EMC
o
INTERLOCK
<3E>
1 I I 0-0
o *
-
GL <n-
6 C-3 i
&! i"i L 0—0 Oi *I I 1 I ;—0-0- O-j
L
O

REMOTE BUFFER PCBÿ
b &
S' U.V.W.C SU>SV •sw <K3 -‘ CN 2 A»I>2,3 ,4 5,6 CN2A,1’2>3>4 5,6 CN2A,1,2,3,4 5,6
7fS
__
CO
O
3*
s .
FI F2
R.S
EON, EOF.COM
-
INPUT UNIT

FNR.PNS 6o—fyoTK
<- OQ-(7ios>-0
AC SERVO AMP- UNIT
CN1 CN5 CN6
— —
I II It — I
CN1 CN6 CN5

I II I I ! — —
I
AC SERVO AMP. UNIT AC SERVO AMP. UNI

— CN1 CN6 CN5


I I I ! —
L rv&ofygp)
=K™>=) —£| J
*
I I I I LJ
CD3CD4CD11
CAT
3 U ft 3 CABM
BUBBLE
MEMORY
PCB

A
T
n ] CAN CASCAE2CAHCABCAFCAX
o
O
ON .OFF
CPI
CP4
CP2 CP 3 E 0—i 7
T Cvÿ) 7 ° t CDS
CA? CAEI CP14A
3
3
CD
O
QTZ3 an V6I (yap V82

Cvp PPCOP 2
C0P1
MASTER PCB
CP14B E CHA
|4
—I PP
3
CQ
C vi1 X VI2 ) ( v O O
© i — — i ii ii ii 1 ——
1—ii—ii—it—ti—ii—ii—i
CABCA10CA12CA1CA2CV1CF1CV2CF2CV3CF3
————
CV4 CF4 CVS CF5
1 II II II

Itti III
TAPE READER
Q. CNTI
2D
CQ
o
© WITH REELS
CD9 TAPE READER
WITHOUT REELS
n an i—i n

05
3 I II I I 1 1
k>
© CP41
O
200V
O
o
o
visa
r V81 V82 V62

I 3
l—. I L_J
CPl3 CPU
FAN m t J TO SERVO AMP.
Q. POWER CP 12 • Cvjs-0
FOR ADDITIONAL
AXES
Un CD SUPPLY < V42 >

V22
UNIT
CPME D
0+
< V4i > I C™> — \
!

O
*
vm
III GEO a !~) EZ3
LLU
ui
CD C2*D-o
1 200V
V13

IT -if
L_!
CP51 TJCOP4CP52
CONNECTION UNIT
1CBL
1
1 CDD2 CP55
CONNECTION UNIT 2
o 6 C13 C12 Cll CIO C09 C13 C12 Cll CIO C09
CD
Hi ON/OFF-
o
L2J
CP91 C0P3L-T ON/OFF 200V l_fcOP3
<voT> 9 INCH CRT/MDI UNIT 14 INCH CRT/MDI UNIT
E—
cpgcpcpcp cpcpcpcpÿ
CD

—— —
CL
CDl CA3 CMD CP24
CD
cn —
rn 1 1 r 1 I I
CD 3 CA3
i 1 rn P —1 rm
CP24 2 P
c P
o
LJ
p
O
TO MACHINE

rn rn Jt 1 » \ njH 1
a C C13 C12 Cll C09 I
u C05 C04 C03 C02 COl CIO

SL
05
3
a.
M
K I PC o
2
~i rj 1 1 o 1
L*i UiLi LJU Lfe 1 L-O
SYMBOLS CL 9 c
CO 5 Lsl 1 I •I TERMINAL
1 » I L~> \ I » I L » I
o- SCREW [
U
3 DIRECT O £-* UNIT (FOR EACH MACHINE TOOL)
CQ COUPLING TERMINAL C±3 rrn a
E
<5
2
< CO

< HONDA
(96PRO
FASTONI
o o- TERMINAL J w

s z: CO
o
CL

CD READER/ CONNECTION CDM CDP


PUNCHER INTERFACE UNIT FOR OPERATOR PANEL TO MACHINE
O
05
cr [D- HONDA
(SOP IN)

E0- BURNDY
(6PIN)
rrr
CM4 CM3 CM2 CM1 I
3 HONDA
<D
CD- (20PIN)
OOO
E B- BURNDY

It
(SPIN)
YAMAICHI MPGX3 TO OPERATOR PANEL

Ph OPTICAL
FIBER
[D- D-SUB Note) The specifications and connections of PCB with * mark
in digital servo system. Refer to Fig. 3.6 (m).
aie changed

oo
REMODE
TAPE READER POSITION
DPL
TO HOST COMPUTER READER/
J/0 PUNCHER
UNIT INTERFACE
i CSA ©

DOOR INTERLOCK PMC ROM CBA CFA


F r
< V02 > cassette ROM/ RAM ACP
& £4=53 @@© PCB
PCB

AC200V
INTERLOCK
OQR , S ,G FNR. FNS O
INPUT UNIT
09EON .EOF,COM ± v
< V05 >
< V180>
m CN3 CNl CN2
REMOTE BUFFER PCB
I CN5 CN4
F—1 CP11-
ON, OFF CP4
a 133 * _
E — —
a
CPl CP 2 CP 3 V14 TAPE READER. I Ii I I 1 r-. rL
*n
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 WITHOUT REELS [ V54 V27
ST CD3ICD4CA11
CAT .J BUBBLE
MEMORY
to
OE] a CNTl [ VZ4 CABM PCB |

w 1
200V
O *
o 4]] CD5
CAN CAS CAE2 CABÿÿ'CAX
CP14A
*
L_J 0&
!
CD CAP CAEI ADDITIONAL
fyfofyiT) COP1 J AXES PCB
VI8-1
<w> a MASTER PCB
O
o
1 11 i DU ±
COP2 *-
r~CAB
CAIO
CA12
CAI
CA2
cvi
CFl
cv2
CP14B

CF2CV3-CF3
E CHA

CV4ICF4-CV5 CF5
3
3
© L... 1 I LU
t nnnnrhnrunnnn n 1—inj —11
(XpD o
o
r+
CP13 CPU nnDDnnnnQnnczi Qa
CP 12
3
to
CvoID
Power vis?
c_ Supply
03
tO UNIT
CP»E B <vrr>
4-
03
I 3
3
<w>
Ln in 1
E
J
1
00

I
a tr o o
o
tr cb tr CD t±D G_D

ON/OFF 200V YJC0P3 LU


CP 51
ljJC0P4
CP52 I%» U-J
CDD2
LDU
CP55
E-
t-
CONNECTION UNIT'l
"
14 INCH CRT/MDI UNIT CONNECTION UNIT 2 a
9 INCH CRT/MDI UNIT t
O

V31
I nm
CDlr—
F—1 1 1—
, j—|CA3CMD CP 24
CD1 CA3 CMP CP 24 C13 C 12 Cll CIO C09 Cl 3 Cl 2 Cll CIO C09 z
c o
i—'
C H
CL
23
o
a
o
U~
c
? READER/ MPG
Rtnu-
TTTTT TTTTT a a o
a a
0- CL
g a
O
a
a
2
o
<4

3
D5D
READER/PUNCHER 20mA C/L —
PUNCHER
1 20mA C/L
(See 9 INCH MACHINE
w w
= 2ÿ
<
2 E-
r.51 r*i 1 < 1 03
INTERFACEi /o INTERFACE CRT/MDI) *
C±D tzn 3: 3 KJ a
*o
G3 SYMBOLS 1 CDML _ j LUJ COS C04 C 03 C 02 coi Cl 3 C 12 Cll CIO COS
m4 rsn r~©~i r<r~i r~j~i TO VELOCITY
o
03

- CUP ©DIRECT
LING
© O-S CREW j
TERMINAL
CONNECTION CDP
UNIT FOR OPERATOR PANEL LAJ L_iU L_*JLAJ U5J
TERMINAL UNIT
LAJ 1 •
1 1 » 1 1 1 1
(FOR EACH MACHINE TOOL) I
i"Tfi CONTROL UNIT
PULSE ENCODER
O'
3
HONDA
( 96 PIN)
o o-F ASTON
TERMINAL
o 1
[CM 4 CM3 CM2 CMl
Li J
[J HONDA
( 50 PIN) --
r P BURNDY
( 6PIN) ©Q©
©

TO OPERATOR PANEL
To MACHINE

rl ri_ HONDA

...
MPG x 3
U li"( 20 PIN) Note) The specifications and connections of PCB with
E EhBURNDY
Iff YAM Al CHI
OPTICAL
r
(

-D SUB
3PIN)
* marktoare
Refer
changed in digital servo system.
Fig. 3.6 (m).
FIBER

cs
REMODE POSITION
TAPE READER DPL
TO HOST COMPUTER READER/ !
I/O PUNCHER
UNIT INTERFACE
: CSA

DOOR INTERLOCK",
‘ PMC ROM CBA CFA
r-u PAN C3C 2 CASSETTE ROM/ RAM ACP
o ©@© J L_ PCB
LJ L
_ PCB
j

o CN3 CNI CN2 n


INTERLOCK
LI? - j-.
REMOTE BUFFER PCB H njÿy
AC200V 06R, S ,GFNR. FNS <HD
INPUT UNIT
EON.EOF.COM*
-OQ ON, OFF CP4ÿ
via
*
TAPE READER,.
*
UUU
O
cpi CP2ICP 3 b tr

ID
V14

rm m m
WITHOUT REELS
CNTl !
-21CD3ICD4CA11
CAT
u LL Li CABM
BUBBLE
MEMORY
PCB |
V24
*
-n i

_?
200V
C * HI] CD 5
CAN CAS CAE 2 CABCaF|CAX
CP14A
c5‘
1

CvLQCviD C0P1
CAP

J
CAE1
0& -J ADDITIONAL
AXES PCB
w v; QD a3 MASTER PCB
C5
<HL>
C0P2
i p-j CA10 CA1 CVl CV2
CP14B
E CV41CF4ICV5
CHA

O
L 11 LD -3- “1 CA8 CA12
i nnnnnnnn nnn
CA2 CFl CF2*CV3,CF3
— —
I II II II I — CF5

O CP 13 CPU (XL ? nannooannnn QQ
3 CP 12
3 rvon
T
O Power
o
3
Supply
UNIT
CP 14 bQ <m>
CQ
I Q.
5* <3H>

n
CO
Ln CD
V43 :
VO

i
3
3
±Q-CmTy
l cb u
r?
a
O
tr Fit U LLJJ j
Q.
cP2ii—icopÿj' ON/OFF 200V [JC0P3 CP 51 ycoP4 CP 52
U-J ULU
CP55 fr-
E~
O CDD2
CD T0N/0FF 14 INCH CRT/MDI UNIT CONNECTION UNIT 1 CONNECTION UNIT 2 C_
CL
fr- ? CS

H CDI
r~i m f 1 1——
9 INCH CRT/MDI UNIT
i
cm CA3 CMD CE24 C13 C 12 Cll CIO C09 C13 Cl 2 Cll CIO C09 2 3
o fr-
3
o o
3

O’
c
V31

L
npsicM0
WMg
PUNCHER MPG
po
TTTTT TTTTT
! Q
3
CL
a Q
Csl
Kl
CL
ce
N
q
u
u
2
C
INTERFACE w
-J20mA C/L ee <
77. fr¬
3 RS232C 20mA C/L (See 9 INCH MACHINE O 3 < < CO
O
I/O INTERFACE CRT/MDI) r
1 i 3 2 Z CO CL
< l I C05 C04 C03 C02 C01 C.l 3 Cl 2 Cll CIO C09 j;
SYMBOLS I J ryi ro'H 1 T 1 1 T 1 1 9 1 i TO VELOCITY
CONNECTION CDMli— CDP
CD
CONTROL UNIT
o •
- -•DIRECT
CUPLING
C ©-SCREW!
TERMINAL
_
UNIT FOR OPERATOR PANEL
L_*J l_±J L*J
TERMINAL UNIT
• 1 •
i i i ~fl i i » I L*_l
(FOR EACH MACHINE TOOL)
i
PULSE ENCODER
05
HONDA o o-FASTON —
]CM4 CM3 CM2 -CMl
I I I-f I-1 I
LI
m ij
O- ! l
( 96 PIN) TERMINAL
3
CD
HONDA
So-
To MACHINE
(50 PIN)
r1 n HONDA
BURNDY
( 6PIN) OQQ >/ÿ

TO OPERATOR PANEL
MPG x 3
u Lr( 20 PIN) BURNDY
YAMAICHI E 0- ( 3PIN)
Note) The specifications and connections of PCB with
changed in digital servo system.
* maiktoare
.
OPTICAL
FIBER
[0 D-SUB Refer Fig- 3.6 (m).

U)

Cs
A C2 0 0V
TO HOST COMPUTER
[ O REMOTE
UNIT TAPK READER
READER/
PUNCHER
INTERFACE n:
POS >TtON
DPI.
i ;

I CS A

— DOOR INTERLOCK

n
(MD FAN PMC ROM CBA CF A
?ÿ)
6 £ Lrts ©@© _
i I
CASSETTE
RO14 RAM ACP PCB
:

LO< TRANS'
r'ORKER
l i Lf:;,.?*':
vOgEFi-Qy . »i* ™> •™
INTERLOCK
m ! CM3 CNI
REMOTE BUFFft PCB
I CN5 Of 4 CPI
r—i r—i
CN2
[: £j—<S3>-
PC

:
[ÿ 'INPUT LN IT
OOSON. KOP.COM -<SW— °±
1
ON. O Fr CP4
E El—cvio— Fp t=] uuu
Lÿl- S—|_ DL„ y0
C™
fP2 m BUBBLE
3!
01 CD 3 CD4CA1 1
TAPE READER
rm m WITHOUT REE CV2/0 CAT 4> MEMORY
:

ca m LJ CABM PCB
a -o-
l_? r
7 L-o
20 0V r
41 CD5
CAN CASICAB2JCAH CAB CAK TAX

CPI 4 A fl ADDITIONAL
£
5 CAP CAEI
Efr O AXESPCB

F
Cyp<Q> MASTER PCB
o i»g issp
l \p <vn> a ]T3COPi
O
3
CP4i
CD9 >1- - (V22> '—jC0P2CA10 CA12 CA1CA2CV1CF1CV2CF2CV3CF3
0 CHA

i
o
CL 1 1 [ i i
EZl
m
o
9 H
Q i i rn i i i 1 1 ii —— i i i \ i ——
ii \ i i —-— —
CV4ICF4CV5ICF5
1 II II II I
CO)
S' CPI 3 CPI 1
(2 CPI 2 •
9: POWER is:
03 SUPPLY
UNIT CPl4fI B <sn>
s
i 3

n
5' 7=-!
03
O & — —
I <S3> i L
I i u A tl cb n omtn trl cm

__ —
"? CP2lLEJCOp7y' O

O
s
GO ONÿ2OOVCOP31J CPSl UC0P4CP52 CDDI
CONNECTION UNIT 1
L J LL—J
CDD2 CPS 5
CONNECTION UNIT 2
fi"£ 0.
D
P: c
§

cr
c
—i r4
C D1CA3
i
P5.CP24
P 1 i—i CD 1 CA3
I i rn
CMP CP2 4
m
03 O 2 CI 1 CIO C09 Cl 3 Cl 2 Cl l CIO
m H
D
o
1 § z
L>

'HI
mm racm s
=?
3
i
READER/'
PUNCHER '
INTERFACE
?TTTT TTTTT TO MACHINE
00
Q
g
Su
00
N2
ci

z z
O
3
< w

READER/PUNCHER 20mA C/l. gt =l


u (
IS INTERFACE . Srf 9 INCH
CRT/MDI trl cm COS C 04 CO 3 C02 C01 C13 CI2 CI 1 CIO C09 3C
O CO
N5
2
SYMBOLS ryi np ryn nsn
_i_ HJ
1
ryn
1
rru g~i i s.
T 1 r •1 rs i TO VELOCITY
CONTROL UNIT
DIRECT © O-TK!KM NAt.
il-M
I
UONNKCT ION
LsJ ! ! I—®J L-g-J iijT±i i_g_j L_gj i i PULSE ENCODER
UNIT KOtt OPERATOR PANEL
COUPLING CM2 CMI I TERMINAL UNIT (FOR EACH MACHINE TOOL)
3 o
CM-S CM3
Jj
m
r+ HONDA AL
( 9 6P IN)
HONDA
tn cp cÿp np
[D- ( 5 OP IN)

fr BURNDY
_ ( 6P IN) o©o
i
TO OPERATOR PANEL
TO MACHINE

r n HONDA MPG x 3
LI Q-( 20PJN) _ _ BURNDY Note) The specifications and connections of PCB with
3PIN)
YAMAICHI\2
Ltt r—T.OPT I CAL
j_D- SUB
* mark are changed in digital servo system.
Refer to Fig. 3.6 (m).
IBER

CN
3.6

5 SC o-
m.
5 m
as
m
fi
pg
£[ Q
D-
Q
is
3
CO—
*[ D **
E I
P
a£a 8I H] r *![[]— PH
-si
+J

ggg
5
I n SC 0- 11s 2[ n -
£ E[ D- 3
8
p
r~T~is
I
gg
i sc Q
SC Q
a SC D
g
41 ]i CD
_n npCD—
— ii 2U
§•£
8g

lil sr
I “L 0—
S’S-S
g

in
.<=£=] 5

J
sc D-
SC Q
sc 0
rQ
P.l 2[ []--
GDI SC
m
*1a
£ ]s 3 SC Q
1r ]g
3. e
Czij i—i n ri 'k
;sc [> I
II I
ra c=i na s It.CO *
is g[sE --
-
§
§e
1 s-
M
t -a 5UWU
j-B gg sc __l
D±1 >s

lie—OPP i=i P JlEhÿ-BipBO-il


? i-j ]s|cn——1 s
WM&K D* e
pc

ooi
;ll4—a 38|*I G Chn o-l
{=)

C-OO-O
4 uz 0-1 Higa-J ?
fHit =>-
8 i
{3
> II
3
0
a 0-
Q
02
-0

U0
tb rO (D SI
L—J a| -o® °«*si-eD rCl|
la
Si

-l>oo 6 o
Lj Reader/punchei
U interface
If sE EH la
Si
Aicb ch
a d ||
|» j|
:
E.E S sr 3= 0

T| i\ aE EH
-11CSEEHH3DS“
3 0-@—B Di II
cizi cC] rzizs

1 jt %I S 5te
It -{= —
2
t
ti"
EZCD db tEl
—11 U

Fig. 3.6 (I) Connecting diagram inside 11/110 series unbundled type cabinet

161
14” CRT/MDI
(For 110 series)
Reader/puncher interface

Near zero signal


LJ
CD13B
External position display
o

9”/14” CRT/MDI
(For 11 series) PMC Cassette

Connection unit ROM/RAM board


or I/O unit
Conversational function
card (11M-F, 11TT-F)
Bubble memory

uu u u _
Tl
CQ _I
I I_i £_
l 1 4>
CA11CA12CD3 CD4 ,
I
0001000
CN1 CN1 CN1
CO ]=]COP2 n o OCi O
>
O Q QOo
05 Digital Digital Digital Master
£w >
x r > >
W EJ w
> i> >
u:
servo servo servo PCB
3 ampli- ampli- ampli-
C"v s
fier
A16B-1010
fier fier -0 200
O 1st axis
T1 CN2
2nd axis
T1CN2
3rd axis
T1 CN2
Tape
reader
J CAT
10 CP14A|j
1 <Q
rm rm m CPI 4B[l
s> <>-o CD5
ON nn nn nn Power supply
to © CA8 CA1ACA2ACA1B CA2B CFE CAP
I o
r~i n r~i m n-n i
Tj? Position coder
2nd spindle
1 Spindle amplifier J (1ITT only)
O
c/>
©
2.
©
C/3
Position coder
Spindle amplifier } 1st spindle

Servo amplifier
of 4th and
Servo transformer 5 th axis High speed skip
C±]
u
H3 3§3 9 9 Adapter for separate

C3
HU Hi HU C£F type detector
3 3 Q Q Q n o
MU JQ. -ÿ31 M3 3s
“*03 I—*
"=3
I—* )—»

9 ng-
© oo-o© ©
Ox
g *-* to w rfi. cn
Power line of
AC servo motor
C3
W5T
o
ri3 31 es£-
g H3 3l o
nnn nn
HD “is9 s3 mi!
_o 3
a HD ns Separate type detector
AC servo motor feedback for 1st to 5th axis
feedback of
1st to 5th axis Note) Other specifications and connections than above
mentioned are same as in analog servo system

ON
3.6

r~ •i
fDQQR n
i
i Add [INTERLOCK ©@@(g) i

U01
BASIC CONTROL UNIT
i
l
I
!
Locker
Interlock O my i
i
I
I
BASIC HACK I
PANEL II I 8
fluiSg. 0-7- OD- Q ipl (INTI
TBZ TB3 FNS
I
I 3$

wteE
u.
l--Q*3CP2
1CP
-INT4)
(1-4) FNR OO
U.V.W.G
F1>F2(Jo-{ Trans io-)
tE2J-0<{> Former
1
1
AC
200 "550V
50/COHz
z pWlf CD9~

s 200RI'X>./
200S1 U 1
}
CEID—-
1 1

1
J
i
I
I
-il g A q EMC

1
CND CNECRG C EON EMG SWITCH 1
MCC1 OUT
E — —/
Z 3t{ —-I7TT5
(vro EOFF
ON/OFF COM MCC2
J
Machine
o o
<
Z
oR
{:
mCNTlÿHiT
200V
W fi,
o
AC100V 10
(MACHINE)
i

BASIC BACK inJ u-ucti *


PANEL I
linn } HOST
COMPUTER
£<
ft. z
3D 0 § m
CD
Kffl C D-
u I
"1 Reader' puncher interlace
3
3
<
es o
z
Oil - HIGHSPEED D1
-**• HIGHSPEED
* POSITION CODER
DO
<
z 0)4 C -s- S ANALOG OUTPUT

CD3ri[>
*ÿ
POSTION DPL I
POSTJON DPLII
ggCAlOCO *ÿ
ANALOG INPUT
o
ft. gÿCAlOCO P -ft J
SJO CA2CO rz
T21 ON/OFF r
O

ul g CAlCO I=CP2r rJ "OO co


Sp"- cm GET S. I Jo z

S 7.
<
5
03 So
<9*
.Uiss CDl C
D- it
III
\h
l-S
0
8s

ft. o ‘2
CD
o| N I
1
£ o
6 OS-SD CO—
<
>3 - CA17ACO 1
gi| aii-ÿ—up qo— rI OPERATOR
°V gCA17BCQ- l
jr
£
-
T
*
g(JS£CA18
°n5SC0,>I
-

S&copz_3=a--v
CO
— C lrffei5
M..IS _a
:

1
c M
itid
PANEL
co—
CD—.
3 I nil 1 INDUCTSYN
1 ) PKE AMP
2 4- } INDUCTSYN
21 4 SLIDER

en
1 NEAR ZERO
cog
s
S|P II
-i*.

e t rC1 J at
3
CNS
a. CN2
35 L
!
MOTOR
(RESOLVER)

t VSIa -a CN5>g
o- 1st— 3rd u.

r
A I DC:MOTOR

<fTZ CF51C O
•zU o CF52 c
SJ— o
'l—
e~c: / (PULSE
ENCODER)
Axes co
.J

o -a-a CN6 |S ) AC:MOTOR CO

s
OH
s
£
<nZ CVlc o
CV2C C>
CF53C
V5la
V5U) 3 o£
CN5gg
u 3
34 60-
IK5&0
ww

-o —o- }
(PULSE
ENCODER)
} SERVO MOTOR
S
CO
o
N

V51c
<->Y* CV3C O
®i V51b a
?N1-S K J
</>
in

Pill
O
N
MID -a j a. CN2 U)
a.
£ o cw ?g cow V)
z
U CA 12 co -a 7-7
<« V>

RK.J_
«o o
V51c z
-a o
o
X

u }INDUCTSYN
r* T >3
PRE AMP << a
72
1 1NDUCTSYN 4th' 5th
Axes Si Si
I.C
*
./SLIDER
JQ

NEAR ZERO E53


\(RESOLVER)
MOTOR «!) 8 c'o
O O
< CF51c 0{:" DC:MOTOR

-}
z AC:SKRVO AN I*
* (PULSE ?i
V o CF52C \>{±J tNCODtJcj > > -)

g CF52C SERVO AMP

mm
>0
£
ul
WZ
§8
CVIC
CV2C
o A
CNCCND
C3
TUT V
COP 4 t»a9A. OI399A
1099H
5U CV3C IF01A
CNAO CNA1 CNA6 t
tili *L?
< "CNAS -CNA10 UV

QH
CF31 cS o
OK32 «=
CK7? =[C=H—
|al "g||g C23A <
Q
a: SHS 0f "2.1E
—-- ±24E
O-
Z.S .5
lixss
S E

T--T
CAL2«c 1/3
-J
6A
r
I
J
>ÿ
3S —LIT UU LI

I EXTERNAL COM DI DO, V)

S16 ol I I/O UNIT


v
N-
4- 60ÿ 1 MACHINE
L

Fig. 3.6 (n) Connecting diagram inside 12/120 series free-standing type cabinet A
(when one of synchronous operation, hybrid control or double check is not performed in 5 or less axis control)

163 -
3.6

U01
BASIC CONTROL UNIT
BASIC BACK
PANKI.il I
Lfcg. cmas-j {KT}
I

L
i
i

;
Add
Locker
Interlock

nCPi TIJZ
__ J
r'DOOR
i

i
INTERLOCK

T$3
O

FNS
@©@@
TYY7
~j
i
i
1
i
!
I
[
\

Cf
-
30
sPsiicpi,fgJ
BE]—
:rP9 IINTl
— INT4)
Cl 4)
U-V.W.G
FNR Oc> i
t— AC

200 550 V
mn-o J
CPU 0 ] CP3 Input
F1.F2 DO-{ I 50/601Iz
—ixm—
O’ Trans OO—t
Q
CPJI
f3 ]CIM 200R1 Ky~{
I l‘'(irmcr [ I

0T gM so | cm ,
/-oAT- x EON
2oos) -Ji my
i
CNDCXE CNTG
f--t-S
H —tsa—/ HoLJrT KMC
EOFF MCCl OUT
:Fi
{ KMG
SWITCH I

3E-{
IO
ON/OFF COM MCCZ
<
X —m3
32M\
) OX - o—o o
Too --
_
Machine
X
X>
33 J
C 4T1
gg r1
in
ACIOOV lA
(MACHINE)

BASIC BACK 5 J w Lr-ii


PANEL l bw HOST
QE COMPUTER
0.
3 iflT- rm
E]
WP
i o
<U {: Q
“I Reader ‘puncher interface

*oil
£< HIGH SPEED D!
S ’-J HIGH SPEED DO
POSITION CODER
< croc S ANALOG OUTPUT


X POSTION DPI, 1
CD3C POSTION DPLII
y CAJSC o ANALOG INPUT
££ CAIOC
o £§ CA2C o Hi
_i

U CZ CAIC O l'S
X
CN7[ B-1 ICKO1
3CMD-
IS
fc -O0 3
[> J L.j
w <
-S
S
wC § E
fa £
-8 cm C
I <a.
O
a. 5
as
S3

s1 o
CM
o
< E0--@D CD—]
SH ajCAlMC o y§5 3IE— —HE CO— ?OPERATOR
-V SCA)7BC
5HD C PANEL
a. 5(j-[tCAl8
ofSSCOP1
C D' -(ViD—
{ — I , n-OS
Lrÿ3 Jp c
5|| CO¬
r- Y *
COP2 <
3 llsi CO— J
p 1INDUCTS YN "l
I-

&
~
3pS sPF3 1
CAI2 r D
m
O
7X
/PRE
}
AMP
INDUCTSYN
SLIDER
NEAR ZERO

X
SM
S
<
£2?
<
t rO
CN5
*£ -y5
T >9.
a. CN2C0
3.4 oO-'
L
n
MOTOR
(RESOLVER)

DC:MOTOR 1st -3rd C0


5 V51a
D3 56
r
\
i
> (PULSE Axes

mg CF51 C O' CN1 — io


J ENCODER)
1 AC:MOTOR
ei
x
CE52C s
Ip H CF53C MID -D 0 /(PULSE
a
evic O V5U CR6 I ENCODER)
3 u ISo VSlb oE i2r
z
u
CV2C V51c 2 JO V51b
CN5 >g 3.4 >o— I
*2 } SERVO
MOTOR
CV3C
<
> 3NIJ- 5.6 yo— HU,
-a
L?) } INDUCTS YN
CO

—\ o

ulif|1
CF32R cs PRE AMP
|m -
C=} S
HD- -a 3 &. CN2{
CN6 S- ,°oT (ÿ}- —o
«rO—o
E } Sl.IDER
JNDUCTSYN
w
a.
W)

£
M
si!
§g"CF61C
o -n T <Z 1?
?N5 >2 3.4 6oJ 0
S
p
D V51c
a 2? } PULSE CO
CF62C CN1 ENCODER z-
CF63 c 3 O
<=ÿ K
S CAlZc D- 'A -K
X3
} NEAR ZERO ,

--
a, D
} INDUCTSYN 1 -1 -J is
¥
M
O
Q CA 12
/ PREAMP < < .a
e
C
g

ISoig
<
S
A
[— T INDUCTSYN
/SLIDER
NEAR ZERO
X MOTOR
|| e2
u-H v;H c 3
S

1 (RESOLVER) A <!> co
o o
< CF51C o{: J lDC:MOTOR
- u
> AC:SERVO AMP >
u 5 CF52C o{- a >
} ‘SERVO
(PULSE ENCODER)
» Hill3
Q
•D
CF52C CK-J AMP 4lh— 6ih
£ H Axes
CV1L O “tu LLU
u
z
CV2C O'
CV3C O-
CMC CiND C0RU
1F01A
ll)«*9A
ID-JOB
otyj<jA
£ } INDUCTSYN
PRE AMP
da tL tU
CNAI CNA6 inrtn inrÿ
CNAO -CNA5 -CNA10
< b } INDUCTSYN
.lip g a O SLIDER
<
g
gaiiii
UJ CA12 f Da
Sÿg 4- + 24K ~C22E
C2?.A

n
-i”i>
£ } PULSE
ENCODER V)
9.:
*—« •*
c
' •-*
fXi
O
c c
•— 0m
O Q

I
<J) U> M W
a. -I
:ÿÿ:
«Q
£
CE6I C 0~
CF62C
—"

r“
il I
NEAR ZERO O
cn
7r.
5 g CF63C O I
< g CA12C } ) EXTERNAL , COM 1)1
v
DO, (f)

I I/O UNIT
4 jo—pza—oi I MACHINE
_J

Fig. 3.6 (o) Connecting diagram inside 12/120 series free-standing type cabinet A
(when one of synchronous operation, hybrid control or double check is performed in 6 or less axis control)

164
r~
01P14 0IP13 01P09 01P07 0IP06 01P08 01P10 01P04 01P03 DIP02 01P01 01PI7
CNB CNA CNC CNB CNA CNA CNC
-o
CNC CNA CNB CNA CNB CNA CNC CNB CNA CNC CNB CNA CNC
-OCZF- -OCZH=J-
CNA CNA CNA
>
a CNA
ni CNF CNP - C3C
>2
SPINDLE ADD DETECTOR MA1N > C/I £2
ADD
BUFFER I CONTROL
n
(PULSE TYPE) (DSCC TYPE!
DSCG
INT
AXES
CONTROL
AXIS
CPU
SUB
CPU BUFFER
nna o n
MAIN
CPU
PERIPHERAL
CONTROL ROM
/RAM
ACP zo
3=
PCROM
0& n -BLE
n
BUB
SUPPLY z c. n
3:
r = Ct
POWER

o o n ol r. GGGQGQ g3EQQ8 non o o>> > n o nQ Q2 p sms UNIT


S Q S o> o
>ÿ
>
b5 2 Si £

c3 05 -v) "
>
n — o MEM
CNT 2 •ORY G ri o n
> o
2 2 IS = “ z

-j
to
o w n—3_ m H
n n n n mn innnnn Hn nnnnnn Mn n n n n n
PJ M N5 H ty; “O <ÿ> 10
n—n p-n F-nin A A nnn mnnn n n n S3
n cp ? 1 1 r 33
Irni Jrp) Fpl 177 7 one PGoanQ 7? 7 Irpi O

r
AP00
T §3
O [0
u
r
c
5
REMOTE> s c -4

IP i1 3 BUFFER1
C
: -1
£ o>
n r—1 m
no 1
o
3 P-U ;rj o
*5

c*

Cs
i
> “
a
£5
c: TAPEM
WITHOUT
REELS IV
TAPE READER
WITH REELS
n
0
ZX > z
Hz «K o
a “
>
c-
_. H:::gD? [B-ÿ Bis: *

it¬
BASIC
INTERNALS
TYPE
I/O UNIT
V5rp

- 9ES
er
—) TZTTP
- -[gTT]
S

m
&ES<X
"I-
fIII< =0
rZ 4K7-J o
Elll
1 ’ 3 1 jj
"H o c o o n
~
i~ L~r i r
c
z
=3 k
5
J
3 55
9 INCH _ Z «—
3
H N"
4ÿ Co
*w.

C>0
M

2 I

{}>> J
3 1
1

CRT/MDI UNIT S' -PKTTT t/i

> .
I
-
c«(-\ tit;
CC CO
ggj |S INPUT
=r;z . D
§ nn rm IM nmn UNIT
Ui 1
1 '
'ÿ*
v»- c>
c 6000 I
tTJ ST3Z
•25 I
C7N
Ln
I
L3
/

°P§I91| ! i
'3T

Reader* puncher interfacel


I apo
o. w
pÿi
V — 1 20mA C/L J On r-
8
3011
o
60
14INCH
CRT/MDI
UNIT
—— 00
o-
o o<>
r?
O.

nn HFI
Oo-
©
GmJ O ©
(D
L j CONNECTION L
UNIT FOR ®
f!
"i
1
OPERATOR
PANEL ta
li—d LUJ
ern m
OOO
1

5ÿ5
! 7 !rt/\0
T u i\l\ 1
\l
r MPGX3
if M| VA
11 a 31

HI s si — Hi sg §Hi s| 5<o S3 Q
Z
“ =
11
c 00 £ 0= I

li>! jnO >0


c
V
||g
OOO
XX Sc 3*

SU J
b § § O N
•Ji Sen ra
-J
£0 *0
c
o “ C
< '-< a -<
c/i
IliSs 2 I >~3 -3

li-1
“ a m
o
c
c
t/3
"3
O B Z Z o 2; z "3
rr>.
0“ 5 50 pÿ
Si
H
-3
E H
O
S2 3

cn
1st —3rd
=
<y

Axes <
SYMBOLS r
n

4
rtQ_50Pin
HONDA
96Pin
R_ BURNDY
(6Pin)
n- BURNDY
(3PIN)
HIROSE
PASTON
o o- TERMINAL
o o- SCREW
TERMINAL
* : HOUSING'S SPEC IS MR-20L BMH/20LBEH
n
[=D_20P)n. cfV OPTICAL
„ FIBER n means number
C > 20Pin IL_ YAMAICHI of cables. CO
ON
Fig. 3.6 (p) Connecting diagram inside 12/120 series free-standing type cabinet B (a)
(when more than 7 axes are controlled)
02P09 02P09 02P06 02P08
05P0? -05P09 -05P06 -05P06 -Q5P08 0IP15
>C
C3> CNP CNC n CNC CNA CNC CNA CNB CNA CNC CN8 CNA 2~> 2S
§ |-C3- >>o a
=58
~ POWER
rO
DSCG DSCG ADD DETECTOR AXES AXIS ADD
200 o
O
SUPPLY INT 2 INT (PULSE TYPQ (D50G TYPEJ CONTROL r-
CPU BUFFER II 2
> UNIT nnnnnnn o ci n H

If
n
>§§11 oo o QQ Q
— -s
2 53
2 II
nm
2
o fj UM-UN

nnnnnnn
>332332
PO WIO

nnnnnnn
S £ 53S2(SSSt5 <
~ln n n n nDHtirinf
w ro
nnn nnn — —
< < M is: 3?
2
U

rwi fi—n
2 2 O
M u

n—ii
I

[ml Im]
£ pnnannn oc"? 999
Em! 2
o

9900
|[j CMMÿ>j>||[ 0000
< < <
1 ft Cr

UM1
§ 1
1
.ADD
INTERNAL 0
9.1 s
o
P>2
TYPE % 0
£°r
*1S3
1/0 UNIT 2
o -OP -
1
o
1:
06 2
T

R
2
§
o
so
3
c?
i
U5
2 1 1 5
>
1
2
2
rr
2—» 03 10!if ~

1 ? 0

s n T SQ n on §

V1' 1M

2
n m-o r;
11 5BSS Z
ra
p"2 55|
SggSg > zc ag”g R

gsqgq
53
IN
ra
50
nr
ow
5W

2
Sqgq
•< -<
soSsSo°o
’ fblg
S
R
II >0
2H
O
2 2
53 •<
R 2 2
13th-loth 4th- 15th 4 th -12th
Axes Axes Axes

ON
Fig. 3.6 (q) Connecting diagram inside 12/120 series free-standing type cabinet B (b)
(when more than 7 axes are controlled)
r

02P07 02P06 01P07 01P06 01P05 01P04 01P03 0IP02 OIPOI 0IPI7
CNA CNB CNA CNCCNBCNA CNCCNB CNA CN'C CNA CNA CNA cs S3 C3C

a
CNC CNC CNA
CNC
rQ
CNC CNA jj.g CNF CNP
>2
2
DSCG DSCG AXES /.MAIN PERIPHERAL PCROM POWER >w
zo r:
INT
AXES
CONTROL INT CONTROL
AXIS
ADAPTOR BUFFER
n c nnp
MAIN
CPU CONTROL /RAM
AGP
zo
M C3
r- CAS ni„ BUB
-BLE
SLY n
O
QQ2Q2GG ooo o o>>> n o n> > oQ > SETTS
>332322
n nnnnnn
<<<333
N »- «
n n nn nn
W
tZZZZZZ <<<222.
~ n.no
nnnnnnn nnn
w C*J t>ÿ t>s
— -
*-fl »-3
3
>
JUlnnn
00
S 7, >
-a n n n n n n
og “O
CNT
P—n
|® 111 rr» m *o
z
=o H
70

o CÿT)
JJ DD V7 ??
PUPPljl l K? <i?S?
t AODD
T VC’C1?
IS-c=>/ I
[3
[jj G 3 c
z
H

il-
<
Cn
< <
in in REMOTE
BUFFER
c- a>

rj

n1 i i—i

---
QDp
o ctLfi CJJ
L"§> !

}
TAPE READER
WITHOUT
u~u
s
TAPE READER
WITH REELS 0
I| INTERNAL
TYPE
n
o
HESS-
"K
REELS
c «h
n
> I/O UNIT ~rn
r* 2
bQoo o-{

o
OON
if-

T
JIII- cO- •l|-
— GTT
1T
O
2 -
2 i (

zz =I
> no 9
I 5 0 j0§ » ift> "TTS J -orh i f
J
z 3
9 INCH
C RT/MDI UNITzOO-
£
-
E B- £3?

-CKUP
*z sill
I c
iO COCO CO io
92 0 £ g -n "0
INPUT

is umm
i

i>
3
n n P—n rm
D
less
22*
UNIT
z
;

r T»
2" i_
5° 73 -P3
-"*J - t-
I I 1 Reader* puncher interface
gR
ro P.
sup r-
'
siko V 20mAC/L
X
I §S 112 &>•* R
N3
14INCH I 25 s 9ggr“'i 3

CRT/MDI i 8
UNIT (D
u
L J i
nn Hm
FrD EID i
©
i
CONNECTION
UNIT FOR I
X
OPERATOR
PANEL fckt

L J CD
CD
HI iiii
ffl ffl i n nn n
©OQ
MPCX3 TJ!g°
I ir. n
m
n

TTTT 111*18! ! 11 03 S§•1ig


1®I1|II| l|
-jagg's- s| »s
> 2:°P3S
2
3
22 -
s=
BnOÿ
n>
Pi
2
O
c/:
"<
Z z
70
<
c
>
2
"0
JII
§
m
5 >
1
g;
1 1
p sq >q
Sg ||
S o i?
2:
- X
11
n$>
3 ilsilll f
1 C
H
i\
L_?

OOfvv
od-*
Si

•~t»i
N
cn
O
Cn -t- »
70 *~ <
SYMBOLS W ; W 1
«*>
n
CL
HONDA
J 96Pin
TCUBURNDY
OO-MDKAL
Q_ 50Pin
(3PIN)
ca-HIROSE
©Q-STNAL : HOUSING'S SPEC IS MR-20LBMH/20LBFH
n
20Pin, c[
_ c/J-OPTICAL
_ FIBER
20Pin n means number
[>_ jj[£- YAMAICHI of cables. Fig. 3.6 (r) Connecting diagram inside 12/120 series built-in type cabinet u>
ON
(when one of synchronous operation, hybrid control,
double check system is not performed in 6 or less axes control)
r
i
02P09i 02P06 02P08 02P07 01P09 0IPO6 OIPOS 0IPC7 01P04 01P03 01P02 OIPOl 0IP17
CNA CNC CNA CNB CNA CNC CNA CNC CNA CNB CNA CNC CNC CN8<CNACNC CNB CNA CNC CNA CNA CNA c= CNA CNF CNP a rac:
.ADD DETECTOR DSCG ADD DETECTOR MAIN “°1 > Ha rO- £
>2
(PULES TYPE]
norm! QQGGQGQ
(DSCG DTE)
AXES
CONTROL
AXIS
CPU INT
concnoo noon!
(PULSE TYPE) (DSCG DTE)
conorion
AXES
CONTROL
AXIS
CPU
DSCG
INT
SQS8SSS
BUFFER
nQ c a d
MAIN
CPU
PERIPHERAL
CONTROL
non n n _ ROM
/RAM
ACP
:2cc
PCROM
CAS-
BUB POWER 2ÿ o
HI
•BLE SUPPLY
UNIT r? o
o
> 3 2 s >3332*2
k>- n n n nln nnnnnn
nooQ$S
<
W
<< V
W
cX w>
M M H- i_
>TTJTT5-q'5*
W—lvtO—
n nnnnnn
y

>S
•si *TJ
S 2‘ CÿCOtO-UM-

n n n nfn nnnnnn
<<<323
1S»
OO Cs> >— W
O

— 5S$=3KS2
n nnnnnn
oo>>>
t»3 >Z Co -o -v> z>>>
-O o
>00
1— [NS
— Ci
SETTS z MEM g o o >
rb
CNT D
P—*T m
c 2
!
r =s
= —
,
nnnnrin n n n n rr rr AAnnn rjjr nn nnnn mm rm o
t? yyp 00. APDCJ aWurn
ST CJDCjUGQ n
c
z
H
-H
REMOTE
BUFFER
iii n r~n m
H

---
Q C2 tZP

1 ini b-j
0
On 3.
TAPE READER TAPE READER
8
an
cX WITHOUT WITH REELS-
ZX IVN >
HZ .INTERNAL “a$~ q
> TYPE S
«ih
r-
«K
I/O UNIT o SSD- < "t~0 ~m
•fÿTTK?
n
o
SoGOOO

6S
T
i sg
s <=o
iij-~ tl!=*if
2 m
2
>
s
Z
<
—0 3 8s
>
t

FJ> T
on
zz
» sf
g
„ II
Ft- KT?
j O Uf-
Tin
liJ LL1 b-1 uu
noon
I----
P? B
-O COI
L-,
Co co
9 INCH
CRT/MDI UNIT
o
€n>
Z
5
X T "0 "0
O. W tv
-
! i l C £
82 c 8£ nS' INPUT
n"n -lu-nT—i

is nDSQQzz i
U%T>£ >
. rtsn UNIT
OOO
22*
H
R
ON
00
T 73
r-x
I

8
4 Reader* pancier interface"!
H
C3
£5 4'~G|* n
co2o<lWw.to
Nil tilt-,
V 20mA C/L
CM LO CO CO OS
8
i
— J
14INCH
CRT/MDI
UNIT

u
u J (D
nn Hf?n
CTTI CD
CONNECTION L
UNIT FOR "1 Cv?
X
to
OPERATOR
PANEL ta CD
m I

:ai
ff1 if1 "i'H
imJ LL_U
7HF
Q O ds) I com
r r 1 ffl IF) n i'
MPG X3 H
—— u if [ 32
i
lH
A

gS|l| LTIT
>nnv)r: 2 rt
— V g “

ii II n
co n

11 SpHlllSl |1 >z
z n-3 rr.n w— Oo s:[ ” L_?
>
zc =1 gl SK Si 2w
= H a !
73 8ÿ 2c nr c/52
N
5B >q Sgpg8S-5§ >q
FI o
H M
cn
w
xQ >G
*<
o §s>is §s "S
50
>x
zra
222QSSS c
“J
L J
F5
X
o
X
z
Isz 5:I§gs S sq Is? g
-4
0 2 2 0

r*
%
z z
>
2 3 Sog| o
2
2 z
W?3
r> Cl.LCDd =
r F! UlfJ-i-

0,1
O H" H2C” E
2 D5

rr X N O
c <
H -T
SYMBOLS CO s
CL

4QÿSOPin
P
HONDA
96Pin
C2
50- BURNDY
s (SPIN)
n_ BURNDY
rHÿOPIN)
HIROSE
A „ FASTON
O 0- TERMINAL
O O- SCREW
TERMINAL
: HOUSING’S SPEC IS MR-20LBMH/20LBFH
_-Hÿn OPTICAL
FIBER
20Pin n*.<r>&$L'r— '7tu-
c Jg-YAMAICHI 5-T<T,
Fig. 3.6 (s) Connecting diagram inside built-in type
CO
(when one of synchrous operation, hybrid control ON

or double check is performed in 6 or less axis control)


3.7

3.7 Status Display by Self-Diagnostic Function

General
If trouble occurrs, you must clarify whether the trouble occurred inside the NC
or on the PMC or machine side. In order to do this, examine the interface
condition between NC and PC or between NC and machine as well as the internal
conditions of NC.
How DGN function displays the condition of NC on the CRT screen when a problem
occurs is described in this section.
Refer to 10/11/12/100/110/120 series operator's manual for general operation of
CRT/MDI.
The 9" CRT/MDI unit is equipped with five soft keys. The 14" CRT/MDI unit is
equipped with ten soft keys. In this manual, the 9" CRT/MDI unit equipped with
five soft keys will be described. The soft keys are displayed as follows:

POSITION PROGRAM OFFSET PRG-CHK CHAPTER +

The characters in the frames are the names of the soft keys displayed at the
bottom of the CRT screen. The "+" mark at the right shows that "+" is displayed
at the right end of the lowest line on the CRT screen. This means that some key
is not displayed on the CRT screen because of insufficient soft keys.
The basic operation of the 9" CRT/MDI unit is the same as that of the 14"
CRT/MDI unit. With the latter, more keys can be operated simultaneously, so
there is less need for changeover of the soft keys.

3.7.1 Interface display


Interface signal ON/OFF (1/0) conditions can be displayed.
a) Set the soft key as a function select key by pressing the function menu key.

SETTING SERVICE NOTICE CHAPTER +

b) A maintenance screen is selected by pressing SERVICE Key.


c) If the maintenance screen is not a diagnostic data screen, press CHAPTER key
to select the soft key for the chapter select key.

PARAM PITCH DIAGNOS DSP. MEM

Press DIAGNOS key or press SERVICE key repeatedly until a diagnostic data screen
appears .
d) If a desired diagnostic data screen does not appear, observe the following
procedure :
d)-l Method by page select key
Select pages by using page select key,
d)-2 Method by soft key
i) Press the operation menu key to select the soft key of the operation
select key.

INP-N0. +

169 -
3.7.2

ii) Press INP-NO, and the soft key is selected for the operation guide key.

(VALUE)

iii) Input a data number key of the desired diagnostic data to be displayed.
When data number is entered by the key, the soft key becomes as shown
below.

EXEC

iv) When EXEC key is pressed, the CRT screen displays the diagnostic data
of the data number entered by the keying operation. The soft key is
returned to the operation select key.
For I/O signals list, see 3.7.4.

3.7.2 Display of internal conditions of NC

The internal conditions of NC can be displayed by the same method used in the
interface display method described in 3.7.1.
1) Display of the condition where a command is apparently not executed

No. Bit Display Internal conditions when 1 is displayed

1000 0 INPOSITION CHECK Inposition check is in progress.


1 FEED RATE OVERRIDE Feed rate override is 0%.
2 JOG FEED OVERRIDE Jog feed override is 0%.
3 INT. /START LOCK ON Start lock/interlock is ON.
4 SPEED ARRIVAL CHECK Waiting for speed arrival signal to turn on
5 WAIT REVOLUTION Waiting for spindle 1 revolution signal in
threading
6 STOP POSITION CODER Waiting for the rotation of position coder in
spindle revolution feed
7 FOREGROUND READING Tape is being read in foreground.

1001 0 BACKGROUND READING Tape is being read in background edition.

2) Display of reset condition


The conditions of the input signals related to the reset and feed hold are
displayed .
No. Bit

1010 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

RST ERS RRW ESP

Display of "1" means the following conditions


ESP Emergency stop condition
RRW Reset & rewind signal is turned on.
ERS External reset signal is turned on.
RST Reset key is being pressed.

170
3.7.2

3) Display of TH alarm conditions


TH alarm conditions are displayed as follows.

No. Display Meaning of data

1100 POSITION (CHARACTER) F Indicates the character position where TH


alarm occurred by the number of characters
counted from the start of the block. (TH
alarm of foreground)
1101 BIT PATTERN (CHARACTER) F Indicates the readout code of the TH alarm
character by bit pattern. (TH alarm of
foreground)
1100 POSITION (CHARACTER) B Indicates the character position where TH
alarm occurred by the number of characters
counted from the start of the block. (TH
alarm of background)
1101 BIT PATTERN (CHARACTER) B Indicates the readout code of the TH alarm
character by bit pattern. (TH alarm of
background)

4) Display of abnormal conditions of bubble memory


Abnormal conditions of bubble memory are displayed as follows.

No. Bit

1200 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

PR4 PR3 MWP PR2 WPE TOE UNL

No. Bit

1201 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

BPE PSO PR1 TME MDL NOM UNC

PR4 MAP SINGLE-BIT PARITY ERROR


PR3 MAP MULTI-BITS PARITY ERROR
MWP TOO MANY WRONG PAGES
PR2 DATA SINGLE-BIT PARITY ERROR
WPE WRITE PLOTECT ERROR
TOE READ /WRITE TIME OUT ERROR
UNL UNL0SSED
BPE DATA BUS PARITY ERROR
PSO PAGE SIZE OVER
PR1 DATA MULTI-BITS PARITY ERROR
TME TRANS MISSING ERROR
MDL MANY DEFECT LOOPS
NOM NO MARKER
UNC UNDEFINED COMMAND

When "1" is displayed, it shows that the above error occurred.

171
3.7.3

5) Display of position deviation amount


The position deviation amount of each axis is displayed.

No. Display Meaning of display data

3000 X SERVO ERROR Indicates the position deviation amount of X axis in


the detection unit.
Y SERVO ERROR Indicates the position deviation amount of Y axis in
the detection unit.
Z SERVO ERROR Indicates the position deviation amount of Z axis in
the detection unit,

6) Display of resolver or inductosyn frequency check results


Resolver or inductosyn frequency check results are displayed. This display
is used for frequency adjustment.

No . Display Meaning of display data

3001 DSCG PULSE LOW (Display data) 0.125 is normal when it lies within a
range of 230 'v 800.
3002 DSCG PULSE HIG (Display data) 0.125 is normal when it lies within a
range of 1466 1900.

7) Display of servo control information


The servo control information is displayed as follows.

No . Axis corresponding to number

3010 3023 Servo control information of 1st axis


3030
*
n, 3043 Servo control information of 2nd axis
3050 3063 Servo control information of 3rd axis
*
3.7.3 Memory contents display

Memory contents can be displayed as follows:


a) Set the soft key to the function select key.

SETTING SERVICE NOTICE CHAPTER 4*

b) Press SERVICE key. A maintenance screen is selected.


c) If the maintenance screen does not indicate memory contents, press CHAPTER
key to switch the soft key to the chapter select key.

PARAM PITCH DIAGNOS DSP. MEM

Press DSP MEM key or press SERVICE key repeatedly until a memory contents
display screen appears.
d) Select the soft key for the operation select key.

INP-NO. +

172
3.7.4

e) Press INP-NO and the soft key is switched to the operation guide key.

(VALUE)

f) Enter the address of the memory to be displayed using a six decimal number by
pressing keys.
When the data number is entered, the soft key is reset as shown below.

EXEC

g) Press EXEC key to display the memory contents of the input address. The soft
key is reset to the operation select key.

3.7.4 t/O signal diagnostic data

I/O signal diagnostic data of the NC are constructed as follows:


1) When PMC is not provided;

o
42 Macliine tool
NC
2

DGN No. 400~, S00~


(Input) (Output)
(3T/3M/6T/6M, 4 types aie provided)

173 -
3.7.4

2) When PMC is provided;

PMC PMC
I
NC NC PMC MT Macliine tool
Inter¬ Inter¬
face face

'—* In case of BMI —»• PMC screen displays


diagnostic data
DGN No. 0~, 200~
(Input) (Output) (Input) No. XO.O ~
In case of 3/6 compatible
(Output) No. Y0.0~
DGN No. 400~, 500~
(Input) (Output)
(3T/3M/6T/6M, 4 types are provided)

PMC diagnostic data display method

(T) Press on the keyboard .


A PMC basic menu is displayed in the soft
key part.
@ Press | PCDGN | soft key. The CRT screen shows PMC diagnostic function, and
the soft key menu turns to [ SEARCH-].
(§) Press | SEARCH"] key after inputting the address to be displayed.
(4) Continuous 10 byte data are displayed by a bit pattern from the designated
address on the top stage of the CRT screen.
(5) To display other addresses, repeat operation starting with step(3).
(6) After display operation, press | RET | key to reset the menu to the PMC basic
menu .

174
3.7.4

BMI signal list

BMI - DI
DGN
No. 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

0 ERS RRW *SP *ESP SKIP1 UNIT *CSL *IT

1 SKIP4 SKIP3 SKIP2 AE3 AE2 AEl *BSL *AIT

2 ZRN BRN SRN MOVE TCHIN

3 AGJ EDT MEM T D J H S

4 MLK DLK ABS ovc SBK EDT1 DRN AFL

5 KEY 4 KEY 3 KEY 2 KEYl FID FFIN FIN ST

6 RT ROV2 ROVl MP4 MP2 MP1

7 BDT9 BDT8 BDT7 BDT6 BDT5 BDT4 BDT3 BDT2

8 TMRON PRC *CSM2 *CHF

9 TLSKP TL64 TL32 TL16 TL08 TL04 TL02 TL01

10 TLRST OMEP OME HS3D HS3C HS3B HS3A

11 HS2D HS2C HS2B HS2A HS ID HS 1C HS IB HS 1A

12 *FV7 *FV6 *FV5 *FV4 *FV3 *FV2 *FV1 *FV0

13 *AFV7 *AFV6 *AFV5 *AFV4 *AFV3 *AFV2 *AFV1 *AFV0

14 *JV15 *JV14 *JV13 *JV12 *JV11 *JV10 *JV9 *JV8

15 *JV7 *JV6 *JV5 *JV4 *JV3 *JV2 *JV1 *JV0

175
3.7.4

BMI - DI
DGN
No. 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

16 AJSTB -AJ +AJ AJA12 AJA11 AJA10 AJA9 AJA8'

17 AJA7 AJA6 AJA5 AJA4 AJA3 AJA2 AJA1 AJAO

18 AJP2D AJP2C AJP2B AJP2A AJP1D AJPlC AJPlB AJP1A

19 *BECLP *BEUCL WN16 WN8 WN4 WN2 WN1

20 DIST26 DIST25 DIST24

21 DIST23 DIST22 DIST21 DIST20 DIST19 DIST18 DIST17 DIST16

22 DIST15 DIST14 DIST13 DIST12 DIST11 DIST10 DIST9 DIST8

23 DIST7 DIST6 DIST5 DIST4 DIST3 DIST2 DIST1 DISTO

24 RISGN RI12 Rill RI10 RI9 RI8

25 RI7 RI6 RI5 RI4 RI3 RI2 RIl RIO

26 WO SET GS4 GS5 GS1 *SECLP *SEUCL SPSTP

27 CDV7 CDV6 CDV5 CDV4 CDV3 CDV2 CDV1 CDVO

28 SPC SPB SPA

29

30

31

176
3.7.4

BMI - DI
DGN
No. 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

32 EISTB ERDRQ EOREND EXSTP EXRD EXPUN

33 EIA7 EIA6 EIA5 EIA4 EIA3 EIA2 EIA1 ElAO

34 EID47 EID46 EID45 EID44 EID43 EID42 EID41 EID40

35 EID39 EID38 EID37 EID36 EID35 EID34 EID33 EID32

36 EID31 EID30 EID29 EID28 EID27 EID26 EID25 EID24

37 EID23 EID22 EID21 EID20 EID19 EID18 EID17 EID16

38 EID15 EID14 EID13 EID12 EID11 EIDIO EID9 EID8

39 EID7 EID6 EID5 EID4 EID3 EID2 EID1 EIDO

40

41

42 TL256

43 TL128

44

45

46

47

177
3.7.4

BMI - DI
DGN
No. 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

48 UI031 UI030 UI029 UI028 UI027 UI026 UI025 UI024

49 UI023 UI022 UI021 UI020 UI019 UI018 UI017 UI016

50 UI015 UI014 UI013 U0012 UI011 UI010 UI009 UI008

51 UI007 UI006 UI005 UI004 UI003 UI002 UI001 UI000

52 UI131 UI130 UI129 UI128 UI127 UI126 UI125 UI124

53 UI123 UI122 UI121 UI120 UI119 UI118 UI117 UI116

54 UI115 UI114 UI113 UI112 UI111 UI110 UI109 UI108

55 UI107 UI106 UI105 UI104 UI103 UI102 UI101 UI100

56 UI231 UI230 UI229 UI228 UI227 UI226 UI225 UI224

57 UI223 UI222 UI221 UI220 UI219 UI218 UI217 UI216

58 UI215 UI214 UI213 UI212 UI211 UI210 UI209 UI208

59 UI207 UI206 UI205 UI204 UI203 UI202 UI201 UI200

60 UI331 UI330 UI329 UI328 UI327 UI326 UI3 25 UI324

61 UI323 UI322 UI321 UI320 UI319 UI318 UI317 UI316

62 UI315 UI314 UI313 UI312 UI311 UI310 UI309 UI308

63 UI307 UI306 UI305 UI304 UI303 UI302 UI301 UI300

178 -
3.7.4

BMI - DI
DGN
No. 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

64 DTCH1 *SVF1 *DEC 1 *IT1 *-EDl *+EDl *-Ll *+Ll

65 *CL1 PK1 MLK1 Mil -J1 +J1

66

67

68 DTCH2 *SVF2 *DEC2 *IT2 *-ED2 A+ED2 *-L2 *+L2

69 *CL2 PK2 MLX2 MI2 -J2 +J2

70

71

72 DTCH3 *SVF3 *DEC3 *IT3 A-ED3 A+ED3 *-L3 *+L3

73 *CL3 PK3 MLK3 MI3 -J3 +J3

74

75

76 DTCH4 *SVF4 *DEC4 *IT4 *-ED4 A+ED4 A-L4 *+L4

77 *CL4 PK4 MLK4 MI4 -J4 +J4

78

79

179 -
3.7.4

BMI - DX
DGN
No. 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

80 DTCH5 *SVF5 *DEC5 *IT5 *-ED5 *+ED5 *-L5 *+L5

81 *CL5 PK5 MLX5 MI5 -J5 +J5


11/12/
82
110/120
series
only
83

Continued in the same way (for 12/120 series only)


84 87: 6th axis 104 'u 107: 11th axis
88
* 91: 7th axis 108 -v 111: 12th axis
92 95: 8th axis 112 'v- 115: 13th axis
96 99: 9th axis 116 119: 14th axis
100 4, 103: 10th axis 120 123: 15th axis

180
3.7.4

BMI - DO
DGN
No. 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

200 MA SA OP STL SPL RST AL RWD

201 CSS THRD RPD TAP INCH DST IPEN DEN

202 MZRN MBRN MSRN MMOVL

203 MAGL MEDT MMEM MT MD MJ MH MS

204 MMLK MDLX MABS MSBK MEDT1 MDRN MAFL

205 MBDT9 MBDT8 MBDT7 MBDT6 MBDT5 MBDT4 MBDT3 MBDT2

206 MSALM EGPSALM DIALM SYALM OTALM OHALM SVALM PSALM

207 TLCHB TLCHA ESEND RPBSY BCLP BUCLP

208 SSP SRV FMF EF BF TF SF MF

209 DM30 DM02 DM01 DM00

210 ROl 5 R014 R013 ROl 2 ROl 1 R010 R09 R08

211 R07 R06 R05 R04 R03 R02 ROl ROO

212 AR15 AR14 AR13 AR12 AR11 AR10 AR9 AR8

213 AR7 AR6 AR5 AR4 AR3 AR2 AR1 ARO

214 MR15 MR 14 MR 13 MR 12 MR11 MR 10 MR9 MR8

215 MR7 MR6 MRS MR4 MR3 MR 2 MR1 MRO

181
3.7.4

BMI - DO
DGN
No. 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

216 M31 M30 M29 M28 M2 7 M26 M25 M2 4

217 M2 3 M22 M21 M20 M19 M18 M17 M16

218 Ml 5 M14 M13 Ml 2 Mil M10 M9 M8

219 M7 M6 M5 M4 M3 M2 Ml MO

220 S31 S30 S29 S28 S27 S26 S25 S 24

221 S23 S22 S21 S20 S19 S18 S 17 S 16

222 S15 S 14 S 13 S 12 Sll S10 S9 S8

223 S7 S6 S5 S4 S3 S2 SI SO

224 T31 T30 T29 T28 T27 T26 T25 T24

225 T23 T22 T21 T20 T19 T18 T17 T16

226 T15 T14 T13 T12 Til T10 T9 T8

227 T7 T6 T5 T4 T3 T2 T1 TO

228 B31 B30 B29 B28 B27 B26 B25 B24

229 B23 B22 B21 B20 B 19 B 18 B 17 B16

230 B15 B14 B13 B12 Bll BIO B9 B8

231 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 Bl BO

182
3.7.4

BMI - DO
DGN
No. 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

232 EOSTB ElREND

233 EOA7 EOA6 EOA5 E0A4 E0A3 EOA2 E0A1 EOAO

234 EOD47 EOD46 EOD45 EOD44 EOD43 EOD42 EOD41 EOD40

235 EOD39 EOD38 EOD37 EOD36 EOD35 EOD34 EOD33 EOD32

236 EOD31 EOD30 EOD29 EOD28 EOD27 EOD26 EOD25 EOD24

237 EOD23 EOD22 EOD21 EOD20 EOD19 EOD18 EOD17 EOD16

238 EOD15 EOD14 EOD13 EOD12 EODll EODIO EOD9 EOD8

239 EOD7 E0D6 EOD5 EOD4 EOD3 EOD2 EOD1 EODO

240 BTAL PBATL PBATZ SPAL8 SPAL4 SPAL2 SPAL1

241

242 SPCO SPBO SPAO *REEL SPAL SCLP SUCLP

243

244

245

246

247

183
3.7.4

BMI - DO
DGN
No. 7 6 5 4 2 1 0

248 U0031 U0030 U0029 U0028 U0027 U0026 U0025 U0024

249 U0023 U0022 U0021 U0020 U0019 U0018 U0017 U0016

250 U0015 U0014 U0013 U0012 U0011 U0010 UO009 U0008

251 U0007 U0006 UO005 U0004 U0003 U0002 U0001 UOOOO

252 U0131 UO130 U0129 U0128 U0127 U0126 U0125 U0124

253 U0123 U0122 U0121 U0120 U0119 U0118 U0117 U0116

254 U0115 U0114 U0113 U0112 UOlll U0110 U0109 U0108

255 U0107 U0106 U0105 UO104 U0103 U0102 U0101 U0100

256 U0231 U0230 U0229 U0228 U0227 U0226 U0225 U0224

257 U0223 U0222 U0221 U0220 U0219 U0218 U0217 U0216

258 U0215 U0214 U0213 U0212 U0211 UO210 U0209 U0208

259 U0207 U0206 U0205 U0204 U0203 U0202 U0201 U0200

260 U0331 U0330 U0329 U0328 U0327 U0326 U0325 U0324

261 U0323 U0322 U0321 U0320 U0319 U0318 U0317 U0316

262 U0315 U0314 U0313 U0312 U0311 U0310 U0309 U0308

263 UO307 U0306 U0305 U0304 U0303 U0302 U0301 U0300

184 -
3.7.4

BMI - DO
DGN
No. 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

264 INP 1 ZP41 ZP31 MD1 MV1 ZP21 ZP1

265 MMLK1 MMI 1

266

267

268 INP2 ZP42 ZP32 MD2 MV 2 ZP22 ZP2

269 MMLK2 MMI 2

270

271

272 INP3 ZP43 ZP33 MD3 MV 3 ZP23 ZP3

273 MMLK3 MMI 3

274

275

276 INP4 ZP44 ZP34 MD4 MV4 ZP24 ZP4

277 MMI4

278

279

185
3.7.4

BMI - DO
DGN
No. 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

280 INP5 ZP45 ZP35 MD5 MV5 ZP25 ZP5

281 MMLK5 MMI5


11/12/
282
110/120
series
only
283

Continued in the same way (for 12/120 series only)

284 287 6th axis 304 n, 307: 11th axis


288
* 291 7th axis 308 n, 311: 12th axis
292 * 295 8th
axis 312 315: 14th axis
296 299 9th
axis 316 319: 14th axis
300
* 303 10th axis 320 323: 15th axis

186
3.7.5

3.7.5 Address list for 11TT

BMI-DI 1
7 (i 5 4 2 1 0

00 SKI PI IJINT TCSL


II 1 #1 #1

AE3 AE2 AE1 TBSL *AIT


01 #1 #1 #1 #1 #1

02

03

OVC B1)TI
04
#1 #1

PIN
05
#1

06

BDT9 BDT8 BDT7 BDTG BDT5 BDT4 BDT3 BDT2


07
#1 #1 #1 #1 #1 #1 #1 *1

08 TMRON TCSMZ TCIIP


#1 #1

TLSKP TL64 TL32 TLI6 TL8 TL4 TL2 TL!


09
f1 #1 n n 11 #1

TLRST
.10 #1

11

12 TFV7 TFV 6 *FV 5 TFV 4 TPV 3 TFV2 TFV1 TFVO


#1 #1 #1 #1 #1 #1 #1 #1

13 TAFV7 TAFV6 TAFV5 TAFV4 TAFV3 TAFV2 TAFV1 TAFVO


#1 #1 #1 #1 #1 III #1 #1

14

15

(Note) There are some signals which are provided for the first and second tool
posts respectively and they provide just the same function.
These signals are identified by symbol #1 or #2 which is affixed to their
names. Symbol //I shows a signal exclusively provided for the first tool
post, while symbol //2 shows a signal exclusively provided for the second
tool post.

187
3.7.5

BMI-DI 2
7 6 5 '1 3 2 1 0

16

17

18

19 VVN1 6 VVN8 WN 4 WN2 WN1


#1 #1 in #1 #1

20

21

22

23

RI SON HI 1 2 RT 1 1 R110 RI 9 RI8


24 #1 #1 ill #1 #1 #1

RI 7 RI 6 RI5 RI 4 Ri 3 RI2 RI 1 RI 0
25 #1 #1 #1 #1 #1 #1 #1 111

26

27

28

29

30

31

188
3.7.5

BMI-DI 3
7 6 5 4 3 2 f 0

32 IJ1 0 3 1 1)1 030 UT 029 UI 0 2 8 U1 0 27 U1 0 2 6 U1 0 2 5 UI0 2 4


111 in in ll 1 #1 #1 111 #1

UI0 2 3 U1 0 2 2 UI0 2 1 U 10 2 0 UI0 1 9 UIOl 8 UI0 1 7 UI01 6


33 #1
#1 *1 1 -If- 1 #1 #1

U1 0 1 5 UI0 1 4 UI0 1 3 U1 0 1 2 UIOl 1 UI010 UI0 0 9 UI008


34 in #i #1 #1 #1 #1 •II 1 #1

35 UI 00 7 UI 0 0 6 UI0 0 5 UI0 0 4 UI 003 U1002 urooi uiooo


in in #i #i itI #1 in III

UI1 3 1 UI 1 30 UI1 2 9 UI 1 28 UI 1 27 UI1 2 6 U1 1 2 5 UI1 2 4


36 111 #1 ill ill #1 #1 III #1

UI 1 23 UI 1 22 UI 1 21 UI 120 UI 1 1 9 UI 1 1 8 UI 1 1 7 U1 11 6
37 ill ill ill II- 1 #1 #1 ill
ill
38 Ul 1 1 5 UI 1 1 4 UI 113 UI 1 1 2 Ul 1 1 1 UI 1 1 0 Ul 1 09 UI 108
in #i #i in #i ill it i #1

39 UI1 0 7 Ul 106 UI 1 05 U1 10 4 Ul 1 03 Ul 1 02 UI101 u11 o o


#1 #1 #1 II 1 #1 #1 111 ill

UI231 U1230 UI 229 UI228 UI227 IJI2 2 6 UI225 UI224


40 ill #1 #1 #1 ill #1 #1 #1

UI2 2 3 UI2 2 2 UI221 UI 220 UI2 1 9 UI2 1 8 U1217 UI2 1 6


41 #1 111 ill ill ill 111 ill ill

UI 2 1 5 UI2 1 4 UI 2 1 3 U1212 UI2 1 1 UI2 1 0 UI2 0 9 U1208


42
#1 #1 it 1 ill #1 #1 ill #1

UI2 0 7 UI 2 06 UI 20 5 UI204 UI2 0 3 UI 202 UI2 0 1 UI 200


43 ill ill ill ill ill #1 #1 ill

UI 3 3 1 UI3 3 0 UI3 2 9 UI328 UI3 2 7 UI3 2 6 UI3 2 5 IJ 13 2 4


44 #1 ill #1
ill ill 111 ill

UI 3 2 3 U1 3 2 2 UI321 UI3 2 0 Ul 3 1 9 UI3 1 8 U1 3 1 7 UI3 1 6


45 #1 #1 #1 #1 ill #1 it 1 #1

46 UI 3 I 5 UI3 1 4 UI 3 1 3 UI3 1 2 UI3 1 1 U1 3 1 0 UI3 0 9 IJI308


#1 #1 #1 ill ill ill #1 #1

UI 30 7 UI306 UI3 0 5 UI304 UI3 0 3 UI3 0 2 UI 30 1 UI 3 0 0


47 111 it l #1 111 111 ill ill

189 -
3.7.5

BMI-DI 4
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

48 SKI PI UINT *CSL


#2 #2 #2

49
AE3 AE2 AEI *BSL 4A IT
#2 #2 #2 #2 #2

50

51

52 OVC BDT 1
#2 #2

53
FIN
*2

54

55 BDT 9 BDT 8 BDT7 BDT 6 BDT 5 BDT 4 BDT 3 BDT2


#2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2

56
*CSMZ *CHF
#2 #2

TLSKP TL64 TL32 TL16 TL8 TL4 TL2 TL1


57
n n n n n n n n
TLRST
58

59

60
*FV7 *FV6 *FV 5 >|<FV4 *FV3 >KFV 2 *FV1 >('FV 0
#2 #2 #2 #2 #2 *2 #2 #2

61 4-APV7 4'AFV 6 *AFV5 *A.FV4 *AFV3 *AFV2 4'AFV 1 :pA l-’VO


#2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2

62

63

190 -
3.7.5

BMI-DI5
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

64

63

66

WN1 6 WN8 WN4 WN2 WN1


67 112 #2 #2 #2 #2

68

T
69

70

71

72 RI SON RI 1 2 RI 1 1 RI10 RIO RI8


#2 *2 #2 #2 #2 #2

RI 7 RI 6 RI 5 RI 4 RI 3 RI 2 RI 1 RIO
73 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2

74

75

76

77

78

79

191
3.7.5

BMI-DI 6
7 6 5 4 3 2 I 0

80 UI0 3 1 UI 0 3 0 UI0 2 9 U10 28 UI027 U1026 UI 025 III 024


#2 112 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2

UI 023 UI0 2 2 UT021 IJI0 2 0 UI019 UI0 1 8 UIO 1 7 UI01 6


81 #2 #2 #2 #2
#2 #2 #2 #2

UIO 1 5 UI0 1 4 UI 0 1 3 UI 0 1 2 UI 0 1 1 UIO 10 UI0 0 9 UI0 0 8


82 #2 #2 11-2 #2 #2 #2
#2 #2

UI007 UI0 0 6 U10 0 5 UI0 0 4 UI0 0 3 UIO 0 2 UIOO 1 UIOOO


83 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2

84 U 11 3 1 IJII 3 0 U 1 12 9 UI1 2 8 UI 1 2 7 UI1 2 6 UI 125 UI 124


#2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2

UI 1 23 UI 1 22 UI 1 21 UI 1 2 0 UI11 9 UU 18 UI 1 1 7 UI 1 1 6
85
#2 #2 it- 2 *2 #2 #2 #2 #2

86
UI 1 1 5 IJI1 1 4 UI11 3 UI 1 1 2 IJI 1 1 1 UII1 0 UI 1 09 UI 1 0 8
#2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2 1
#2 #2

UI 107 UI 1 06 UI 1 05 IJI 104 U110 3 UI 102 IJI 101 UI 100


87 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2

88 UI231 UI230 UI229 UI2 2 8 UI227 UI 226 UI2 2 5 UI2 2 4


#2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2

89
UI223 IJI222 UI22 1 IJI 2 2 0 UI2 1 9 UI2 1 8 UI 2 1 7 UI2 1 6
#2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2

UI2 1 5 UI214 UI2 1 3 IJ 1 2 12 U1211 IJI210 UI2 0 9 UI 2 08


90 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2

UI 2 0 7 UI 2 0 6 UI205 UI 2 0 4 UI2 0 3 UI202 UI201 UI200


91 #2 #2 ti-2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2

92 IJI 33 1 UI33 0 UI 3 2 9 UI 328 UI 3 2 7 IJI326 UI3 2 5 IJI3 2 4


#2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2

93 UI3 2 3 UI 3 22 UI 32 1 UI 3 2 0 U13 1 9 UI 3 1 8 U1 3 1 7 IJI 3 1 6


#2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2

94
IJI3 1 5 UI3 1 4 I UT313 UI 3 1 2 UI311 UI3 1 0 UI309 IJI3 0 8
#2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2

UI3 0 7 UI306 UT305 UI3 0 4 UI3 0 3 UI3 0 2 U1301 UI3 0 0


95
#2 #2 *2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2

192
3.7.5

BMI-DI 7
7 6 5 4 2 1 0

96 ERS RRW *SP *ESP *IT

97 EDT MEM D J H S

98 ZRN

99 MLK DLK ABS SBK DRN AFL

100 KEY 4 KEY 3 KEY 2 KEYl ST

'
101 RT ROV 2 ROV 1 MP4 MP 2 MP1 PRC

102 HS3D IIS 3C HS3B HS3A

103 HS2D HS2C J IS 2 B IIS2A US 1 D HS 1C HS IB MSI A

104 JV 1 0 *JV9 *JV8


>fcJVl 5 >PJV 1 4 *JV13 t JVl 2
*JV 11
*
105 *JV7 *JVG *JV5 *JV4 *JV3 *JV2 *JVl *JV0

T
106 DIST26 DIST25 BIST 2 4

107 DIST23 DIST22 DIST21 DIST20 DIST19 DIST18DIST17 DIST1G

108 DIST15 DIST14 DIST13 DIST12 DISTU DISTIO DIST9 DIST8

109 DIST7 DIST6 DIST5 DIST4 DIST3 D1ST2 UISTI DISTO

110 IHEAD 2 IHEAD 1

111

193
3.7.5

BMI-DI 8
7 6 3 '1 3 2 1 0

112 EISTP ERDRQ EOREND El HEAD EXSTP EXRD EXPUN

113 EIA7 EIA6 EIA 5 EIA4 El A3 EIA2 EIA 1 El AO

114 EID47 E1D4 6 EID45 EID44 E1D4 3 E f 1)4 2 EID4 1 EID40

115 El 1)39 EID38 EID37 EID36 EID35 EID34 El 1)3 3 EID32

116 E 11)31 E1D3 0 El 1)2 9 El 1)28 EID27 EID26 EID25 E1D24

117 E1D23 EID22 EID21 El 1)2 0 E1D1 9 Ei D1 8 EID 1 7 E1D1 6

118 EID15 EID1 4 EID1 3 EID1 2 E1D1 1 EID 1 0 EID9 E r i)8

119 EID7 E1D6 E1D5 EID4 E1D3 E 11)2 EID1 EIDO

120

121

122

123

124

125

126

127

194 -
3.7.5

BMI-DI 9
7 (i 5 4 3 2 ] 0

128 DTCH1 *SVF1 *DEC1 *IT1 ?E-ED1 EDI *-Ll *+Ll

129 MLK 1 MI 1 J1 -l-J 1

130

131

132 DTCH2 *SVF2 *DEC2 *IT2 >K-ED2 >E+ED2 *-L2 *-IL2

133 M I,K2 MI 2 —J 2 +J 2

134

135

136 DTCII3 *SVF3 *DEC 3 *IT3 *-ED3 *+ED3 *-L3 *+L3

137 MLK 3 MI 3 —J 3 -l-J 3

138

139

140 DTCII4 *SVF4 *DEC4 *IT4 'E-ED 4 =k~L4 >E+L4

141 MLK 4 MI 4 —J 4 +J 4

142

143

195
3.7.5

BMI-DI 10
7 6 5 -1 3 2 1 0

144 DTCH5 *SVF5 *DEC5 *IT5 *-ED5 *+ED5 *• -L5 *+L5

145 MLK5 MI 5 —J 5 l-J 5

146

147

196
3.7.5

BMI-DO 1
7 (i 5 3 2 1 0

200 CSS TURD RPD IPEN DEN


ttl #1 II 1
#1
*1

201 MBDTI
#1

202 MBDT9 MBD'J'8 MBDT7 MBDT6 MBDT5 MBDT4 MBDT3 MBDT2


#1 ttl #1 ttl #1 ttl #1 ttl

TLCHB TLCHA ESEN1)


203
n ttl

204 BE TF SF MF
#1 #1 ttl ttl

205 DM3 0 DM0 2 DM0 1 DM 0 0


#1 -111 ttl #1

ROl 5 ROl 4 ROl 3 ROl 2 RO 1 1 ROIO R09 R08


206 #1 #1 #1 #1 ttl #1 #1 #1

R07 R06 R05 R04 R03 R02 ROl ROO


207 ttl ttl ttl #1 ttl ttl ttl #1

208 AR1 5 AR1 4 AR1 3 AR1 2 AR 1 1 AR10 AR9 AR8


ttl #1 ttl ttl ttl #1 #1 #1

AR7 AR6 AR5 AR4 AR3 AR2 AR 1 ARO


¥- 209 #1 #1 ttl ttl #1 #1 ttl ttl

MR 1 5 MR14 MR 13 MRU MRU M RIO MR9 MR 8


210 ttl ttl #1 ttl tt-1 #1 ttl #1

MR 7 MR 6 MR5 MR4 MR3 MR2 MR 1 MRO


211 ttl ttl ttl #1 #1 ttl #1 #1

SPAL8 SPAL4 SPAL2 SPAL1


212
#1 n #1 n
213

214

215

197
3.7.5

BMI-D02
7 6 5 'I 3 2 1 0
216 M3 1 M3 0 M2 9 M28 M2 7 M2 6 M25 M2 4
#1 #1 #1 #1 tt 1 #1 #1 #1

217 M2 3 M2 2 M21 M20 Ml 9 Ml 8 M1 7 Ml 6


#1 #1 #1 #1 #1 #1 #1 #1

218 Ml 5 Ml 4 Ml 3 Ml 2 Mil Ml 0 M9 M8
#1 #1 #1 #1 #1 #1 #1 #1

219 M7 MG M5 M4 M3 M2 Ml MO
#1 #1 #1 #1 #1 #1 #1 #1

220 S 31 S3 0 S29 S2 8 S27 S26 S2 5 S 2 '1


#1 #1 #1 #1 #1 #1 #1 #1

S23 S22 S21 S2 0 S 19 S 18 SI 7 SI 6


221 #1 #1 #1 #1 #1 #1 #1 #1

SI 5 SI 4 S13 S 12 SI 1 S10 S9 S8
222 #1 #1 #1 #1
#1 #1 #1 #1

223 S7 S6 I S5 S4 S3 S2 SI SO
#1 #1
#1 #1 #1 #1 #1
* 1

224 T3 1 T30 T2 9 T2 8 T27 I T2 6 T25 T2 4


#1 #1 #1 #1 #1 I #1 #1 #1

T2 3 T2 2 T21 T2 0 T1 9 T18 T1 7 T1 6
225 #1 #1 #1 1 #1 #1 #1 #1
#>

T1 5 T14 T13 T12 T11 T10 T9 T8


226 #1 #1 #1 #1 #1 #1 #1 #1

227 T7 T6 T5 T4 T3 T2 T1 TO
#1 #1 #1 #1 #1 #1 #1 #1

B31 B30 B29 B28 B27 B26 B2 5 B2 4


228
#1 #1 #1 #1 #1 #1 *1 #1

B23 B22 B2 1 B20 B1 9 B18 B1 7 R1 6


229 #1 111 111 111 #1 #1 #1 #1

230 B1 5 B1 4 B13 B1 2 B1 1 BIO B9 B8


#1 #1 #1 #1 #1 #1 #1 #1

B7 BG B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 BO
231 #1 #1 #1 #1 #1 *1 #1 #1

198 -
3.7.5

BMI-D0 3
7 6 5 4 3 2 I 0
UO0 3 1 UO0 3 0 UOO 2 9 UO028 UO027 UO 0 2 6 UO0 2 5 UO0 2 4
232 #1 #1 #1
#1 #1 #1 #1 #1

UOO 2 3 UOO 2 2 UOO 2 1 UOO 2 0 UOO 19 UO0 1 8 IJOO 1 7 UOOl 6


233 #1 111 *1 #1 #1 #1 #1 #I

UOO 1 5 UOO 1 4 UO 0 1 3 UOO 12 UOO 11 UOO 1 0 UOO 0 9 UOO 0 8


234 #1 # #1 #1 #1 #1 #1 #1 #1

UOO 07 UOO 06 UOO 0 5 UOO 0 4 UOO 0 3 UOO 0 2 UOO 01 UOO 0 0


235 #1 #1
#1 #1 #1 #1 #1 #1

UOl 3 1 UO 1 3 0 UOl 2 9 UO 12 8 U012 7 UO 1 2 6 UO 1 2 5 UO 12 4


236 #1 #1 #1 #1 #1 #1 #1

UOl 23 UOl 22 UO 1 2 1 UO 120 UO 1 1 9 UOl 1 8 UOl 1 7 UO 1 1 6


237 #1 #1 #1 *1 #1 #1 #1 #1

UOl 15 UOl 14 UOl 1 3 UOl 12 UOl 1 1 UOl 10 UOl 0 9 UO 1 0 8


238 #1 #1 #1 #1 #1 #1
111 #1

UOl 07 UOl 06 UOl 0 5 UOl 04 UOl 0 3 UOl 0 2 UO 1 0 1 UOl 0 0


239 #1 #1 #1 1 111 #1 #1 #1

U02 3 1 UO2 3 0 U0229 UO 2 2 8 U02 2 7 U0226 U0225 U0224


240 *1 #1 #1 #1 #1 #1 #1 #1

U02 2 3 U02 2 2 U02 21 UO2 2 0 U02 1 9 U02 1 8 U02 1 7 U02 1 6


241 #1 #1 #1 #1 #1 #1 #1 #1

242 U0215 U0214 U0213 U0212 U0211 UO2 10 UO209 UO2 0 8


#1 111 #1 #1 #1 #1 #1 #1

UO207 UO206 UO 2 0 5 UO204 UO203 UO2 0 2 UO2 01 UO200


243 #1 #1 #1 #1 #1 #1 #1 #1

UO 3 3 1 UO3 3 0 U03 2 9 U0328 U0327 U03 2 6 UO 3 2 5 U03 2 4


244 *1 #1 #1 #1 #1 #1 #1 #1

UO 3 2 3 U03 2 2 U03 21 UO320 U0319 U03 1 8 U0317 U03 1 6


245 #1 #1 #1 #1
#1 #1 #1 #1

U03 15 U03 14 U03 13 U0312 U0311 UO3 10 UO 3 0 9 UO3 0 8


246 #1 #1 #1 #1 #1 *1 #1 #1

UO3 0 7 UO3 0 6 UO3 0 5 UO304 UO303 UO3 0 2 UO3 01 UO309


247 #1 #1 #1 #1 #1 #1 #1 #1

199
3.7.5

BMI-D0 4
7 (i 5 '1 3 2 I 0
CSS TURD RPD IPEN DEN
248 #2 II 2 112 #2 #2

MBDTI
249 #2

MBDT9 MBDT8 MBDT7 MBDT6 MBDT5 MBDT4 MBDT3 MBDT2


250 112 #2 *2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2

TLCHB TLCHA ESEND


251 #2 n #2

RF TF SF MF
252 #2 *2 #2 #2

DM3 0 DM02 DM0 1 DM0 0


253 #2 #2 #2 #2

ROl 5 KOI 4 ROl 3 ROl 2 ROl 1 ROl 0 R09 R08


254 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2

R07 ROO R05 R04 R03 R02 ROl ROO


255 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2

AR1 5 AR1 4 AR1 3 AR1 2 A.R1 1 AR1 0 AR9 AR8


256 #2 #2 #2 112 #2 #2 #2 #2

257 AR7 AR6 AR5 AIM AR3 AR2 AR1 AR0


#2 #2 #2 #2 II 2 #2 #2 #2

MR1 5 MR1 4 MR13 MR1 2 MR1 1 MR1 0 MR9 MR8


258 #2 #2 #2 -II- 2 #2 #2 #2 #2

MR7 MR6 MR5 MR4 MR3 MR2 MR 1 MR0


259 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2

SPAL8 SPAL.4 SPAL2 SPA LI


260
n n n n
261

262

263

200 -
3.7.5

BMI-D0 5
7 6 5 4 3 2 I 0
M31 M3 0 M2 9 M2 8 M2 7 M2 6 M2 5 M2 4
264 112 #2 #2 II 2 #2 #2 #2 112

M2 3 M2 2 M 21 M20 Ml 9 Ml 8 Ml 7 Ml 6
265 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2

Ml 5 M14 Mi 3 Ml 2 Mil Ml 0 M9 M8
266 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2

M7 M6 M5 M4 M3 M2 Ml MO
267 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2

S31 S3 0 S29 S28 S27 S26 S25 S24


268 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2

S23 S22 S 21 S20 SI 9 S18 SI 7 SI 6


269 #2 #2 #2 112 #2 #2 #2

SI 5 S14 SI 3 S 12 SI 1 SIO S9 S8
270 #2 112 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2

S7 S6 S5 S4 S3 S2 SI SO
271 #2 2 #2 #2 *2 #2 #2 #2

T3 1 T3 0 T2 9 T28 T27 T2 6 T2 5 T24


272 #2 *2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2

T2 3 T2 2 T21 T2 0 T1 9 T18 T1 7 T1 6
273 *2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2

T1 5 T1 4 T1 3 T1 2 T1 1 T10 T9 T8
274 #2 #2 #2 *2 *2 #2 #2 #2

T7 T6 T5 T4 T3 T2 T1 TO
27S #2 #2 *2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2

B31 B30 B29 B28 B27 B26 B2 5 B2 4


276 #2 #2 #2 *2 #2 #2 #2 #2

B23 B22 B21 B20 B1 9 B1 8 B1 7 B1 6


277 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2

B15 B1 4 B13 B1 2 B1 1 BIO B9 B8


278 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2

B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 BO
279 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2

201
3.7.5

BMI-D06
7 6 5 '1 3 2 1 0

280 UOO 3 1 U00 3 0 UO029 U00 2 8 UOO 2 7 UO026 UOO 2 5 UOO 2 4


#2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2

UOO 2 3 UOO 2 2 UOO 21 UOO 2 0 UOOl 9 UOOl 8 UOO 17 UOOl 6


281 #2 #2 #2 •#2 #2 #2 #2 #2

UOO 1 5 UOO 1 4 UOO 1 3 UOOl 2 UOOl 1 UOO 1 0 UOO 0 0 UOO 0 8


282 #2 if: 2 if- 2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2

UOO 0 7 UOO 0 6 UOO 0 5 UOO 0 4 UOO 0 3 UOO 0 2 UOOOl UOO OO


283 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2

284 UO 1 3 1 UOl 3 0 UO1 2 9 UOl 2 8 UOl 2 7 UOl 2 6 UOl 2 5 U012 4


#2 #2 #2 #2 #2 112 #2 112

285 UOl 2 3 UOl 2 2 UOl 2 1 UOl 2 0 UOl 1 9 UOl 1 8 UOl 1 7 UOl 1 6


#2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2

286
UOl 1 5 UOl 14 UO 11 3 UOl 1 2 UOl 1 1 UO 11 0 UOl 0 9 UOl 08
#2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2 112 #2

UOl 0 7 UOl 0 6 UO 1 0 5 UOl 0 4 UOl 0 3 UOl 02 UO101 UOl 00


287 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2

288 U02 3 1 UO2 3 0 U02 2 9 U02 2 8 U0227 U02 2 6 U02 2 5 U02 2 4


#2 #2 *2 #2 *2 112 #2 112

U0223 U02 2 2 UO 2 21 UO2 2 0 U02 1 9 U02 1 8 U02 1 7 U02 1 6


289 #2 #2 112 #2 #2 *2 #2 #2

U0215 U0214 U02 13 U02 12 U02 1 1 U02 1 0 UO2 0 9 UO2 0 8


290 #2 #2 112 #2 #2 #2 *2 #2

UO2 0 7 UO2 0 8 UO 2 0 5 UO2 0 4 UO2 0 3 UO202 U02 0 1 U02 0 0


291 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2

292 U03 3 1 UO3 3 0 U03 2 9 U0328 U03 2 7 U03 2 6 U03 2 5 U03 2 4


#2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2

UO 3 2 3 U03 2 2 U0321 UO320 U0319 U03 18 U03 1 7 U03 1 6


293 #2 #2 #2 112 #2 #2 #2 #2

U0315 U0314 U03 1 3 U03 1 2 U03 1 1 U03 1 0 UO3 0 9 UO 3 0 8


294 #'2 #2 #2 #2 *2 #2 #2 #2

295 UO307 UO306 UO3 0 5 UO 3 0 4 UO3 0 3 UO3 0 2 UO3 01 UO3 0 0


#2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2 112

202
3.7.5

BMI-D0 7
7 S 5 'I 3 2 1 0

296 MA SA OP STL SPL RST AL RWD

297 INCI-I DST

298 MZRN

299 MEDT MMEM Ml) MJ MH MS

300 MMLI< MDLK MABS M SBI< MDRN MAPL

301 1 ALM T SYALM OTALM OHALM SVALM PSALM

302 RPBSY

303

304

305

306

307

308

309

310 OIIEAD2 OIIEAD1

311

203
3.7.5

BMI-D08
7 (S 5 'I 3 2 1 0

312 EOSTB El REND EOIIEAD

313 EOA7 EOA-6 EOA5 EOA4 EOA3 EOA2 EOA1 EOAO

314 EOD4 7 EOD4 6 EOD 4 5 EOD4 4 EOD4 3 EOD4 2 EOD 4 1 EOD4 0

315 EOD39 EOD38 EOD37 EOD3 6 EOD 3 5 EOD3 4 EOD33 EOD32

316 EOD31 EOD 3 0 EOD2 9 EOD 2 8 EOD 2 7 EOD26 EOD2 5 EOD 2 4

317 EOD 2 3 EOD 2 2 EOD21 EOD 2 0 EOD 1 9 EOD 1 8 EOD1 7 EOD1 6

318 EOD 1 5 EOD 1 4 EOD 1 3 EOD 1 2 EOD 1 1 EOD1 0 EOD9 EOD8

319 EOD7 EOD 6 EOI)5 EOD 4 EOD 3 EOD 2 EOD 1 EODO

320 *REEL TICl IK

321

322

323

324

325

326

327

204
3.7.5

BMI-D09
7 6 5 '1 3 2 1 0

328 INP1 ZP4 1 ZP3 1 MD1 MV 1 ZP21 ZP1

329 MMLK1 MMI 1

330

331

332 INP2 ZP4 2 ZP3 2 MD2 MV2 ZP22 ZP2

333 MMLK2 MMI 2

334

335

336 INP3 ZP4 3 ZP3 3 MD3 MV 3 ZP2 3 ZP3

337 MMLK3 MMI 3

338

339

340 INP4 ZP4 4 ZP34 MD4 MV4 ZP2 4 ZP4

341 MMLK4 MMI 4

342

343

205
3.7.S

BMI-DO 10
7 6 5 'I 3 2 I 0
344 INP5 ZP4 5 ZP 3 5 MD5 MV 5 ZP 2 5 ZP5

345 MMLK5 MMI5

346

347

206 -
3.7.5

Tool posts and BMI

11TT controls turning machines which can turn one or two workpieces concurrently
by operating two tool posts independently.
In other words, it is applicable to either turning machine (with 2 spindles and
2 tool posts) which can turn two workpieces concurrently by using two tool posts
with two spindles, or turning machine (with 1 spindle and 2 tool posts) which
can turn one workpiece concurrently by using two tool posts with one spindle.
The DI/DO signals of BMI can be sorted when dividing them from the viewpoints of
tool posts as described below.

- DI/DO signals common to two tool posts


A signal having a certain function is provided to both first and second tool
posts in common. The reset signal, emergency signal, and other signals that
select basic operation modes of the control unit belong to this group. If a
memory command operation mode is selected, for example, the memory command
operation is selected for both first and second tool posts in common.
Both first and second tool posts are reset or urgently stopped concurrently by
the reset or emergency stop signal.

- DI/DO signals exclusively provided for individual tool posts


A signal having a certain signal is provided for the first tool post and
second tool post independently. These signals are affixed with #1 or #2 at
the end of their signal names.
Symbol //I shows a signal exclusively provided for the first tool post, while
symbol #2 shows a signal exclusively provided for the second tool post.
These signals are also subdivided into the following two groups.

- Spindle control DI/DO


The following signals belong to this group.
Command spindle speed signals R00 - R015
ii. Maximum spindle speed signals MRO - MR15
iii. Actual spindle speed signals ARO - MR15
iv. Spindle motor command voltage signals RISGN, RIO - RI12

In case of 2 spindles and 2 tool posts;


Individual tool post spindles are controlled by using spindle control DI/DO
exclusively provided for tool posts.

In case of 1 spindle and 2 tool posts;


The spindle common to two tool posts is controlled by using spindle control
DI/DO signals provided for the first tool post.
- DI/DO other than those for spindle control
The feedrate override signal, auxiliary function code signals, stroke signal,
etc. belong to this group. The override of the cutting feedrate can be
independently applied to individual tool posts, and auxiliary function code
signal and strobe signal are sent to these tool posts independently of each
other.

The DI/DO signals provided for each control axis may be said to belong to "DI/DO
exclusively provided for individual tool posts" because that the axis controls
either tool post only. However, these signals are not affixed with divided by
tool posts, but divided by control axis numbers as viewed from the entire
system.

207
3.7.5

In the 11TT the following three groups are provided as the configuration of
control axes.

1st axis 2nd axis 3rd axis 4th axis 5th axis

1st tool post 2nd tool post


1 Not provided
XI Z1 X2 Z2

1st tool post 2nd tool post


2
XI Z1 Additional X2 Z2
axis

1st tool post 2nd tool post Additional


3 axis
XI Z1 X2 Z2

Two axes are provided for each tool post (or, 4 axes in total) as the basic
configuration, and one additional axis is provided for either tool post (5 axes
in total) as the optional configuration,

208 -
3.7.5
10/11/100/110M with same Interface as 6M

6M MI - DI
DGN
No. 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

*DECX *-LX *+LX


400 DTCHX *SVFX
* ITX *-EDX *+EDX

401 HX MLKX MIX -X +X

402 DTCHY *SVFY *DECY *ITY *-EDY *+EDY *-LY *+LY

403 HY MLKY MIY -Y +Y

404 DTCHZ *SVFZ *DECZ *ITZ *-EDZ *+EDZ *-LZ *+LZ

405 HZ ZNG MIZ -Z +Z

406 4NG *SVF4 *DEC4 *IT4 *-ED4 *+ED4 *-L4 *+L4

407 H4 MLK4 MI 4 -4 +4

408 MLK DLK ABS OVC SBK BDT1 DRN AFL

409 ZRN BRN SRN KEY FID FIN ST

410 ERS RRW ASP *ESP SKIP UINT SAR

411 GST SOR ASSTP GRB GRA SPC SPB SPA

412 AGJ EDT MEM T D J H S

413 MP4 MP2 MP1 *FV16 *FV8 *FV4 *FV2 AFV1

414 RT ROV2 ROV1 *JV16 *JV8 *JV4 *JV2 *JV1

BDT9 BDT8 BDT7 BDT6 BDT5 BDT4 BDT3 BDT2


415
AGSTB AG24 AG 22 AG2 1 AG 18 AG 14 AG 12 AG 11

209
3.7.5

6M • MI - DI
DGN
No. 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

416 TLRST

417 TLSKP TL64 TL32 TL16 TL08 TL04 TL02 TL01

418 AGST WN16 WN8 WN4 WN2 WN1

419 ESTB EA6 EA5 EA4 EA3 EA2 EA1 EAO

420 ED 15 ED 14 ED 13 ED 12 EDI 1 ED10 ED9 ED8

421 ED 7 ED 6 ED 5 ED4 ED 3 ED 2 EDI EDO

422 UI15 UI14 UI13 UI12 UI11 UI10 UI9 UI8

423 UI7 UI6 UI5 UI4 UI3 UI2 UI1 UIO

424 SIND R13I R12I Rill R10I R09I

425 R08I R07I R06I R05I R04I R03I R02I R01I

426 5NG *SVF5 *DEC5 *IT5 *-ED5 *+ED5 *-L5 *+L5

427 H5 MLK5 MI5 -5 +5

210 -
3.7.5

6M • MI - DO
DGN
No. 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

500 MA SA OP STL SPL RST AL RWD

501 CSS THRD RPD TAP INCH DST IPEN DEN

502 SSP SRV FMF EF BF TF SF MF

503 MMIY SEY ZP2Y ZPY MMIX SEX ZP2X ZPX

504 MMI4 SE4 ZP24 ZP4 MMIZ SEZ ZP2Z ZPZ

505 TLCHB TLCHA ESEND EREND MMI5 SE5 ZP25 ZP5

506 M30 MO 2 M01 MOO M38 M3 4 M3 2 M32

507 M2 8 M24 M2 2 M2 1 Ml 8 M14 M12 Mil

508 T48 T44 T42 T41 T38 T34 T32 T31

509 T28 T24 T22 T21 T18 T14 T12 Til

S28 S24 S22 S21 S 18 S 14 S 12 Sll (param. )


510 S52 S51 S48 S44 S 42 S41 GRB GRA S12BIT-A
S48 S44 S42 S41 S38 S34 S32 S31 S12BIT-B

B38 B34 B32 B31 B28 B24 B22 B21 (param. )


511 S28 S24 S22 S21 S 18 S14 S 12 Sll S12BIT-A
S28 S24 S22 S21 S 18 S 14 S 12 Sll S 12BIT-B

B18 B'14 B12 Bll R12 Rll RIO R09 (param. )


512 B38 B34 S32 S31 R12 Rll RIO R09 S12BIT-A
S58 S54 S52 S51 R12 Rll RIO R09 S12BIT-A

513 R08 R07 R06 R05 R04 R03 R02 R01

514 U015 U014 U013 U01 2 U011 U010 U09 U08

515 U07 U06 U05 U04 U03 U02 U01 UOO

211
3.7.5

6M • MI - DO
DGN
No. 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

516 MMLK MDLK MABS MZNG MSBK MBDTl MDRN MAFL

517 MBDT9 MBDT8 MBDT7 MBDT6 MBDT5 MBDT4 MBDT3 MBDT2

518 BCLP MUCL

* The underlined signals are added to 6M.


DI DTCHX, Y, Z detach axis
MLKX, Y, 4, 5 machine lock axis
MIZ mirror image
*+ED4, 5, *-ED4, 5 external deceleration
BRN block return
DO CSS constant cutting speed mode
THRD threading mode
TAP tapping mode
INCH inch input mode
IPEN Interpolation end
MMIZ mirror imaged
SE5 axis select

The following signals are not provided for 6T, but exclusively for 6M.
* DI FID, angular jogs (AGJ, AGSTB , AG11 AG24, AGST) , OVRCD, *BECLP,
*BEUCL
DO SSP, SRV, FMF, EF, BF, M 3rd, S 5th, T 3rd-4th, B lst-3rd, MZNG, BCLP,
BUCL

* The following signals are defined in 6T, but not included in above.
DI STLK, XAE, ZAE, PRC, SMZ , CDZ , *SECLP, *SEUCL, SPSTP
DO SCLP, SUCL

212
3.7.5

10/11/100/ 110T with the same interface as 6T

6T MI - DI
DGN
No. 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

400 DTCHX *SVFX *DECX *ITX *-EDS *+EDX *-LX *+LX

401 HX MLKX MIX -X +X

402 DTCHZ *SVFZ *DECZ *ITZ A-EDZ A+EDZ *-LZ *+LZ

403 HZ MLKZ MIZ -Z +Z

404 DTCH3 *SVF3 *DEC3 *IT3 *-ED3 *+ED3 *-L3 *+L3

405 H3 MLK3 MI3 -3 +3

406 DTCH4 ASVF4 *DEC4 *IT4 A-ED4 *+ED4 *-L4 *+L4

407 H4 MLK4 MI 4 -4 +4

408 MLK DLK ABS OVC SBK BDT1 DRN AFL

409 ZRN BRN SRN KEY FIN ST

410 ERS RRW *SP *ESP SKIP UINT SAR STLK

411 GST SOR ASSTP SPC SPB SPA

412 EDT MEM T D J HS

413 MP4 MP2 MP1 GR4 GR3 GR2 GR1

414 RT ROV2 ROV1 *OV16 *OV8 *OV4 *0V2 *0V1

415 BDT9 BDT8 BDT7 BDT6 BDT5 BDT4 BDT3 BDT2

213
3.7.5

6T • MI - DI
DGN
No. 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

416 TLRST PRC ZAE XAE SMZ CDZ

417 TLSKP TL08 TL04 TL02 TL01

418 WN1 6 WN8 WN4 WN2 WN1

419 ESTB EA6 EA5 EA4 EA3 EA2 EA1 EAO

420 ED 15 ED14 ED 13 ED 12 EDI 1 ED10 ED9 ED8

421 ED 7 ED 6 EDS ED4 ED 3 ED2 EDI EDO

422 UI15 UI14 UI13 UI12 UI11 UI10 UI9 UI8

423 UI7 UI6 UI5 UI4 UI3 UI2 UI1 UIO

424 SIND R13I R12I Rill R10I R09I

425 R08I R07I R06I R05I R04I R03I R02I R01I

426 *SECLP *SEUCL SPSTP

427

214
3.7.5

6T • MI - DO
DGN
No. 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

500 MA SA OP STL SPL RST AL RWD

501 CSS THRD RPD TAP INCH DST IPEN DEN

502 TF SF MF

503 MMIZ SEZ ZP2Z ZPZ MMIX SEX ZP2X ZPX

504 MMI4 SE4 ZP24 ZP4 MMI3 SE3 ZP23 ZP3

505 TLCHB TLCHA ESEND EREND

506 M30 MO 2 M01 MOO

507 M2 8 M2 4 M22 M2 1 M18 M14 Ml 2 Mil

508

509 T28 T24 T22 T21 T18 T14 T12 Til

510 S48 S44 S42 S41 S38 S34 S32 S31

511 S28 S24 S 22 S21 S 18 S 14 S 12 Sll

512 R12 Rll RIO R09

513 R08 R07 R06 R05 R04 R03 R02 R01

514 U015 U014 U013 UOl 2 UOll UOIO U09 U08

515 U07 U06 U05 U04 U03 U02 UOl UOO

215
3.7.5

6T • MI - DO
DGN
No. 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

516 MMLK MDLK MABS MSBK MBDT1 MDRN MAFL

517 MBDT9 MBDT8 MBDT7 MBDT6 MBDT5 MBDT4 MBDT3 MBDT2

518 SCLP SUCL

The underlined signals are added to 6M.


* DI DTCHX, Z, 3, 4 detach axis
MLKX, Z, 3, 4 machine lock axis
MIZ, 3, 4 mirror image
*+EDX » Z, 3, 4 external deceleration
*-EDX, Z, 3, 4
BRN block return
DO CSS constant cutting speed mode
THRD threading mode
TAP tapping mode
INCH inch input mode
IPEN interpolation end
MMIX, Z, 3, 4 mirror imaged
SEX, Z, 3, 4 axis select

following signals are not provided for 6M, but exclusively for 6T.
* DI
The
STLK, XAE, ZAE, PRC, SMZ, CDZ, *SECLP, *SEUCL, SPSTP
DO SCLP, SUCL

The following signals are defined in 6M, but not included in above.
* DI FID, angular jogs (AGJ, AGSTB, AG11 * AG24, AGST) , OVRCD, *BECLP,
*BEUCL
DO SSP, SRV, FMF, EF, BF, M 3rd, S 5th, T 3rd-4th, B lst-3rd, MZNG, BCLP,
BUCL

216 -
3.7.5

10/100M with the same interface as in 3M

M • MI - Dll
DGN
No. 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

400 DTCHX *SVFX *DECX *ITX

401
HX/ MLKX MIX -X +X
ROV1

402 DTCHY *SVFY *DECY *ITY

403 HY/ MLKY MIY -Y +Y


ROV2

404 DTCHZ *SVFZ *DECZ *ITZ

405 HZ/ ZNG MIZ -Z +Z


DRN

406

407

408 MLK DLK ABS OVC SBK BDT AFL

409 ZRN BRN KEY FIN ST

410 ERS *SP *ESP SKIP SAR *ILK

411 SOR *SSTP SPC SPB SPA

412 MD4 MD2 MD1

413 MP2 MP1

414 RT *OB8 *OV4 *OV2 AOV1

415

(Note) The underlined signals are newly added.

217
3.7.5

3M • MI - DI
DGN
No. 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

416

417

418 PN8 PN4 PN2 PN1

419 ESTB EA6 EA5 EA4 EA3 EA2 EA1 EAO

420 ED 15 ED14 ED 13 ED12 EDI 1 ED10 ED9 ED8


i

421 ED 7 ED6 ED 5 ED 4 ED 3 ED2 EDI EDO

422 UI15 UI14 UI13 UI12 UI11 UI10 UI9 UI8

423 UI7 UI6 UI5 UI4 UI3 UI2 UI1 UIO

424 SIND SSIN SGN R12I Rill R10I R09I

425 R08I R07I R06I R05I R04I R03I R02I R01I

218
3.7.5

3M • MI - DO
DGN
No. 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

500 MA SA OP STL SPL RST AL

501 CSS THRD RPD TAP INCH DST IPEN DEN

502 BF TF SF MF

503 ZP2Y ZPY ZP2X ZPX

ZPZ
504 ZP2Z (param. )
EF

505 EREND

506 M30 MO 2 M01 MOO

507 M2 8 M24 M2 2 M21 M18 M14 Ml 2 Mil

508

509 T28 T24 T22 T21 T18 T14 T12 Til

S14 S 12 Sll
510 S28 S24 S22 S21 S18 (param. )
MIG MDG LWG

511 B38 B34 B32 B31 B28 B24 B22 B21

512 B18 B14 B12 Bll

513

514 U015 U014 U013 U012 UOll UO10 U09 U08

515. U07 U06 U05 U04 U03 U02 UOl UOO

219
3.7.5

3M • MI - DO
DGN
No. 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

516

517

518 ENB

220 -
3.7.5

10/100T with the same interface as 3T

3T MI - DI
DGN
No. 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

400 DTCHX *SVFX *DECX

401 HX/ MLKX MIX -X +X


ROV1

402 DTCHZ *SVFZ *DECZ *+LZ

403 HZ/ MLKZ MIZ -Z +Z


ROV2

404

405

406

407

408 MLK DLK ABS OVC SBK BDT DRN AFL

409 ZRN BRN KEY FIN ST

410 ERS *SP *ESP SKIP SAR STLK

411 SOR *SSTP SPC SPB SPA

412 MD4 MD2 MD1

413 MP2 MP1 GR2 GR1

414 RT *OV8 *OV4 *0V2 *0V1

415

(Note) The underlined signals are newly added to 3T.

221
3.7.5

3T • MI - DI
DGN
No. 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

416 PRC ZAE XAE SMZ CDZ

417

418 PN8 PN4 PN2 PN1

419 ESTB EA6 EA5 EA4 EA3 EA2 EA1 EAO

420 ED 15 ED 14 ED13 ED 12 EDI 1 ED10 ED9 ED8

421 ED 7 ED6 ED5 ED 4 ED3 ED 2 EDI EDO

422 UI15 UI14 UI13 UI12 UI11 UI10 UI9 UI8

423 UI7 UI6 UI5 UI4 UI3 UI2 UI1 UIO

424 SIND SSIN SGN R12I Rill R10I R09I

425 R08I R07I R06I R05I R04I R03I R02I R01I

222
3.7.5

3T • MI - DO
DGN
No. 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

500 MA SA OP STL SPL RST AL

501 CSS THRD RPD TAP INCH DST IPEN DEN

502 TF SF MF

503 ZP2Z ZPZ ZP2X ZPX

504

505 EREND

506

507 M2 8 M2 4 M22 M21 M18 M14 M12 Mil

508

509 T28 T24 T22 T21 T18 T14 T12 Til

510

511 B28 B24 B22 B21 B18 B14 B 12 B 11

512 R12 Rll RIO R09

513 R08 R07 R06 R05 R04 R03 R02 F01

514 U015 U014 U013 U012 UOll U010 U09 U08

515 U07 U06 U05 U04 U03 U02 UOl UOO

223 -
3.7.6

3T • MI - DO
DGN
No. 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

516

517

518 ENB

3.7.6 LED display of I/O module


The terminal board connection module of the digital input/digital output modules
is provided with LED for indicating the on/off conditions of each I/O signal.

u
©
©flo oo
©Ho 01
[o 02
©|[o 03 Yellow LED
COM
©b Lights . . . Input (or output) turns on
Goes out . . Input (or output) turns off.
© O 04
©IIO 05
© O 06
O 07

m 10
Rx)llo u
HE 12
13
COM

HE 14
©|[o 15

m® 16

17
COM

BE 18
©
n

224
3.8
3.8 Block Diagram of Servo System

3.8.1 Block diagram of position control


1) Pulse coder
CCW revolution viewed from spindle

+V Motor speed depends


on this voltage.
Command pulse = Least movement unit

r JXTirL +(-)
_
-E

-V
+E
[ Table
Command D/A -jj'A/j/pVV

--
CMR Velocity Motor
pulse Converter VCMD unit
-(+) io7T
(CMR) times J (Parameter Li
I
'Position deviation
1825,1826)
3V/1000 rpm
1
Pulse 2000 or 2500 or 3000 pulses
Least movement unit (DGN 3000) coder per one revolution
Counting unit = J-L_nL
CMR +V
F/V
Converter

-F
\ +F
Counting unit
(detection unit)
\
Counting unit =
L DMR
j~Ln|
(D/A: Digital to analog
2000 x DMR Frequency to voltage)
( DMR ) times F/V:
(Parameter 1816)
L T
Command pulse = 1 L
2000 x DMR 2T
Light emitting (In the case of the pulse
coder of 2000P/rcv.)

if
Pulse coder
PCA -
For detecting ‘ A light receiving section PCB
one revolution PCA ° Waveform when motor rotates counterclockwise
A Photo
Slit clement PCB o T varies with the number of revolutions of motor
Blight
it \ B
receiving PCA J
section . Position detection shift
of 90° for one slit 1
PCB
Waveform when motor rotates clockwise
2) Resolver/inductosyn

Command pulse = Least movement unit

Command
-rum.
n
I Velocity
_
j Table_ |
D/A
pulse CMR
converter
r
+V
unit Motor
, A
Inductosyn j
(Parameter
1825,1826)
Position deviation \ +

__
(DGN 3000)
Counting unit I
Tacho-
(detection unit) DMR generator
(Parameter
(Position control)
T 1816)
.
DSA ! —IjJr
DCA_rji
1
Resolver
Resolver
Inductosyn
Control I
J
I 1
Resolver/inductosyn
Interface PCB

225
3.8.1

o CMR and DMR are the settings required to adjust the amount of table

.....
movement complying with the command pulse.
Command pulse: 0.001 mm in metric system 0.0001 inch in inch system
CMR : Command multiply ratio

L
.....
Parameter number 1820 (Standard value:
coder, Resolver and Inductosyn)
DMR : Detect multiply radio
Parameter number 1816 (Standard value:
Resolver and Inductosyn)
1 for pulse

1/2 for
: Movement amount (mm or inch) for one revolution of the
detector
Counting unit: The value which is obtained by dividing the traverse for
one revolution of the motor by the feedback pulse of (2000)
x DMR (in the case of the pulse coder of 2000P/rev)
CMR and DMR are the settings to equalize the weight of the command pulse
and feedback pulse for one pulse.

Minimum movement unit (mm or inch) _ L (mm or inch)


Counting unit:
CMR a x DMR

a: 2,000 p/rev, 2,500 p/rev or 3,000 p/rev for pulse coder


4,000 p/rev for Resolver or Inductosyn
Minimum movement unit: Command pulse
ex. CMR is set to (T) and DMR to (2) when a movement distance is (4) mm
per (T) revolution of detector.

Minimum movement unit


Command (0.001 mm/p)
pulse
[0]
CMR
0.001 mm/p
Position
deviation
Motor
_
A/fAiWS
Table

0.001 mm
Counting
= 0.001 mm Detector 2000 p/rev.
unit
E)]
£31
DMR

Counting 4 mm
unit = 0.001 mm
2000 X f(|j!

226
3.8.2 Block diagram of M series velocity control unit

Amplify the error of VCMD and TSA


From position
control circuit
Velocity command 1 Send the pulse to
(VCMD) transistor
o- -5* Drive
Amplifier PWM circuit T1 terminal
EC Control MOL
Direction
v- Circuit
signal Thermal relay
A2A
From tachogenerator
ox F/V converter
TSA
Receive the output of
amplifier and control
i.

the ON time of transistor Triangle


f
wave
TSB generator
o (8)
-7?T 1
j A2 B
GDI
HL
l Enable signal ENBL1 Current
2] DC servo motor
ro detecting \ TSA
N5 ENBL2 O +24 circuit B2
l MCC [All Tachogenerator
Protect the motor
from over current ?B1
F 'Pulse coder

T1
Power
source
circuit
+2 4V
+15V
-15V (5)
A1A
TSB o
AC200V err
3<>
I
§§=3 No fuse Doide
%
® A IB

5
circuit module
breaker CD1 CD2
From 100A
machine Thermostat in
side 100B servo transformer
1
PRDY 1 Solid state relay MOL TOH
PRDY1 i 1 MCC MCC —o-o—
i
u -- PRDY2
t LiÿHJ
+24 V
95 96
|S20
Position control
ready signal
VRDYl

Velocity control
o
OVL2
l 0VL2

Overload signal
(Note) Open S20 for a unit which
connects to servo power
transformer.
ready signal
Reset the velocty control oo
unit MCC is ON to
3.8.3 Internal connection diagram of IV! series velocity control unit
a) For DC servo motor model 00M (A06B-6047-H001)

PWM circuit

A20B-0 009-0320
CN1 CN2 CN3 CN4
) 4 ISA ) i >CA
PtiOfl 8 PRDY2 2 2 2 LBA
2 *ALM1 ) 5 3 |18B 3 i
SNBU 8 £NBL2 4 ntm 4 CDI 4 L88

-0]
3
ovu
*A1M2
] 0 wu
J 6
FF 4
?
cxw
INTL1
1NTL2
8 LE8
6 HCC
7 LfiC
4 i;
CNl 8 HK H isc
VH*I 1 1 VfflY 2 9 HHK2 9 LBD
18
S
10 CVLl 10 L3T
I 2
11 CVL2 11
6 19 I2VRDY1 12 CE
TSA 13 TSB 13 VfPT2 13 _QD3
7 COM 20 14
TOD E 1S|10QA 15

From servo transformer O


CN3 CN4

I
hO
NO
CO
rI D s 4 -ITB
Tl
I 1
Tl I Diode 0-0-0 O 7
'"NFBYI
i MCC I module Q1 Q3
3
JL_
R -4kro<£-- $
HCA HCC
LBC 5
l_
_ _ JBRK1 I
I
B

?E
<KH>
2
B

PE
1 1 SA 3 O
Cl LEA
AC 50V < S
4
I
RM
'4
00-0 7

2
rNFB71 t MCC \
3

A2
23
T O O 0ÿ>
J---BRK2
— '
«
1
I
I Q2
LEB
00-0
LEC

Q4
C
©
Al DC
jSuige I LB B A 5 LBD ,1 2
OOM
1 I £
B B
I MCC
LZN_R___1 I
O
6
0-0-0 22
co
E
3 100B Cl
PVT 5
O
MCC MCC MOL
.96
J&SLoH
5 5
RM
C2 6
SK MOL

......
csi CM
R Cl
>- >- J CM
O C:
MX Q:
> 5 £
!—
2
J
>
O
£
c
CDl
4A G
4 100A
o
AO 6 6-6 0 4 7 -HO 0 1 DCO OM
Motor Setting
dT°
DCOOM 4A
°"1 U)

oo

Fig. 3.8.3 (a)


b) For DC servo motor model OM 30M (A06B-6047-H002 4)

PWM circuit
CN1 CN2 CN3 CN4
14 1 i 1 1CA
PBDY1 8 PMJY 2 2 CT 2 2 Lm
2 7T 3 i86 3 3 LEA
ENBL1 9 ENa.: 4 4 CD! 4 LBB
CNl
*A1M 2 16 _ 5
6
5
' INTTLI
5
$
££B
OVLi I0 OVX.2
7 1WL2 7 LBC
4 *ALM4 1 7 8 BK 8 LSE
VRDY1 :l vray? 9 BBK2 9 LDP
s 18 to 10 LED
12 l t I LBS
6 19 12 ) 2 <X
VTOY l
TSA 13 TSB vRpyz 13 a? 3
7 CPU 20 4
ms 14 cm
><. E 15 LOOA CTE

A20B-Q 009-0320

CN2 CN3 CN4


To transformer

I
N2>
ro CD
rNFBT', MCC I
Diode
module *
\

21
OCR
I
r
vHCAi CI
?i
SJLBAÿ B 1
-----r~
i
lBl
I

:
i
HCC iCl
?
sLBCÿBl
Jci
4i
ITI l

iZ
\D

i
R
A
O -&T&> — D2
i
i
i
i
;; ;
i

i
i
i
i
i
i i
i El «£i
15A 1 i

4C2
;
AC 185V S S <? *Cl : R1
i I 1
<*
! i 1 i
t I
I i
l
MCC C2 C3 1 I I i 2
M0O3) I
23
O cAji i «0O4> 1 El IE 1 I
I
i

IV'iijSE r
I
I 3
D
:
yLEAjÿ C2
i
l
:
i
1
1 B2
MCC
M


.LBBjÿ B2
riZ; tD
15A
i Surge
I83 i 41BD<!B2 <!> B2 B1
!: absorber DS
f-U;
J
I

|- 2
t
1
i
k 2i ;
:
i
DCOM
DCSM
!l DC1 0M

[ZNR ; ! !Q. m
I
I
t
!
1
I
i
!
1
I
IRM
DC20M
DC30M
RMftclcjal LEBiE2 E2 !
ILEPfrE2 4 E2
*
(Re>
3 100B
L 6
!_TM1_J L ™2 J !TM4;H0«i
O i
MCC MCC
_ MOL 'TM3W0O4)!
C4 MOL
fax I
W 2 A2o c£4 Ak> 95 96 5

R 1
>-
CM
>- -3
CM
J CM
RRRd>
(**)-£$>
Q J -P CM
MCC 5 5 > Q CP

<A 2 00A >J 9 % o C


O
I
Motor Setting
A06B-6047-H002 DCOM 5M
A06B-6047-H003 DC10M-20M DCOM 6A
A06B-6047-H004- DC30M
DC5M 9A
DC10M 12A co
oo
DC20M 18A u>

Fig. 3.8.3 (b) DC30M 24A


c) For DC servo motor model 10M 'v 30M for separate discharge circuit
(A06B-6047-H040, H041)

CN X CN 2 CN 3 >N1
rr >< 14 l j-8-a-
3 CT 3 2 I. BA
JPRDY1 8 PMA2 3 1 ft B 3 3
15 *ÿ TQH1 4 CDl 4 IBB
SSBU 9 ENBL2 S TOHZ CD2 5 LE 8
3 *UM2 To 6 6 iBrru 6 HOC
JV3U1 TO QVL2 INTL2 7
L8C
CN1
m 4 *AIM4 17 8 BftKl 8 LEC
yRPYl TT VRDY2 9 BRK2 IBP
5 IB 10 OVLl 10 LED
12 U 11 LBE
6 19 12 VRDY1 Q Z
TSA 13 T8B 13 VRDY2 13 CDl
7 COM 20 14 ucc 14 DI C
lÿCMP E 13 lOOA 15 LC E
,

A20B-0009-0320 -1
I

CN2 CN3 CN4


To transformer

D1 s CHARGE
[~T2 I >
i
—— -- ~n
'V'A
UNIT

?6 ED
I
ro
4

i D2
r
$ <P -Hccÿr j

o no
MCC
OCR/' \

.LBAÿBl
i
i
<LBcm
i

i
i:
i B o* i
I !
I
i

Diode i i

- ISA i i ,EI El
i
AC 185V <J- : 0-£CiC2 <>C2.
9
module fci

__
R1 B -B 1 9
l
i
C2 C3 !
,'NFB2~> MCT i
i

o=j 23 .El El
m_ O

u:i I
LEA •C2 r 1C2
|C
>• <*
? i —
f-0 i
t r&cc
M
i !
15A
I
D i .LBB ‘ B2 l2 sLBD 2 i»Bi
I ?i
Surge
absorber
]
1
.
v---s-
I
S3
:c
'B4 1
St v. i
t
i
I
;; $ DC10M
DC20M
DC30M
l ZNR : i
IQ1 ] t KM
3
o- \ 00R \.-9
RMCRt-ÿÿaXlEB „ E2
VXEqjp | (Rr)
MCC MCC MDL iÿTM2_ J <TM4_(I011_)

k
C4
pi MDL 15
fb ctf rO r O

Cl >-
CM
£
>
T-
2
CM

>
c >
CM
-1

o
HVKRd)

CM
W

O
O A

O
4 100 A >CCA

Motor Setting
*~X DC10M 12A
DC20M 18A LO
DC30M 24A oo
OJ

Fig. 3.8.3 (c)


3.8.4 Block diagram of M series velocity control unit PCB S16 T1
Chopping
frequency witch; A A 0V Strapped 0.8 msec.
SL126 Motor setting for voltage me S16 / V Open

h n feedback (strapped 00M T1 CH7


only) r° °\ ©
CHll
EEC
Armature voltage
Square wave
oscillation
Triangular
wave oscil¬
A-phasc pulse-
width 1 Insulation
circuit
A- phase
driver
TRA
detection
circuit Circuit lation circuit modulation 'i
ft
circuit
M
Power drop A-phasc
detection power source
la
CDR
CDl
t Armature voltage
detection
circuit
Overeuirent
detection
circuit S24
To alarm processing circuit

OVC operation 00M


Motor |Ca$(V/A)
0.06
Current
feedback
Maximum
pulse
width B-phase pulse-
CH12 circuit

IInsulation J
| I
cr>2 limit width B-phasc TRB
timer circuit

r
0M~20M 0.2 modulation driver

ENBL +15 V
Jr 30M(H) I 6T Voltage
circuit
circuit _
RV3 feedback

c . Power drop B*phasc


Enable and To alarm processing circuit detection
circuit (For high- CHS power source
ed positioning) © CH13 circuit
ENBL1
I CH23
CHI
XI
Phase compen¬
sation circuit CH9
C-phase pulse-
width i Insulation C-phase TRC
© modulation circuit driver
S3 Norn linear circuit
(Fo•r high-speed
posiitioning)
£ <§>
circuit

Phase compensation Power drop C-phase


Non linear circuit detection
power source
Clil 8
circuit
S5 SS S1I S14 CH14 circuit
enable

b1
S9 Si 2
!
$6
Velocity in switchxnj S7 S10 SI3 D-phasc pulse-
width Insulation D-phusc
commune
VCMD
<©CH2
A
Cain
’ RV1 modulation
_ circuit driver
S TRD

b>
circuit
TSA
t |Tÿ T$1 S2 RV4 ;:RV2 *-i -15V
+1SV
{X Current command
clamp circuit
(Current limiter) Li
RVS
A A
Power drop
detection
D-phasc
power source
(At rapid fecd-
J £offsct 777 Current
limiter
Circuit

CH10 rate dccclcration) adjustment


I
ro
Jli |»r i
F
UO
Approx. 0.2
j, Discharge
transistor - SSriH
Lo.ÿ
***2? H
E-phase
power
supply
Tachogenerator
voltage check-
ing circuit
Run away
detection
circuit
| Absolute value
- 4I circuit
voltage)
(armature (Pulse width modulation circuit power off
3t alarm)

I D1C
y If transistor bridge voltage •— L-oS25o-fcDynamic sensi*
tivity setting CHI 5
TGLS enable
c
rises, discharge command
is issued. R81 ?
——
GE CH10 FISCAL TGLS (Tacho-less) (Fuse resistor)
CHI 6
+24V
'enabid
Ql

Discharge transistor
LCE
+15V
Dischargc
alarm circuit
-t<3-
DCAL (Discharge
alarm)
VCCKDYR
+15V
regulator
! +1SV

HI Voltage drop Regenera¬ :CH3 CH4


No fuse cirCuit alarm circuit tive umt>
LV£ (LOW
breaker abrm
contact


Reicience
voltaee

No-fuse
setting

B&.
*3
voltage)

(Breaker
R8I
(Fuse resistor)
H ov

CJZ-B Alarm Alarm To postition


breaker abrm interface control
circuit circuit CH17
circuit circuit
BRK?
HCA
X
BRK alarm enable
High voltage
HVAL
//
*3
-15V
regulator
1 -I5V

n
abrm circuit //
HCAL (High
current)
GE
Excess!vc
HCR
__CD3,
current abrm
circuit
Ov£ (Overcurrent)
PRDY
K3
J //
from overcurtent detecting circuit
M CC
driver from enable circuit
PRDY1
I dyl 1
18B PRDY
Power
t
transformer

AIRI CT
CO
4ÿ

Fig. 3.8.4 (a)


3.8.5 Block diagram of AC series velocity control unit

AC servo motor
Current detector

AC ~6~&
+ Control

*
30 m circuit
Detector (Pulse coder)

I
A
<
CH7 Current command
Torque command oR
+
CH5 CH6 *2
i
i-o
OJ
ISO Velocity command
CHI I? _
Ampli-
IR
:ÿ-O CH10
CH16

l from positional
control unit
_ £ fler
circuit
|

+ *2 PWM Driver
IS
(VCMD) CH2 O "—O CH11

F/V r- *1
io *2
6 IT
CH9
Rotor position CHI2 Triangle -O
_
detecting
circuit
3 wave
generator
CH13

To positional
control unit Drive Receiver
circuit circuit

*1:. Multiplication circuit


*2: Amplifier circuit

Fig. 3.8.5 (a) OJ


’oo
C/1
3.8.6 AC servo velocity control unit inside connecting diagram
a) For model 2-0, 1-0 (A06B-6050-H002)

CN1 (M) CN2 CN3 CN4 CN5 (F) CN6 (M)


1 PRDY! 14 PRDY: 1
I 1 8A 1 I HCA i4 PCZ 1 ov 1 ov 14 PCZ
8 2CT 2 2 LBA 8 OH 1 8
2 ENBL1 1 5 ENBU 1 PCZ 2 OV 2 OV IS*PCZ
3 1 1 8B 3 LEG 3 LEA 9 OH2 9
9 16 OVL2 4 CDH1
3 OVL1 4 TOHI 4 LBB 1 PCA 3 OV 3 OV 16 PCA
10 5 TOH2 S 5 LEB 10 C8 10
4 VRDYl 17 VRDY7 1 PCA 4 + 5V 4 17*PCA
6 6 CDVl 6 HCC 11 C4 11
5 18 7 CDV2 7 LBC 1 PCB 5 + 5V 5 18 PCB
I: 12 C2 12
6 19 8 CPU! 8 LEC 1 PCB 6 +sv 6 19*PCB
1• 9 CPU2 9 LED 13 Cl 13
7 VCMD E 20SG 7 7 2d SG
10 TH1 10 LED
11 TH2 11 HCE
12jINTL2 12 LBE
PWM circuit 13INTL1 13 LEE
A20B-1000-0560 14 1 00A 14 LBF
15 MCC 15 LEF

CUD d=3 C=D C=D CIZI


CN1r~i
To power CN2 CN3
_) 1 To position controlCN6 -
-
TT1T
CN5 \
To position
control unit (VCMD) transformer
5P To motor
(Pulse coder)
\ \
unit (Pulse coder)

X X X
o n n r. n on
i R o TM1 > :c a oa
I x
‘rPn —<ÿ-—*
-l K c c<

---
I K:
N5
LO I r r r
T1 w 5I W t
NFBl
MCC
I 2i zi n B5 n
IB3 I
>
A I 1
o- O O-i—
t 2212; 3
t I 5l RM1 T1

+ Cl ! 1 rn2 7
To power AC M. 5 Ri n
n [ 10.171
transformer i 2 680ÿ %5K iE3
o
I
NFB2
1
MCC r AC
400V r
PI
w iE5
i
I
1
-fc- i*j
loan
4 6

a
2

I
O-Q-
A2 All
l
1> 4 7
Motor

3 Lrsj I 2i 2i 2 I B6
r
»1
r-
w
C5 1
I

i
j
° [B4 21
ii
3
i
DS i

---
r
RM1 PI I Si
c
wI
CO
To machine ZNR IE4 MCC
C2 rT?ÿ==fi l 1 fit
MCC 0.4ft
SK MCC 23J5"5_ B o
r a
I z z m
r
H a
4
100A \MCCX r r
K> <-o
a Co
ON
Fig. 3.8.6 (a) Velocity control unit connecting diagram
b) For AC series motor model 0, 5 (A06B-6050-H102)

CN1 CN2 CN3 CN4 CN5 CNG


MR-23P BURNDY HiROSE HiRCSE HR-22S HR -2gP
SSI *ALM1 -jail -[011
SPEC iFi CAT SC.S 141 PRQY2 PRDY1 Cl I 18A 01| LC3 31 1 HCA ail BV Hi PCZ 14| PCZ 0V
08I CHI 08!
1-2 SQmfl 151 ENBL2 -02} ENBL1
091 *ALM2h331 0VL1
02! CT 02 1 LEG 02 1 ISA 02 1 BV
091 0H2
15 1 » PCZ~ 151 *PCZ 09)
Jg2[ 0V
RM1
3-4 SQ™& 161 CVL2
10l-ftAlM4- 041 VRDY1
03 I IBB 03 1 LES 03 1 LEA 031 0V
101 C8
161 PCA TsT PCA
10! 1031 0V
5-6 0.12Q 171 VR0Y2 04 \ T0H1 04 1 CuHl 04 { LS3 041 +5V 17 1 * PCA 171 PCA 04f
111 A LMff 111 C4 18) *PCS " 111
RH2
1-2 23KQ 5W 181 CLHT
191
121 * 351 CURR 35 1
36 j
TGH2 05 DIC 05 | LES 051 + 5V
121 _C2 181 PC3
12!
051
2-3
C1.C2
16Q 270W
680UF400V 23} E
13| CoM
071 VP*D
06
07 1
CDV1
CSV2
06 1
07 {
HCC
IBC
061
07|
+5V
131 _
Cl
191
201
* PCS
SG
191 * PC9
201SG 13!
05 1
07<
C3 3.3ÿF B8| C3U1 S8 { LEC
09 1 CDU2 09 1 L5D
jg] THI 13 i LED
11 1 TH2 11 } HCE
PWM (§& 12 INTL2 12 [ LBE
13 INTL1 i 13 I LEE
A22B- 1200- 0553 14 i 14 i
1E2A ISP
15 j MCC 15 I LEE

I I [ [ [
CN1 \__ CN2 [ CN3 [ CN4 [ CN*5 [ 1 CN6 L-I 1
To position
control unit
_J To power
transformer
To motors j To position control _J
(Pulse coder) unit (Pulse codei)
A.

! JJ
C3
—-
s
ro ca CJI
LO
4S

!
r + Ir1-3- n |rIM?
Tl

A O—
1 lLJ Jz
MCC
f i
=J P
S I
I K ..
I
o I £
r*
lei
I
I
21 11 l i I Tl
ei ei 5 pi
RHl
20K I I
lO
AC?
+=eCl 5W j 27CW I i LirT"“i2 J
+=C2
k_
05
C3 ai T /

_ ---
I I
MCC u £ s
a I i ! 3
I i

20 *—o c — - Uc: 2
T
"1
IS 1
»E1
I
1
i
i
i
S
! I
06

\
23 13
o ! t
5 1 9 1 Motor
3 !&2
fe 1 I §
30 3 £2 1 3 P2
J- KU V? t !
I DIC 1 I i I i B2 64
DS i

--- ,
RMl
!I o 1 u_ ! i aI es I

:l
i
JAJ
SL T sr-is
IU
I [§U UJ

ai2 l £ Mci
r are.i L 2 t 1 J J I J I J
J"J
B1

£
|-4Sp-Nti MCC
TH s
MCC
—N— J 6
T °si n
i

3
40
130 A J -> 1 1 co
bo
ON
Fig. 3.8.6 (b) Velocity control unit connecting diagram
c) For AC servo motor model 10, 20, 30 (A06B-6050-H103, H104)

CN1 CN2 CN3 CN4 CN5 CN6


MR-23P B'JRNDT KIRQSr HiPCSF MR-2BS MR-23P
I H105 I H104 14.t PRDY2~1-S8I *ALM1 211 PR3Y1 an i8A 31 1 LC3 31 HCA 011 3V 141 PCZ 141 PCZ
i 01! 0V
|123nfll 60*tfl iSI EMBL2
n 221 ENSL1 021 CT 32 1 L9G 32 L9A 021 0V
061 OHl
iSI 151 * PCZ
cat
1
1-2
asi »AIM2 \ 391 DH2 * PCI 29!
1021 0V

RMl
5-6.9-10 20 mil 1 25ttu7 161 0VL2 131
031 OVL: 33 i 18B 33 1 LEG 03 1 LEA 021 0V
iai_cs
161 PCA 181 PCA h
:ai
1321 ev
24 1
3- 4.7- 3
11- 12
Z.6Q 0.2553
17
18
VRDY2
CLMT
11 *ALMfri
341
C51
VRQY1
CURR
TQH1
25 1 TCH2
34 1 CDH:
05 1 QIC
04 1 LSB
05 1 LE3
04!
051
5V
+ 5V
111 _
C4
171
181
» PCA
PCS
17!
181
» PCA
FC9
111
34 E
051
12 121 C2 12!
1-2 I 2CKK 5W 191 081 06 I C6l__CyVl C6 1 HCC 06i + SV umi M 19! *PC3 261
—-—-[eat —
c,
RM2 151 CoM .-jj 151
2-3 1 16a 270 W 2gj E 37IVCMD 07 1 C0V2 07 [ L9C 27| SG 221 SG 271
Cl I 662uF 402V 081 CPUI 08 1 LEG
C2 E230ÿF 4C0V 09 I CPU2 0° I LEO
C3 1 2.3ILF 131 TH1 12 1 LED
11 I TH2 11 1 HCc
PWM circuit 121 1HTL2 12 1 LSE
13 1 1NTL1 13 1 LEE
A223- 1222- 0560 14 1 122A 14 1 L5F
15 1 HCC 15[ LEF

[ ] [ J
CNl CN2 1 CM3 [ CN4 [ CS5 [ 1 CS6
To position
control unit
_J To power
transformer
_j To motor
(pulse coder)
To position control _J
unit (Pulse coder)

I J] jj
N5
CO
cn
n
I 4(5 6
T2 ci a i!
o
g

999
I U D2

__
o TH_3_ o TH_2_ TMl
U05S
L=r—i
O

__
r : r n
_ m cnIT
+
Tl NFÿi
N~~U MCC
*£L_ o ic:
3 S i i
AO
iL> >2 -J

23° 03
J 11
:-20K | 1
162
Bi
I
£1
5
I
ei RMl
Tl

io
Nr=2
3 N~U
__ MCC
*C2
Vci
L
sw I 27EW
P
8a
+=C2 C3
I
i
t
i •r
I
I

E: i
l
l
r~~~ ,

t
; 5
r
2 -0 6
20 - o o — 1A Cl tT sI 1
t
10 ! f s
23 13 i bi l
o I t

30 L
S' £
3 62 l 2 !62
S Motor
KU l 11
J- £2

--- ---
i
I
otc t I I 1 I I
DS

---
RMl
i
i
l
i
U
i
o
Is L
1
i—
t
i
LsU
Li- I
s' a I \
8 12
I ! 2 j 1 I J 1 J I B2 84

___ 5
i J
r L_Z36-_,
MCC
[HsP-N-j
CN

MCC RMl 91 S3
TH

rr
MCC
N J
A2
C3

I
3
i
u>
zz
01 05

40 100A 7 7 j 1 ON

Fig. 3.8.6 (c) Velocity control unit connecting diagram


d) For AC servo motor model 30R (A06B-6050-HQ05)

CN1 CN2 CN3 CN4 CN5 CN6


MR-20P 8URNDY HIROSE HIROSE MR-20S HR-20P
14 PRDY2 }
m CD PRDY1 01 18A 01 LCG 01 HCA ev m PCZ 14 PCZ CD
1-2.3-4 2SmQ 40W 15 ENBL2 CD ENBL1 02 CT 02 LBS 02 LBA m 0V
0H1
15 »PCZ 15 *PCZ m 0V
0V
RM 5-6 48«0 4flW 16! 0VL2 C3 C3 03 LEG 03 LEA C3 ev E3 OH2 C3 C3
7-8 20KQ20W 17 VRDY2 FG CD
OVL1
VRDY1 04
1SB
TOHI
03
04 com 04 LBB + 5V m ce 16 PCA
PCA
16
17
PCA
m GH
0V

680MF 400V 18 ra Q © TOH2 05 QIC 05 LEB G3 4 5V


ra C4 *PCS PCA
* O
C2 22C8jxF 400V 19 m m 06 06 COV1 06 HCC C3 4 5V m C2
18
19 PCB
18
19
PCB
PCB m C3
C3 3ÿiiF 600V 20 E J
03 CD VCHD 07 r C0V2 07 LBC CD fEJ Cl
20j
* SS 20 SG
* m CD!
08 eoui 08 LEC
09 C0U2 09 LBO
10 TH1 10 LED
U TH2 11 HCE
PWM circuit 12 INTL2 12 LBE
A20B-1000-05 60 13 INTL1 13 LEE
14 100A 14 LBF
15 HCC 15 LEF

CHI [ CN2 [ CHS [ CN4 [ CHS [ CH6 l


To position To power To motor To position
control unit transformer (Pulse coder) control unit
A
I
T2
<N
N3 >
U> 60 S g
O'.

I 50

40
y ,i
r r vz — irm-i

__
14 x !
I
T1 MCC i pi
--- | £ ! 2i <
mI
I
AO
I r
!
I
Bl Bl
M-c
< Bl
:c
RM
T1

lO
i
AC2 4- Cl
i
I ’ I
I RM
+itC2 C3
I
I
I
I 2h L
—** i
i
r —05

*
MCC I 1 I UJ I I l
2
t S r CLEI
8
<Llt? —
i V* I-

._
T 06
I A Cl \SJ ! i 3 I4
20
25° °SJ ;f ;E
r
CO I
i
4
s
i
t 07
1
i rv~. CO i £
' SI Motor

__
30
5 L J“ Til B2 B4
I I 1 1 t
FAN 1 I CO 1
pa. u, I
s (Z> t MCC

a
!
i
: J
*T2
L__ J 6
|W>I
J5
. Eh I J
Eh I J I J
Bl B3

r ..JOK.
a
jHSp-N-'! MCC


H
TH
SK MCC C2
N J A5Lo o-|A1 r®_fiH
o

c*
P R I-
£
25 U3
40 1B0A 00

Fig. 3.8.6 (d) Velocity control unit connecting diagram


3.9 Connection with Servo

3.9.1 Connection to IVI series servo


1) Total connect ion diagram
The 4th and subsequent axes are also connected as shown in this figure.

(j3o)
31 1st-axis velocity
Servo control unit
FUSE transformer {0K cm T i(f>)<>-

<S3> v 2 31 <> -9Tl'\) " (6}V~ lst-axis servo


Y <>"(1) motor
4
" (7)
AC200/220V +10%

50Hz±lHz
2<p
or
AC200 + 10%
-15%

TPl
i
\ --
o-o
\
i
Export
transformer ;
6

15
23
33 O-

41 Y

42 Y

51 Y
18 A

CT

18 B
9 " (2)
CN2
" (8)
G
(3)

•* (4)

2nd-axis velocity
•I 35

To NC
II
S *—
1
4 control unit
-15%

I
60Hz±Hz
20
CVl 52 Y
Ml! CHI T 1(5)

(IV 2
34 Y YT 1(A) " (6) Y 2nd-axis servo
ro
motor
LO
NC CV3
8 35 Y Y" (1)
* (7) Y
I 16 36 Y Y " (2) " (8)
Ci 18A G
TPl *24 44 » (3)
CT 3 36
V
Indicates 45 ON 2
" (4) Y
18B
200V 46 Y To NC
connec¬ 3rd-axis
tion velocity
control unit
CHI Ti(r>) Y
34 Y YT 1(A)
" (6) Y
3rd-axis servo
Single-phase 35 Y Y"(j) (7) Y
50Hz "
AC100M10Vtl§| Emergency stop
36 Y Y" (2) " (8)
G
18 A
60Hz
AC100~115U_X5%
+10% 1 00 A
«mjr 47

48
CT
ON 2
" (3)
It (4) Y ©
18 B
49 Y To NC
25 VA/axis 100 B
(Contactor coil load)

OJ
\o

Fig. 3.9.1 (a)


3.9.1

2) Cable J10 'L J12 connection diagram

NC lst-axis velocity
control unit

cvi CNl
MRE- 20RFI) MR-20RMA
01 PROY 1 A 08 *ALM1 0 14 PRDY 1 B
01 PRDY 1 A 14 PRDY 1 H
08 +ALM1 0 02 ENBL1 A 09 *ALM1 1 15 ENBL1B
02 ENBL1 A 15 KNBL1B
09 *ALM1 1 J10 08 OVL 1 A 10 1 ALM1 2 16 OVL 1 B
03 OVL1 A 10 OVL 1 B cvi
10 +ALM1 2 04 *VROYl A 17 *VRDY 1 B
04 *VRDY 1 A
11
17 *VRDY 1 B
18
ID- 05 12
18
05 06
12 13 *COMI
19
00 19
13 *COMl 07 VCMOl 20 EC 1
07 VCMDl 20 EC1

2nd-axis velocity
control unit
CV2 CNl
MRK— 20RFD MR-20RMA
01 PRDY 2 A 14 PRDY2B 01 PROY2A 14 PRDY 2 B
+ALM2 0 08 +ALM20
02 ENBL2A 15 ENBL2B 02 ENBL2A 09 *A\M2 1 15 ENBL2B
09 *ALM21 J 11 03 OVL2A 16 OVL 2 11
03 OVL2A 16 OVL2B CV2 10 *ALM22
10 ALM2 2
04
11
* 17 04 *VROY2A 11
17 *VRDY 2 B
or. 18 05 18
12 12
06 19 06 13 *COM2 19
13 *COM2 07 VCMD2 20j VCMD2
07 VCMD2 20 EC 2

3rd-axis velocity
control unit
CNl
CV3 MR-20RMA
MRE- 20RFD 01 PRDY3A 14 PRDY3B
01 PRDY 3 A 14 PRDY 30 08 *ALM3 0
08 *ALM30 02 ENBL3A 09 15 ENBL3B
ENBL3A 15 ENBL3B *ALM3 1
+ALM3 1 03 OVL3 A 16 OVL3B
03 OVL 3 A 16 OVL3B CV3 J12 10 4- ALMS 2
10 2 04 17
04 *VRDY3 A 17 •tVRDYSB It
05 18
or, 18 12
12 06 19
06 19 13 *COM3
13 COM3 07 VCMD3 20 EC 3
07 VCMD3 * 20 EC 3

The 4th and subsequent axes are also connected as shown in the above figure,

Fig. 3.9.1(b) Cable J10 J12 connections

238
3.9.1

3) Connection of overheat signal line of servo transformer

1st, 2nd, and 3rd-axis velocity


Servo transformer
control units

lst-axis velocity control unit


2nd-axis velocity control unit
CN2
3rd-axis velocity control unit
1 18A
47
48
44
45 42
18A
fl 2
3
CT
1 8B
-o CT 4 TOHJ
49 46 43 Housing SMS6PW-5 5 TOH2
18B 6
contact RC16M-SCT3
51
-9 TOH1 (Nilion burndy)
52
-6 TOH 2

2
Cable used: 30/0.18 (0.75 mm ) vinyle wire

Note: Connect overheat signals T0H1 and 2 of the servo transformer in par¬
allel to all velocity control units to which power is supplied from
the servo transformer. Connect signals must parallel each other (as
illustrated above) because CN2 (4) (5) terminals on the velocity
control unit side are polarized.

239
3.9.1

4) Connection to separate regenerative discharge unit

Velocity control unit


Power transformer (Unit to connect trans¬
former terminals 5 1, 52)

41 I8A CN 2 (1)
42 CT CN 2 (2)
43 18B CN 2(3)

(Thermostat contact) T0H1 CN 2(4)


T0H2 T0H2 CN 2(5)

SMS6PW-5 '
Connector used (Nihon burndy)
Screw terminal M4 RC16M-SCT3

(Thermostat contact)
Cable used: 0.75 mm (30/0.18) T 3(3)
200 V heat-resisting Regenerative dis¬
T 3(4) charge unit
vinyl cable

Connect the thermostat contact of


the regenerative discharge unit
to CN2 (4) in series as shown in Screw terminal M4
the figure.

Cable used: 2.0 mmÿ (37/0.26)


200 V heat-resisting
vinyl cable
Separate regenerative
discharge unit

Velocity control unit

HCA T 2 (4)
T 2 (5) *Note 1
LCE T 2 (6)
Ti

Screw terminal M3 .5

Regenerative
T 3(1) discharge unit
T 3(2)

*Note 1) Disconnect the jumper wire Screw terminal M4


between terminals T2 (5) -
T2 (6) when the regenerative
discharge unit is used with
model 30 MH velocity control
unit .
240 -
5) Connection to M series DC servo motor
a) Pulse coder feedback (mounted type pulse coder)

f ov
era )
CF1 MR-20RMA
'
oV oVl'ÿvtisvÿ-f'Sv* 1

fj 5j
In case of OOM
MS 3102 A -20 _29P

-fc+ivi+y --L-rf-
H
.A. .....
In case of OM, 5M
MK3J02A 20 -29P

"ov' r ov
B C...... 0J_

ioHii'ioiW rtVi
!
R

'
E.J
JJ
In case of 10M, 20M, SOM

...... . . . .
MS 3! OS A -go
A
PCA1PCB1 ISV
«ÿ

N
OV
K c
H... .. A
1>
OV
R
»
...K .
I S
OK 1 oil:?l
,—V—v


K
Si
.
V
__

E3
G: M4 screw 1*T1: M4 screw terminal

EHMIVITAÿA ITAWI!
Note) CFS1 is used in FS12
©-J at} RM1SWTK--4S*

budifc
i
MS3J02A -IB- JOP

<f
.....
MS.'ll 02 A - 28 • 20 A
« C I D|«
'\ 11..1.A
y
,A.*sL«

b) Pulse coder feedback


(separate type pulse coder) In case of OOM In case of OM, 5M In case of 10M, 20M, 30M
(CF51)

. . __
CFl MK-20RMA -
MSS3D2A 20 -29 S' OH 11 MS 2 102 A 20 29 1> MS 3I02 A -20 -29P

IpE&isiVIP©
SssiafeS CFl
(CF51) fh Pulse coder
WWII
~"Y~i
! dvT

1

"oVTov*
.
bn rr x w2nx2d
—-—@—* rTTl
i

G: M4 screw terminal MS 31 02 A ; 18 - 10P


MS 3 102 A -20 ~ 29 P MS 3102 A 28 • 20 P MS 3 102 A
20ÿ
RM15WTK 4 P KM15WTR-10P
I&55S
1

E9 ixprix::i+3c . H k._.[_ .X M-.


w
_CL

l Note) CF5 1 is used in FS12


1 loirnTOHCt :

rvw Tiiofiai -T— ~

__
rc

c) Resolver feedback In case of 10M, 20M, 30M


l In case of OOM In case of 0M,5M
ICFSl)
CF 11 MR20RM KMlSWTK -I0P MS 3102 A -20 -29 P MS 31 02A -20 -29 P
H K K
5iiubfe"V .* 5-
THber B&ljs&r
TSAiTTO rfSi® MAT TSBl. b.SAl fijiBIDKAJ, rÿAiTfslr---' DS Ailns in' OCA i
„KZ i.Z&-Z3IZ -tRtSJhZUL C. H T .) r~k 1 1. M
ixVXsMiKsVrffiiTi:OH2I pis dyjdsifAidi:zz mp~
1
Wi.;oc ~ KVA J
ic(—
-0- P- — ——
N ; R_J
’ .K
1 T: M4 screw terminal G: M4 screw lst-axis DC motor
tfobfdsanyy BB Brake power supply
BMI5WTR - 4 P

Pi
MS 3103A -18 10P

TTlT+llr
MS 33 02 A -28 20 P

qsipli±iic
Note) CF51 is used in FS12 _C_ Pi1

(CF71 )

i--'--!
d) Inductosyn feedback

-
CF31 :RMI2BRS-7S
1st axis
preamplifier BKRMlfiWTRA 6S
!ÿ»•' 5 V iKKKSlK'KRMl
In case of OOM
RMIBWTR mr>
_L 2 3
'
I|A)TTS;BIÿOG_
t
In case of OM, 5M
MS 3 1 02 A 7M 29 1>
!ZU5
In case of 10M, 20M, 30M
MS 3102 A 20 20 11
___
---
CF21 : RM12 BRB 7S
Mftl2BPG„7P„_ N
SHIi (>1iVi
I3X _<kX»™ - ...>
'• —M
iViT»-a Wf i>V 1r •~T"
I—1—I
-<JL—
(CF71)
RM15VVTP 8P (,[0) B 1;RMJ.51VTRA 8S
1st-axis inductosyn scale 3 -i Olj
N . ]» r T " s " T"T
ic

...
A

....
ion uWu>t
CF41 :MR20RM 1-T : M4 screw terminal
£ © ©—CZ=Q i — ;oni

oiMJioiljn . I ?
b>'iAÿATPl|A2 A tj A2 B 1 1 CF21 1
CF41 ) H© lst-axis inductosyn slider
ItMlfAVTU •P MS 3! 02 A 18 10 P MS 3 1 02 A 28 20 I*
TSAI TS HI
tuTtrlr
_ OTOTjpiq-q
.to.,i. jt .. 4. J2 J.3_r 7
J7~ ”>8” ”19 20~
G: M4 screw i @
r
f > lst-axis DC motor
AM"«r
C j 13.
I . .v-k -j.-4 -y - M — • GJ
VO
:6_
ES -Brake power supply
i c
J1'
:
BC‘A PBCBIT

Note) CF71 is used in FS12


3.9.2 Connection to AC servo
I) Total connection diagram (For analog servo)
The 4th and subsequent axes are also connected as shown in this figure.

AC200//220V+10%

50Hz + lHz
or
AC200+10%
-15%

TP 1
i

R
__
S
1Export
;

FUSE
<JSO
<H>
OSD-

transformer
Servo
transformer
31
32

33
41Q1®A.
42ÿ
51
-UL CN
-

--
-—

-Q CN2
DE CN6
lst-axis velocity
control unit

OT 1(A)

-O" !2)
l

(i)
T 1(5)

" (6) 6
* (7)0

" (4)
CNSDD
2nd-axis velocity
G6
* 13)'
A O

O
lst-axis servo
motor

!
ro
~15%
60Hz +1 HZ CVl 52 (J[ CNl
unit
T 1(5) A O
-CN
ro
2<f>
CV2 ]Q
34 —-OTl(A) // (6)6 2nd-aixs servo
motor
NC 35 // (1)
\
CV3 OD 36 i
" (2)
//{?) O
TP1 G
(CF51) CFl]Q Indicates 44
18A
O0CN6 " (3)< ZL
(CF52) CF2]Q 200V 45 FT CN2 (4)
connec¬ "CN5
18B
(CF53) CF3 IP)
G
tion 46
? __ 3rd-axis velocity
o i
control unit
(J|_CN1 T 1(5) o o
Single-phase Note) CF51~53 are
50Hz 34 Q —OT 1(A) 3rd-axis
used in FS12
AC100M 10V+10% " (6)6 servo
-15% 35 — 0"(1) motor

60 Hz Emergency stop
36 — O" (2)
!
" (7>
G
O

AC100-115V+ 10% emg 470I8A


:
(JCN6 " (3)
-15% IOOA—CH [O-
i

48 0
CT
OOCN2 " (4)0
490 1 8B PD
25 VA per one axis
100B
(contactor coil load)

CO
’O
to
3.9.2

Cable J10 - J12, J15 - J17 connection diagram

NC

lst-axis velocity
control unit
CNl
CVi MR— 20RMA
MRE-20RED uj PRDY 1 A 14 PRDY1B
*_ALM 1_0_
01 PRDY 1 A' 14 PRDY 1B 02 ENBL1 A Tÿr ENBL1B
08 A LM 1 0
02ÿFNBL1 A * 15 ENBL1B 03 OVL1A jTn A LM1 2 16 OVL1B
03 OVL1A
09 AlJVfll 16 QYL1 B no 04|»VRDYiAJ7 * 17 *VRDY1B
04 10 * A1M1 217 VRDY1B ]D- 05 18
18 *
12
05 li 06 19
0G 12
07 VCMD !
13 * COM 1 20 RC1
07 VCMD 1 * COM 1 ~
EC 1
CN6
CFl(CF5l) MR-20RMD
MRE-2 0 RMD 01 ov 14 PCZ 1 _
01 0 V 14 PCZ 1 08
08 021 0V 09 * PCZ 1
02 OV 15 + PCZ1 03 16 PCA1
09 OV 10
03 OV I 6 PC A1 J15
10
17 * PCA 1' ]ÿ —DC 04
11 11 * PCA1
04 05 18 PCB 1
11 12
05 PCBI
06
12
19 PC B 1
06
13
19 * PCB 1
07
13
20 * 07 20!

2nd-axis velocity control unit


CV2 CNl
MRE— 2 OR FI) MR 2 ORMA
01 PRDY2A PRDY2B 01 VRDY2A
08 14 PRDY2B
08 02 ENBL2 A (no 15 ENBL2B
02 ENBE2A
09 ALM2 1
15 ENBL2B 03 QVL2 A [Tn *
ALM2 1
16 OVL2B
03 QVL2A * 16 OVL2B
10 * ALM22 17 VKDY2B
Jll
04 VRDY2 AiU *
ALM2 2
17
04 *VRDY2A
11 * 30 05
* -|i! 18
* VRDY2 B
05 18
12 06 19
19
06
13 COM2 07 VCMD2 * COM2 20 EC 2
07 VCMD2 20 EC 2
CF2(CF52) CN6
MR--20RMD
MRE-20RMD 14 PCZ 2
Oi 14 PCZ2
01 OV 08
OV 08 02 OV 15 PCZ 2
02 OV
03 OV
09 1 15
* P CZ 2
16 PCA 2 J16
03 OV
09
10
*
16 PC A 2
10 17 * PCA2
04 17 *PC A2 JO 04
05
11
18 PCB 2
05 IS PCB 2 _12
06
12 19 PCB 2
06
13 19 * P CB 2
07
13
20 * 07 20

3rd-axis velocity control unit


CV3 CNl
MR -2 ORMA
MRE-20RFD
01 PRDY3A
08
14 VRDY3B 02 ENBL3A

Oi. PRDY 3 A 08 14
ALM30 15 PRDY 3 B
.ENBL3_B
02 ENBL3A * ALM3 0 15 ENBL3B
hj-x * ALM3 1 16 V L 3 B _
*ALM32 17 0
09 03 QVL3 A
03 OVL3A 16 OVL3B J12 04
04 VRDY3A
10
* ALM32 17' 3D 05 ii 18
05 18 12
12 06 19
06
13 COM3 07 VCMD 3
13 * COM 3 20> EC 3
07 VCMD 3 20 EC 3
CF3(CFf>3) CN6
MRE- 20 RMD MR 2 0 RMD
01 ov 14 PCZ3 01 OV
08 H PCZ 3
08 02 OV
02 OV 09
15 — 09 15 PCZ 3
03 OV PCA3 J17 03 OV 16 PCA 3
10 10
04
11
17 PC A 3
* ]ÿ- -DC 04
11
17 PCA3
05 18 PCB 3 05 18 _PCB3
06
12 19 P C B 3 06 19 PCB 3
13 2(1
* 07
13
20
07

Note) CF51 ~53 are used in FS12.


The 4th and subsequent axes are also
connected as shown in the above figure
correspondingly .
(Mark * in the above connectors
CF1A3 shows a short-circuit condition.)

243 -
2) Total connection diagram (For digital servo)

1st -axis servo


Servo amplifier

FUSE
transformer -Q[ CN1 T 1(5)0 O
<xso -
II X
31 OT UK lst-axis servo
32 -0"(1)
-O" (2)
" (6)
r motor

<S> 33 " (7) O


AC200./220V+10% 0
41AIM. -0[CN2
50Hz±lHz
-15% ____
i
i
1Export
J transformer 42 CT " (3)
"
(4)'

\
2<f>
or TP 1 +CXD
R S
43
51 2nd-axis servo
AC200+10% amplifier
ro ~15%
-> 60Hz+i HZ (CV21B) CV21 ][} 52Q CNI TK5) O
2<j>
I (CV22B) CV22 ]Q 34 0 -OTllA) " (6)
2nd-aixs servo
motor
35

X -Q"
NC (11
(CV21B) CV21B “TO
JLJ 36 6" (2) " (7) O
TP1 G
(CF91B) CF91 jQ Indicates 44
ISA
" (3)i
(CF92B) CF92 ]Q 200V 45 CT {][ CN2
connec¬ " (4)0
18B
(CF91B) CF91B
JQ tion 46Q
3rd-axis servo
amplifier

Single-phase [CNI T 1(5) O


11/110 series 3rd-axis
50Hz 34 0 OTKA)
10/100 series
AC100M10V+10%

r
'/ (6)0 servo
“15%
X
35 motor
36 (2) " 17) o
Emergency stop G
60Hz
AC100—115V+10% erne: 47 OISA CN6 " (3)
-15%
100A-OI fO- 48 Qÿ~ {][ CN2
» (4)i

18B
25 VA per one axis
496
100B
(contactor coil load)
VO
3.9.2

Cable J210 - J214 Connection diagram

10/11/100/110 control unit Digital servo amplifier

CV21/CV22/XV21B/CV22B CN1
MR-20RF MR-20RM
1 *PWMAn 14 1 14 *PWMDn
8 IRn 8 IRn
2 COMAn 15 COMDn 2 COMAn 15 COMDn
9 GDRn 9 GDRn
16 *PWMEn 3 16
3
4
*PWMBn
COMBn
10 ISn
17 COMEn
J210- J214
4 COMBn
10 ISn
17 COMEn
11 GDSn GDSn
5 *PWMCn 18 *PWMFn 5 *PWMCn 18
12 *MCONn 12 *MCONn
6 COMCn 19 COMFn 6 COMCn 19 COMFn
13 GNDn 13 GNDn
7 *DRDYn 20 7 20

Note) n means number of axis.

3) Connection of overheat signal line of servo transformer

1st, 2nd, and 3rd-axis velocity


control units
Servo transformer
lst-axis velocity .control unit
2nd-axis velocity control unitN
3rd-axis velocity control unit CN2
1 18A
47 44 41 2 CT
6 18A
3 1 8B
4845 42
-0 CT< 4 TQH 1
49 46 43
-0 1 8 B
Housing
contact { RC16M-SCT3
SMS6PW-5 5 TOH 2
6
51
4 TOH 1 (Nihon burndy)
52
TOH 2

Note: Connect overheat signals T0H1 and 2 of the servo transformer in


parallel to all velocity control units to which power is supplied from
the servo transformer. Connect signals must parallel each other (as
illustrated) because CN2 (4), (5) terminals on the velocity control
unit side are polarized.

- 245 -
3.9,2

4) Connection to separate regenerative discharge unit

Velocity control unit (Unit to


Power transformer connect transformer terminals 51,52)

41 18A CN 2(1)
42 CT CN 2 (2)
43 18B CN 2 (3)

(Thermostat contact) TOH1 CN 2(4)


T0H2 T0H2 CN 2 (5)

Connector emploued: SMS6PW-5


Screw terminal M4
RC16M-SCT3 (Nihon bundy)

Cable used: 0.75 mm2 (30/0.18)


200 V (Thermostat contact)
T 3(3)
Heat-resisting vinyl Regenerative
wire discharge unit

Connect the thermostat contact of


the regenerative discharge unit to
CN2 (4) in series as shown in the
figure. Screw terminal M4

Separate regenerative discharge circuit


Velocity control unit

HCA T 2 (4)
# Note 1
T 2 (5)
1
Note 1: Disconnect jumper wire (if LCE 'T 2 (6) -*ÿ

any) from terminals T2 (4) ,


(5), (6) when the seperate
type regenerative discharge Screw terminal M3 .5
unit is used. Be sure to
connect to the regenerative
discharge unit after jumper
Regenerative
wire is disconneced. I T 3(1) discharge unit
? T T 3 (2)
Cable used: 20 mm (37/0.26)
600 V Heat-resisting
vinyl wire

Screw terminal M4

246 -
5) Connection diagram of digital servo (Built-in incremental pulse coder)

10/11/100/ no control unit Digital servo amplifier

CV21
MR-2 0 RF — C V 2 1 B~ CN1
MR-20 RM
T2
1 >: PWMA n 1 4 *PWMDn 3 *PWMAn 14 *PWMDn
8 IRn 8 IRn 4 5 6
2 COMA n 15 COMDn 2 COMAn 15 COMDn
9 GI) Rn J21 0~~ 9 GDRn
3 + PWMBn 15 *PWNBn 3 *PWMBn 15 *PWMRn LCG HCA For power Model: 2-0
10 I Sn 10 I$n
4 COMB n 17 COMR n 4 COMBn 17 COMF.n PM1 5WTR-4P 1-0
5 t PWMCn
6
ii

COMCn
ODSn
12 *MCON n
18 *PWMFn
19 COMP' n
5 PWMCn
6 COMCn
*
GDSn
12 *MC0Nn
ll
IS
19
*PWMFn
COMPn
?_ ? Separate type
regenerative
1
3
An 2
An 3
An 2
G
13 GNDn 13 GNDn discharge unit
7 20 7 *DRDYn 20
* DRDY n


MS 3 1 0 2 A 3 8-1 OP
Model: 0
5
A An1 B An 2
CN 2 ( SMS 5 RW— 3 ) C An3 D G
1 2 3 4 5 6 a Model: 10
CP' 9 I ~/CP91 MS 31 02A-22-22P 20
MR-2 0 RM 18 A CT 1 8B TOHJ TOH2 Grounding
A B An 2 30
Use wire of 5.5 mm* or more An 1
i 0V 14 PCZn Set earth resistance I00f2 or less
8 OilnA C An 3 D G
I 2 ov 15 *PCZn J 2 2 0—
9 OllnB Model: 30R
ro 3 0V 16 PCAn
10 Cn 8 T1 (M4 screw terminal) MS 31 0 2 A— 2 4—1 OP
•t- 4 +5 V 17 + PCA n
I1 Cn 4 A 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 A An 1 B An 1
5 +5 V 18 PCBn
C A n2 D An2
I 5 + 5V
12
13
Cn 2
C nI
19
20
* PCB n
1850 185 V 1 85W 1 OOA 100B An 1
1 201! 120V I 2 0W
An 2 An 3
© F
G
An3
G
F An 3

? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? J2 5-

I— l

Servo transformer sin


Emergency stop
AC100V AC servo motor

For signal (0.1m detection) For signal (Ip detection)


MS3102A 22-14P MS 31 02A-20— 29PW
A PCAn B *PCAn C D *PCBn A PCAn B PCBn C Cn ) I)

E PCZn F PCZn G
PCBn
H Cn 2 K *PCBn F PCZn G *PCZn H
* PCA
G
n

J Cn 4 K
* Cn 8 L
Cn 1
+ 5V M 0V J + 5V K +5 V L Cn 4 M Cn 8
PJ G P OHnA R OHnB S N OV p Cn 2 R OHnA S 0Hn8
T + 5V U OV V T ov

to
6) Connection diagram of digital servo (lu detection, built-in absolute coder)

10/11/100/110 control unit Digital servo amplifier

CT2 1 ~/CV2I 8- CNI


MR-20 RF MR-20RM
T2
1 *PWMAn 14 *PWMDn 1 14
8 I Rn 8 IRn 4 5 6

4
2 COMAn
2 PWMB
* n
COMB n
9
10
ODRn
ISn
15
16
COMDn

COMKn
J 21 0
— 2
3
4
COMA n

* PWMB n
COMB n
10
9
ISn
GDRn

17
15
16
COMDn
PWMEn
COMEn
LCG HCA
For power Model: 2-0
1-0
n GDSn ]1 GDSn RM15WTR-4P
5
6
PWMCn
COMCn
12
38 *PWMFn
19 COMPn
5
6
PWMC n
COMCn
12 *MCONn
18
19 COMPn
?_? Separate type
regenerative
1
3
An 1
An3
An 2
G
13 GNDn 13 GNDn discharge unit
7 20 7 n 20
Model: 0
MS31 02A-18-10P 5

CN 2 ( SMS 6 RW- 3 ) © \A
C
An 1
An 3
B
D
An 2
G
1 2 3 4 5 6 o Model: 10
CF9 I -~/C P9 1 B ~-
MR-20 RM 18A CT 1 8 B TOHl TOH 2
Grounding
MS 31 02A— 2 2 22P— 20
30
1 ov 14 PCZn A A n1 B An 2
8 OIlnA Use wire of 5.5 mm2 or more
2 0V 15 PCZ n Set earth resistance 1OOfi or less C An3 D G
3 0V
9 OIIn B
16
* PC An Model: 30R
I 10 Cn8 T1 (M4 screw terminal) MS 3 1 02A-24-1 OP
4 +5V 17 PCAn
Cn 4 A 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 . 8
A An 1 B An 1
N3 5 +5V 18 PCBn
1850 185V 185W
-F* 12 Cn 2
CO
1
6
7
+5 V
13 Cn 1
19
20
PCBn
* RKQn 120U 120 V 1 20W
100A J00B A n 1 An 2 An 3
© C
E
An 2
An 3
G
D
F
An2
An3

? ? ? ? ? 1 ? J 25 ~
G

J 2 2 0A ~ J20B ~

CFI A
—1 CF1B- cn

cTTo- AC 1 0 0V
Relay unit AC Servo motor

Servo transformer Emergency stop Note 4


CA7
For signal
M4 screw M3 screw MS31 02A-22-1 4P
CA7 CF1 A~ A PCA n B| PCAn C PCBn D PCBn
SMS6RK-5 MRR-20RMD
E PCZn Fj *PCZn G CnI H Cn 2
06 05 04 03 02 01 14 PCZn 01 0V
Battery unit
OVA +6V A
15 *PCZn
16 PCAn
08
09
10
OHnA
OHnB
Cn8
02
03
0V
0V
CF1B
MRE-20RMD
— J
N
T
Cn4 K
G
+ 6VA
P
u
Cn 8
OHnA
0V
L
R
V
OHnB
+5 V M
S RKQn
0V

17 *PCAn 04 +5V 01 OV 14 PCZn


11 Cn 4 OS OHnA
IS PCBn
12 Cn2
05 + 5V 02 0V
09 OHnB
IS PCZn
19 *PCBn 06 +5 V 03 OVA 16 PCAn
13 C n1 10 CnS
20 RKQn 07 04 +5 V 11 Cn 4
PCAn
05 + 5V 18 PCBn
12 Cn 2
06 + 6VA 13 Cn 1
19 *PCBn
07 20 REZn 'O
N>
7) Connection diagram digital servo (Separate type incremental pulse coder)

10/11/100/110 control unit Digital servo amplifier


CV21 /CV21B-
MR-2 0 RF
CNI
MR-20 RM
1 *PWMAn 14 *PWMDn
T2
1 *PWMAn 14 *PWMDn 6
8 IRn 8 iRn 4 5
2 COMAn 15 COMDn 2 COMAn 15 COMDn
9 GDRn J 21 0- 9 GDRn
PWMBn 16 PWME n JLCQ HCA
3 *PWMBn
COMBn
10 ISn
16
*P\VMRn
COMRn
3
4 COMBn
10 ISn
17
*COMPn For power Model: 2-0
1-0
4 17 RM1 5WTR-4P
5
6
PWMCn
*COMCn
11 GDSn
12 *MCONn
18
19
*PWMFn
COMFn
5
6
*FWMCn
COMCn
11
12 *MCONn
GDSn
IS *PWMFn
19 COMFn
? _? Separate type
regenerative
discharge unit
1
3
An 1
An 3
An2
G
13 GNDn 13 GNDn
7 *ORDYn 20 7 *DRDYn 20
Model: 0
MS 31 0 2A-1 S-l OP 5

CN 2 ( SMS 6 RW-3 ) © A
C
A nI
An 3
B
D
An 2
G
1 2 3 4 5 6 O
Model: 10
CF9 1 -/CF9 1 H
MR-2 0 RM
~ 18 A CT 1 SB TOH1 TOH2 Grounding
MS 3 1 02A-22-22P 20
30
A A n1 B An 2
1 0V 14 Use wire of 5.5 mm2 or more
8 OIJn A Set earth resistance lOOst or less C An3 D G
1 2 0V 15 J 2 20 •—
9 OHnB Model: 30R
N3 3 0V 16 PCAn T1 (M4 screw terminal) MS31 02A-24-1 OP
10 Cn 8
•P- 4 4-5V *PCAn
V0 II Cn 4 A 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 A An 1 B An 1
5 4-5 V 18 PCBn
D An 2
C An 2
I 6
7
+5V
12 Cn 2
Cn 1
19
20
* PCBn
18SU 185V 1 85W 100A 100B
1 20 U 1 20V 1 20W
An1 An 2 An 3
© F.
G
An3
G
F An 3

Connector CFE ? ? ? CL? ? ? ? J 25-

5 OP flat cable

j CZ1 CZJ
Connector CEF

CFl 0 1 ~ Servo transformer


oTo- AC100 V
AC Servo motor
Emergency stop
MR-20 RM
I 0V 14 PCZ


8
2 OV 15 *PCZ J 35
9
3 0V 16 PC A Separate type pulse coder (signal) For signal
4
5
4*5 V
4-5 V
10

12
18
*PCA
PCB
1r—i
MS 3 1 02A-20-29P
A PCA n B PCBn C +5V D
* PCA n
MS3I 02A-20-29PW
A PCA n B PCBn c Cn I D
* PCA n

E *PC8n F PCZn G PCZ n H G H *PCBn F G H G


6 + 5V
13
19 PCB
J 4-5 V K 4-5 V L
* M J 4-5 V K 4-5 V L Cn 4 M Cn 8
7 20 Separate type
pulse coder N 0V P OV R s N 0V P Cn 2 R Oita A S OHnB
T OV T OV

OP
VC
to
8) Connection diagram of digital servo (ly detection, separate type absolute
pulse coder)

10/11/100/1.1 0 control unit Digital servo amplifier

CV21 ~/CV2l CNl


MR-2 0 RF MR-2 0 RM T2 For power Model: 2-0
I + PWMA n 14 *PWMDn 1 *PWMAn 14 *FWMDn RM1 5WTR-4P 1-0
8 1 Rn 8 1 Rn 4 5 6
2 COMA n 15 COMDn 2 C OMA n 15 COMDn I An 1 j ! An2
9 GDR n 9 GDRn
LCG HCA 3 An3 G
4
3 tPWMISn
COMBn
10 !Sn
16 PWM Hn
* COMKn J 21 0-
{][
3 *PWMBn
4 COMBn
10 ISn
16
* PWME n
17 COMfin
11 ODSn
5 *PWMCn
II CDS n
18 *PWMFn
o ? Separate type
regenerative MS 31 0 2 A- 1 8-1 OP
Model: 0
5
5 PWMCn 18 PWMFn
6
* COMC n
12 +MCON n
19 COMKn 6 COMC n
12 n i
19! CON Pn discharge unit A An 1 B An 2

7 +DRDY n
13 GNDn
20 n
*DRDYn
13 GNDn
20 © C An3 D Q

CK9 1 ~/CF9 i 1J
MR-20 RM
:
— CN2 ( SMS 6 RW-3 )
1 2 3 4 5 6
a
x
Grounding
MS 3 1 02A-22-22P
A An 1 B
Model: 10

An 2
20
30
0V 14
Use wire of 5.5 mm2 or more
2 0V
8 01In A
15 0[ 1 8A CT 1 8B TOH1 TOH2 Set earth resistance 100ft or less
C An3 D G
9 OHn B Model: 30R
PC An
3 0V
10 Cn 8
16 J 22 0 ~ MS31 0 2 A— 2 4 1 OP —
4 + 5V !I Cn 4
17 i K PC A n
T1 (M4 screw terminal) A An 1 B An1
5 +5 V 18 PCBn
12 Cn 2 A 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 c An 2 D An 2
I 6 +5 V 19 t-PCBn

ro II
13 Cn 1
20
1 8 5 1; 1 85V
1 201; 12 0V
]
120W
85W
100A 100B An 1 An 2 An 3
© E
Q
An 3
0
F An3

0_?
Ln
O Connector CF£ 9 9 9 9 9 9 £4 J 25

I
5 OP flat cable

Connector CEF
-oTor
Emergency stop
AC100V
A C Servo motor

CF1 01 -
MR- 2 0 RM
Servo transformer

For signal (separate type pulse coder) For signal (AC servo motor)
1 0V 14 PCZ MS 3 3 0 2A-2 2-1 4P MS 3 1 02A-20-29PW
8
2 0V 15 *PCZ
J 1 5A~- J220B- A PCAn B *PCAn C PCBn D|*PCBn A PCAn B PCBn c Cnl D
9
3 0V 16 PCA E PCZn F v PCZn G Cn 1 KO Hi Cn2& E *PCBn F G H G
10
4-5 V 17 PCA + 5V L
4
* PCB J C n 4 K9 K Cn£G?9 L +5 V M 0V J 4-5 V K Cn4 M Cn 8
5 + 5V
12
18 CPJA-S SCF1B~ o N OG P R S REQn N 0V P Cn 2 R
I
OH n A S OHn B
i6 + 5V 13
19 'PCB T +6VA U OVA V T 0V
20 REQn Relay unit
Signals with * mark are not used in this NC.

|" Jÿ.
Separate type Terminal P and R are shorted in pulse coder.
Note 4
T~~1C A 7
absolute pulse coder
CA7
SMS6RK-5
CF1 B ~
MRE-20RFD
C F1A

MRE-20RM1)

M4 screw M3 screw 06 05 04 03 02 01 01 j ov 14 PCZn 34 PCZn 01 0\


08 08
02] 0V 15 * PCZn 15 *PCZ>1 02 0\
OVA + 6VA 09 09
03 OVA 16 PCA n 16 PCAn 03 0\
Battery unit 10 10
04 +5V x PCA n 1 7 j *PCAn 04 + 5V
05 + 5V »i 18 PCBn i 18 PCBn 05 + 5V
12 32
06 +6 VA 19 *PCBn 19 *PCBn 06 + 5V
13 13
07
•o
07 20 REQn 20 REQn
to
9) Connection diagram of analog servo (lp detection, built-in type incremental
pulse coder)

For signal For power Model: 2-0


Control unit Velocity control unit (AC servo) MS 3 1 0 2 A— 2 0 - 2 9 PW RM15WTR-4P 1-0
A PC An B PCBn e Cnl n * PC A n 1 An 1 2 An 2
CV1 CN1 CN5 E *PCBn F PCZn G >PCZn H G 3 An 3 4 G
MRE-20RFD MR— 20RMA MR— 2QRFD Cn 8 Model: 0
J +5 V K 4-5 V I- Cn 4 M
01 PRDYnA
08 A LM n 0
14 PRDYnB 01 PRDYnA
08 *ALMnO
14 PRDYnB 01 QV
08 OHnA
14 PCZn N OY P Cn2 R 01In A $ OHCnS
B
— —
MS 3102A 18 1OP
An 2
5
02 ENBnA
*
15] ENBLnB CM 02 ENBUiA 09 15 ENBLnB 02 ov 15 *PCZn CN5 T 0V A An 1
09 OHnB
03 OV’LnA
09 + ALMn 1
16 QVLnb
'

1 J 10 ~ 03 OV'LnA
10 *ALMn2
16 OVLnB 03 0V
10 Cn8
16 PCAn J 20 ~ C An 3 1) G
Model: 10
10 + ALMn 2
04 VRDYnA 17 j vVRDYnB 04 04 +5V ’•‘PCAn 20
05
* li
18 05
n
IS 05 +5V
li Cn 4
18 PCBn
MS3102A-22-22P
An 1 An 2 30
12 12 12 Cn 2 A B.
06 19 06 19 06 4-5 V 19 C An 3 D G
13 COMn 13 *COMn 13 Cnl
07 VCMDn 20 EC n 07 20 Model: 30R
07 VCMDn 20 EC n
MS 31 02 A— 24 — 10 P
CFI -/CF5 1
MRE-20RMD
— CN6
MR-20RMD
01 OV 14 PCZn T2
A
C
E
An 1
An2
A n3
B
D
F
An 1
An 2
An3
01 OV M PCZn 08
i G


08 02 OV 15 PCZn 4 5 6 G
CN6 09
02 OV 15 -PCZn J 15 03 ov 16 AC servo motor
09
10
PCAn LCG HCA
03 OV
10
16 PCAn 04 PCAn
04 ( +5V )
05 (+5V)
11
12
17 ’’•PC A n
18 PCBn
05
06
12
33
18
19
PCBn
PCBn
vl Separate type
regenerative
! 06 ( 4-5 V ) 19 {ÿPCBn
13 07 20 discharge unit
07 20
ro
Ln CN 2 ( SMS 6 R\Y— 3 )
CN2 1 2 3 4 5 6
I
—DL 1 8A CT 1 8B TOH1 TOH2

T1 (M4 screw terminal)


A 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
185U 185 V 185W 100A 100B An 1
120U 120V 12 0W An2 An 3
©
Servo transformer LU 1? T ? ? I J 25 ~

X
o ©
Grounding
Use wire of 5.5 mm2 or more
Set earth resistance 30 Or* or less

&
Emergency stop
AC1 0 0

CO

to
10) Connection diagram of analog servo (Ip detection, built-in type absolute
pulse coder)

For signal For power Model: 2-0


Control unit Velocity control unit (AC servo) MS3102A-22-14P RMl 5WTR-4P 1-0
A PCAn B PCAn C PC Bn D *PCBn 1 An 1 2 An 2
CV1 -
MRE-20RFD
CM
MR— 20RMA
CN5
MR-2GRFD
E PCZn
J Cn4
F *PGZn
K CnS
G Cnl
L ±5V
H
M
On 2
ov
3 An3 G 4
Model: 0
01 PRDYnA 14 PRDYnB 01 PRDYnA 14 PRDYnB 01 0V 14 PCZn N OQ P OHnA R PHnB S REQn MS3102A-18-10P 5
08 08 0 08 OHnA
02 ENBnA 15 ENBLnB CN1 02 ENBLnA 09 15 ENBLnB 02 OV 15 PCZn T + 6VA U OVA V A An 1 B An 2
*ALMnl 16 09 OHnB CNS
03 OVLnA
09
16 OVLnB
J 10 03 OVLnA OVLnB 03 OV 16 PCAn
J 2 0A ~ c An 3 D G
10 2 10 *ALMn 2 10 CnS Model: 10
04 17 04 *VRDYnA 17 *VRDYnB 04 + SV PCAn
11 11 Cn 4 MS3102A-22-22P 20
05 18 05 IS 05 +5 V 18 PCB n A An1 B An 2 30
12 12 12 Cn 2
06 19 06 19 06 + 5V 19 n C An 3 D G
13 13 *COMn 13 Cnl
07 j VCMPn 20 ECn 07 20 REQn Mode!: 30R
07 VCMDn 20 ECn MS3102A— 24 10P —
CF1 -/CP 51
MRE-20RMD
01 ov
— 14 PCZn
CN6
MR-20RMD
01 0V
OV
08
14 PCZn T2
5 6
A
C
E
An 1
An 2
An 3
B
D
F
An 1
An 2
An 3
OS CN6 02 15 *PCZn 4 G G
02 OV 15 09
09 J 15 03 0V 16 PCAn
03 OV
10
16 PCAn
04
10
17 PCAn
LCG HCA J 2 OB ~
04 (+5V) 17
11 05
12
18 PCBn Q Q
05 ( 4*5 V )
!
06
12
18
19
PCBn 06
13
19 PCBn
Separate type CFnA C’FnB
i=1
13 07 20 REQn
ro regenerative I I LZJ
07 20 REQn
Ln discharge unit
NO CN2 ( SMS6RW-3 )
1 2 4 5 Relay unit
CN2 3 6
I
rOC 1 8A CT 18B TOHi T0H2
Note 4
r~iCA7

T1 (M4 screw terminal)


M4 screw M3 screw
A 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 851J 185V 185W
1 20U 120V 1 20W IOOA lOOfi Anl An 2 An 3
© CFnA

r u
Battery unit MRE-20RMD

Servo transformer ? ? U_! 14 PCZn


15 PCZn
08 OHnA
01
02
OV
ov
o
©
J 25 - 16 PC A n
17 PCAn
09 OHnB
10 CnS
03
04
OV
15 V
18 PCBn
11 Cnl
05 +5V
12 Cn 2
19 PCBn 06 +5 V
Grounding 13 Cn 1
20 REQn 07
Use wire of 5.5 mm2 or more
Set earth resistance 100ft or less CFnB
MRE-20KFD
AC 1 0 0 01 OV 11 1 PCZn
Emergency stop 08 OHnA
02 OV 15j
03 OVA
09 OHnB PCAn
16
10 CnS
0-i + 5Y 17 An
t-n 4
05 + 5V 18 PCBn
12 02
06 + 6VA 19 -PCBn
13 Cnl
07 20 REQn
CAT
SMS6KK-5 U>
06 05 04 03 02 01
O
OVA +6YA
11) Connection diagram of analog servo (ly detection, separate type incremental
pulse coder)

For signal For power Model: 2-0


Control unit Velocity control unit (AC servo) —
MS3102A 20— 29 PW RM15WTR-4P 1-0
PCAn
A B PC Bn SC Cni IJ *PCAn 1 An1 2 An 2
CVl CNI CN5 E >PCBn F PCZn jp PCZn fl G 3 An 3 4 G
MRfv-2 0 RKD MH-20RMA MR-20RFD J + 5V K _+5V L Cn A M Cn 8 Model: 0
01 PRDYnA 14 PRDYnB 01 PRDYnA PRDYnB 01 0V
OS
14 PCZn N 0V P Cn 2~ 1 R OMnA s OHnB MS 3 102A-I8-1OP 5
OS 4-ALMnO 08 0 OMnA
CNI 02 ENBLnA 09 IS ENBl.nB 02; 0V 15 *PCZ n CN5 T 0V A An1 B An 2
02 ENBnA 15 IvNBLnB ,J 1 0 tAOSnl 09 OHnB
09 4-ALMnl .J 20 C An 3 D G
02 OVLnA 16 OVLnB 03 OVLnA 16! UVLnfi 03 0V 16 PCAn
10 4 ALMn 2 10 2 10] Cn 8 Model: 10
04 vVRUYnA 1? 'ixVRDYnB 04 +5 V
04
05
11
18
* VRDYnB
05 18 05 +5 V
11 Cn 4 * PCA n
18 PCBn
MS3102A-22-22P
A Anl ] B ] An 2
20
30
12 12 12 On 2
06 19 06 + 5V 19 e An 3 j D ] G
06
13 *COMn
19 13ÿCOMn 13 Cn 1 * PCBn
07 VCMDn 20 KCn 07 VOrlDn 20 IvCn 07 20 REQn Model: 30 R
MS 3102A- 24-10P
CK1

01
— —
/CJ'5 1
MRK-20RMD
0V PCZn
CN2
CN2CSMS6RW-3)
1 2 3 4 5 6
T2
4 5 6
cb
A
C
An 1
An2
E I An 3
B
D
F
Anl
An 2
An 3

02 0V
08
09 \
14
15 1 PCZn rDC 18A 1 CT 18B T0H1 TOH2 LCQ MCA
G 1 G

03 ov 16 PCAn 10- ols


*
10 Separate type
I 17 7P(~A n
04 + 5V T1 (M4 screw terminal) regenerative
discharge unit
05 + SV 18 PCBn A 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Ln 12
u> 06 + 5V 19 PCBn I85U 185 V 18SVV
13 10 0A 100B Anl An 2 An3
07 20 120U 1 20V 120W
I
o
J U5 O t-L-1 1 J 25

Servo transformer
o ©

Grounding AC 1 0 0
Use wire of 5.5 mm2 or more
Set earth resistance 1 OOn or less

.1 3 5 - For signal (separate type pulse coder)


MS3102A-20-29P
A PGA n B PCBn C +5V D PCAn
E PCBn F PCZn G PCZn H G
J T5V K +5 V L M
cb
N OV P OV R S

Separate type
b T ov

incremental pulse coder

to
12) Connection diagram of analog servo (1y detection, separate type absolute
pulse coder)
For signal For power Model; 2-0
Control unit Velocity control unit (AC servo) MS3102A-20 — 2 9PW RM1 5WTR-4P
2 I An2
1-0
PC An B PCBn C Col D An 1
CN 1 CN 5
A
I PCZn
* PCA n 1
CV1 E
* PCBn | F G PCZn H G 3 An 3 ±1 G
MRE-20RFD MR-20RMA MR-20 RFD
J ; +5V | K i +5 V jT *Cn-1 M'i CnS j Model: 0
01 PRDYnA
08 * A LM n 0
14 PRDYnB 01 PRDYnA
08 *ALMn 0
PRDYnB 01 OV
08 OHn A
14 PCZMn Nj 0V [ P ] Cn 2 lR OHn A S OHnB MS3I02A-18-10P 5
02 ENBnA 15 ENBLnB CN 1 02 ENBLnA
09 *Al,Mn 1
ENBLnB 02 0V
09 OHnB
15
* PCZMn CN5 T 1 0V A An 1 B An 2
09 -ALMnl J l0 J 20 C An 3 D G
03 OVLnA 16 OVLnB 03 0V 16 PCAMn
03 OVLnA 10 *ALMn2 16 OVLnB 10 ~ALMn2 10 Cn 8 Model: 10
04 + VRDYnA 17 *VRDYnB 04 *VRDYnAI 1? *VRDYnB 04 +5 V PCAMn
MS 31 02 A— 2 2— 22 P 20
11 Cn 4
05 18 051 18 05 +5 V 18 PCBMn
A An 1 B An 2 30
12 12 12: Cn 2
06 19 06 j
13 *COMn
19 06 +5 V 13 | Cn 1
19j* PCBMn C An3 D 0
13j*C0Mn 07 1 VCMOn 20 ECn 07 20 j Model: 30R
07 VCMDn 20 iCCn
MS 3102A— 24-10P
a du
CPI ~/CFSl
MRE-20RMD
-- CN 2 ( SMS 6 RW~3 )
2 3 4 5 6
T2
4 5 6
i
A
C
An 1
An 2
B
D
An 1
An 2
CN2 B An3 Pi An 3
01 0V 14 PCZn
02 0V
08
09
T
i
15 PCZn r-Dl 18A CT 18B TOHi‘TOH2 LCG HCA
Gi c.
03 OV 16 PCAn ]IH 9
04 f5V
10
11
i PCAn T1 (M4 screw terminal) 9 Separate type
regenerative
discharge unit

I
ho
05
06
07
+5V
1 sv
12
13
18
19
20
- PCBn
PCBn
REljn
A i
1$5U| 185V
1

18SW
120U 120V 120VV
2

100A
3 4 5

100B Anl A n 2 An 3
6 7 8

©
ui
•> ? ? ? M t_LJ !
1 o © J 25
Servo transformer X
Ground AC 1 0 0
Use wire of 5.5 mm1 or more Emergency stop
Set earth resistance lOOn or less
CK1A
For signal (separate type absolute pulse coder) MRE-20RMD
MS3102A-22-14P 11 [ PCZMn 01 OV
J 1 SA J 2 0 fi A PCAMn B PCAMn C PCBMn D 4- PCBMn 08 OHn A
*
E PCZMn F PCZMn G Cn lGBO H Cn2($K)
15]* PCZMn
16 j PCAMn 09 OHnB
|
02
03
0V
* 17 -t PCAMn
10 Cn 8
0V
J Cn4(jS0 K Cn 8(530 L +5V M OV li Cn 4
04 +5 V
18 PCBMn 05 f5V
CF1A C F1B N Go L! R S REQn iy VPC BMn 12 Cn 2
06 | + $y
cz» cn r T +6VA U OVA V 20 REQn
13 Cn 1 07
Separate type absolute CF1B
pulse coder MRE-20RFD
Relay unit
01 0\ 11 PCZMnI
Note 4 nf--ÿ Signals with * mark are not
used in this NC. 02 0V
OS I
09'
01in A
15
* PCZ.Mn
7 T CAT OHnB
Terminal P and R are shorted 03 \ 0 VA 16 PC A Mu

M3 screw
in pulse coder. 04 j i-5 V
05 i +5V
10 CnS
Cn 4
18
-
PCAMn
PCBMn
M4 screw / 12 Cn 2
06 i +6 VA 19 1 PCBMn
AS 07 |
13 cm
1201 KKOn
Battery unit CAT
SMS6RK-5
06 05 01 03 02 ! 01
LO
OVA f6VA VO
to
13) Connection diagram of analog servo (ly detection, inductosyn feedback)

For signal For power Model: 2-0


Control unit Velocity control unit (AC servo) MS3102A-20-29PW KM 1 5WTR-4 P 1-0
A PCAn B PC Bn c Cn 1 0 + PCA n 1 An 1 2 An 2
CVl CM CN5 B >-PCB n F PCZn G *PCZn il G 3 An 3 G
MRB-20RKD MR-20RMA MR-20 RFD J + 5V IK + 5 V .
! Cn-1 M Cn8 Model: 0
01 PRDYnA 08
? A LMn 0
PRDYnB 01 PRDYnA
08 *ALMn 0
14 PROYnB 01 0V
08 OHn A
14 PCZn N OV IL Cn 2 R I 011n A S OHn B —
MS31Q2A 18— 1 OP 5
02 15 CN 1 02 ENBLnA 15 ENBLnB 02 0V 15 *PCZn CN5 T 0V A An 1 B An2
KNBnA 09 ENBLnB 09 *ALMo 1 09 OH nB
03 OVLnA 10
' A LMn 2
LMn 1
16 OVLnB ]n_M0 03 OVLnA
10 4-ALMn 2
16 OVLnB 03 0V
10 Cn 8
16 PCAn 20 C An 3 D G
Model: 10
0-1 +VRDYnA VRDYnB 0-1 *VRDYnA *VRDYnB 0-1 + 5V * PCA n MS3102A-22-22P 20
11 Cn4
05
12
18 05 18 05 + 5V 12 Cn 2
18 PCBn A An1 B An2 30
12
06 19 06 19 06 +5 V 13
19
* PCBn C An 3 D G
13 K.’OMn 13 *COMn Cn 1
O’ VCMDn 20 BCn 0? VCMDn 20 j ECn 07 20 Model: 30R
MS3102A— 24—1 OP
A An 1 B An 1
CN 2 ( SMS 6 RW— 3 ) T2 Note 4 C An 2 D An2
1 2 3 4 5 6 4 5 6
CN2 K An 3 J' An 3

r —DE ISA CT 1 8B TOH1 TOM 2 LOG HCA


AC servo motor
G G

T1 (M4 screw terminal) <? _? Separate type


regenerative
discharge unit
A 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
I
ro
185U 185 V
1 20li 120 V
1 8 5SV
1 20W
100A 100B Anl An 2 An 3
©
Ln
Ln
Servo transformer-
y y ? t_y y y y y
I J 20
o
©
CK3l~
Grounding
Use wire of 5.5 mm2 Or more.
<2o Emergency stop
AC 1 0 0

Set earth resistance lOOn or less.


RM1 2BRB-7S
1 2 3 •1
Inductosyn pre-3mplifier

B1
RM1 SWT PA- 8 S
5 6 J
z 1 2 3 4

+5V KSA RSB J 1 00 J 1 05


5 6 8
o Inductosyn scale

Cy2 1 —
Cl* 7I
RM1 2BRB-7S
— + 5V ERRS ERRM
1 2 3 1
Slider

DC A 1X*H DS li DSA
J 11 0
5 6 7


to
3.10

3.10 Standard Connection and Reverse Connection of Motor


{Relationship between connections and rotating directions of servo motor)

Servo motor connection and rotating direction


When the servo motor is connected as shown in the connection diagram in 3.9
(standard connection) , the motor shaft rotates as shown below when a "+" move
command is applied.

A: Standard connection B: Reverse connection


Rotating direction Rotating direction
with "+" command with "+" command
cÿ,

This paragraph describes the connection used to rotate the motor in the
direction shown in figure B with "4*" command (as opposed to the above),
The first, second, and subsequent axes are all considered,

3.10.1 When using M series servo


1) Motor built-in pulse coder

1) Exchange terminals of signals PCA1 and PAB1 .


2) Exchange signals *PCA1 and *PCB1.
3) Exchange drive power lines All and A21.

A _.II__ c \) _K I _F
i 2 ...JL 4 5 6 7 pcm PCAl 15V *PCIU PCAl PCZ 1
Ov Ov Ov + 5v 5v +5v G H J K L M
8 9 10 ii 12 II + PCZ1 + 5v + 5v
01111 01121 N ....II..... ,...A T
14 15 Ifi 17 18 19 20_ Ov Ov onu 01121 Ov
pcm pern Go
PCZ 1 *PCZ1 PCA i
* PCA 1
Ct'l
(CF51)
JD
Note) CF51 is used in FS12

J 10
3

1 — T1 : M4 Screw terminal A it
All A 21
5 6 7 8
A21 A21 All All _n_

- 256
3.10.1

2) When using resolver (built-in type motor)

1) Exchange terminal positions of signals TSAI and TSB1.


2) Exchange terminal positions of signals *DSA1 and *DSB1.
3) Exchange drive power lines All and A21.

I 2_ 3 -i 5 6 7 A B c D E F
OH11 OH21 TSAI TSB1
TSB1 TSAI *DSB1 DCA1
8 9 10 11 12 13
G -H J K L M
Tr 15 16 17 18 19 20 DCBl OG RSA1 11SB1
DSA1 DSBl DCAI DCBl RSB1 RSA1
CF1
(CF51)
ID N P R S T

OH11 OJ 121
i

Note) CF51 is used in FS12


j is
n
Z3 A B
Til MiScrew t erminal
Alt A2L
5 6 7 8
C [)
A21 A21 All All

3) When using separate pulse coder


The following four connections are determined according to whether the motor
and separate pulse coder rotate clockwise or counter-clockwise as viewed from
the shaft side when the machine moves in the (+) direction.

Motor drive power


Motor Pulse coder line and tacho- Pulse coder signal
generator signal
CCW CCW

(1) Standard connection Standard connection


o 0
CCW cw
(2) Standard connection Reverse connection
O
0
cw CCW

(3) Reverse connection Standard connection


o 0
cw cw
(4) Reverse connection Reverse connection
o 0

- 257
3.10.1

a) Standard connection of motor


Standard connection of pulse coder

NC
MS 3 102 A 20 -29 P
CF1 (CF5I) A B C D E F

t
OV
* : 2MR-20
OV
3
R MR

OV
4
+5V
5 0
1-5 V + 5 V
7

CF1
1 PC A I PCB 1 + 5 V PC A I * PC B 1 Pl'Z I
G 11 J
tPC'/.i OG ! 5 V i-5V
K
~
L M

X s_ 9. 11 1 1 1 2
OH J 1 OH 21 TSAI TS II 1
11 (CF51) ID PC

Pulse coder
ov
P
Ov
R s T
0V
14 15 11 11 JJL 11 20
MS 3102 A 1 8 - 1OP
PCZi •PCZI PC’Al -PC AI PCB 1 *PCBl OG A B
All A12
1-T1: M4 screw terminal H c D
5 6 7 8 J 15 =1
All A1 1 A2 1 A21
MS 3 1 02 A 20 — 29P
-

„A-_ B C D E F
TSAI TSBI
Note) CF51 is used in 12 series
G H J K L M

_N R UBL S. X
on u OH21

b) Standard connection of motor


Reverse connection of pulse coder

1) Exchange the terminal positions of signal PCA1 and PCB1.


2) Exchange the terminal positions of signal *PCA1 and *PCB1.

NC
MS 3 102 A -20- 29P
CFKCF51) A D E 1-
1
OV
: MR-20RMA
2
OV
8
3
OV
9_
4

J_0
5

11
Oil 1 1 OI121 TSAI TS B 1
1 6
+5V + 5VH-5V
1_2
7

13
CF1
(CF51) ID
k PC
G_ Ji
I 5 V •PCBI PCA 1 pczi
PC in PC A)
_J

N. P. ji s
OV ov
K
»PCX1 OG + 5 V + 5V
L. M
T
i ov
14 1 Ti Te 17 IS 10 20 Pulse coder
1
PCZ 1 #PVZ1 PC A 1 *PCA1 PCB 1 * PC}11 OG MS 3 102 A 18 10P
X Ji
All A21
1-T11 M4 screw terminal £_ JI
5 | 6 I 7 j 8~ J 15
ZD
A 1 1[A 1 I[A2 j
1 A2 1

MS 3 102A—20-29P
A ji C D_. -E F
Note) CF51 is used in 12 series TSAI TS B 1 (
G n ! K L |VT
oo
N ji Ji iTTT
OH 11 OH21

258
3.10.1

c) Reverse connection of motor


Standard connection of pulse coder

1) Exchange power lines All and A21.


2) Exchange the terminal positions of signals TSA and TSB.

NC
MS 31 — 02 A— 20 — 29 P
CF1 (CF51) A B C D E F
: MR-20RMA PCAl PCB 1 + 5V •PCA I
1
* 2 3 54 6 7 G_ J K
•pent
L
PCZ1
M
PCZ \ 0G + 5V + 5V
OV 0V 0V +
5V + 5V 5V CF1 * s T

x
PC P R
1. 10
9_
OH 11 OH 21 TSAI TSB 1
11 12 13 (CF51) ID Pulse coder
N
0V 0V 0V
14 TW 16 11 18 19 20 s MS3102A-18-10P
PCZ1 •PCZ 'i PCA 1 •PCA.I. PCB 1 PCBl 0G A _B
All A21
1 —Tl : M 4 Screw terminal d C _D
5
A21 A21
6 7
All
8
All o HI

MS3102A-20— 29P
A B_ C D E F
Note) CF51 is used in 12 series TSB 1 TSAI
IT J. K_ JL. K
0G
N F R S. X
OH 11 OH21

d) Reverse connection of motor


Reverse connection of pulse coder

1) Exchange the terminal positions of PCA1 and PCBl.


2) Exchange the terminal positions of *PCA1 and *PCB1.
3) Exchange power lines All and A21.
4) Exchange signals TSA and TSB,

NC
MS3102A-20-29P
CF1 (CF51) T B. SL D_ J3 F
: MR— 20RMA- -I- 5V
i
* 2 3 4 5 6 1—
PCBl PCAl
G_ H 7 K
PCA 1
L W
0V 0V 0V + 5V + 5V + 5V CF1 PCZ1 0G -P5V

x14
8
on1 )
15
9
OJ]21
~T6" M
10 11
TSAI TSB 1
18
12

19
13

20
OG
(CF51) ID PC a

Pulse coder
N
0V
P
OV
MS3102A-18-10P
R A T
0V

PCZ 1 PCZ 1 PCA 1 •PCAl PC 111 I


A
All A21
1-T 11 M4 screw terminal 71 C D
5_ 6 7 8
A21 A 2 1 All All C MS3102A— 20“29P
A B C D E F
Note) CF51 is used in 12 series TSBl TSAI
IT H J K. L_ M
OG
N F K _S A
OH U OH12

- 259
3.10.1

4) When using inductosyn


Four combinations are possible for the inductosyn using the same method as in
the separate pulse coder.
Next, the reverse connection of the detector will be described. Refer to the
seperate pulse coder, for the motor.
The relationship between the connection to the inductosyn slider and the
moving direction of the machine is as illustrated below.

Scale

(+) direction of machine (+) direction of machine


(when the scale is fixed, (when the scale is fixed,
while the slider moves) A B C D while the slider moves)
CO
Slider
LDSA
LDSB —J
~y|—
5
LDOA
LDCB
LDE
G
(Indicates the connection of X-axis) Fig, 1

*
Connection when the direction is reversed

Scale

(+) direction of machine


(The scale moves, the (+) direction of machine
slider is fixed) A B C D (The scale is fixed,
Pt-0 P the slider moves)
Slider
Exchange input terminals A and B
LDSA with each other
LDSB
LDOA -
LDOB
LDE
"
t
(Indicates the connection of X-axis)

Fig. 2

- 260
3.10.2

3.10.2 When using analog AC servo


It is not necessary to exchange the power lines All and A21 to reverse the motor
connection when using analog AC servo. Instead of exchanging these power lines,
connect pin No. 7 of connector CN5 to 0 V.
The power lines between AC motor and velocity control unit are omitted in the
following figure.
1) When using mounted pulse coder
a) Standard connection

Velocity control unit


AC motor
CN5
MR-20 RED
01
02
03
0V
ov
OV
08 OH 1 1
09 OH 1 2
10 Cl 8
14
15
16 PCAM1
P. 2
MS3102 A— 20 — 29P
A PC AM 1 B PCBMl C Cll ro
E *PCBM 1 F
J +
5V
G H G
K +TTv L C 14 M CIS
AMI

04 -I-5V 17*PCAMl N 0V p C 12 R OH 1 1 S OH 12
C 14
05 +
5V
12 Cl 2
18 PCBMl T OV
(Hi +
5V
18 CIO
I9*PCBMT
(I? 20

b) Reverse connection

(1) Connect pin 7 "CW" of connector CN5 to 0 V

Velocity control unit


AC motor
CN5
MR-20 It f'’D
01
02
0V
OV
08 on 1 1 14
15
1 MS3102A-20-29P
A PCAMl 11 PCBM C Cll
E Il'CBM 1 F G
D + PCAMl
H
03
04 Tsv
0V
\ To
09 OH 1 2
CIS
Cl 4
16 PCBMl
17 *PCBM 1 -'
]Q Z3 J
N
+ 5V
0V
K + 5 V 1, C 1 4
P Cl 2 It 0111 A
M Cl 8
a OHl 2
05 1- 5V 18 PCAM 1 T OV
06 + 5 V
12 Cl 2 19 r
07 CW ~~ry
Cll 20j

2) When using separate pulse coder:


Four connections are possible depending on whether the motor and separate
pulse coder rotate clockwise or counterclockwise as viewed from the shaft
side whan moving the machine in the (+) direction. (See the table at right)
(Note) No cable is connected to connector CN6 of the velocity control unit.

Pulse Motor feedback Pulse coder


No. Motor
coder signal_ signal
CCW CCW
Standard Standard
1
© © connection connection

CCW CW
Standard Reverse
2
© connection connection

CW CCW
Reverse Standard
3
© © connection connection

CW CW
Reverse Reverse
4
© © connection connection

~ 261
3.10.2

a) Standard connection of motor and pulse coder.

Control unit
CFn (CF5n)
MRK-20RMD Pulse coder
ov
01
02 ov 091
14 PCZ 1
15 *PCZ 1 1 MS3102A-20-29P
A PCA 1 B PCS 1 c D1 *PCA1

&
16 PCA 1
03
04
OV
•I- 5 V _ IQ
11
17| *PCA 1 ID E
J
+ PCB 1 1-' PCZ 1 G *PCZ1 II
-\- 5 V K + 5V L M
G

05 + 5V 12 18 PCB 1 N OV R S
06 + 5V 13 _JPCB1_ T OV
07 20

Velocity control unit


CN5
AC motor
MK-20RFD
01
02
03
0V
0V
0V
08
00
OH 11
OH 12
14
15
16 PCAM 1
1 MS3102A 20-29P
A PCAM 1 13 PCB Ml C Cll
E *PCBM 1 F G
D
H
n

10 C 18
04 +5V
11 C 14
17 *PCAM 1 J +5V K +
5V L C.14 M
S
C18
OH 12
05 -1-5V _C_12 _ 18 PCBM 1 0V P Cn 2 omi
12
06 + 5V 13 e Il 19 *PCBM 1 T 0V
07 120

Note) CF5n is used in 12 series

b) Standard connection of motor and reverse connection of pulse coder

1) Exchange the terminal positions of signals PCA1 and PCB1.


2) Exchange the terminal positions of signals *PCA1 and *PCB1,

Control unit
CFn (CF51 ) Pulse coder
MRE-20RMD
01 14 PCZ 1
02
03
0V
0V
0V
08
09 f- 1615 PCA
*PCZ 1
1
1 MS3102A— 20— 2913
A PC 8 1 B PCA 1 C D *PCB1
10 E +PCA1 F PCZ1 G *PCZ1 TT G
04 + 5V
11 IX *PCA 17 ID— J + 5 V K + BV L M
05 +
5V
12
18 PCB 1 N OV Pi R s
0G ±ÿ-13 19 *PCB 1 T ov
ox 20

Velocity control unit


CN5 AC motor
MR-20 RFD
01
02
OV
0V 08 OH 11
09 OH12
14
45
1 MS3102A--20-29P
A PCAM! 1’CBMl C C 1 1 D x PCAM1
03 0V
10 C 18
16 PCAM 1 E x-PCBMl F a II G
04 5V+ 11 C 14
17 *PCAM 1 ID + 5V KP + 5 V L rCH M C1 8
05 + 5V |12 C12 18 PCBM 1 N OV Cl 2 R OH 11 S OH12
06 + 5 V m 19 *PCB M 1 T 0V
13 Cll
07 .20

Note) CF5 1 is used in 12 series

- 262
3.10.2

c) Reverse connection of motor and standard connection of pulse coder

1) Connect pin 7 "CW” of connnector CN5 to 0 V.

Pulse coder
MS31Q2A— 20 — 29P
Control unit A PCA 1 BPCBl 1C L> PCAl
CFn(CF5n) E *PCB 1 F PCZl G I: H G
MRE-20RMD
01
02
03
0V
OV
ov
08
09 f
14 PCZ 1
15 PCZ 1
*
16 PCA 1
& + 5V "K + SV LR
ov
T ov
P vS

10
041 + 5V 11
PCAl_ ID
0J> + 5V 18 PCB 1
06 + 5V 19 PCB 1
131
07 120

1 AC motor
MS 310 2 A— 20- -29 P
PCA Ml B PCBM1 C cu
* D PC AMI |
rE jJOMl F G

Velocity control unit


J \ 5V
N OV
K + 5V rcnz M Cl_8
P C 1 2_ R OH 1 1 S 0HF2
ON 5 T 0V
MR- 20 RED
14
01 0 V
02 0V _ 08 OIL11
09 OH 12 15
03 "OV S 10 Cl 8 ,
16PCBM1
04 -F 5 V 17 M1 ]Q-
11 C 1 4
+ 5V C 12
18 PCAM 1
06 I 5V 3 9 PCAM 1
13 _ Cll
n7 CWF 20

Note) CF5n is used in 12 series

d) Reverse connection of motor and pulse coder

1) Exchange the terminal positions of signals PCA1 and PCB1.


2) Exchange the terminal positions of signals *PCA1 and *PCB1.

Control unit
CFn(CFSl)
MRE-20RMD Pulse coder
01 OV 14 PCZ 1
02 ov 08
15 PCZ 1 n MS3102A-20-29P

__
09 D ilPCJli
03 OV
10
16 PCAl ID PCAl Cl
APClLUli PCZ11GRPCZTOI_C
04 + 5 V PCAl K
05 + 5V 18 PCB 1 J. :L5Y_!K + 5.V.1 M
12 OV P K Si
06 P 5 V 19 PCB 1 T 0V
13 20
07

Velocity control unit


CN5 AC motor
MR-20 RED
MS 3 102 A— 20— 29 P
01
02,
OV
OV
0V
08 OHil 1
09 QHl 2 15
14

PCBM 1
I
— i i
AlPCAM I [BjpcbMi|C'| C 11 IDWPCAMI
E *rciiMl F G Hi G
03.
04 T5V
30 Cl 8 16 .
17 PCBM 1 J ±Sy KEESY. L JLL4_ MC} «
Cl 4 N 0V P|C12 RQHll STOHj_2_
05 + 5 V 18 PCAM 1 IT! ov I 1 I ]
12 C 12 LL-
06 P 5V
131 Cll 19 PCAM 1
,07 CYV 20

Note) CF51 is used in 12 series

- 263
3.10.2

3) When using inductosyn


The relationship between the connection to the inductosyn slider and the
moving direction of machine is as illustrated below.

Scale

(+) direction of machine __.


(+) direction of machine
7
(The scale moves, the A BCD - (when the scale is fixed,
slider is fixed) pppo— v while the slider moves)
Slider
LOS A
LDSB 0
LDCA “/
LDCB 0
LDE

(Indicates the connection of X-axis)


Fig. 1

Connection when

I the direction is reversed

Scale

\ _
(+) direction of machine __ (+) direction of machine
(file scale moves, the , _J A rs c D (The scale is fixed, the
slider is fixed) 0..Q O O slider moves)
Slider
Exchange input terminals A and B
hDSA
0
"ÿ

with each other.


LDSB 7
I.DOA
LDCR 5
LDB
(Indicates the connection of X-axis) Fig. 2

Four combinations are possible for the inductosyn using the same method as in
the separate pulse coder. The reverse connection of the detector is shown in
Fig. 2. Refer to the separate pulse coder, for the motor.

3.10.3 When using digital AC servo


1) For built-in type pulse coder
It is not needed to change the wiring. The standard connection and reverse
connection are selected by parameter setting.
2) For separate type pulse coder
It is needed to exchange PCA and PCB for reverse connection of pulse coder
same as analog servo system. Refer to Item 3.10.2 (2).

- 264
3.11

3.11 Troubleshooting for Servo Unit

Trouble in the servo unit doesn’t always cause an alarm. If an alarm appears on
the CRT, observe the corresponding procedures according to alarm numbers.
This paragraph summarizes troubleshooting procedures for such servo unit
trouble that may not cause an alarm.
1) Machine tool runs, even though no command
has been given See Subsec. 3.11.1
2) Machine tool vibrates during movement or stopping See Subsec. 3.11.2
3) Poor positioning accuracy and poor machining accuracy
4) Checking methods for the operation
See Subsec 3,11.3 .
of velocity control unit and position control unit See Subsec. 3.11.4

3.11.1 Machine tool runs away

Item Cause of trouble Checking points Countermeasures

1 Signals from posi¬ Check wiring. Check for pos¬ Reconnect wiring
tion detector are itive feedback. correctly.
abnormal.

2 Defect between Check by DGN. See Sec. 3.7. Reconnect them


motor and posi¬ (DGN 3000) correctly.
tion detector. See Appendix 10 item 2 for
positioning module.

3 Master PCB, posi¬ Replace defective


tioning module or PCB.
velocity control
unit PCB is defec¬
tive .
3.11.2 Machine tool vibrates

Item Cause of trouble Checking points Countermeasures

1 Setting failure of Check according to Sec. 5.3. Set parameters


position control correctly.
system parameters.

2 Setting failure of Check setting on PCB according Correct the


velocity control to Sec. 6.2. Check PCB for setting.
unit PCB. special setting (special number)
according to data sheet.

3 Check to see if vibration cycle Proceed to 6 if


changes in proportion to the the vibration
feedrate cycle changes in
proportion to the
feedrate .
Proceed to 4 if
the vibration
cycle fairly
remains constant,
regardless of the
the feedrate.

- 265 -
3.11.3

Item Cause of trouble Checking points Countermeasures

4 Short CH5-CH6 on velocity Proceed to 7 if


control unit PCB by using a vibrations are
jumper wire. Check to see eliminated .
if vibrations are eliminated Proceed to 5 if
during operation. they are not
eliminated.

5 Short CH5-CH6, and check to see Proceed to 8 if


if vibrations are reduced when reduced. Proceed
turning RVI counterclockwise. to 9 if not
reduced,

6 Machine tool, Check the unit being synchro¬ Replace or repair


detector, or motor nized with vibration cycle, defective parts.
is defective. and find defective parts. See section on
Interpolation If interpolation accuracy is interpolation ad¬
accuracy is poor. poor, the vibration cycle is justment or detec¬
Detection gain is one or two times the wavelength tion gain adjust¬
excessively high. of the position detection sig¬ ment
nal, Vibration often occur due (Subsec . 6.1.6).
to high detection gain in the
case of rotary inductosyn.

7 Servoamplif ier (DC M series servo) Change PCB set¬


setting is not Short S9 and Sll, and check if ting.
suited to machine vibrations are reduced. Contact FANUC
tool . (AC servo motor) service center.
Short S21 or S27, and check if
vibrations are reduced.

8 Same as described Check to see if vibration cycle Change PCB set¬


in item 7. ranges from several ten Hz to ting.
seversal hundred Hz. Contact FANUC
service center.

9 Velocity control Check the waveform at each part Replace PCB.


unit PCB is defec¬ of velocity control unit PCB,
tive . or replace PCB.

3.11.3 Poor positioning accuracy or machining accuracy


1) Overshoot

Item Cause of trouble Checking points Countermeasures

1 Short accelera¬ Check to see if motor current Lengthen the


tion/deceleration is saturated. acceleration/
time . deceleration time.

2 Low rigidity or Check to see if this problem Reduce the posi¬


play at coupling can be fixed by decreasing tion loop gain.
flanges between the position loop gain. Tighten the
motor and machine rigidity and play
tool. of machine tool.

266
3.11.3

2) Poor 1-pulse feed accuracy

Item Cause of trouble Checking points Countermeasures

1 Check to see if the positioning Proceed to 2 if


is correct at the detector pos- correct.
tlon by DGN 3000. Proceed to 3 if
Check by DGN IB 'v* ID for posi¬ incorrect .
tioning module.

2 Deflection, stick Measure the positioning accuracy Adjust the machine


slip, or play in at each part of machine tool and tool .
machine tool motor shaft.
system.

3 Low gain of servo Check to see if this is Readjust RVl.


system. improved by turning RVl in Contact FANUC
velocity control unit PCB clock¬ service center.
wise by 2 3 divisions.

3) Poor positioning accuracy when using correct commands

Item Cause of trouble Checking points Countermeasures

1 Check to see if positioning is Proceed to 2 if


correct at the detector posi¬ correct .
tion by DGN 3000. Proceed to 3 if
Check by DGN IB a. ID for posi¬ incorrect .
tioning module.

2 Deflection, stick Measure the positioning accuracy Adjust the machine


slip, or play in at each part of machine tool and tool.
machine tool motor shaft.
system,

3 Position control Replace PCB (Master PCB, etc.) Replace defective


unit is defective. containing the position control PCB.
unit.
4 Position detector Replace defective
is defective. unit .
5 Velocity control Replace defective
unit PCB is defec¬ PCB.
tive.

- 267
3.11.3

4) Poor shape of circle by 2-axis feed

Item Cause of trouble Checking points Countermeasures

1 Measure the roundness. Then Proceed to 2 if


check whether circle is distort¬ distorted axially.
ed in the axial direction or if Proceed to 3 and
it is formed to be an ellipse 4 if formed in
in 45° direction. 45° direction.

2 Poor positioning Roughness at change of quad¬ Proceed to 5 and


accuracy. rants .
Measure positioning
accuracy of each axis.
6. Adjust the
machine tool
around inaccurate
axis .
3 Maladjustment of Perform simultaneous 2-axis 45° Adjust position
position loop feed and adjust RV4 of velocity loop gain to
gain. control unit PCB so that the eliminate gain
difference of the position difference between
deviation amounts is within +1% axes (see Note 1) .
between axes by DGN 3000.

4 Detection gain A circle is formed to be an Adjust the detec¬


differs on every ellipse in 45° direction even tion gain (see
axis . after adjustment in item No. 3. .
Sec 6.1.6).

5 Adjustment failure Check Fmin adjustment. Readjust Fmin.


of Fmin of See Sec. 6.1.6.
inductosyn or
resolver interface
PCB.

6 Improper backlash Try changing the backlash com¬ Adjust backlash or


or backlash com¬ pensation amount. change backlash
pensation amount compensation
of machine tool. amount .
(Note 1) The position gain, when X, Y, Z and 4th axes are moved in the same
direction by F4 digit feed from MDI operation, can be obtained by
calculating as below:

F: Feed rate (mm/min) , (0.1 inch/min) ,


16. 7F
(degree/mln)
G =
E: Position deviation (0.001 mm), (0.0001 inch),
E
(0,001 degree)
G: Position gain (sec 1), (standard: 30 sec *)

Then check the servo position deviation from DGN 800 804. Adjust the
position deviation within +10% of the target value by turning the
variable resistor (RV4) (F/V converter voltage compensation) in the
velocity control unit. However, the difference between axes must be
within +1%.
45° directional ellipse can be adjusted using this method, but X axis or
Y axis directional ellipse cannot.

- 268
3.1 1.4

Not adjustable Adjustable

3.11.4 Method of confirming the operation of velocity control unit and position control unit (For analog servo)
The servo system can roughly be divided into the following position control
unit, velocity control unit, DC motor, and detector.
Since these component units compose a closed loop, the entire servo system
becomes defective if one of these component units is not working properly. It
is sometimes difficult to identify the defective unit among these.
In such a case, check the operating conditions of the position control unit and
velocity control unit using the following procedure.

1) Position control part of master PCB operation check


a) Disconnect the power cable from the DC motor.
b) Set a large value to parameter No. 1828 'v 1830 in advance.
c) After turning on the power of NC, apply pulses by handle, and check the
output voltage of VCMD output signal of master PCB.
d) Turn the motor shaft slightly manually, and check the VCMD signal of
master PCB.
(Note) If NC is turned on after disconnecting power cable from the DC motor,
the table powers in case of the gravity axis. Insert suitable lumber
or the like.

i
VCMD
Decision voltage (mV)
I +
VCMD
voltage (mV)

-1 CW CCW
Command pulse Rotating direction
of DC motor shaft

When a positive (+) pulse is applied When turning the motor shaft counter¬
from the handle, VCMD voltage should clockwise, the VCMD voltage should
continuously changes from - voltage continuously change from + voltage to
+ voltage. - voltage.
2) Velocity control unit operation check
Major circuits of the velocity control unit are mounted on the corresponding
PCB. Whether the velocity control unit is operating normally can be judged
by exchanging its PCB with the PCB in a normal axis. Use caution with the
following items when replacing PCB.
.If an alarm lights on the velocity control unit PCB, don't replace the PCB
at once. Eliminate the alarm first according to the alarm processing
method .
. When replacing PCB, place its setting and adjustment to the same values as
before. If PCB has been modified, it is not always replaceable. If you
have any questions, please contact your nearest FANUC service center.

- 269
3.12

3.12 Error Display and it's Contents of I/O Unit

3.12.1 Error display and contents in interface module (IF01A)


Error indicator lamps are mounted on the front panel of IF01A to indicate an
error which may occur during data transfer between main unit and IF01A or
between IF01A and I/O module. (See the following figure.)

- Error indicator lamps

IFO 1A

IF01A
TOUT 0 0 3

r30°2 1
SA
ER 2 O O 1 ,

L io o o J
Ol 1
OO B/

D
n
Error indicator — - Error module
indicator lamp
lamp (red)
(yellow)

(This lamp display is meaningless in a


case other than the parity error)

270
3.12.1

Error contents

Error display
Name of error Error contents Causes
TOUT ER3 ER2 ERl
Normal operation

o o o CLOCK STOP An error occurred 1. Optical cable


during data transfer is discon¬
o o CARRIER STOP between IF01A and main nected.
unit or between IF01A 2. Optical con¬
o o SIGNAL FORM and IF04C. nector is not
ERROR sufficiently
connected .
o FORMAT ERROR 3. Optical con¬
nector tip is
o o OVERRUN ERROR dirty.
4. IF01A is
o ERROR WORD defective .
5. Main unit or
o o TIME OUT ERROR OF04C is
defective .
o PARITY ERROR A parity error was 1. I/O module is
detected during data defective .
transfer between IF01A 2. IF01A is
and I/O module, or a defective.
parity error occurred
in RAM of IF01A. In
this case, the mounting
base number of the data
transfer module is
troubled and the slot
number is displayed in
SA3-SA0 and BA1-0.
SA3-SA0: slot number
(binary display)
BA1, BAO : Base number
(binary display)

Example)
Base #1, slot #5
SA3 SA2 SA1 SAO BA1 BAO
0 10 10 1

Slot #5 Base #1
0: Goes out
1: Lights

If both slot number and


base number are "0",
its display shows a
parity error of RAM in
IF01A.

o: Lamp lights
Lamp goes out

- 271
3.12.2

3.12.2 Error display and contents in interface module (IF04C}


The error indicator lamps on the front panel of IF04C shown in the following
figure indicate an error was detected inside IF04C by the self diagnostic
function of IF04C as well as an error during data transfer between IF04C and
main unit or between IF04C and IF01A.

- Error indicator lamp

Error
indicator lamp
IF04C
IF04C

Si ) 0
oo

ER
r 30
20 0
3
2 1
GA
io oi
D LoO Oo J
D
0
D
n.
Error indicator - - Group number
lamp (red) indicator
lamp
(yellow)

- 272
3.12.2

Error display
Error name Error contents Causes
ER3 ER2 ER1 ERO GA3 GA2 GA1 GAO

o o o Croup number Setting of group numbers of IF01A 1. IF01A group number


incoincidence connected to IF04C is wrong, setting failure

2. Optical fiber
cable connection
failure

o o o o o CPU error CPU, RAH, or EPROM in IF04C is CPU is defective.


defective.

o o o o o RAM error (D6) RAM (mounting position


D6) is defective*

o 0 o o o o RAM error (D8) RAM (mounting position


D8) ia defective.

o o o o o RAM error (A8) RAM (mounting position


A8) is defective.

o o o 0 o 0 EPROM error EPROM ia defective.

o o o See the right CLOCK STOP An error occurred during data 1* Optical fiber
table, transfer between IF04C and main cable is discon~
unit or between IF04C and IFOIA, nected.
In this cose, the data transfer
o o CARRIER STOP channel in error is displayed in 2. Optical connector
GA3 - GAO as follows. is not sufficiently
connected .
Channel Optical
o o SIGNAL FORM ERROR in connector GA3 GA2 GA1 GAO 3, Optical connector
error No. tip is dirty.
IF04C++
C0P2A o
group 0 4. IF04C is defective,
o FORMAT ERROR IF04C++
COP2B o
group 1 5. IFOIA Is defective.
IF04C++
C0P2C o o
group 2 6. Main unit is
o o OVERRUN ERROR IF04C4-+
COP2D o
defective .
group 3
IF04C«">
main C0P4 o o o o
o ERROR WORD unit

A A A A x x X X INITIALIZE ERROR If one of ER3 -


ERO flickers, it
indicates an error during initial
1. Main unit is
defective .
communication between main unit and
IF04C. 2. IF04C la defective.

3. IFOIA is defective.

o Lights
Goes out
A Flickers
X Nothing to do with light on/off

- 273
3.12,3

3.12.3 Error display and contents in positioning module (PT01A)

Display Name Contents

WDA Watch dog alarm Lighting - positioning module operation is


in error.

When WDA lights, it basically shows a positioning module error. Check the error
display of interface module (IF01A) as well. If the error contents displayed by
IF01A show a parity error and the error slot number shows the positioning
module, the positioning module may be judged as defective.
Even if an error with another cause is displayed by IF01A, the entire system
operation is stopped. As a result, the positioning module shows the watch dog
alarm.

- 274 -
Table 3.12.3 (a) Classification of alarms

Rotary-
Indicator lamp (DGN)
switch Alarm contents Causes of alarms and countermeasures
RSW2 RSW1 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
System Note Note o o o o o ROM parity error Positioning module is defective. Replace it.
alarms 1 1
It
o o o o o RAM failure
IT
o o o o o o System failure

o o o o o Parameter receiving Interface module, CPU module, or memory module


error is defective.

o o o o o o I/O error I/O bus is in trouble. This I/O error is


displayed if other modules as well as position
module become defective.
i
t'O Kinds 0 0 X X X o PC alarm See Table 3.2.3 (b) types of alarms.
Ln of
ft
i alarms x X o X Servo alarm

II
x o x X Overtravel

o x X X Motor over heat Overheating when DC motor is used.


If motor overheating occurs when AC motor is
used, it is displayed as an overload alarm.

o: Lamp .lights
Lamp goes out
x: This lamp lights concurrently, if another alarm occurs, too.

Note 1) If a system alarm occurs, the above display remains lit regardless of the numbers of rotary switches RSW1
and RSW2.
U)

ro
Table 3.12.3 (b) Kinds of alarms

Rotary-
Indicator lamp (DGN)
switch Alarm contents Causes of alarms and countermeasures
RSW2 RSW1 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
PC 0 1 o o Cutting feedrate Almost all causes of this alarm may be caused
alarms data zero due to an error in generating a user’s
program. Examine user generated programs.

IT
o o o Operation mode
selection error
IT
o o Data type
selection error

o o o o Reference point See 3.2.3 (1).


return error
I
ro Servo 0 2 o o V-READY off Causes of alarms are displayed in detail.
O'* alarm (Velocity control See Table 3.2.3 (c) Causes of V-READY off.
i unit failure)

o o Pulse coder discon¬ See 3.2.3 (2).


nection

o o o Excessive position See 3.2.3 (3).


deviation value

o o Position deviation See 3.2.3 (4).


value overflow or
D/A conversion over¬
flow

o o o Velocity overload See 3.2.3 (5).

o o o Servo overload See 3.2.3 (6).


LO

to
OJ
Rotary
Indicator lamp (DGN)
switch Alarm contents Causes of alarms and countermeasures
RSW2 RSW1 7 6 3 4 3 2 1 0
Servo o o o o V-READY on at PRDY See 3.2*3 (7).
alarm off
(cont Td)
o o Excessive drift See 3.2.3 (8).
compensation amount

Over¬ 0 3 o o Overtravel in See 3.2.3 (9).


travel +direction

o o Overtravel in See 3.2.3 (9).


- direction

Motor 0 4 o o o Servo motor over¬ See 3.2.3 (10).


J over¬ heat Motor overheat alarm is displayed for DC motor,
NJ
'-J
heat but overload alarm is displayed for AC motor.

to
OJ
Table 3.12.3 (c) Causes of V-READY off (Velocity control unit failure}

Rotary Causes of alarms


Indicator lamp (DGN) Alarm contents
switch and counter-
RSW2 RSW1 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 DC servo M series AC servo measures
Velocity 1 7 Normal Normal
control
unit o TGLS runaway detection TG runaway detection See 3.2,3 (II).
failures
o Abnormal load of OVC Abnormal load of OVC See 3.2.3 (12).

o o BRK nofuse breaker off See 3.2.3 (13).

o HCAL high-current alarm HC high-current alarm See 3.2.3 (14).

o o HVAL high-voltage alarm HV high-voltage alarm See 3.2.3 (15).

i o o DCAL discharge alarm DC discharge alarm See 3.2.3 (16).


ho

CO o o o LVAL power voltage drop LV power voltage drop See 3.2.3 (17).
I alarm alarm

*— the conditions of various signals. For details, see parameters and


diagnostic display function of positioing module in para. 8.

u>

to
LO
3.12.3

1) Reference point return failure


This alarm occurs if the one-rotation signal is not applied from the pulse
coder or if the velocity is slower than specified. The following check is
done in the first reference point return operation after turning on the power
supply or after cancelling the emergency stop.
a) Position deviation value (DGN No. IB -
ID) exceeds 128.
b) The one-rotation signal is applied at least once by the time the
deceleration dog is released again after the position deviation value (DGN
No. IB - ID) has exceeded 128.

Reference point return direction

Feedrate

| FL

Deceleration
dog signal

One-rotation
signal
n n n n

_ This signal should be applied at least once


by the time the deceleration dog is released.

Check the first one-rotation signal position


when the position deviation value has exceeded
128 after starting the reference point return.

Unless the above conditions are satisfied, an alarm occurs at the position
where the deceleration dog is released.

279 -
3.12.3

Item Cause of trouble Checking points Corrective action

1 Feedrate is too Perform reference point Increase the feed


low. return under the same condi¬ rate. When the
tions in which the alarm position gain is
occurred. Confirm that 30 sec a feed
the position deviation is rate of at least
128 or more by using the 300 mm/min is
self-diagnostic function necessary.
(DGN IB -
ID) .
The start
point of the reference point
return must not be on the
deceleration dog.

2 The start point of Check the distance from the The distance from
the reference start point to the reference the start point to
point returns is point. the reference
too close to the point must be
reference point. equivalent to at
least two motor
revolutions.

3 Source voltage for The source voltage of the Cable loss must be
the pulse coder is pulse coder should be 4.75 V 0.2 V or less
too low. or more. (Remove the pulse including both
coder cover and measure the sides of 5 V and
source voltage at the + and - 0 V.
terminals on the pulse coder
board. )

4 Defective pulse
coder.
Replace the pulse coder. Replacement .
5 Defective posi¬ Replace the positioning Replacement .
tioning module. module with another one.

2) Pulse coder disconnection

Item Cause of trouble Checking points Corrective action

1 Cable connection Check the pulse coder feed¬


failure back for disconnection and
normal connection.

2 Pulse coder is Replace the pulse


defective . coder.

3 Positioning module Replace the posi¬


is defective. tioning module.

4 Velocity control Replace the


unit is defective velocity control
(in case of AC
servo) .
unit PCB.

280 -
3.12.3

Item Cause of trouble Checking points Corrective action

5 Pulse coder power Check if pulse coder power If the pulse coder
voltage is voltage is within 4.75 V - power voltage is
abnormal . 5.15 V. lower than 4.75 V,
check the cable
length and cable
size for specified
values.

3) Position deviation value is excessive.

Item Cause of trouble Checking points Corrective action

1 Setting error of Check the contents of para¬ Reset the para¬


position deviation meter No. 5 (position devia¬ meter correctly.
limit value tion limit value) .
2 Overshoot When enough current does not Increase the rapid
flow to motor in acceleration traverse time
or deceleration, deviation constant. (para¬
value increases. meter No. 11)
Check waveform of CHI on Increase gain
velocity control PCB and (RV1) of velocity
confirm whether overshoot is control .
within 5% or not.

3 Drop of input Check that input power Change the input


power voltage voltage is within +10% and tap of power
-15%. transformer for
servo .
4 Voltage of power Check the voltage of main Repair the error.
supply is ab¬ unit on I/O unit.
normal.

5 Connection trouble Check the power line of Repair the error.


motor, pulse coder.

6 Positioning module Try replacing the axis with Replace the unit
and/or velocity another axis. if trouble recurs
control unit are using the re¬
defective. placed axis.

7 Poor brush contact Confirm the brush contact. Tighten the brush
by loosened DC face of the motor brush cap. cap.
motor brush cap

- 281
3.12.3

4) Position deviation overflow or D/A conversion overflow


These alarms occur when:
a) Positional deviation in the axis involved exceeds +32767. However, when
positional deviation limits (parameter No. 5) are set correctly, position
deviation excess alarm is displayed prior to any of the above-noted
alarms, so they usually cannot occur during this condition.
b) D/A converter velocity command value is outside the range of +8191 to
-8192.

D/A converter velocity command value = 0.192 xKxGxExlO6


where K: servo loop gain multiplier (parameter No. 7)
G: servo loop gain 0.01 sec “1 (parameter No. 8)
E: position deviation (can be verified by DGN IB ID) -
Theoretical value (when feed has become constant)
1 in2
E = ~
-£-r
60
X —1G a
X 10
where F: feed rate mm/min (inch/min)
a: detection unit mm (inch)
G: servo loop gain 0.01 sec "1

Item Cause of trouble Checking points Corrective action

1 Parameter setting 1) Check servo loop gain


is wrong. multiplier.
Parameter No. 7
2) Check servo loop gain.
Parameter No. 8
3) Check CMR. (Command
multiply ratio)
Parameter No. 3
4) Check DMR. (Detective
multiply ratio)
Parameter No. 1

2 Positional devia¬ Compare theoretically calcu¬


tion is too high. lated value with positional
deviation by DGN IB - ID.
1) Feed rate
Rapid traverse rate:
Parameter No. 10

Feed rate is right; positional Proceed to 5.


al deviation is right.

Feed rate is right; positional Proceed to 3.


al deviation is not right.

3 Machine tool does Issue a command (feed of


not move a normal several mm) causing no alarm
distance . to check to see if machine
tool moves by a normal value,

Machine tool does not move by Proceed to 4.


a normal value.

Machine tool moves by a Proceed to 5.


normal value.

282
3.12.3

Item Cause of trouble Checking points Corrective action

4 Position detector Replace the posi¬


is faulty. tion detector.

5 Positioning module Replace the posi¬


PCB is faulty. tioning module.

5) Velocity over

Item Cause of trouble Checking points Corrective action

1 In correct setting Check that the value of para¬ Set correct para¬
of command multi¬ meter No. 3 (CMR) is one of meter.
ply ratio (CMR) 1, 2, 4, 10, 20.

6) Servo overload

Item Cause of trouble Checking points Corrective action

1 (analysis) Check to see if OVERLOAD lamp Connection/ setting


lights simultaneously when failure.
turning on NC power supply. Proceed to item
6 or 7 .
Check to see if thermal relay Proceed to item 2
of M series velocity control or 3.
unit functions. (AC servo is
not provided with this thermal
relay. )

Check to see if radiation fins Proceed to item 2.


of AC servo velocity control
unit is overheated. (M series
servo is not provided with
these radiation fins.)

Thermostat of servo trans¬ Proceed to item 2


former functions. or 4.

Thermostat of regenerative Proceed to item 5.


discharge unit functions.

Thermostat of AC servo motor Proceed to item 2,


functions.

- 283 -
3.12.3

Item Cause of trouble Checking points Corrective action

2 Overload of moter Measure the motor current. Reduce the cutting


The continuous rated current condition. Adjust
is as specified below. the machine tool
M series servo if the continuous
00M ...
4A rated current
OM
5M
....
..
7A
9A
exceeds the
specified value
10M ...
12A during idle feed.
20M
30M
...
18A
...24A
AC servo
4-0
3-0
... 0.93A
... 0.93A
30R ... 29A

2-0
1-0
... 3A
... 2.9A
0
5
...
...
4.6A
6.8A
10 ... 20A
11A
20
30
...
... 22A

3 Setting failure of Check to see if the thermal Reset the thermal


thermal relay of M relay is set to the con¬ relay setting.
series servo tinuous rated current value
of the motor specified in
item 2.

4 Thermostat of Thermostat is faulty if it Replace trans¬


servo transformer functions when the surface former.
is faulty temperature of transformer is
lower than 60 °C.

5 Excessive regene¬ 1) Excessive acceleration/ Reduce the


rative energey deceleration frequency. acceleration/
Check to see if the posi¬ deceleration
tioning frequency exceeds frequency by
1-2 times/sec in rapid inserting a pause
traverse. Check to see time.
if alarm does not occur
when this frequency is
reduced.

2) Faulty counterbalance on Correct the


machine tool side. counter balance.

- 284
3.12.3

Item Cause of trouble Checking points Corrective action

6 Wiring failure Check to see if the following Correct wiring.


wiring is correct.
o Positioning module (CV1)
- velocity control unit
(CN1)
o Servo transformer
- velocity control unit
(CN2)
o Regenerative discharge unit
~ velocity control unit
(CN2)
o AC servo motor
- velocity contol unit
(CN5)

7 Setting failure on Check to see if setting pin Reset pin S20 or


velocity control S20 is set as specified in SI, as specified.
unit PCB M series servo.
Check to see if setting pin
SI is set as specified in AC
servo.

7) V-RDY on at P-RDY off


V-RDY (velocity control unit ready) is turned on when P-RDY (positioning
module ready) has turned off.

Item Cause of trouble Checking points Corrective action

1 Velocity control Check to see if VRDY indi¬ Replace the


unit is defective. cator lamp lights when PRDY velocity control
indicator lamp of the velo¬ unit.
city control unit went out
when power was turned on.

Check if VRDY indicator lamp


remains lit even after 100 VAC
has been disconnected from
terminal board T1 (3) , (4) of
velocity control unit.

2 Positioning module Make sure that the VRDY indi¬ Replace position¬
is defective. cator lamp of velocity ing module.
control unit goes out.

3 Cable failure Check VRDY signal of cable Repair the cable.


between positioning module
and velocity control unit for
short-circuit failure.

4 Parameter setting OFFVY of parameter No. 1 must Reset parameter


failure in 2-axis be set to "1" in the case of correctly .
velocity control 2-axis velocity control unit.
unit

285
3.12.3

8) Excess drift compensation

Item Cause of trouble Checking points Corrective action

1 Connection trouble Check the connection of power Repair the con¬


lines to servo motor. nection error.
Check the connection between
position detector and servo
motor.

2 Setting of drift Check whether the contents of See the following


compensation value parameter No. 9 exceed 500. description:
is wrong. "Drift compensa¬
tion amount set¬
ting method".

3 Trouble in Check this by changing with Replace the PCB or


velocity control a spare PCB or positioning positioing module
unit or/and module (if provided). with spare one.
position module Adjustment and setting
should be done correctly.

Drift compensation amount setting method


(T) Make sure that the variable resistor RV2 on velocity control unit PCB is
set to 50%.
(2) Turn on the power supply with the emergency stop button pushed on, and
set bit 0 "ADFT" of parameter no. 1 of the positioning module to 1 to
execute automatic drift compensation.
(3) Turn off the power supply once; then, turn it on again.
(5) Turn off the emergency stop button, and agitate the motor.
d) Read the drift compensation amount of parameter No. 9 by the positioing
module LED and set the readout value to the parameter screen of the
positioning module shown in para. 5.5 as the drift compensation amount.

9) Overtravel (in + and -directions)


The overtravel failure is divided into two sections: When it is detected as
a hardware failure and when it is detected as a software failure. The
software failure is called stored stroke limit alarm. The following
description shows possible causes of overtravel and countermeasures.
9)-l Overtravel (hard)
When the movable part of the machine tool reaches the stroke end, an over
trouble alarm message is displayed on the CRT screen.
When this alarm occurrs, axis feed stops.
Two limit switches (LSI, LS2) are provided on each axis in each direction
as shown in the figure below to stop the movable part of the machine tool.

Feed rate

LSI
1
LS2
Position

- 286 -
3.12.3

o When LSI the feed is stopped after deceleration.


operates, Overtravel
alarm message is displayed.
o When LS2 operates, the feed is emergency-stopped. (LS2 operates only when
LSI malfunctions)

Cause of Trouble and Countermeasures


(T) If the reference point setting in program coordinate system is in error,
correct the program.
(2) If the program is in error, correct the program.
Release
a) When only LSI operates:
Move the movable part of the machine tool by manual operation in the
opposite direction (safe side). Reset after separating it from the
limit switch.
Note) In this case, the movable part of the machine tool can be moved only
in the opposite direction.
b) When both LSI and LS2 operate:
i) Set 2nd L.S. REMOVE button to ON on operator's panel.
ii) Do the same operation as in releasing LSI.
Note) In the equipment in which LSI is not operating when LS2 is in opera¬
tion, the movable part is movable in both directions by manual
operation. Be careful of the direction in which it is to be moved
when LSI has malfunctioned.
9)-2 Overtravel (software) .
Stored stroke limit alarm
If the machine has reached the stored stroke limit value, an overtravel
alarm is displayed.
The axis feed is stopped if this alarm occurs.
Causes and countermeasures
(T) Stored stroke limit setting (parameter No. 60 65) error -> Correct
parameters.
(2) Program error •> Correct parameters.
Release
The machine can move in the opposite direction of the last moving
direction .Move the moving part of the machine in the opposite (safe)
direction by manual operation, and reset the stored stroke limit.

287
3.12.3

10) Motor overheat


DC servo motor overheat alarm (overload when AC servo motor is overheated)

Item Cause of trouble Checking points Corrective action

1 Overload Check to see if the motor Decrease load


armature current exceeds the torque.
rated current. Decrease cutting
condition.

2 Winding insulation Check the insulation between Clean around the


trouble the terminals A1 or A2 of commutator with
motor power cable and the forced air.
motor bodies with a tester or Change the motor
a megger. if the above
Over 1 mS2 at 500 V is normal countermeasure is
for the megger check. ineffective .
Infinite value is normal in
the tester check.

3 Shortcircuit Measure no-load current by Clean around the


inside of winding removing the motor from the commutator.
machine. If the current This problem can
increases in proportion to easily occur when
the motor rotation rate, the oil adheres to
there is a short-circuit the surface of the
inside of winding. commutator,

4 Demagnetization Check the motor terminal Change the motor


of field system voltage between A1 and A2 is if terminal vol¬
magnet normal at rapid traverse. tage is low and
the motor is over¬
heated at the same
time.
5 Trouble in heat Check the fan voltage or the Rearrange the
pipe fan operation wiring. wiring.
Check that the fan does not Refix the wire
touch a wire gauze.
Check to see if the fan motor
gauze .
Replace the fan
itself has a problem. motor.

6 Trouble in heat The heat pipe is ineffective Replace the motor.


pipe efficiency when the motor with a heat
pipe is overheated, despite
the fact that all the above
items are normal.

7 Brake trouble Check to see that the brake Replace the brake.
connection corresponds to the
power source frequency. Check
to see that the voltage is
100 V -1-10% (allowable value).

- 288
3.12.3

Item Cause of trouble Checking points Corrective action

8 Connection trouble Check the overheat connection Repair the fault.


between motor and positioning
module.

9 Positioning module Replace the posi¬


is defective. tioning module.

11) Overrun detection (Tachogenerator signal loss) TGLS/TG


a) For M series servo

Item Cause of trouble Checking points Corrective action

1 The motor power If the alarm occurs when a Check the power
cable is not motion command is not input, cable connection.
connected to the alarm cause described at
terminals (5), the left should be checked.
(6) , (7) or (8) of
terminal board T1
in the velocity
control unit, or
the power cable is
broken.

2 PCB setting is Check the setting according Adjust the set¬


r
improper. to section 6.2. "Setting and ting.
adjustment of PCB
T> It
.
3 Velocity feedback Measure the velocity feedback Repair the cable
voltage is not voltage between check carrying the
being applied or terminals CH2 (TSA) and CH3 velocity feedback
is intermittent. (GND) with an oscilloscope. voltage. Repair
Confirm whether the voltage the defective
is being interrupted. source (i. e. ,
motor or control)
of the velocity
feedback voltage.

b) For AC servo

Item Cause of trouble Checking points Corrective action

1 The motor power If the alarm occurs when a Repair the power
cable is not motion command is not input, cable of motor.
connected to the alarm cause described at
terminals (5), the left should be checked.
(6), or (7) of
terminal board T1
in the volocity
control unit, or
the power cable is
broken,

- 289
3,12.3

Item Cause of trouble Checking points Corrective action

2 PCB setting is Check the setting. Adjust the setting


improper . correctly.
3 Pulse coder feed¬ Check the feedback cable. Repair the feed¬
back signal is not back cable.
sent .
12) Abnormal load OVC
a) For M series servo

Item Cause of trouble Checking points Corrective action

1 PCB is defective. The OVC alarm occurs if the Replace the PCB.
power is turned on when the
motor power cable is discon¬
nected, (In this case, since
the gravity axis may fall
down, it should be sup¬
ported.) (The S23 terminal
should be shorted so that the
TGLS alarm will not occur.
After confirmation, the S23
connection should be opened.)

2 PCB setting is Check the setting of variable Change the RV3


improper. register RV3 which is used to setting.
set the upper limit of the
motor current. (Generally,
RV3 is set to 10, but the
adjustment may differ with
the machine tool.)

3 Mechanical load is Observe the waveform between Remove the


abnormal. check terminals CH8 and CH3 mechanical over¬
with an oscilloscope. Check load.
whether the current which is
determined by RV3 flows over
600 msec.

b) For AC servo

Item Cause of trouble Checking points Corrective action

1 Pulse coder feed¬ Check the feedback cable. Reconnect the


back signal is not feedback cable.
sent .
2 Motor current Check motor current. Change the cutting
exceeds rated conditions .
current .

- 290 -
3.12.3

13) No fuse breaker BRK


a) For M series servo

Item Cause of trouble Checking points Corrective action

1 The no fuse The breaker is open when it Turn off power and
breaker operated. is as shown below. reset the breaker.
This button pops (If it cannot be
®f up when the
breaker operates.
reset immediately,
wait about ten
To reset the minutes and try
breaker, press again. )
the button after
turning off the
mi I®I power.

2 Diode module DS or The breaker operates again Replace diode


some other part of when power is restored after module DS or the
the velocity the countermeasures of whole velocity
control unit is item 1. control unit.
defective,

3 Mechanical load is Observe the motor load Remove the


excessive. current at rapid traverse mechanical over¬
between terminals CH8 and load.
CH3 on the PCB with an
oscilloscope. Check whether
it exceeds the rated current.

4 The PCB or the The BRK alarm occurs when the Replace the PCB or
connection between no fuse breaker is not ope¬ the velocity unit.
the PCB and the rating.
velocity control
unit is defective.

This alarm message is not displayed for AC servo.

14) High current alarm HCAL/HC


a) For M series servo

Item Cause of trouble Checking points Corrective action

1 Improper motor The HCAL alarm does not Fix the motor
power cable occur when the power is power cable
connection. turned on with the motor connection.
power cable disconnected.
(In this case, since the
gravity axis may fall down,
it should be supported. The
S23 terminal on the PCB
should be shorted so that the
TGLS alarm will not occur.
The S23 connection should be
opened after confirmation.)

291
3.12.3

Item Cause of trouble Checking points Corrective action

2 The transistor The HCAL alarm goes on when Replace the tran¬
module is defec¬ the motor power cable is sistor module.
tive. disconnected.
Turn off power and measure
the resistance between the Cl
following terminals using a B1
multimeter. If the measured El, C2
value is 10 ohms or less, the B2
transistor module is defec¬ E2
tive.

Confirm between
Cl-El , C2
El, C2-E2
..
b) For AC servo

Item Cause of trouble Checking points Corrective action

1 Wrong connection HC alarm does not occur when Reconnect the


of motor power turning on the power supply motor power line
line. after disconnecting the motor correctly. If the
power line. motor power line
(Since the gravity axis may is checked while
drop in this case, support it disconnecting it,
or disconnect the drive cable set setting ter¬
of gravity axis brake.) minal S10 to L
side; otherwise,
TG alarm occurs.

2 Transistor module Check to see if HC alarm Replace transistor


is defective. occurs when turning on the module .
power supply after discon¬
necting the power line accor¬
* Check resistance
between Cl-El
ding to item 1. Turn off the and C2. also
power supply, remove PCB, and between El and
observe the resistance between C2-E2.
Check resis¬
terminals of the transistor
module using a circuit tester.
** tance between
Cl-El and also
between C2-E2.

*
Cl Cl
B1 B1
El, C2 El
B2 C2
E2 B2
& E2
(H003) <2>
(H004 ,H005)

292
3.12.3

Item Cause of trouble Checking points Corrective action

3 Internal short- Check motor windings for Replace the motor.


circuit failure of normal insulation.
motor windings.

4 PCB is defective. If HC alarm occurs with no Replace the PCB.


defects in item 1, 2, 3,
PCB is defective.

15) High voltage alarm HVAL/lIV


a) For M series servo

Item Cause of trouble Checking points Corrective action

1 Input AC power Check to see if the tap Correct the tap


voltage is too connection of servo power connection.
high. transformer is correct.

2 Servo motor is Check to see if the insula¬ Clean brushes.


defective tion resistance is normal
between the motor armature
(power line) and the body.

3 PCB is defective. Check to see if alarm occurs Replace PCB.


when items 1 and 2 are normal.

b) For AC servo

Item Cause of trouble Checking points Corrective action

1 Input AC power Check to see if the servo Repair the tap


voltage is higher transformer taps are properly connection.
than specified. connected.

2 Servo motor is Check to see if the insula¬ Replace the motor.


defective. tion resistance is normal
between the motor armature
(power line) and the body.

3 Load inertia is Increase the


excessive. acceleration/
deceleration time
constant .
4 PCB is defective. If HV alarm occurs with no Replace the PCB.
defect in items 1, 2, 3,
PCB is defective.

- 293 -
3.12.3

16) Discharge alarm DCAL/DC


a) For M series servo

Item Cause of trouble Checking points Corrective action

1 Discharge tran- The alarm occurs immediately Replace transistor


sistor Ql or the after turning on power. Ql. Replace PCB.
PCB is defective.

2 PCB setting is Terminal S26 is shorted even Open terminal S26.


improper. though the separate regener¬
ative discharge unit is used
with the gravity axis.

3 Machine tool The waveform shown in the Adjust the


counterbalance is following figure is measured counterbalance.
improper. at started periods on check
terminal CH10 while the
counterbalanced axis is
moving down at rapid traverse
speed.

4 The acceleration/ Check whether the positioning Use a dwell period


deceleration rate frequency at rapid traverse and decrease the
frequency is too speed exceeds 1 to 2 time per acceleration/
high. second. deceleration rate.
Check that this alarm indi¬
cator does not go on when the
rate is decreased.

1.2 ± 0.2 V

1
0V 0.2 + 0.2 V
Discharged J
time width

b) For AC servo

Item Cause of trouble Checking points Corrective action

1 Regenerative tran¬ DC alarm occurs immediately Replace the tran¬


sistor Ql is after power is turned on. sistor Ql. Re¬
defective or PCB place the PCB.
is defective.

2 PCB setting is Setting pin S2 is set to L Set S2 correctly.


improper. side even though a separate
regenerative discharge unit
is used.

- 294
3.12.3

Item Cause of trouble Checking points Corrective action

3 The acceleration/ Check whether the positioning Use a dwell period


deceleration rate frequency at rapid traverse and decrease the
frequency is too speed exceeds 1 to 2 times acceleration/
high. per second. Check to see if deceleration rate.
this alarm does not occur
when the rate is decreased.

17) Low power voltage alarm LVAL/LV


a) For M series servo

Item Cause of trouble Checking points Corrective action

1 AC power voltage Check to see if connection Correct the tap


is too low. between input AC power vol¬ connection.
tage and servo transformer
tap is correct.

2 Connection defec¬ Check to see if PCB voltage Correct the con¬


tive between servo +24 V and +15 V are correct. nection.
transformer and Check that the servo trans¬
CN2 on the PCB. former terminals (41 - 43,
44-46, 47 - 49) and PCB CN2
(1, 2, 3) are connected
correctly.

3 PCB is defective. LVAL alarm occurs when above Replace the PCB.
items 1, 2 are normal.

b) For AC servo

Item Cause of trouble Checking points Corrective action

1 AC power voltage Check to see if the con¬ Correct the tap


is too low. nection between input AC connection.
power voltage and servo
transformer is correct.

2 Connection defec¬ Check to see if PCB voltage Correct the con¬


tive between servo +24 V, +15 V and +5 V are nection.
transformer and correct .Check that servo
PCB CN2. transformer terminal 41 - 49
(AC 18 V) and PCB CN2
(1, 2, 3) are connected
correctly.

3 +5 V fuse is blown Check to see if the fuse for Replace the fuse.
out . +5 V is blown out.

4 PCB is defective. PCB is defective if LV alarm Replace the PCB.


occurs when above items 1-3
have no problem.

- 295
3.12.4

18) Other V-READY off (Velocity control unit failure)


If the V-READY off is not caused by the failures described before, check the
following items.

Item Cause of trouble Checking points Corrective action

1 100 VAC is not Check to see if 100 V AC are Supply 100 V AC.
supplied to supplied across terminals (3)
velocity control and (4) of the terminal board
unit . of velocity control unit.

2 No fuse breaker is Check the no fuse breaker When the button is


turned off in AC button on/off state. off, proceed to
servo. next block.

Causes and countermeasures when no fuse breaker functions in AC servo

Item Cause of trouble Checking points Corrective action

1 No fuse breaker The operating condition is as Reset the no fuse


functions illustrated below. breaker after
This button is turning off the
pushed inward power supply.
during normal (Wait for about
® operation of the 10 minutes if the
/ motor. If the no fuse breaker
breaker has cannot be reset
functioned, turn at once.)
I off the three-
TT1 [g phase power
supply once;
then press this
button.

2 Diode module, No fuse breaker functions Replace diode


surge absorber simultaneously when power module DS or surge
(ZNR) or other supply is turned on after absorber (ZNR) of
parts are faulty countermeasure in item 1. velocity control
in velocity unit .
control unit.

3 Abnormal Check to see if the motor Eliminate abnormal


mechanical load load current exceeds the load from machine
rated current during rapid tool side.
traverse while monitoring
CH10 and CHll or CHI 2 and CH3
(0 V) of PCB using an oscillo¬
scope.
3.12.4 Fuse alarm of I/O module
1) External output power supply (+24E) fuse
When digital input modules ID [][] A and ID [] [] B are used, +24 V power supply
(+24E) is fed to terminal board T1 of the main unit and I/O unit in order to
feed the voltage to an external contact. Two types of fuses F34 and F35 are
inserted into this +24E power supply to protect the power supply modules and
I/O modules which are mounted on the I/O unit from a short-circuit failure or
a contact failure with other power lines.

- 296
3.12.4

(2A) T1
(2A)
F34 F35
+24V -CT"x_0 -Cr'ÿO
-Q +24 E
+24V
power
supply

GND O GND

Power supply module

2 1 0 POW
CA15

CA16

mm T1 M3 screw

C0P4 ID ALC
ALD ©
+24 B ©
GND ©
} Note 1
+24V(2At»—
GP31 victim
© © M4 tap

F34
F35 I/O unit

2) Fuse alarm in digital output module


The terminal board type digital output module is provided with built-in
fuses ,
If these fuses are blown out, the fuse alarm indicator lamp of corresponding
module lights to indicate the fuse failure. The following figure shows the
mounting positions of fuse alarm indicator lamps of each module and the
mounting positions of fuses.

- 297
3.12.4

Module name OD08B, 0D16B

Mounting posi¬
tions of fuse
alarm indicator
u c ©
lamps and mount¬
ing positions of
©
fuses ]©j|o 00
01
02 d

. 3.2
03
S A
f’ov

04

1©||Q Of)
IÿHo or>
l©l|o 07 3*2
CON D A
Ui
10 ©
l©|o n
Rglo 12
13
C3

CLV. ©O co 3.2
D A
HE14
©'jo 15

l©|o 16
|©|o 17
t’O?-
M 3.2
A

© J
c ©
a
Fuse alarm lamp (red)
Indicator

If one of fuses FU1 -


FU4 is blown
out, the above fuse alarm lamp lights.
The blown out fuse shows a white failure <2
display as in the indicator shown in the
O
right figure.

Correspondence
between fuses Fuse number FU1 FU2 FU3 FU4
and output
terminals Output number OS00-0S03 OS04-OF07 OS10-OS13 0S14-0S17

- 298 -
3.12.4

Module name OD08C, 0D16C

Mounting posi¬
tions of fuse u
alarm indicator
lamps and mount¬
c ©

ing positions of
fuses
n 00
01

mm 02
3.2 3.2

COM
jgli|03 rH A A
Cÿi

04
05

ill 06
07
3.2 3.2
COM ji§3l3 co A A •«-
fa
10
©
n
12

13
COM 3°2 3.2
m A A to
.ÿ§33 14 CJH
15

•m 16

17
cm mm 5 2 3.2
[>§]d A A CO

Eh c ®
n
Fuse alarm lamp (red)
Indicator

If one of fuses Fl - F8 is blown out,


the above fuse alarm lamp lights. a
The blown out fuse shows a white failure o
display as in the indicator shown in the
right figure.

Correspondence
between fuses Fuse No. Fl F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8
and output
terminals
Output No. osoo OS02 OS04 0S06 0S10 0S12 OSH 0S16
OSOl OS03 OS05 OS07 0S11 0S13 0S15 0S17

299
3.12.4

Module name OA08D, 0A16D

Mounting posi¬
tions of fuse
alarm indicator
u c
lamps and mount¬ ~L
ing positions of mm oo
fuses mm 01

mmm\ 02
6.3
mm 03 A
COM mm
mm 04

mm
mmoc
mm !>7 6.3
A
COM HM
aaia 10 © Cv]

pi 11

mm 12

13
COM 6.3
A
mm 14
CO
mm\15 &L,
1G

M17

0
COM

® i\
C ©
JT
O
Fuse alarm lamp (red)
Indicator

If one of fuses FI -
F4 is blown
out, the above fuse alarm lamp lights.
The blown out fuse shows a white failure
a
display as in the indicator shown in the
right figure.

Correspondence
between fuses Fuse number FI F2 F3 F4
and output
terminals Output number OS00-OS03 OS04-OF07 OS10-OS13 0S14-0S17

- 300 -
3.12.4

Module name OA08E, 0A16E

Mounting posi¬
tions of fuse
alarm indicator u c ©
lamps and mount¬
ing positions of
x 1
fuses O 00
01

© O 02

So 03
COM a
''Fuse alarm FI F2
l©||o 04 lamp
#1
©Jo 05
IQllo 00
b 07
COM

©Bo 10 ''Fuse
lamp
alarm © F4 F3
©b li #2
\®¥ 12
©O 13
cov

00 14 Fuse alarm
lamp F5 F6
So 15 #3
I©Ho 16
©to 17
CON x) FU
''1
Fuse alarm
©to
r
lamp
#4
© F7 F8
c ©
]
Q
If one of fuses Fl -
F8 is blown out, the above fuse
alarm lamp lights. Correspondence between fuse and lamp is
as follows.
Fl -
F8 have no alarm indicator. Replace the fuse where
inside fuse element is blown out.

Correspondence of
fuses alarm lamp Alarm lamp No. #1 it 2 #3 #4
number, fuse
number and output Fuse No. Fl F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8
number.
OSOO OS02 OS04 OS06 0S10 0S12 0S14 0S16
Output No.
OS01 OS03 OS05 OS07 0S11 0S13 0S15 OS 17

- 301
4.

4. ADJUSTMENT

4.1 Procedure of Adjustment

This section shows adjustment procedure when the system is installed. Adjust
your system according to the following items. Details of each item are
described in the table below.

No. Contents Remarks

1 Check external views of control unit and servo See Item 4.1 (1)
unit .
2 Check the connection of screw terminals. See Item 4.1 (2)

3 External cables connection. See Item 4.1 (3)

4 When power source for NC is "OFF", connect the See Item 4.1 (4)
power input cable.

5 Check the insert position of connector and PCB, See Item 4.1 (5)

6 Setting confirmation See Item 4.1 (6)


..
Tap setting transformer
Velocity control unit PCB setting
.
Control section PCB setting

7 Check input power source voltage, frequency and See Item 4.1 (7)
phase rotation.

8 Check that output voltage is not shorted with See Item 4.1 (8)
ground.

9 Power on and check output voltage. See Item 4.1 (9)

10 Adjustment of velocity control unit. See Item 4.1 (10)

11 Adjustment of photo Amp. output wave form of See Item 4.1 (11)
tape reader.

12 Check interface signal between NC and machine See Item 4.1 (12)
side.

13 Setting and confirmation should be made for each


parameter and setting data.
.
See Item 4 1 (13)

14 Power off. See Item 4.1 (14)

15 Connect motor power cable. .


See Item 4 1 (15)

16 Power on. See Item 4.1 (16)

17 Check movement of each axis by manual feed. See Item 4.1 (17)

18 Adjustment for servo system. See Item 4.1 (18)

19 Check whether all functions of NC operate See Item 4.1 (19)


normally.

- 302
4.1

1) Check external or internal view of control unit and servo unit

Items

Check dirt and damage on external view of CRT/MDI unit, internal position
display unit, internal manual operation board, etc.

Check loosening fixture or detachment of PCB, tape reader unit, velocity


control unit, etc 3 inside of locker.

Check damage on cables, conduits, etc., inside of locker.


(Cover strippings, etc.)

2) Check that the connection of screw terminals is correct

Items

Terminal plate TPl or TB1 of input unit (U, V, W) .


Terminal plate TP2 of input unit (EON, EOF, COM, FA, FB) .
Terminal plate TP3 of input unit (200A, B).

Terminal plate TP4 of input unit (Ul, Vl , EMGIN1, 2, EMGOUTl, 2).

Terminal plate TB2 of input unit (R, S, 200A1, 200B1, others).

Power ON/OFF button of CRT/MDI unit.


Terminal block of tape reader unit.

Terminal block of input transformer for export. (Primary and secondary side)

Terminal block for servo power transformer. (Primary side, secondary side
I00A, B TOHl 2) ,
Check that the cover is not detached (if applicable).

3) External cables connection


Check following items at time of installation for each unit

Items

After striping cable external cover, check whether the cable is connected to
the earth plate by cramp metal.

Check whether the larger (more than 14 mm2) protection earth cable is
connected between NC and machine side magnetics cabinet.

Check the protection earth is being one point earth type or not as connect¬
ing from the machine side magnetics cabinet to the grounding earth.

- 303 -
4.1

Check following items only for the initial equipment.

Items

Check whether all signal cables are made into unified shield.

Cable specifications are as designated by connecting manual.


(For motor signal)

Cable specifications are as designated by connecting manual.


(For motor drive)

Cable specifications are as designated by connecting manual.


(For velocity control unit interface)

Cable specifications are as designated by connecting manual.


(For position coder)

Cable specifications are as designated by connecting manual.


(For spindle analogue output)

Cable specifications are as designated by connecting manual.


(For manual pulse generator)

Cable specifications are as designated by connecting manual.


(For external position display)

Cable specifications are as designated by connecting manual.


(For external CRT/MDI)

Cable specifications are as designated by connecting manual.


(For Reader ‘puncher interface)

4) As setting power source for NC "OFF" connect the power input cable

Items

Disconnect motor power cables.

Short short bar S23 on the velocity control unit PCB for M series servo
motor.

Put short bar S10 to L-side on velocity control unit PCB for AC servo.

5) Check the mounting position of connector and PCB

Items

Are cramp screws for HONDA connector firmly tightened?

Are nail-type fixtures fitted with flat cable connector?

Are nail-type fixtures fitted with brown connector for power source?

- 304
4.1

Items

Are screws tightened for optional PCB?

faster PCB

]
Fitting screw

Optional PCB

Are ROMs exactly mounted with IC socket on ROM card.

6) Setting confirmation
Perform following items a) 'u e) for every unit at time of installation.
a) Tap set of transformer (see Item 4.2).

Items

Tap setting of servo power transformer.

Tap setting of input transformer for export.

b) Setting on control section PCB (see Item 6.1).


c) Setting on M series velocity control Unit PCB (see Item 6.2).
d) Setting on AC servo velocity control unit PCB (see Item 6.3).
e) Setting on AC spindle servo unit PCB (see Item 6.4).

7) Confirmation for input power source voltage and frequency

Items

When power source is used for control unit and servo unit, confirm that input
is applied as follows:
+10%
AC 200/220 V ,
-15% 50/60
Hz +1 Hz, 3
(However, combination with 220 V and 50 Hz is not recommended.)

Power source input for control unit only is applied as follows:


+10%
AC 200/220 V
-15%
, 50,60 Hz +3 Hz, 1 i
(However, combination with 220 V and 50 Hz is not recommended.)

Power source input for servo unit only is applied as followings:


+10%
AC 200/220 V -15% , 50,60 Hz +1 Hz, 3 i
(However, combination with 220 V and 50 Hz is not recommended.)

305
4.1

Items

Power source for export transformer is applied as follows:


AC 200/220/230/240/380/415/440/460/480/550 V
+10%
-15%

Input power capacity is enough for consumptive power of control unit and
servo unit.

8) Confirm that output voltage is not shorted with ground

Items

Power unit output +5 V is not shorted with 0 V.

Power unit output +24 V is not shorted with 0 V.

Power unit output +15 V is not shorted with 0 V.

Power unit output -15 V is not shorted with 0 V.

9) Power on and check output voltage (see Item 3.4)

Items

Are the fans in the locker operating?


At the check terminal on master +5 V (Cl 2) +4.75 +5.25 V
PCB or control PCB, confirm that +24 V (C12) +21.6 - +26.4 V
output voltage is within the +15 V (C12) +14.25 - +15.75 V
ranges at table to the right. -15 V (C12) -14.25 - -15.75 V
Confirm each output voltage at check CH15 (+24 V) +22 27 V
terminal on velocity control unit CH16 (+15 V) +14.55 - 15.45 V
P.C.B. CH17 (-15 V) -14.55 - -15.45 V
10) Adjustment of velocity control unit (see Item 6.2)

Items

Confirm servo offset


a) Set RV2 on velocity control unit PCB to 50% (for pulse coder feedback).
Set RV2 so that voltage between CH6 and CH3 is within +0*5 V while short¬
ing between CHI and CH3 and between CH2 and CH3.
Note 1: When machine moves during adjustment, position deviation error stop
page or drift excessive error will occur. In this case, set
approx. 5000 to in-position width and position deviation limit
value. After adjustment, reset normal data. If the large data is
set to in-position width, automatic drift compensation is not
performed.
Note 2: Don't short CH2 (TSA) and CH3 (0 V) or CH2 and CH4 (0 V) on
velocity control PCB because hybrid IC on master PCB will be
damaged (This note applies to a system with pulse coder feedback) .

- 306
4.1

11) Adjustment of photo Amp. output wave form of tape reader


(Refer to Item 3.5)

Items

After setting endless tape (repeating respectively punching and non-punching),


send the tape by setting switch for MANUAL.
1) With an oscilloscope, measure the waveform at check terminals CHPS on the
photo-amplifier. Adjust it so that the ON/OFF timing ratio is 6:4 by RV1
(SP).
2) Measure the waveform between check terminals CHI and CH8 on the photo¬
amplifier using oscilloscope, and find the channel where the ON time
width is the shortest.
3) Measure the waveform where the ON time width is the shortest between CHI
and CHS and compare it with the waveform of CHPS. Adjust so that the
timing indicated below is obtained by RV2.
4) Confirm that the waveforms CHI and CH8 satisfy the timing in the diagram
below.

ON OFF

CHPS waveform
ON: OFF = 6:4 Above
r
300/us
Above
Shortest ON width ON 300/as
measured between —
1
OFF
CHI and CI18

Note) Names of check terminal and variable resistor for tape reader
(A13B-0070-B001) are changed as below.
CHPS -> S, CHI 'v CH8 1 A, 8, CHG + OV, RVl + SP, RV2 right side volume
of SP.

12) Confirm interface signal between NC and machine side

Items

Refer to the self-diagnostic function table (see Item 3.7).

13) Setting and confirmation should be made for each parameter and setting data

Items

Refer to the parameter table (refer to Item 5.3).

Set parameter ADR (PRM, 1800, 0 bit) to "1".

Set parameter PSF (Parameter No. 1802) to 0 for a resolver or an Inductosyn.

14) Turn off the power supply

15) Connect the motor power line


Open S23 for M series servo. Set S10 to H side for AC servo.

307
4.1

16) Turn on the power supply

Items

If an alarm occurred, take corrective action according to the alarm list,

The motor rotates more or less simultaneously when MCC of the velocity
control unit was turned on, but it is soon reset due to the function of the
automatic drift compensating function. Then, the motor does not rotate
even when the power supply is turned on and off. Repeat the power on/off
operation and emergency stop several times and make sure that the motor
does not rotate.

17) Examine the movement of each axis by manual feed

Items

Try moving each axis every 10 pm by the manual pulse feed or incremental
feed. Check to see if the machine normally follows up the movement.

Operate the limit switches mounted on the machine while moving each axis
with low override by manual JOG feed; make sure that the machine stops
moving securely when an overtravel alarm was detected.

Move each axis while changing the override by manual JOG feed and manual
rapid traverse. Make sure that none of the alarms such as excessive error,
etc., appear even at the maximum feed rate.

18) Adjust the servo system

Items

Operate each axis by F4 digit feed in MDI mode, and check the positional
deviation amount by the CRT/MDI unit at this time (DGN No. 3000). Obtain
the position gain from the feed rate and positional deviation amount by the
following equation:
F: Feed rate (mm/min) (0.1 in/min), (deg/min)
16. 7F
G = E: Positional deviation amount (0.001 mm),_(0.0001 in), (0.01 deg)
E
G: Position gain (sec *) (standard: 30 sec *)
Adjust the position gain to be less than +10% of the aimed value by turning
variable resistor (F/V converter voltage compensation) RV4 (in case of M
series servo) or RV3 (in case of AC servo) of the velocity control unit PCB.
The difference among axes should be within 1%. (Take the initial positional
deviation amount into due consideration.)

Perform standard setting and adjustment of the inductosyn, resolver inter¬


face PCB, referring to Subsec. 6.1.6.

308
4.2

19) Confirm that all functions of NC are able to operate normally.

Items

Perform a reference point return.


Perform setting of grid shift amount. This performance will become
effective only after power is turned off and on again. Confirmation
is required.

Running is made by the test tape being made to match the machine.

4.2 Connection of Power T ransformer

4.2.1 Tap change of control power transformer


A control power transformer is required when the input power supply is other
than 200 VAC 50/60 Hz or 200 VAC 60 Hz.
This transformer can be installed in the free-standing type cabinet and FS12
built-in type cabinet only. As a power transformer is mounted in the machine
tool when the other type cabinets are used, refer to the manual issued by the
machine tool builder.
Check the transformer tap, and confirm that the voltage (at the NC power supply
terminal) is within +10% and -15% of the tap voltage. If the voltage is outside
this range, the tap must be changed.

OTBl O
JQL
O 550
n 480
Y\ 460
440
A
TB2
m
415
380 200
240 B
I 230 M

kPEE
I200
COM CAUTION
O A
o o
Tap connection for 380 VAC

4.2.2 Connection of M series servo power transformer


1) Primary connections
a) For power transformers MA MC (for Japan)

Power voltage Connection of transformer primary terminals

200 V U-2 , V-4 , W-6

220 V U-l, V-3, W-5

- 309
4.2.2

b) For power transformers MAE MCE (for countries other than Japan)

Connection of transformer primary terminals


Power voltage Connection of power Short between transformer
cables U, V, W _ terminals
190 V U-3-7 , V-ll-15, W-19-23 4-8-12-16-20-24
(Common to 200 V)

230 V U-2-6, V-10-14, W-18-22


(Common to 220 V)

380 V U-3 , V-ll, W-19 4-7,12-15,20-23,8-16-24

420 V (Common U-3, V-ll, W-19 4-6,12-14,20-22,8-16-24


to 415 V, 440 V)

460 V U-2 , V-10, W-18 4-6,12-14,20-22,8-16-24


(Common to 480 V)

550 V U-l, V-9 , W-17 4-5,12-13,20-21,8-16-24

2) Secondary connections
a) For power transformers MA, MAE b) For power transformers MB, MC, MBE,
MCE

31 31
To T1(A), (1), (2) of To T1(A), (1), (2) of
32 velocity control unit 32 the 1st axis
for model OM, 5M
33 33

34 34
ToTl(A), (1), (2) of To T1(A), (1), (2) of
35 velocity control unit 35 the 2nd and 3rd axis
Trans- for Model 00M Trans¬ 36
former former
41 41
To CN2(1), (2), (3) to CN2 (1), (2), (3)
MA 42 MB 42
of the 1st axis of the 1st axis
MAE 43 MC 43
44 MBE 44
To CN2(1), (2), (3) To CN2 (1), (2), (3)
45 MCE 45
of the 2nd axis of the 2nd axis
46 46
47 47
To CN2(1), (2), (3) To CN2 (1), (2), (3)
48 48
of the 3rd axis of the 3rd axis
49 49

51 To CN2(4), (5) of 51 To CN2 (4), (5) of


52 the 1st axis 52 the 1st axis

Fig. 4.2.1

Note: The output voltage of the power transformer differs for Model 00M.
(A voltage lower than the voltages for other motors is used.) If the
power transformer for other motors should be connected to the velocity
control unit for Model 00M by mistake, it causes trouble. Be
particularly careful with connection, accordingly.

- 310
4.2.2

3) External dimensions of power transformer

275max 175max
Power
L 3 -a e- transformer
Weight

MA
s About 20 kg
MAE
£
CO

MB
About 30 kg
MBE

50 50 \
1
125
E MC
150 About 36 kg
2B0 max 150 MCE

Connection diagram of power Connections of power Terminal layout of power


transformer MA - MC. transformer MA31 36 - transformers MA - MC.
Connections of MA31 - 36 (Screw M4)
are as shown in the figure
at right.
31
T-0 31
I
L-o 34 E < 32 For motor 32
model 0M,5M 33
I 1—0 32 0 33
220V
1 o- 200V —°
35 0 34
1 34
2>

30
220 V
iiI y-o 33
>-o 36
o 41
E 0 35
0 36
For motor
model 00M
2
3
4
35
36
41
4o 20.0

5 o 220V
V
1:1 o 42
o 43
o 44
To 1st axis
CN2 *31 ~33
To 1st axis T1
5
6
42
43
44
6 o 200
V
1I o 45
0 46
To 2nd axis
CN2 *34~36
To 2nd, 3rd
45
46
47
o 47 axis T1 ©4
I o 48
o 49
. TOH1 .;.i
To 3rd axis
CN2
48
49
Go
-1-
7TT
1ÿjn52} To 1st axis
CN2
51
52

Connection diagram of power Connections of power Terminal layout of power


transformer MAE - MCE. transformer MAE31 - 36 transformers MAE - MCE.
Connections of MAE31 - 36
are as shown in the figure
at right.

1o
275 V _ _
275 V
H !°230V I!I 1-0 31 031
31
32

pi] h
230 V For motor
2 o L-o 34 "°32
3 o 190V 1—o 32
!?h 0 33 model OM, 5M 1
2
5
6
33
34
ovl8{>-oyJ| L l-o 35 034

lOoUgOtSÿl —*
4 0
275V 0 33
E 35
For motor
model 00M
3
8
7 35
9 o275V ijo 4 36
E 'ÿ l—o 36 -036 9 13 41
•o 41 10 14 42
Ho
120
_ovj16o_ovj
17027LV -21Q2Z5V
I 42
•0 43
<5 44
To 1st axis
CN2 *31 ~33
To 1st axis T1
11
12
15
16
21
43
44
45
17
230V
18 0
19 0
190V |22ÿJ 46
To 2nd axis
CN2 *34~36 18
19
'22
23
46
47
OV l9aZjx| 47 To 3rd axis
To 2nd, 3rd
axis T1 20 24 48
20 0
I TOH1
-0 48 CN2

To 1st axis
49

Go
i <- •TOH2 52 } CN2
51
52

Fig. 4,2.2 (e)

- 311
4.2.3

4.2.3 Connection of AC servo power transformer


Be sure the input tap of the power supply transformer is set according to the
input voltage when connecting the power supply cable to the AC servo unit.
If set incorrectly, the AC servo unit may cause trouble.
I) Primary side connection
Connection of the transformer terminals and power supply cables U, V, and W
must follow the input supply voltage specifications in Tables (a) and (b)
a) For power supply transformers AA, MB and MC for Japan
.
Table 4.2.3 (a)

Power voltage Connection of primary-side terminals

200 V U-2, V-4, W-6

220 V U-l, V-3, W-5

b) For power supply transformers MBE, and MCE for countries other than Japan

Table 4.2.3 (b)

Connection of primary-side terminals


Power voltage Connection of power Short between transformer
cables U, V, W _ terminals
190 V U-3-7, V-ll-15, W-19-23 4-8-12-16-20-24
(Common to 200 V)

230 V U-2-6, V-10-14, W-18-22


(Common to 220 V)

380 V U-3, V-ll, W-19 4-7,12-15,20-23,8-16-24

420 V (Common U-3, V-ll, W-19 4-6,12-14,20-22,8-16-24


to 415 V, 440 V)

460 V U-2, V-10, W-18 4-6,12-14,20-22,8-16-24


(Common to 480 V)

550 V U-l, V-9, W-17 4-5,12-13,20-21,8-16-24

- 312
4.2.3

c) Power transformer ME, ABE and ACE for Japan and other countries

Table 4.2.3 (c>

Connection of primary-side terminals


Power
Connection of power Short between Connection
voltage
cables U, V, W transformer terminals type

200 V U-7, V-15, W-23 8-15, 16-23, 24-7

220 V U-6, V-14, W-22 8-14, 16-22, 24-6 Delta


connection
230 V U-5, V-13 , W-21 8-13, 16-21, 24-5

240 V U-4, V-12, W-20 8-12, 16-20, 24-4

380 V U-6, V-14, W-22

420 V U-4, V-12, W-20 8-16, 16-24 or Star


(8-16-24) connection
460 V U-3 , V-ll, W-19

480 V U-2 , V-10, W-18

550 V U-l, V-9, W-17

Remarks: If more than one power supply transformer is used, both must be
connected to the tap in the same way. Also, the connection of
transformer overheat must be done in the same manner.

2) Secondary side connection


a) For power supply transformers b) For power supply transformers
M and ME MB, MC, MBE MCE, ABE and ACE
185V ToTl(A), (1), (2) of 185 V
velocity control unit
31
31
185 V for model 3-0 (3000 32 185V
32 Toll (A), (1), (2) of 1st axis
rpm max) 0,and 5 185V
33 185 V 33
120V 185V
34 To T1(A), (1), (2) of 34
120V velocity control unit 185V To T1 (A), (1), (2) of 2nd axis,
35 35
' for models 4-0 to 1-0 Power 3rd axis
120 V (3-0 is 2000 rpm max) Trans- 36 185V
36
formors 18V
Power 18V MB, MC, 41
41
trans¬ To CN2 (1), (2), (3) MBE, 0V
0V of 1st axis To CN2 (1), (2), (3) of 1st
formers 42 and MCE
AA and 18V 43 18V axis
AAE 43
18V ABE and ,, 18V
44 ACE 44
0V To CN2 (1), (2), (3) o 45 0V To CN2 (1), (2) (3) of
45 of 2nd axis 2nd axis
18V 46
18V
46
18V 18V
47 47
To CN2 (1), (2), (3) of 0V To CN2 (1), (2), (3) of
0V 48 3rd axis
48 3rd axis
18V 49 18V
49

51 To CN2 (4), (5) of 51 To CN2 (4), (5) of


1st axis 52 1st axis
52

Note: The models 4-0 to 1-0 motors use a relatively low power supply
transformer voltage. If the higher voltage used for the other
models is applied to the velocity control unit for Models 4-0 to
1-0, it will cause an error.

- 313
4.2.3

3) Motors and power transformers used for each axis

Table 4.2.3 (d)

Power
1st axis 2nd axis 3rd axis Remarks
transformer
Models 4-0, 3-0, Models 4-0,3-0, Models 4-0, 3-0, Transformer AA Models 4-0, 3-0
2-0 2-0 2-0 (AAE) (2000 rpm max) ,
(1.5 kVA) 2-0, 1-0, and
Models 4-0, 3-0, Models 4-0,3-0, Model 5 0 use trans¬
2-0 2-0 former output
terminals 34,
Models 4-0, 3-0, Models 1-0,0 35, 36, while
2-0, 1-0 Models 3-0
(3000 rpm max)
Models 4-0, 3-0, Model 5 and 5 use
2-0, 1-0, transformer
0 output termi¬
nals 31, 32,
33.

Model 5 Model 5 Model 5 Transformer MB


(MBE , ABE)
Models 5, 10 Model 10 (2.5 kVA)

Models 20, 30

Model 5 Model 5 Model 10 Transformer MC See Note.


(MCE, ACE)
Model 5 Models 20, 30 (5 kVA)

Model 30R

Note: Two or more transformers MC, MCE, or ACE, become necessary according to
the load conditions in the case of Models 10, 20, 30 x 3 axis.

- 314 -
4.2.3

4) Connections in the power supply transformer

Connections for power supply Connections for power Terminal layout of power
transformers AA, MB, and MC supply transformers AA supply transformers AA,
(Connection for 31-36 of AA 31 to 36. MB, and MC.
is as shown at right.)

185V 31
— 31
L-o°
"| ° 31 32

E
i 185V
I 34 ©32 33
185V0
I 32
0
120V 0
33 1 34
1
2
220 V
* 200 V L
II
1—6 35
-r—o 33
L-o 36
E
B
120V0 35
120V0
34

36
2
3
35
36
220V 4 41
30 I « 41 42
3I
V 5
4 20.0 o 42
* 43
6 43
44
5o 220V 45
g o_200V
1E « 45
0 46
•047 ©Jr
46
47
48

Go
E . TOH1
048
0 49
49

777-
/TOH2~°51
52 <3
51
52

Models for countries other than Japan

Connections for power supply Connections of power Terminal layout of power


transformers MBE, and MCE. transformer MAE supply transformers MBE
(Connection for 31-36 of 31 to 36. and MCE.
MAE is as shown at right)

275V 275V 031


1o 1-0 31
E 31

ml
2 230V L-o 34 032 32
*
3 190V 33
* 1—0 32 J. 5 33
4 OV L-o 35 0 34
2 6 34
q *
13O2Z5V =»
_ 275 V 0 35
' t-o 33 3 7 35
10 0MV S14o130Vj i L-o 36/ 0 36
4 8 36
11* 190V
liojqi| 0 42
9
10
13
14
41
42
12 <>ÿ
275 V
lite-.9V llI
OV
-o 43 11 15 43
17* ,21o 275V o 44 12 16 44

|23ÿMv|lI
I80
230V Boo.230V 11 o 45 17 21 45
190V
19* 046 18 22 46
OV
l24o-ÿJ| 0 47 19 23 47
20*
1 I
0 48
0 49
TOHI 051
20 24 48
49
G*
it T0H2 0 52 51
52

- 315
4.2.3

Connection of power supply transformer Terminal layout of power supply


AAE. transformer AAE.

550 V 185 V
1 o ~0 31

L
31
480 V
2 O 185V 32
a
460V —O 32 5

i.
3 1 33
415/240 V 185V O 33 6 2 34
4 O
230 V

I
7 3 35
5 O
380/220 V 8 4 36
6 O
200 V 13 9 41
7 a 120V 14 10 42
-O 34

9
8 O
a
0V
550 V I 120V
O 35
15
16
11
12
43
44

L 21 17 45
480V
10 O 120V 22 18 46
460V O 36
ii a
12 O
13 O
415/240 V
230 V
I 23
24

O
19
20
47
48
49
18V *=•
14 O
380/220 V O 41

I 0V 51
200 V O 42
15 a 18V 52
O 43
0V
16 O 18V
O 44

I
550V 0V
17 O -O 45
480 V
18 O 18 V
-O 46
460V 18V
19 O -O 47
20 a
21 O-
415/240 V
230 V
380/220 V
[ 0V
18V
O 48
O 49
22 O-
200 V
23 O
TOI 1i
24 O
ov O 51
TOHj
— 0 52
aa
± Ur
Connection of power transformers Terminal layout of power supply
ABE and ACE. transformers ABE and ACE.

550V
Ia 31
480 V
2O 32
460 V 185 V
3 a 31
1 5 33
4 Q 415/240 V 2 6 34
230 V O 34 3 7 35
5 a
380/220 V 4 8 36
6 O 185 V
200 V -O 32 9 13 41
7O 10 14 42
0V -O 35 43
11 15
8 0-
550V 12 16 44
9O 185 V 21 45
480V O 33 17
10 O 18 22 46
460V O 36
11 O 19 23 47
415/240 V 20 24 48
12 O
230 V 49
13 O 4-
18V
o-380/220V O 41

I
14 51
200V 0V
15 O— O 42 52
18V
O 43
0V 18V
16 a -O 44
550V
17 O 0V
O 45
480V 18V
18 O
460V -O 46
19 O 18V
O 47
415/240 V
20 O
21 O-
22 O-
230V
380/220 V
200V
1 18V
o 49

23 O-
TOII,
0V 51
24 O
TOH,
O 52
QO i
4r TYJ
- 316
5.

5. PARAMETER

5.1 Parameter Display

5.1,1 Displaying parameters other than pitch error compensation data


1) Press the 'SERVICE' software key followed by the 'PARAM' software key. The
parameter screen appears.
2) Enter the data number of the parameter to be displayed and press the 'IMP-NO'
software key. Instead of entering a data number, the required parameter can
be displayed using the cursor or the page key.

5.1.2 Displaying pitch error compensation data


1) Press the 'SERVICE' software key followed by the 'PITCH' software key. The
parameter screen appears.
2) Enter the data number of the parameter to be displayed and press the 'IMP-NO'
software key. Instead of entering a data number, the required parameter can
be displayed using the cursor or the page key.

5.2 Parameters Setting

5.2.1 Parameter tape format


1) Format of parameter tape except pitch error compensation data
Parameters are classified into the following based on data formats:

Data format Data range Remarks

Bit type 0 or 1
Bit axis type 0 or 1
Byte type 0 -+127
Byte axis type 0 - +127
Word type 0 - +32767
Word axis type 0 -+32767
2-word type 0 -+99999999
2-word axis type 0 -+99999999

Note 1) Independent data can be specified for each control axis if axis types
are used.
Note 2) Data ranges are general ranges. Data ranges vary based on parameters.
See the explanation of each parameter for more information.
a) Bit type parameter tape format
N P ;
N : The data number is a 4-digit numeric value following N (A positive
integer)
P : Parameter value (0, 1) is given as an 8-digit numerical value
following P. A data number contains 8 bit-type parameters.
Parameter bit 0 is stored in the first digit and parameter bit 7 is
stored in the 8th digit. (positive integer)
: End of block (LF in ISO code or CR in EIA code)
Note 1) Address N and P should be specified in the order described above.
Note 2) Leading zeros can be omitted.
Example :
NOOOO P00010001; or NO P10001;

- 317
5.2.1

b) Bit axis type parameter tape format


N A P ;
N : The data number is a 4-digit numeric value following N (A positive
integer)
A : An axis number (1 - 15) (A positive integer)
P : Parameter value (0, 1) is given as an 8-digit numerical value
following P. A data number contains 8 bit-type parameters.
Parameter bit 0 is stored in the first digit and Parameter bit 7 is
stored in the 8th digit. (positive integer)
: End of block (LF in ISO code or CR in EIA code)
Note 1) Address N, A, and P should be specified in the order described above.
Note 2) Leading zeros can be omitted.
Example :
N0012 A1 P0000011; or N12 A1 Pll;
N00I2 A2 P0000010; or N12 A2 PIO;
N0012 A3 POOOOOIO ; or N12 A3 P10;
The parameters of various axes can be specified in one block as follows:
N12 A1 Pll A2 P01 A3 P01;
c) Byte type parameter tape format
N P
N : The data number is a 4-digit numeric value following N (A positive
integer)
P : Parameter value is given as a numerical value following P. (An
integer)
Valid data range depends on the parameters.
: End of block (LF in ISO code or CR in EIA code)
Note 1) Address N and P should be specified in the order described above.
Note 2) Leading zeros can be omitted.
Example :
N2010 P100;
d) Byte axis type parameter format
N A P_ ;
N : The data number is a 4-digit numeric value following N (A positive
integer)
A ; An axis number (1 -
15) (A positive integer)
P : Parameter value is given as a numerical value following P.
Specific data ranges vary according to parameters.
: End of block (LF in ISO code or CR in EIA code)
Note 1) Address N, A, and P should be specified in the order described above.
Note 2) Leading zeros can be omitted.
Example:
N1020 A1 P88;
N1020 A2 P89;
N1020 A3 P90;
The parameters of various axes can be specified in one block as follows:
N020 A1 P88 A2 P89 A3 P90
e) Word-type parameter tape format
Same as the byte-type parameter tape format.
f) Word-axis type parameter tape format
Same as the byte-axis type parameter tape format.
g) 2-word type parameter tape format
Same as the byte-type parameter tape format.
h) 2-word type parameter tape format
Same as the byte-axis type parameter tape format.

318
5.2.2

Example of a parameter (except pitch error compensation data) tape:


%;
NO PI;
N3 PO;
N10 P10;
Nil PO;

2) Pitch error compensation data tape format


N P
N : 5-digit numeric value (10000+ pitch error compensation point number)
after N (positive integer)
P : Pitch error compensation value after P (An integer)
Valid data range is -7 - 7.
: End of block (LF in ISO code or CR in EIA code)
Note) Address N and P should be in the order described above.
Example of pitch error compensation data tape (ISO code)
%5
N10000 PI;
N10001 P4;
N10002 P-7;
N10003 P-3;
N10004 P2 ;

5,2.2 Setting parameters using parameter tape


1) Put the system into MDI mode or emergency stop status.
2) Press the software key 'SETTING' to select the setting screen.
3) Enter 8000.
4) Press the software key 'INP-N0.'; data number 8000 parameter is displayed.
5) Enter 1 and press the 'INPUT' software key. PWE=1 is shown and parameters
can now be specified. NC enters an alarm status.
6) Press the function menu key and the soft key is changed over to the function
selection key.
7) Press the 'SERVICE' software key and then press the 'PARAM' software key to
select a screen.
8) Mount the parameter tape on the tape reader.
9) Press the software key 'READ' and then software key 'ALL'. The parameter
tape is read and parameters are set.
10) Temporarily turn NC power off.

5.2.3 Setting from MDI


1) Put the screen into MDI mode or emergency stop status.
2) Press the software key 'SETTING' to select the setting screen.
3) Enter 8000.
4) Press the software key 'INP-NO.'; data number 8000 parameter is displayed.
5) Enter 1 and press the 'INPUT' software key. PWE=1 is shown and parameters
can now be specified. NC enters an alarm status.
6) Press the function menu key and the soft key is changed over to the function
selection key.

- 319
5.3

7) Press the 'SERVICE' software key and then press the 'PARAM' software key to
select a screen.
8) Enter the data number of the parameter to be set and press the 'INP-NO.'
software key. The screen for the parameter to be set will be displayed.
9) Enter the data to be set and press the 'INPUT' software key; the entered
data is assigned. Data can be continuously input from the selected data
number by delimiting data ;
Example :
' '.
If 10; 20; 30; 40 are entered and the software key 'INPUT' is pressed, 10,
20, 30, and 40 are sequentially assigned to the parameters starting with
the parameter indicated by the cursor.
10) Repeat steps 7), 8) and 9).
11) After parameters are established, set 0 to the parameter PWE of data number
8000 to inhibit further parameter setting.
12) Reset the NC and release the alarm 'Parameters can be established'. If the
alarm 'A parameter which requires to turn NC power to be temporarily turned
off has been established* appears, turn NC power off.

5.3 Parameter Tape Punch

5.3.1 Punching ail parameters


1) Connect a punch unit to the I/O interface.
2) Put the system into EDIT mode.
3) Press the 'SERVICE' software key and then press the 'PARAM' software key to
select a screen.
4) Press the 'PUNCH' software key followed by the 'ALL' software key and all of
the parameters will be punched.

5.3.2 Punching the parameters except pitch error compensation data


1) Connect a punch unit to the I/O interface.
2) Put the system into EDIT mode.
3) Press the 'SERVICE' software key and then press the 'PARAM' software key to
select a screen.
4) Press the 'PUNCH' software key followed by the 'PARAM' software key and
parameters (except the pitch error compensation data) are punched.

5.3.3 Punching pitch error compensation data


1) Connect a punch unit to the I/O interface.
2) Put the system into EDIT mode.
3) Press the 'SERVICE' software key and then press the 'PITCH' software key to
select a screen.
4) Press the 'PUNCH' software key followed by the 'PITCH' software key and
parameters on the pitch error compensation data are punched.

- 320 -
5.4

5.4 Parameters

Parameters are specified by type of function as follows. For details, see


10/11/12/100/110/120 series operator's manual (Appendix) (B-54810E)
Parameter list

1) Parameter related to setting

Parameter No. Contents

0000 TV check is performed or not.


TV check is performed or not during control out.
ISO code is with parity bit or not.
Method of punching EOB by ISO code.
Punch code is ISO or EIA.

0010 Input unit is by metric or inch.


Single block stop in custom macro is performed or not.

0011 08000 08999 programs can be edited or not.


08000 'v 08999 programs are displayed on executing.

0012 Mirror image ON/OFF.


Each axis scaling Validity/Invalidity.

0020, 0021 Input device No. for foreground.

0022, 0023 Input device No. for background.

2) Parameter related to timer

Parameter No. Contents

0100 Timer 1 (Accumulated power on hour) .


0101 Timer 2 (Accumulated automatic operation hour).

0102 Timer 3 (Accumulated automatic operation hour).

3) Parameters related to axis control

Parameter No. Contents

1000 In-position and interlock condition.

1002 Linear axis detection unit.

1004 Each axis setting unit.


Input unit is multiplied by 10 or not.

1005 Setting related to reference point return.


External deceleration signal, machine lock, and axis detach
signal are valid or invalid.

321
5.4

Parameter No. Contents

1006 Setting inch/metric conversion is required or not.


Setting machine coordinate system for stroke check and
automatic reference point return.
Setting machine coordinate system for stored pitch error
compensation.
Axis movement amount is specified by diameter or radius.
Specifying manual reference point return direction.

1020 Program axis name of each axis.

1021 Axis number in parallel axis.

1022 Specifying each axis in basic coordinate system.

1023 Servo axis number of each axis.

1030 2nd auxiliary function command address.

1031 Standard axis.

4) Parameters related to coordinate system

Parameter No. Contents

1220 Each axis external work zero point offset value.

1221 Work zero point offset value of work coordinate system 1.

1222 Work zero point offset value of work coordinate system 2.

1223 Work zero point offset value of work coordinate system 3.

1224 Work zero point offset value of work coordinate system 4.

1225 Work zero point offset value of work coordinate system 5.

1226 Work zero point offset value of work coordinate system 6.

1240 Coordinate value of the 1st reference point in the machine


coordinate system.

1241 Coordinate value of the 2nd reference point in the machine


coordinate system.

1242 Coordinate value of the 3rd reference point in the machine


coordinate system.

1243 Coordinate value of the 4th reference point in the machine


coordinate system.

1260 Movement value of rotary axis per rotation.

- 322
5.4

5) Parameters related to feed rate

Parameter No. Contents

1400 Dry run is valid or invalid for rapid traverse command.


Dry run is valid or invalid for thread cutting command.
Manual rapid traverse is valid or invalid from reference
point return after power on.
Skip function feed rate.
Positioning is by non-linear interpolation type or linear
interpolation type.
2nd feed rate override is valid or invalid.

1401 External deceleration invalid for all feeds or only for


rapid traverse.

1410 Dry run rate.

1412 Percentage to rapid traverse override FI.

1413 Manual handle feed allowable flow.

1414 Magnification n of manual handle feed.

1420 Rapid traverse rate of each axis.

1421 Fo-rate for each axis rapid traverse override.

1422 Maximum cutting feed rate of each axis.

1423 Jog feed rate of each axis.

1424 Manual reference point return FM rate of each axis.

1425 Manual reference point return FL rate of each axis.

1426 External deceleration rate for cutting feed.

1427 External deceleration rate at rapid traverse of each axis.

1428 Feed rate of skip function.

6) Parameter related acceleration/deceleration control

Parameter No. Contents

1600 Rapid traverse acceleration/deceleration is by linear or


exponential.

1620 Linear type rapid traverse acceleration/deceleration time


constant of each axis.

1621 Linear type rapid traverse acceleration/deceleration FL


rate of each axis.

1622 Cutting feed acceleration/deceleration constant time of


each axis.

323
5.4

Parameter No. Contents

1623 Cutting feed acceleration/deceleration FL rate of each axis.

1624 Jog feed acceleration/deceleration constant time of each


axis.

1625 Jog feed acceleration/deceleration FL rate of each axis.

1626 Chamfering time constant at thread cutting cycle of each


axis.

1627 FL rate at thread cutting cycle of each axis.

1628 Exponential type rapid traverse acceleration/deceleration


time constant of each axis.

1629 Exponential type rapid traverse acceleration/deceleration


FL rate of each axis.

1630 Parameter 1 to establish linear acceleration/deceleration


prior to interpolation.

1631 Parameter 2 to establish linear acceleration/deceleration


prior to interpolation.

7) Parameter related to servo

Parameter No. Contents

1800 Automatic drift compensation is performed or not.


Servo alarm occurs or not when velocity control ready
signal (VRDY) turns on before position control ready signal
turns on.
Follow-up is performed or not during servo-off.

1802 Automatic setting of phase shift value has completed or not.


Servo off signal is valid or invalid.

1810 Feed back pulse frequency is checked or not.


Setting of compensations! rate of backlash and pitch error
compensation.
Position control LSI is checked or not at turning on power.
Feed back pulses of pulse coder is monitored or not.

1815 Position detective method is by digital feed back or analog


feed back.

1816 Setting of reference counter capacity.


Setting of detective multiplier.

1820 Command multiplier (CMR) of each axis.

1825 Servo loop gain of each axis.

1826 Loop gain multiplier of each axis.

1827 In-position width of each axis.

- 324 -
5.4

Parameter No. Contents

1828 Position deviation limit value at servo off of each axis.

1829 Position deviation limit value at stoppage of each axis,

1830 Position deviation limit value at servo off at each axis.

1831 Lowest clamp value of velocity command value of each axis.

1832 Feed stop position deviation of each axis,

1833 Position detector phase shift value of each axis.

1834 Drift compensation amount of each axis,

1835 Number of pulse per pulse coder one rotation.

1850 Grid shift amount of each axis.

1851 Backlash compensation of each axis.

1890 Feed back pulse check move distance of each axis.

8) Parameter related to DI/DO

Parameter No. Contents

2000 Resetting signal (RST) is always output or only when


reset button on MDI panel is pressed.
Rewinding signal (RWD) is output only when tape reader
is rewinded or when either tape reader or program in memory
is rewinded,
Cycle start lamp signal (STL) is output or not during
operation by manual numeric command.
Cycle start lamp signal is output or not when programs are
registered by cycle start signal in tape editting mode.
Cycle operating signal (OP) is turned on or not at
searching for sequence number.
MDI mode can be started or not by pressing start button on
the panel.
Programs are registered by cycle start signal in tape
editing mode or not.

2001 Reset or alarm is effective at emergency stop.


If all of the mode selection signal turn off, no mode is
assumed or the previously selected mode is assumed.
Incremented feed amount is specified by magnification
specification signals MP1, MP2 and MP3.
Rapid traverse override signal R0V1 and R0V2 has a standard
interface or logical 0/1 reverse interface.
Selection BMI or FS3/FS6 as machine interface.
Selection FS3 or FS6 interface.
External operation command signal EF is output or not.

2010 Delay time of strobe signal MF, SF, TF, BF.

- 325
5.4

Parameter No. Contents

2011 Acceptance width of M, S, T and B function completion


signal (FIN) .
2014 Mode unselected status ignore time.

2015 Invalid mode selection status ignore time.

2016 Manual feed rate override clamp value.

2020 Software operator's panel (+) direction command button.

2021 Software operator's panel (-) direction command button.

9) Parameter related to MDI/EDIT/CRT

Parameter No. Contents

2200 All of the programs are loaded at once by external I/O


device next to programs previously loaded or after deleting
previous programs.
When program with the same program number as the one already
loaded, program can not be loaded by alarm or loaded after
deleting previously loaded programs.
M02, M30 and M99 are assumed as program end or not in
program loading,.
M99 is assumed as program end in program loading.
Program No. 09000 -
09999 are deleted or not by all program
deleting operation or command.

2201 Program editing of program No. 09000 % 09999 is prohibited


or not.
Program No. 09000 -
09999 are displayed or not during
execution.
Single block is stopped or not at the macro statement of
programs 09000 - 09999.

2202 Display on external position display and position display


on CRT are by standard unit or by 10 magnification of
standard unit.
External position display, CRT relative position display
and absolute position display include tool length
compensation value or not.
External position display, CRT relative position display
and absolute position display include tool radius
compensation/tool nose R compensation value or not.
External position display, CRT relative position display
and absolute position display are with considering the
delay at acceleration/deceleration control or not.
External position display, CRT relative position display
and absolute position display are with considering the
delay in servo or not.
Machine position display or CRT is with considering the
delay at acceleration/deceleration control or not.
Machine position display on CRT is with considering the
delay at servo or not.

- 326
5.4

Parameter No. Contents

2203 Machine position display on CRT is by detective unit or


inch/metric unit.

10) Parameters related to programming

Parameter No. Contents

2400 Decimal point is input by conventional or calculator


method .
Feed per minute F code in metric without decimal point is
processed by 1 mm/min or 0.1 mm/min unit.
Commands of inch input and metric input are G20/21 or
G70/G71.
Condition setting of M30 at memory operation.
Always dwell per minute or dwell per minute in feed per
minute mode and dwell per revolution in feed per revolution
mode .
G code system selection.

2401 Mode at power turn on and in clear status.

2402 Travel command path for absolute are same as for


incremental or not after manual intervention by manual
absolute on,

2410 Arc radius error limit value.

2411 M codes 1-8 which do not perform buffering.

2418

2900 Distance between double turrets.

11) Parameters related to Reader/puncher interface

Parameter No. Contents

5001 I/O device No. connected to Reader/puncher interface.

5003

5011 I/O device No. connected to ASR33/44 interface.


5110, 5120, Reader/puncher device specification number corresponding to
5130, 5140, device No. 1-6.
5150, 5160

5110, 5121, Stop bit number of Reader /puncher device corresponding to


5131, 5141, device No. 1-6.
5151, 5161

5112, 5122, Band rate corresponding to device No. 1-6.


5132, 5142,
5152, 5162

327
5.4

12) Parameter related to stroke limit

Parameter No. Contents

5200 Stored stroke limit inhibited area is in interior or


exterior.

5210 Stored stroke limit is checked or not.

5220 (+) direction coordinate value of stored stroke limit 1 of


each axis.

5221 (-) direction coordinate value of stored stroke limit 1 of


each axis.

5222 (+) direction coordinate value of stored stroke limit 2 of


each axis.

5223 (-) direction coordinate value of stored stroke limit 2 of


each axis.

5224 (+) direction coordinate value of stored stroke limit 3 of


each axis.

5225 (-) direction coordinate value of stored stroke limit 3 of


each axis.

13) Parameter related pitch error compensation

Parameter No. Contents

5420 Pitch error compensation number for reference point of each


axis.

5421 Pitch error compensation point number nearest the end


of each axis

5422 Pitch error compensation point number nearest the "+" end
of each axis

5423 Pitch error compensation magnification for each axis.

5424 Interval of pitch error compensation for each axis.

5425 Movement amount per rotation in rotating axis type pitch


error compensation.

328
5.4

14) Parameter related to spindle control

Parameter No. Contents

5600 Voltage polarity of spindle speed analog output.


Gear change system during thread cutting or tapping.
Spindle orientation or gear shift is performed by spindle
orientation signal (SOR).
Spindle speed output is by analog or 12 bit binary output.

5601 Spindle override is valid or invalid.


Spindle override is valid or invalid during thread cutting
or tapping.
When spindle speed command beyond maximum spindle speed,
speed is clamped it maximum speed or an alarm occurs.
Gear select signal output is code output or signal output
corresponding to gear selection.
SF signal is output or not when gear select signal is
output.
SF signal is output when gear select signal is output
or when S code is commanded.
Type of spindle speed analog output/spindle speed binary
output.
Gear selection on the machine side.

5602 Spindle stop signal (SSTP) input type.


One of gear select signal and BCD S code is output or
both of them are inputted.
Gear select signal input type.
Alarm of spindle velocity control unit in checked or not.
Tool position offset amount is excluded or not from the
preset position of constant surface speed controlled axis.
Tool length compensation amount is excluded or not from the
preset position of constant surface speed controlled axis,
Present position or end point coordinate value is used in
positioning command during constant surface speed control.
Speed arrival signal is used or not.

5603 Gear select condition for 3/6 interface.


Position coder disconnection is checked or not.

5610 Gear ratio of spindle to position coder.

5611 Sampling number for finding the moving average of spindle


speed.

5612 Spindle speed unit generated by BMI.

5613 Offset voltage compensation value of spindle speed analog


output.

5614 Gain adjusting data of spindle speed analog output.

5615 Spindle speed during spindle gear shift.

5616 Time upto new spindle speed after spindle gear select
signal is output.

- 329
5.4

Parameter No. Contents

5617 Spindle speed during spindle orientation.

5618 Minimum clamp speed of spindle motor.

5619 Maximum clamp speed of spindle motor.

5620 Time for checking the speed arrival signal.

5621 Maximum spindle speed corresponding to gears.


5
5628

5631 Spindle speed at each gear switching point during tapping


5 and thread cutting.
5637

5640 Axis number of constant surface speed.

5641 Minimum spindle speed at gear during constant surface speed

*
5648
control.

15) Parameter related to tool compensation

Parameter No. Contents

6000 New offset value is valid after the next block where D or H
code is specified or valid after the next block.
Tool position compensation is specified by D code or H code.
Tool position compensation is effective or not for arc
.
command
Axis selection for tool length compensation.
Tool length compensation vector can be cleared by reset or
not.
Offset number of tool position offset is specified by low
order two digits or by low order one digit of the T code.
Condition to execute tool position offset.

6001 Start up type of tool R compensation or tool nose R


compensation.
Condition of interference check of tool R compensation or
tool nose R compensation.
Tool position compensation geometry offset is performed
shifting work coordinate system or by moving the tool.
Tool wear offset of tool position compensation is performed
by shifting work coordinate system or moving the tool.
Offset number specifying method of geometry and wear in
tool position compensation.
Offset state when tool number 0 is specified.

- 330 -
5.4

Parameter No. Contents

6002 Setting of offset amount unit.


Tool position compensation amount is specified by diameter
or radius value.
Position recode signal (PRC) is used or not when tool
position offset amount is inputted directly.

6010 Limit value to ignore small movement amount created by tool


R compensation.

6011 Denominator constant by three-dimensional tool offset.

16) Parameters related to canned cycle

Parameter No. Contents

6200 Selection of drilled axis in canned cycle.


Dwell command is valid or not by P in canned tapping cycle.
Tool return direction and movement amount in canned fine
boring cycle and canned back boring cycle after spindle
orientation.
Movement to drilling point in canned cycle is done by rapid
traverse or by linear interpolation.
Initial level point is changed or not when origin setting is
above by reset or MDI during canned cycle.
G80 and G81 are specified by canned cycle or external
operation command.

6201 Spindle control in canned cycle is performed or not by M


code.
M05 is output or not when spindle rotation direction is
changed .
FFIN signal or FIN signal which corresponds to SSP signal
and SRV signal.
FMF signal is output or not after returning to R point
or initial point when SSP and SRV are output.
FMF signal is output or not when SSP and SRV are output.

6202 Cutting cycle is performed or not at the block which has no


movement command during signal cutting cycle mode.
Finishing workpiece is performed or not at the end of
roughing cycle.
Override can be applied or not to infeed during roughing
cycle.

6210 Return amount of canned cycle G73.

6211 Clearance amount of canned cycle G83.

6212 Chamfering amount of thread cutting cycle.

6213 Chamfering angle of thread cutting cycle.

6214 Overcutting override value of roughing cycle.

331
5.4

Parameter No. Contents

6215 Retract amount in roughing cycle.

6216 Clearance amount in rough cutting cycle.

6217 Return amount in peck cycle.

6218 Minimum cutting amount in thread cutting cycle.

6219 Finish allowance in thread cutting cycle.

6220 Number of spark-out in thread cutting cycle.

6240 Tool retract direction after G76, G87 orientation.

17) Parameter related to scaling and coordinate system rotation

Parameter No. Contents

6400 Designation of angle of coordinate system rotation.

6410 Magnification of scaling.

6411 Angle of coordinate system rotation.

18) Parameter related to one directional positioning

Parameter No. Contents

6820 One directional positioning and approach amount.

19) Parameter refer to custom macro

Parameter No. Contents

7000 Custom macro is called or not by T, S and B codes.


Custom common valiables 1#100 - #199 are cleared or not by
reset .
7010 EIA code which represents is set by hole pattern.

7011 EIA code which represents is set by hole pattern.

7012 EIA code which represents # is set by hole pattern.

is set by hole pattern.


7013 EIA code which represents *

- 332
5.5

Parameter No. Contents

7014 EIA code which represents = is set by hole pattern.

7050 G code for calling the custom macro of program No. 9010
9019.
7059

7071 M code for calling the custom macro of program No. 9001 'o
9009.
7079

20) Parameter related to service

Parameter No. Contents

8000 Parameters setting which can not be specified by setting


input are forbidden or allowed.
CRT screen is automatically changed or not to the error
message screen when an error is caused.
When parameter PWE is 1, an error is indicated or not.

8010 When power is turned off, parameter at data number 8000 is


set to 0 or maintained.

5.5 PMC Data Setting and Display (PCPRM)

Parameters of timer, counter, keep relay, data table, and positioning module are
set and displayed from CRT/MDI unit.
For this operation, depress soft key | PCPRM | of PC basic menu to bring up the
following menu.

TIMER COUNTER KEEPRL DATA POS

In case of PMC-I, NC must be set to the MDI mode or emergency stop status for
data setting.

5.5.1 Timer setting and display


The variable timer time is set and displayed. If timer screen does not appear,
depress | TIMER ~| soft key to bring up the timer screen.

TIMER
Timer No.
77o DATA NO DATA
(1 -40)
001 2000 016 1000
002 10000

015 0 030 0

Fig. 5.5,1 Timer screen

333
5.5.1

Specifi¬
cations Minimum Maximum
Timer setting time Setting time
No.
1 - 8 50 ms 1638.3 sec

9-40 8 ms 262.136 sec

1) Setting and display from CRT/MDI unit


(T) For timer setting in the case of PMC, set NC to MDI mode or emergency
stop status, and turn on the NC parameter for writing parameters (Data
No. 8000, PMW). This operation is not required for display.
(?) Display the timer screen (see Fig. 5.5.1) by depressing the PCPRM | soft
key of PMC basic menu.
(5) Bring data of necessary timer No. on the screen by depressing page key
| 4- |. Stop (4) and subsequent steps are required for timer setting.
(4) Set the cursor to the setting point on the screen by the cursor key
operation.
(5) The timer is set by depressing | INPUT ' key after entering timer data by
numeric keys. For subsequent data setting, repeat the operation,
starting with step (3).
(6) After setting timer data, turn off the NC parameter for writing
parameters. Depress | RET | key to return to the PMC basic menu.

5.5.2 Counter setting and display


Set and display the preset values and integrated values of the counter. If
counter screen does not appear, depress | C0UNTR~| soft key to bring the counter
screen.

— Preset value
— Integrated value
COUNTER
Counter No.
Nb ADDRESS PRESET CURRENT
(1 - 20)
01 COO 26520 1120
02 C04 1200 0
03 C08 0 0

15

Fig. 5.5.2 Counter screen

1) Setting and display from CRT/MDI panel


(T) After changing a menu by depressing | PCPRM~| soft key of PMC basic menu,
depress | C0UNTR~| soft key to bring the counter screen, (See Fig. 5.5.2). _
(2) Display data of necessary counter number by depressing page key | 1 [. The
operation in (3) and subsequent steps are required for setting counter
data.

- 334
5.5.3

(3) Set NC to MDI mode (emergency stop status in case of PMC-I). Set key
signal KEY4=1 in case of BMI interface. Set KEY=1 for an interface
corresponding to FS3 or FS6.
(4) Set the cursor to the setting point on the screen by using the cursor
key.
(5) The counter is set by depressing | INPUT ~] key after entering counter data

starting with step (4) . _


by numeric keys. For setting subsequent data, repeat the operation

(6) After setting counter data, depress | RET | key to return to the PMC basic
menu .
5.5.3 Setting and display of keep relay and nonvolatile memory control data
Set the display keep relay and nonvolatile memory control data. If keep relay
screen is not displayed, depress | KEEPRL~1
soft key to bring the keep relay
screen.

KEEP RELAY
NO ADDRESS DATA
01 K00 10100011
02 KOI 00011100

15 K14 11000101

Fig. 5.5.3 Keep relay screen

1) Setting and display of keep relay


(T) For data setting in the case of PMC-I, set NC to the MDI mode or
emergency stop status and turn on the NC parameter for writing
parameters. This operation is not required for display.
(2) After changing the menu by depressing | PCPRM ] soft key of PMC basic menu,
depress 1 KEEPRL | soft key to display the keep relay screen. (See Fig.
5.5.3.)
(5) Bring data of necessary keep relay on the screen by depressing page key
m. The operation in (4) and subsequent steps are required for setting
the keep relay and nonvolatile memory control data.
(4) Set the cursor to the setting point on the screen by the cursor key
operation.
(5) Set keep relay data by depressing | INPUT 1 key after inputting numeric
keys. Perform operation from (4) for setting subsequent data.
(6) After setting keep relay data, depress | RET | key to return to the PMC
basic menu.
2) Setting and display of nonvolatile memory control data
Set and display nonvolatile memory control data in the same way as in setting
and displaying the keep relay.
Nonvolatile memory control data are displayed at No. 17 address K16 on the
keep relay screen and only data of bit 6 and 7 are used.

- 335
5.5.4

5.5.4 Setting and display of data table


If no data table screen is displayed, the data table control data screen (see
Fig. 5,5.4 (a)) appears by depressing the | DATA | soft key of PMC parameter menu.
If correct data are being set as data table control data, data contents (see
Fig. 5.5.4 (b) , (c)) of data table #1 are displayed first by depressing page
key, and the data of data table #2, #3,
is depressed hereafter.
...
#n are displayed each time page key

DATA TABLE CONTROL DATA


NO. ADDRESS PARAMETER NO. OF DATA OFFSET SPECIAL TABLE NO.O
000 DOOOO 3 No. of tables
001 D0002 00000110 20 0 31520 2150 Table 1 control data
002 D0010 00000110 10 0 0 20000 Table 2 control data
003 D0018 10000000 42 0 550 12300 Table 3 control data
004
005

Data of table intternal No. 0

Special display data

Offset data

No. of data

014 Table parameters

Fig. 5.5.4 (a) Data table control data screen

Table internal Indicates the number of data table group.


No.

DATA TABLE DATA #001


NO. ADDRESS DATA NO. ADDRESS DATA
0000 D0026 12550 0015
0001 D0028 120
0002 D0030 1500

0014 0029

Fig. 5.5.4 (b) Data table data screen

- 336
5.5.4

DATA TABLE OF MONITOR #0.04


NO. ADDRESS TOOL NO. MAX. AVERAGE
01 D0320 11252 250 80
02 D0324 14 190 62
03 D0328 1240 200 73

15

Fig. 5.5.4 (c) Monitor data table screen

(Display screen of each data for monitor control MONI (SUB 47))

1) Setting and display of data table control dat


Only control data of each data table are displayed in the format shown in
Fig. 5.5.4 (a). Data of data number 0 are data of the number of data tables.
Only NO. OF DATA column is used for setting the number of data tables. No. 1
and subsequent data serve as table control data of each data table.
The following data are set and displayed from the CRT/MDI.

PARAMETER : Table parameter


NO. OF DATA: No. of data (Set the number of tables used in case of No=0
line. )
OFFSET : Offset data
SPECIAL : Special display data
TABLE NO. 0: Data of table internal number 0

(T) For setting data in the case of PMC-I; set NC to MDI mode or emergency

(T)
case of FS3 or FS6 interface. _______
stop status, set KEY4=1 in the case of BMI interface, or KEY=1 in the

Depress [ PCPRM~] soft key of PMC basic menu and depress [DATA | soft key
after changing the menu.
(5) The data table control screen appears as shown in Fig. 5.5.4 (a).
For displaying the table control data screen after No. 15, depress page
key | i | to display the next data.
For data setting, the operations in (4) and subsequent steps are
required.
(4) Set the cursor to the setting data point by using the cursor key of
CRT/MDI panel.
(5) Depress | INPUT ] key after setting data by numeric keys.
(6) Data are changed at the designated cursor position.
(7) For setting subsequent data, repeat operation starting with (4).
68) For setting data table data after setting control data, depress page key
to display the data table screen. See 2) in the next paragraph.
To return to the PMC basic menu, depress j RET ] key.
2) Setting and display of data table
(T) For setting data in the case of PMC-I set NC to MDI mode or emergency
stop status, set KEY4+1 in the case of BMI interface, or set KEY=1 in
the case of interface corresponding to FS3 or FS6.
This operation is not required for data dispaly.
- 337 -
5.5.5

(2) Depress | DATA | soft key after changing the menu by depressing | PCPRM ]
soft key of PMC basic menu.
The data control data screen shown in Fig. 5.5.4 (a) appears first.
Depress page key to display the data table screen. See Fig. 5.5.4 (b).
Data of data table 1 appears on the data table screen.
By depressing page key again, data of table 2 appears. Data tables 3, 4,
... are sequentially selected, each time page key is depressed.
Display the data table screen of corresponding table.
(5) If 30 or more data table data are present, display the next data by
depressing page key 1 -t- |.
The operations in (4) and subsequent steps are required for data setting.
(4) Set the cursor to the setting data point by using the cursor key of the
CRT/MDI panel.
(5) Depress | INPUT 1 key after setting data by numeric keys.
(6) Data are rewritten at the designated cursor point.
(T) Repeat operation, starting with step (4), if data are to be set
sequentially. _
(8) After setting data table, depress | RET | key to return to the PMC basic
menu .
5.5.5 Setting and display of positioning MODULE parameters
Set and display positioning module parameters. If the positioning module screen
is not displayed, depress | POS | soft key to display the screen.

Positioning module No.


PMC system automatically reserves
parameter area of 66 bytes/unit from
(#1, #2, ...
sequentially from a module
having a lower input address of PC in
the end of data table. the POS module connected to I/O unit.)

POSITIONING. MODULE PARAMETER //I


Parameter NO. ADDRESS DATA NO. ADDRESS DATA
No. 01 DDDDQ
D0DDD
D0DDD
02 mm
Dmm
03
mm
D000D
04 D0DDD

Fig. 5.5.5 Positioning module parameter screen

Note) When setting a parameter to parameter, No. 1, 2, H, M, and L parameters


are set sequentially from the top of the CRT screen.
For H, M, and L parameters, refer to the positioning module in Section V.

- 338
5.5.5

1) Setting and display from CRT/MDI panel


Positioning module parameters are classified into bit type and numeric type
according to parameter numbers and entered from CRT/MDI panel in the format.
For details of parameters, refer to Appendix 20.
(T) For setting parameters in the case of PMC-I, set NC to the MDI mode or
emergency stop status and turn on an NC parameter for writing parameters.
This operation is not required for displaying parameters.
( ) After changing the menu by depressing [ PCPRM | soft key of PMC basic menu,
2
depress | POS | soft key to bring the positioning module parameter screen.
(See Fig. 5.5.5.)
(5) Depress page key to bring necessary positioning module No. screen.
The operations in and subsequent steps are required for setting para-
meters.
(4) Set the cursor to the setting point on the screen by cursor key opera¬
tion.
(5) Set parameters by depressing | INPUT 1 key after entering data of the
specified format correspoinding to parameter numbers by numeric keys.
For subsequently setting data, repeat operation starting with step (4).
(6) After setting parameters, depress | RET | key to return to the PMC basic
menu.

- 339 -
6.

6. SETTING AND ADJUSTMENTS ON THE PCBs

6.1 Setting and Adjustments on the Control Unit PCBs

6.1.1 Setting on the control unit PCBs for 10 and 11 series


1) Setting on the analog servo 10 series master PCB (A16B-1010-0040)

Item Symbols Description

1 SE1 Sets position LSI clock 16.384 MHz pulse width. Fixed. This
setting applies to edition number -
03B only. Edition number
04C and higher don't include this setting function.
8
7
6
5
O
4
3
2
1

2 TAC1 Set the velocity feedback system when M series servo is used.
This setting is ineffective for AC servo.
5 FV side when tachogenerator TG side when tachogen-
TAC3 is not used. - erator is used.

r
r
1 2 3

3 REVl Set the number of pulses of pulse coder when M series servo
uses the pulse coder. This setting is ineffective if
5 tachogenerator or AC servo is used.
REV 3 2000 pulses 3000 pulses

1 2 3

Neither 2000 pulses nor 3000 pulses should be set in case


of 2500 pulses.

- 340 -
6.1.1

Item Symbols Description

4 SUP1 Set when the speed feedback is ignored due to a minor error.
Set these parts to the standard (not ignored) at a time
$ other than when vibrations are produced when the motor
SUP3 stops operating or the like. This setting is ineffective
for AC servo.
Not ignored (standard) Ignored
L

1 2 3

5 SJ1 Sets the ROM capacity of character generator.


Standard setting is 64K (not set)
64K ... Not set
256K ... Set

6 SF1 Used for intracompany test. Open this part without fail.

2) Setting on the digital servo 10 series and 100 series master PCB
(A16B-1010-0190)

Item Symbols Description

1 ST Not used. Fixed A side.


Standard setting

B A

3) Setting on the analog servo 11 series master PCB (A16B-1010-0050)

Item Symbols Description

1 TACl Set the velocity feedback system when M series servo is used.
This setting is ineffective for AC servo.
5 FV side when tachogenerator TG side when tachogen¬
TAC3 is not used. erator is used.

A B

- 341
6.1.1

Item Symbols Description

2 REV1 Set the number of pulses of pulse coder when M series servo
uses the pulse coder. This setting is ineffective if
5
REV3
tachogenerator or AC servo is used.
2000 pulses 3000 pulses

A B

Neither 2000 pulses nor 3000 pulses should be set in case


of 2500 pulses.

3 SUP1 Set when the speed feedback is ignored due to a minor


deviation. Set these to the standard (not ignored) position
5 at a time other than when vibrations are produced when
SUP 3 the motor stops operating or the like.
This setting is Ineffective for AC servo.
Not ignored (standard) Ignored

A
r
B

4) Setting on the digital servo 11 series and 110 series master PCB
(A16B-1010-0200)

Item Symbols Description

1 ST Not used. Fixed A side.


Standard setting

B A

5) Setting on the 10 and 11 series connection unit 1 PCB (A20B-1000-0940)

Item Symbols Description

1 Sets to select DC common of STL, SPL, etc. Set this part to B


when PMC is provided or A when PMC is not provided.
— - Common is outputted
B 4
— 3
A 2 24V output
1—1

- 342
6.1.1

6) Setting on the 10 and 11 series 14" color graphic control PCB


(A20B-1000-0850)

Item Symbols Description

1 SCG Sets the type of character generator ROM. L (27256) is the


standard setting.
This setting does not apply to edition 06C and subsequent
editions, but does apply to edition No. - 05B.

2764 272 56 Standard


[ I
FH i
[ I
s L

7) Setting on the analog servo 10 and 11 series additional axis PCB (pulse
coder) (A16B-1210-0430/0431)

Item Symbols Description

1 TAC4 Sets the velocity feedback system when M series servo is used.
TAC5 This setting is ineffective for AC servo.
When tachogenerator When tachogenerator
is not used. is used.
L
I-1-!
1 2 3
]

2 REV4 Sets the number of pulses of pulse coder when M series servo
REV 5 uses the pulse coder. This setting is ineffective if
tachogenerator or AC servo is used.
2000 pulses 3000 pulses

r 1
12 3
I [
Neither 2000 pulses nor 3000 pulses should be set in case of
2500 pulses.

3 SUP4 Set when the speed feedback is ignored due to a minor


SUP5 deviation. Set these to the standard (not ignored)
at a time other than when vibrations are produced
when the motor stops operating or the like.
This setting is ineffective for AC servo.
Not ignored (standard) Ignored

r i

l 2 3
i r
- 343
6.1.1

8) Setting on the analog servo 11 series additional axis PCB (DSCG)


(A16B-1210-0450)

Item Symbols Description

1 SH44 Set to reduce the detection gain in DSCG system only when a
SH54 12" rotary inductosyn is used.

Standard Reduced

r 1
r }
1 2 3
]

2 SH45 Set to increase the detection gain in DSCG system. Normally ,


SH55 set these to standard.

Standard Increased

r r
1
1 2 3

3 SH46 Set to determine whether the interpolation accuracy is


SH56 adjusted .
Interpolation accuracy is Interpolation accuracy is
not adjusted. adjusted.

I 1
1 2 3

9) Setting on the analog servo 11 series DSCG PCB (A16B-1210-0460)


a) Overall the PCB edition No.OlA No.03A

Item Symbols Description

1 SPN1X Set to reduce the detection gain in DSCG system only when a
SPN1Y 12" rotary inductosyn is used.
SPNlZ
Reduced Standard

1 r
A B

- 344 -
6.1.1

Item Symbols Description

2 SPN2X Set to increase the detection gain in DSCG system. Normally,


SPN2Y set standard.
SPN2Z
Standard Increased

A B

3 SPN3X Set the type of position detector.


SPN3Y
SPN3Z A B A B A B

o 6 O 6 o 6

o o O
o o o
o o o
o o o
o 1 o 1 o 1

Resolver Inductosyn Inductosyn


(Interpolation (Interpolation
accuracy is accuracy is
fixed. ) variable. )

b) Overall the PCB edition No.04A and subsequent editions

Item Symbols Description

1 SN14 Set to reduce the detection gain in DSCG system only when a
SN24 12" rotary inductosyn is used.
SN34
Standard Reduced

A B

2 SN15 Set to increase the detection gain in DSCG system.


SN25 Normally, set standard.
SN35
Standard Increased

A B

- 345 -
6.1.1

Item Symbols Description

3 SN16 Set to determine whether the interpolation accuracy adjustment


SN26 is done. (Set these parts to "not adjusted" for the
SN36 resolver. )
Interpolation accuracy Adjusted
is not adjusted.
L
A B

4 SN17 Set the position detector.


SN27
SN37 A B A B
5 O
O 5

o O
o o
o o
o 1 o 1

Resolver Inductosyn

10) Setting on the additional axis + additional memory PCB (A16-12I0-O380)


for 10 and 11 series

Item Symbols Description

1 TAC4 Sets the velocity feedback system when M series servo is used.
This setting is ineffective for AC servo.
When tachogenerator When tachogenerator
is not used. is used.
L
r I1
1 2 3

2 REV4 Sets the number of pulses of pulse coder when M series servo
uses the pulse coder. This setting is ineffective if
tachogenerator or AC servo is used.
2000 pulses 3000 pulses

r
r ‘I
1 2 3

Neither 2000 pulses nor 3000 pulses should be set in case of


2500 pulses.

- 346
6.1.2

Item Symbols Description

3 SUP4 Set when the speed feedback is ignored due to a minor


deviation. Set to the standard (not ignored) at a time
other than when vibrations are produced when the motor
stops operating or the like.
This setting is ineffective for AC servo.
Not ignored (standard) Ignored
I
1 2 3

6.1.2 Adjustment on the control unit PCBs for 10/11/100/110 series


These variable resistors have already been ajusted at factory before delivery.
Normally, it is not necessary to adjust them.
1) Adjustment of connection unit power supply
+0.01
Adjust the reference voltage "A10" to 10 V by turning VR11.
-0.00
2) Adjustment of I/O card (D1 - D3) power supply.
+0.01
Set the reference voltage "A10" to 10 V by turning VR11.
-0.00
3) Adjustment of DSCG (Analog servo 10/11 series)
a) VR11 lst-axis detection gain
VR21 2nd-axis detection gain
VR31 3rd-axis detection gain 9
J
VR41 4th-axis detection gain
VR51 5th-axis detection gain
When turning variable resistor clockwise, the gain increases.
For adjusting method, see 6.1.4 1).
5
b) VR12 X-axis Fmin
VR22
VR32
VR42
Y-axis Fmin
Z-axis Fmin
4th-axis Fmin
ie>: 9

VR52 5th-axis Fmax


When tuning variable resistor clockwise, Fmin decreases.
For the adjusting method, see 6.1.4 2).
c) VR13 X-axis Fmax 456
VR23 Y-axis Fmax
VR33 Z-axis Fmax 8

VR43 4th-axis Fmax . 9

VR53 5th-axis Fmax


When turning variable resistor clockwise, Fmax increases.
For the adjusting method, see 6.1.4 2).
d) VR14 X-axis inductosyn interpolation accuracy 4
5
6
VR24 Y-axis inductosyn interpolation accuracy
VR34 Z-axis inductosyn interpolation accuracy
VR44 4th-axis indutcosyn interpolation accuracy
1 9
VR54 5th-axis inductosyn interpolation accuracy
When turning variable clockwise, the sine exciting component increases.
For the adjusting method, see 6.1.4 3).
VRll 14 are indicated as VR1X - VR4X, VR21 24 are indicated as VR1Y
VR4Y, and VR31 - 34 are indicated as VR1Z - VR4Z in DSCG PCB A16B- 1210-0460,
whose overall edition number is 03A or lower.

- 347
6.1.3

6.1.3 Mounting positions of setting pins/variable resistor on control unit PCBs


for 10/11/100/110 series
1) 10 series master PCB (A16B-1010-0040)
2) 10 series master PCB (A16B-1010-01 90)
3) 11 series master PCB (A16B-1010-0050)
4) 11 series master PCB (A16B-1010-0200)
5) Connection unit 1 (A20B-100-0940)
6) 1/0 card Dl- D3 (A20B-1001-0240-0242)
7) 14" color graphic PCB (A20B-1000-0850)
8) Additional axis PCB (pulse coder) (A16B-1210-0430/431)
9) Additional axis PCB (Pulse coder) (A16B-1210-0440)
10) Additional axis PCB (DSCG) (A16B-1210-0450)
11) DSCG PCB (A16B-12 10-0460)
12) Additional axis + additional memory PCB (A16B-1210-0380)

- 348 -
SJ1
/
/ SF1

A 16B * : Oi 0 - 004g/ MADE !N JAPAN FANUC 1


19 20 f
2t 1
22 1 23 42 » 43
CAN 'AE2 CAG CAH CAC ' 1
40
' 4l 1
44 1 45 1

CAl
K
j
K

T CD

J
J

H
I H

!
!

Av

F
F

l
SE1 is mounted here in
u> edition number~03B.
4ÿ E E
VD r

I
o o c
i
D
D
00 o o © as CAE I CAPuj
ass!|U i 1
s£#.
r_i iyi
C v2
i T5 33

I J
I
I

7
'1 7 7
t
I
7
I o
C

Ml
|T*CI

A /
3*/
X- X / A

/
/ l

Tr2~ CF3 W7
/ leap 2
J_!.8 COP I 1 23; 24 I 25 26 27 I 28 I 29 30 31 i 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42
I 1 I i i i i i i i | | i 43 i 44 r 45

/
REV 1 3
SUP 1-3 TACl -3

as
Fig. 6.1.3 (a) Adjusting points on analog servo 10 series master PCB (A16EM010-0040) CO
ST
FANUC AI66-IOIO-OI9 CAH CAE2 CAB
MADE IN JAPAN CAL CAS CAG CAC
CAI CAM

O +2* K
+5
o
-15
o
£3 il
+ is

CPI

F
I
CF e COP2 COP i
LO
Ln
O
E
I

C AE l
CAP

i C

7 7

CV 2 I
CF9I CAJ

csP OVCMDS
1
1

A
7 7

L2j L3J CV22 LlOj LUJ LL2J LI4J |_!_5j [_j_6j LL7J LL8J LL9J L£QJ L2U l22j L23j L21i L25] [_26J L27J i_28j L29J [30] i32i I33I i34i I35I i36i 1 37 1 |38| i39i I40I >41 i I42I
CA2

Fig. 6.1.3 (b) Digital servo 10 series master PCB (A16B-1010-0190) Os


-CD3 CD4 A
CA8 DSCG PC TEST ADD. AXES ROM A.C.P BMU
FANUO CAt2 CAH CA0 CAP CAx
MADE IN JAPAN I* t 1 [4 Id

K 20
7 7
20
20 7

30
CPI4A
l

J
X X

14 14 14

18 7 7 7
H 50 20 izo 20

CA1I
CAT T»12 CAIO
1
H371 Hjg rggi I40I (BfiN)

ri2i nyi i'i4 i ngj rig 1 r 17 r24i nisi 1271 f"9"i r53 3? HSgi 1ÿ41 rÿgi

G
CPI4B
COP l

C0P2

£
I
CBRM>
u?
Ln

n 1 2 3 s CAP
I VCMDQ OOO
TSAQ OO©
6N0
u-
I
14 14 14 14

c
7 7 7 2C i?
20 20 20

CVI ?
CV2 CV3 CAT

5
2
X-
A n
4 4 t *: rAl>Ev
'.UP

I m

20 7
20
7
20 7 20
7
i>lt= ™
CFI CF2
/—s
CF3 CA2 t IQ I L I2j f U±J 1 17 ] 1 18' 1 jj9j I_20J ]_22i |23i |24, ,25, 1 26 1 1 27 1 I28I f 29 r 1 32, ,33, |34i |3Si t36, ,37i ,38i ,39, ,40, 1 41 1 1 42 1

TAC1— 3
REV1-3
SUP1~3
ON
Fig. 6.1.3 (c) Adjusting points on analog servo 11 series master PCB (A16B-1010-0050)
u>
ST

Pÿi CD4 AI68-IOIO-020 «/ U/FWC ROM ACP BMU


r
AXES! MMC TEST
CAT AXES3 CAMS CAH2
AXES2
CAW CAB CAP
- I—LFRE£
CAX W

CABM MADE IN JAPAN


:
FANUC
CD5 i
K
i L

CPI4A

IS

18
H
CA12 C All
\_ _ CBRN)

icroi p~q G
CPI4B

W. F

1
LO
Ui
NJ E
CBRN)
I
TAB

CA El CAP
D

CAI A CAI8

B
O vcO
vC"ElSS
2A CA2 B
A

!_J 1 2 i i 3 i ! 4 i i 5 1 i 6 i i.7 i i 8 i I 9 i l 10 i i II
CFE
i i 12 i i 13 i i 14 } |I5 li6_j |_I7, |_|8j [J9j [20j L26J [ZTJ l28| 1 29 1 i 30 1 31]
Lÿl
LÿJ
1 05 1
36j i 37 1 [38] ?9 j i 40 i4l i ]42i |43|
45
[44j i **"j

Fig. 6.1.3 (d) Digital servo 11 series master PCB (A16B-1010-0200)


as
Check pin
(Measure across G1~A10) Reference voltage A10
variable resistor

rn np H5"i m rgn rgi rr~i rgi r§n rjoi rm


A20B-1000-094 H,
C0P4 MADE IN
FANUC
JAPAN 1 II
D

a5
I

c
!
LO C!

Ui
U)
B
1 -

f“ i
A

CO 5 CO 3 CO
2
C04 C01

Setting pin

Fig. 6.1.3 (e) Adjusting points on 10/11 series connection unit 1 PCB (A20B-1000-0940)

G\
Check pin

_
(Measure across G1~A10)

Reference voltage
A10 variable resistor

A 208- 1 OO I— 024®/ MADE IN JAPAN I 12 I 13 l 14 i 15 I 16 t 17 I 18 I 19 I 20 I 21 1 22 ! 23 I 24 I


I"""*1 FANUC

D
;L
.
s
c

i
LO
Ln
-P- B
1
Is

<
iz cr
A

M M2 M
19 20 M18 Ml
SS9 6 7

Fig. 6.1.3 (f) Adjusting points on I/O Card D1 ~ D3 (A2OB-10O1 0240 ~ 242) for 10TF

C\
5> [ TO [ 1 O | [ O j W f I o S i * I
s
CMK 3 gg
o

o Co
LO
)
"S )
3
SCG

31
3i
3
§
§
l §
u>
Ln
Ln %
I §
[
i
i
*
§
i
o §
§
i
CMPCA3
ftC0P3 CDI CA5

Fig. 6.1.3 (g) Adjusting points on 10/11 series 14" color graphic control PCB (A20B-1000-0850)
ON

Li
r > l r CD i O i r o l r m i r *n 1

AI6B-I2I0-0 43® r>


o
o < >
< tn
A
“]
4
“3
4
oQ
4
I

01
4
LTJ
O'

1
“3
>
CD
§
cnxiHcr»cn < —
I
C n> c n>
T3 < o TJ <o
«&. Ol

VREFC
§
FANUC
MADE IN JAPAN O 0
GND *5V
o o o o o o o
TSA4 TSA5 VCMO VCMD VREF5 VREFD
4 5

TAC4.5
REV 4.5
SUP 4.5

Fig. 6.1.3 (h) Adjusting points on analog servo additional axis PCB (pulse coder) (A16B-1210-0430/0431)
C\

OJ
TAC5
REVS
SUP 5

7
/
FANUC 1 o i r l r 1 r
1
w o m "n
MADE IN JAPAN •M3!
1
f 32 1
o 1 r x <_ 7K

o
OK
2“ DA
U1
4
cm>
~c< o
H

L “]
>
r
03
4
4s I>)7SI 3
O'1
<
S'1 s f tt
3
O
I
o-n£
Ul-B- i
OJ
On
4ÿ
K OJ:
I
n £GI.
T1
01
l
DS84 TP9H 4 5 GND
2 o o
TSA5 TP47
o o
DSA4
o o
DCA4 DCB4
o o
TP48 TP43
o o
TP45
OOOOO
VCMD VREFS VREFD
VREFC
QOOO
+5V -H5V —15V

SH46

SH44 ,45

Fig. 6.1.3 (i) Adjusting points on 11 series analog servo additional axis PCB A20B-1210-0440

ON

OJ
SH46.56

FANUC
MADE IN JAPAN
MBI
® 1 r o i r o i r
AI6B-I2I0—045®
m i r i
L, is>
o
< o
A <
tfl
Rrvr
£
1
DO:
0
3
1
i
0
U5
Ln
OO
l
O
v>
x III
cnEw> 3
§
£*ÿ -t. is. ui

2.
<J1
I7TTL §
/

VR44 VR54 VR43 VR53 V*52 VR4I VR5I


§
_ANCE FMAX FMlN VR42
GyN 4 5 VREFC GND

oooo
DSB5 ITP53 TP55 TP9H
0T5 0/0
TP57 DSA4
TP47
0 O
/DSe4 DCA4 DC64
o o
D5A5
0
DC A 5 0/0 G
DCB5/ TP48 TP58
O OOOO
TP43 TP45
ooooo
VCMD VREF5 VREFD +5V +I5V -15V

SH 44.45 54.55

VR41~-'44
VR51—54

Fig. 6.1.3 (j) Adjusting points on 11 series analog servo additional axis PCB (DSCG) (A16B-1210-0450) os
VR4X—2

I > 1 I 03 1 I O I 7 1 I fn 1 I 1 I o 1
o

05 O
O Z VR 1 X~Z
o x
> VR2X~Z
iv) u>
s
x
SPN3X R4X VR2X VR3X
13
>c ro
x CJ
fo -H
\ <s>
CO 13
'X,
RM
</>{/>

o ;
o a
"D "0
zz o
TP7X
cv
ro U1
(j|

SPN3X XX X
T1 >
VRIX “
X

z RMT -5 /
l
B
ro >c
SPN3Y
>;
R4Y H
21
3/
/
I \
n
.]
U> o ro i £
Ln o
CO
2 VR2YVR3 YX
VO
71 OS
RM2Y
»]
trurj
>
i (0 'Z.
T3U
zz
K)
e iggsggj
IV) ro—
o VRIY

o “H
X
O
TP7Y
I
V"/ 03

3
RM!
71 VR4Z — i
rv)
(A> >C
SPN3Z

\> ro
,13
TV)
f
558 §
CDC co

o <j)
2
CO
r-o
/
<:
>
-vR2r-Lva3z-l;K 5
Osco
=]— 1

jx FANUC
H
/ >s CAl
o*ro 13
1
MADE IN JAPAN x VRIZ El P OS
o= o
H
TP72
os
AI6B-I2I0-0460/H
\f 0§ 05 o|

VR3X—Z SPN 1XÿZ


(A16B-1210-0460 ) SPN2X-Z

Fig. 6.1.3 (k) Adjusting points on 11 series analog servo DSCG PCB (A16B-1210-0460) (Overall Edition Number 03A or before)

ON

u>
VR14—34

1 1 1 r
zz m r I
> i CD O
077! i TT I o 1

o
o o
IS) Tl ~n
2
>
SN 17 Oi z
VRI2VRI3
f>Z
00 GO
Z Z
-4 C3
PL
Ol
N>
u
“]
i co?'
CO
-4 Ci
3 o
RMI VRI4,

33
p
55—
3
"tl VRTT \j * 2
“]
Tl SN 27 08
VR12ÿ3
IS) >c
L i\> 7VR13— 3
I o
01
LO ~n \ 122
“VR22VR2 3>
CTv
O
U)
r\)
o
zl »]
I
o
m SN37
RM3i R34 3
G3 >c PO
58
§
L CO

o Ol

ri
2
VR 32 x =]
CO
O
*
r
tn</>
zz
LOCO §
H!3
yR3i

// \A
!
VRU, VR21, SM4-SN34
VR31 SN15—SN35

Fig. 6.1.3 (!) Adjusting points on 11 series analog servo DSCG PCB (A16B-1210-0460) (Overall Edition Number 04A~ )

U>
MADE IN JAPAN FANUC
AI6B- 12 10-038 H

FS>

(*)

ui

0)

<
*90
s -4
(PCI 2)'
o
i
LO
*cnO
>
QH>
cn>
00

cr> T3<r>
C£>
I
O

o fo

> jl \ro JL O o JL m JL
“n jl
17)
Jl X
JL
c JL I

TAC4
REV4
SUP 4

Fig. 6.1.3 (m) Adjusting points on 10 series analog servo additional axis + additional memory PCB (A16B-1210-0380)

o\
6.1.4

6.1.4 Adjusting methods related DSCG


1) Adjustment of detected gain
The resolver and the inductosyn agitate the primary coil and detect
positional information from the secondary-coil output signal. The voltage
transfer ratio between the primary and secondary coils varies with the
resolver type, the inductosyn type and the gap distance, as well as the
secondary-coil output level. Since the output impedance varies with the
inductosyn scale length, the secondary-coil output level is also affected.
The detected gain needs to be adjusted at instratiain without fail according
to the secondary-coil output level.

a) Adjusting procedure of detected gain


Prepare a synchroscope and 1 pee of jumper with clips (10 cm or more).

Step Operation

1 Set the parameters:


PSFa = 1 (No. 1802 bit 0), where a = X,Y,Z,A,B, ... (Axis name)
Phase grid shift amount of each axis = 0 (No. 1833)
CDS = 1 (No. 1810, bit 0)

2 Power OFF, then ON. (When DSCG alarm does not disappear, other
trouble has occurred.)

3 Set the parameter


ADR = 1 (No. 1800 bit 0)
In-position width of each axis = 0 (No. 1827)

4 Wait more than ten seconds at this condition

5 Restore the parameter


ADR = original value (No. 1800 bit 0)
In-position width of each axis = original value (No. 1827)

6 Perform Reference Point Return. (Observe DSAa-GND by


the synchroscope: high-level pulse width of up to 0.5ysec also
will do.) a = 1,2, 3, 4, 3

7 Move the machine tool by 100/4000 wavelength. (When Detect Multiply


Is 1, detection unit is 100; when 1/2, 50.)

8 Set the parameters:


CDS = 0 (No. 1810, bit 0)

9 Power OFF.

10 Short TP9-GND. (Input of detected pulse to position LSI stops.)


(Short TP9H in the case of additional axes)

11 Power ON. (DSCG abnormal alarm must always occur.)

362
6.1.4

Step Operation

12 Observe TPa5-GND by the synchroscope to adjust detected gain.


(when frequency is low, detected gain becomes low.)

a = 1,2 ,3 ,4 ,5

Standard 4 Msec.
Tolerance range
3.1 Msec. ~ 7.2 Msec.

13 Open TP9 or TPa5 and set parameter PSFa to 0 (No. 1802, 0 bit)

14 Power OFF, then ON.

15 Set parameter PSFa to 1 (No. 1802, bit 0)

16 Repeat steps 6-12 to make sure that adjustment is correct.

17 Restore the parameters. Phase grid shift amount of each axis


= original value (1833) CDS = 0 (No, 1810, bit 0)

b) Reference of detection gain adjustment


The following table shows reference values for detection gain adjustment.
These values may differ according to makers and gap distance in the case
of inductosyn.

Variable
Detection gain
Position detector resistance
range setting
GAIN

Standard resolver (motor built-in type) 0%

Multipolar resolver SHa4 (Additional axis) 60%


(M series motor built-in type) SHa4 (Basic 3 axes)

Linear Scale length 2m or shorter 0%


inductosyn
Scale length longer than 2m Standard More than 0%
(adjustment)

Tape or Scale length 2m or shorter 65%


narrow
inductosyn Scale length longer than 2m More than 65%
(adjustment)

Rotary 12 inch 360 pole Reduce 0%


inductosyn
12 inch 720 pole 65%

7 inch 360 pole Standard 0%

7 inch 720 pole 50%

Note: SHa5 and SNa5 should be set to standard, a = 1, 2, 3, 4, 5

363
6.1.4

2) Adjustment of resolver, inductosyn Fmin and Fmax


Adjust these values with the emergency stop button turned on.

Item Adjustment

Fmin This has already been adjusted at FANUC before delivery and
adjustment is not usually required.
For this adjustment, use a frequency counter or an oscilloscope.
Short circuit TPa8-GND
Observation TPct5-GND Adjusting variable resistor Fmin
Frequency range 1.67kHz +150Hz
(cycle 0.6ms +0.06ms)

Fmax This has already been adjusted at FANUC before delivery and
adjustment is not usually required.
For this adjustment, use a frequency counter. (Don't use an
oscilloscope due to poor accuracy.)
Short circuit TP<x8- -15V
Observation TPa5- GND Adjusting variable resistor Fmax
Frequency range 850kHz +20kHz

a = 1, 2 , 3 ,4 ,5
3) Adjustment of inductosyn interpolation accuracy

With the absence of interpolation accuracy adjustment, a fairly good accuracy


can be attained. When interpolation accuracy adjustment set is present,
adjustment needs to be made.

a) Simple adjusting method


Feed the machine tool at low speed and observe motor-current waveforms on
an oscilloscope to adjust the variable resistor BALANCE so that current-
waveform swell may be smallest. A division error will cause current
waveforms to swell twice per wavelength of inductosyn. The swell
frequency is proportionate to the feed rate, and as the feed rate becomes
more than a certain degree, usually the swell disappears. Using the above
characteristics, whether current-waveform swell occurs due to another
cause is checked.

b) Strict adjusting method


Adjustment is made by actually measuring the machine tool position, using
a high-precision, high-resolution measuring instrument, such as a laser
measuring machine. One wavelength of an inductosyn is divided by the NC
and the position is detected in resolutions of 1/4000. The accuracy that
one wavelength is divided is called the interpolation accuracy. The
accuracy within one wavelength is strongly affected by the NC position
detector circuit and the position accuracy of an integral multiple of one
wavelength depends primarily on the scale accuracy.
The division accuracy is checked by dividing one wavelength into 1/10 or
1/20, measuring the positioning accuracy, writing the error on a graph,
and viewing the distance of each division point from a straight line
connecting both ends of the wavelength.

- 364
6.1.4

Measuring method
1 Feed rate
approx. 100 mm/inin

1 wavelength

Measurement Measurement
start point start point

Measuring
example

Error + 1.5 P - 1.5 fi


2
1
0 i
0 0.5 1 1.5 2mm
-1
-2

lntcrporation deviation width 3 p

Adjusting variable resistor BALANCE


Measure their respective interpolation accuracy at degrees 2 and 3 on the
volume, and write the errors on a graph. Rotate the volume by another one
degree in the direction to the small error, measure the interpolation
accuracy, and observe the condition of the error i The error develops with
its peak and valley positioned reversely between when the volume is
rotated too much and when it is rotated too little. When it is not found
clearly where the peak and the valley are, the volume is set at an optimum
position,
A interpolation error having a two-cycle swell per wavelength of
inductosyn can usually be improved by this adjustment. But a
interpolation error having a one-cycle swell or an irregular error cannot
be improved by this adjustment. Examine other causes on inductosyn
mounting, gap adjustment, slider replacement, etc.

5
4 6
i

/ - 7
Scale on the volume BALANCE 3A \
Example: 3 scales 2V N y
8
I 9

- 365 -
6.1.4

Adjusting example
The figure below suggests that about degree 2.8 is an optimum position for
the knob to be set.

Volume 2

2 scales
0
0
2 mm
- 2

A
2

3 scales
0

2 mm
-2

4 scales
0
0
1 2 mm
-2

- 366
6.1.5

6,1.5 Setting and adjustment on 12/120 series control unit PCB


1) The peripheral control PCB
.
.
Module name
PCB specification
.... 01P02
A16B-1210-0080
a) Setting of the clock pulse width

Setting position Setting method

One set of the following Check the checking terminal C16MP


pins on the short terminal with an oscilloscope to set the pulse
F2 should be shorted. width as follows:

(1) - (16)
(2) - (15)
—- 1.5V
(3) - (14)
(4) - (13) More than
(5) - (12) 25ns More than
29ns
61ns

F2

CI6MP
O

Fig. 6.1.5 (a) Setting and adjusting position on the peripheral control PCB A16B-1210-0080

- 367
6.1.5

2) The main CPU PCB


.
.
Module name ......
PCB specification
01P03
A16B-1210-0060
a) BUBBLE FREE switch
Normally, set this switch to OFF. Switch to ON only for initializing
bubble memory.

BUBBLE FREE

OFF \\ ON

MAIN pr
HALT HALT

A16B-1210-0060

Fig. 6.1.5 (b) Setting position on the main CPU PCB A16B-1210-0060

- 368 -
6.1.5

3) Main bubble PCB


.
.
Module name
PCB specification
.... 01P04
A16B-1210-0070
a) Setting pin PI

Setting
Meaning
type

Short Standard setting (when 8031 program is


loaded in 2764)

Open Not standard (when 8031 program is loaded


in 8031 inside ROM)

b) Setting pin SPCLK

Setting
Meaning
type

A side For testing: clock margin check


short

B side Standard setting


short

View from tlie mounting face

o o
GNMI WDALM

PI
ra

BA
SPCtK

A16B— 1210— 0070


1C socket for
clock margin check

Fig. 6.1.5 (c) Setting position on the main bubble PCB A16B-1210-0070

- 369 -
6.1.5

4) Axis control PCB

. PCB
name ....
. Modulespecification 01P06 - 05P06
A16B-1210-0030
a) Setting of clock pulse width

Setting position Setting method

One set of the following Set 16.384 MHz cycle at check pin
pins on the short terminal C16M as follows.
G3 should be shorted.

(1) - (16)
(2) - (15)
(3) - (14)
(4) - (13)
(5) - (12)
More than
25 ns More than
29 ns
61ns

b) The setting concerning 1st axis (L axis) control

Setting
Item Setting Meaning
position
1 PJ1
PJ5
A side
Open
Pulse types (note 1) are used as a detector.
Inductosyn is used as a detector. _
_
B side Resolver is used as a detector.
PJ6 A side Pulse types (note 1) are used as a detector.
2
-PJ9 B side Resolver/inductosyn is used as a detector.
Short Overheat alarm signal from motor is ignored.
3 PJ10
Open Standard setting
Short Ready signal from servo amplifier is ignored.
4 PD 9
Open Standard setting
5 PD 10
Short
is ignored. _
Overload alarm signal from servo amplifier

Open Standard setting


6
PEI A side F/V converter output is regarded as velocity
feedback signal (when a pulse coder is used.)
PE2 B side Tachogenerator signal is regarded as velocity
feedback signal (when a tachogenerator is
__
used. )
Short Special setting (note 2)
7 PD3
Open Standard setting
A side 2000PPR pulse coder is used.
8 PD4
Open 2500PPR pulse coder is used.
B side 3000PPR pulse coder is used,

Note 1) Pulse type: pulse coder, optical scale, magnescale


Note 2) The vibration may be reduced by this setting when the machine
vibrates 1-2 pulses (1-2 pm) at stoppage.

370
6.1.5

c) The setting concerning 2nd axis (M axis) control

Setting
Item Setting Meaning
position
1 PJ1
PJ5
A side
Open Inductosyn is used as a detector.
_
_
Pulse types (note 1) are used as a detector.

B side Resolver is used as a detector.


PG6 A side Pulse types (note 1) are used as a detector.
2 Resolver/inductosyn is used as a detector.
PG9 B side
Short Overheat alarm signal from motor is ignored.
3 PG10
Open Standard setting
Short Ready signal from servo amplifier is ignored.
4 PCI
Open Standard setting
5 PC2
Short

Open
is ignored,
Standard setting
_
Overload alarm signal from servo amplifier

6
PD1 A side F/V converter output is regarded as velocity
feedback signal (when a pulse coder is used.)
PD 2 B side Tachogenerator signal is regarded as velocity
feedback signal (when a tachogenerator is
used. ) _
Short Special setting (note 2)
7 PD5
Open Standard setting
A side 2000PPR pulse coder is used.
8 PD6
Open 2500PPR pulse coder is used.
B side 3000PPR pulse coder is used,

Note 1) Pulse type: pulse coder, optical scale, magnescale


Note 2) The vibration may be reduced by this setting when the machine
vibrates 1-2 pulses (1-2 pm) at stoppage.

- 371
6.1.5

d) The setting concerning to 3rd axis (N axis) control

Setting
Item Setting Meaning
position
1 PFl
PF5
A side
Open _
Pulse types (note 1) are used as a detector.

_
Inductosyn is used as a detector.
B side Resolver is used as a detector.
PF6 A side Pulse types (note 1) are used as a detector.
2
PF9 B side Resolver/inductosyn is used as a detector.
Short Overheat alarm signal from motor is ignored.
3 PF10
Open Standard setting
Short Ready signal from servo amplifier is ignored.
4 PA2
Open Standard setting
5 PA3
Short

Open
is ignored. _
Overload alarm signal from servo amplifier

Standard setting
6
PB1 A side F/V converter output is regarded as velocity
feedback signal (when a pulse coder is used.)
PB2 B side Tachogenerator signal is regarded as velocity
feedback signal (when a tachogenerator is
used. ) _
Short Special setting (note 2)
7 PD7
Open Standard setting
A side 2000PPR pulse coder is used.
8 PD8
Open 2500PPR pulse coder is used.
B side 3000PPR pulse coder is used.

Note 1) Pulse type: pulse coder, optical scale, magnescale


Note 2) The vibration may be reduced by this setting when the machine
vibrates 1-2 pulses (1-2 pm) at stoppage.

- 372
6.1.5

e) Setting pin PA1 should be opened.

View from the mounting face

PJ
i

s
9
10 n

PG
I

s9
G3
10 C3

CI6M PF
I

9
s
10 a
PE 2 B
PD

6 &
PD
Ifh Po BB

PC
iB
PB B
2

PA!

PA
!B
A I6B - 1210 - 0030

Fig. 6.1.5 (d) Setting position on the axis control PCB A16B-1210-0030

- 373 -
6.1.5

5) DSCG interface PCB and additional detector control (DSCG) PCB.


, Module 01P07 -
05P07, 01P09 05P09 -
. PCB specification
a) Setting
A16B-1210-0110, A16B-1210-0180

Setting Standard
Usage
pin setting
PlL 2-3 If the interpolation accuracy is necessary
P1M for an inductosyn, change the setting for
PIN adjustment, (Refer to (d) Inductosyn
interpolation accuracy adjustment for details)

P2L 2-3 Change setting to adjust the amplification of


P2M a feedback signal from a detector. (Refer to
P2N (b) Detective gain adjustment for details)

P3L 1 - 2
P3M
P3N

P4L Open Used at adjustment. Refer to (c) V-F converter


P4M frequency adjustment.
P4N

P5L Open Used at testing. The position feedback is


P5M stopped to open the position control loop by
P5N shorting.

Note: PlL

Setting pin for the L axis

b) Detective gain adjustment


(T) Set the setting pin P2L (M, N) and P3L (M, N) in advance according to
the adjusting standard described later.

8 Turn the power ON.


Display the DGN 3001, 3002 (the checking result of resolver inductosyn
frequency). Check that each axis value multiplied by 0.125 is within
the range of 230 -
800, 1466 1900.-
(4) Adjustment is finished if all axis values are reduced or increased to
the above range.

$ Turn the power OFF.


If an axis is out of the range mentioned in 3 , adjust the setting pin
P2L (M, N) , P3L (M, N) and variable resistor VR2L (M, N) to reduce the
axis value into the range.

- 374 -
6.1.5

Variable Result of
Setting pin Detective
resistor the frequency
short circuit VR2L(M,N)
gain
check
P2L(M,N): 2-3 90%. Big Big
I
P3L(M,N): 2-3 0%

P2L(M,N): 1-2 90%


I
P3L(M,N): 2-3 0%

P2L(M,N): 2-3 85%


I
P3L(M,N): 1-2 0%

P2L(M,N): 1-2 85%


I
P3L(M,N): 1-2 0% Sma$$ Sma$$

(7) Proceed to (2) to repeat adjustment until the adjustment end.

Detective gain adjustment standard


Setting pins P2L, P2M, P2N, P3L, P3M, P3N and the variable resistor VR2L,
VR2M, VR2N should be set as follows in accordance with the type of
detector.

Setting pin Variable resistor


Position detector P2L(M,N) P3L(M,N) VR2L (M, N) _
Standard resolver 2-3 1 - 2 0%
(Motor built-in type)

Multi-pole resolver 60%


(M series motor built-in type)

Linear inductosyn Scale length: 0%


less than 2 m

Scale length: 1 - 2 2-3 More than 0%


(Adjustment is
more than 2 m
necessary)

- 375
6.1.5

Setting pin Variable resistor


Position detector
P2L(M,N) P3L(M,N) VR2L (M, N) _
Tape or narrow Scale length: 2-3 1 - 2 65%
inductosyn less than 2 m

Scale length: 1 - 2 2-3 More than 0%


more than 2 m (Adjustment is
necessary)

Rotary inductosyn 12 inches, 1 - 2 1 - 2 0%


360 poles

12 inches, 65%
720 poles

7 inches, 2-3 1 - 2 0%
360 poles

7 inches, 50%
720 poles

VR2L (M, N)

50%

0%
0 100%
Example for 0%

c) V/F converter frequency adjustment


This adjustment should be done at emergency stop.
(T) Adjustment of lowest frequency
After shorting the setting pin P4L (M, N) with 1-2, turn the variable
resistor VR4L (M, N) SO that the waveform cycle at check terminal
CH10L (M, N) is 600 ys ± 50 ys.

Waveform at CH10L (M, N)

600±50ÿs

(2) Adjustment of highest frequency


After shorting the setting pin P4L (M, N) with 2-3, turn the variable
resistor VR3L (M, N) so that the waveform cycle at check terminal
CH10L (M, N) is 1.1 ys ± 40 ys.

Waveform at CH10L (M, N)

1.1 jus ±40 ns

Note) Open the setting pin P4L (M, N) after adjustment.


Do not short No. 1 pin with No. 3 pin.

- 376 -
6.1.5

d) Adjustment of inductosyn interpolation accuracy


With interpolation accuracy adjustment set absent, a fairly good accuracy
can be attained. When interpolation accuracy adjustment set is present,
adjustment must be made.
i) Simple adjusting method
Feed the machine tool at low speed and observe motor-current waveforms
on an oscilloscope to adjust the variable resistor VR1L (M, N) so that
current-waveform swell may be smallest. A division error will cause
current waveforms to swell twice per wavelength of inductosyn. The
swell frequency is proportionate to the feed rate and as the feed rate
becomes more than a certain degree, usually the swell disappears.
Using the above characteristics, whether current-waveform swell occurs
due to another cause is checked.
ii) Strict adjusting method
Adjustment is made by actually measuring the machine tool position,
using a high-precision, high-resolution measuring instrument, such as a
laser measuring machine. One wavelength of an inductosyn is divided by
the NC and the position is detected in resolutions of 1/4000. The
accuracy that one wavelength is divided is called the interpolation
accuracy. The accuracy within one wavelength is strongly affected by
the NC position detector circuit and the position accuracy of an
integral multiple of one wavelength depends primarily on the scale
accuracy.
The division accuracy is checked by dividing one wavelength into 1/10
or 1/20, measuring the positioning accuracy, writing the error on a
graph, and viewing the distance of each division point from a straight
line connecting both ends of the wavelength.

Measuring method
1 Free rate
approx. 100 nun/min
1 wavelength

Measurement Measurement
start point start point
Measuring
example
Error +1.5 p -1.5 p
2 --
1 --
0 1
0.5 1 1.5 2 mm
- 1 -•
- 2"

Interpolation deviation width 3 p

377
6.1.5

Adjusting variable resistor VRlL (M, N)


Measure their respective interpolation accuracy at degrees 2 and 3 on
the variable resistor, and write the errors on a graph. Rotate the
variable resister by another degree in the direction of the minor
error, measure the interpolation accuracy, and observe the condition of
the error. The error develops with its peak and valley positioned
reversely between when the variable resistor is rotated too much and
when it is rotated too little. When it is not clear where the peak and
the valley are, the variable resistor is set at an optimum position.

An interpolation error having a two-cycle swell pare wavelength of


inductosyn can usually be improved by this adjustment. But an
interpolation error having a one-cycle swell or an irregular error
cannot be improved by this adjustment. Examine other causes on
inductosyn mounting, gap adjustment, slider replacement, etc.

VRlL (M. N) /).'


o o

Scale on variable resistor


Example: 3 scales

Adjusting example
The figure below suggests that an approximate degree of 2.8 is an
optimum position for the knob to be set.

Variable resistor

2 scales o
2 mm
-2

0
3 scales
2 min
-2

/1

4 scales o

-2
V
z 2 mm

- 378
6.1.5

OV
o
P2L I 2
3
P3L VRIL
P4L VR2L
VR3L CH 1 0 L
O
VRIM VR4L
VR2M
VR3M
I23 o CH10M
P2M VR1N VR4K1
P3M
P4M VR2N
VR3N

VR4N CH 1 0 N

I 23
P2N
P3N
P4N

PIL

P5L P5M P5N ”D


DU

PIM
sn

PIN

"0

Fig. 6.1.5 (e) Setting and adjusting position on the DSCG interface PCB A16B-1210-0110

- 379
6.1.5

OV
O
P2L
P3L —
P4 L C—1
VRIL
VR2L
VR3L CH 1 0 L
O
VRIM VR4L
VR2M
VR3M
I23 o CH 1 OM
P2M VR1N VR4M
P3M
P4M VR2N
[R3N

VR4N CH 1 0 N

I 23
P2N
P3N
P4N

PI L
ro
P5L P5M P5N
(\J
0
on
PIM
fO
Csl D

PIN
ro
N
o

Fig. 6.1.5 (f) Setting and adjustment on the additional detector control PCB A16B-1210-0180

- 380
6.1.5

6) Axis CPU PCB


. Module name .... 01P08 - 05P08
. PCB specification
a) Setting
A16B-1210-0020

Setting
Setting Meaning
position
SP1 Short between Standard setting: 128 K ROM (27128)
2-3 is used.

Short between Special setting: 256 K ROM (27256)


1 -2 is used.

123
SPl 1=1

Fig. 6.1.5 (g) Setting position on the axis CPU PCB A16B-1210-0020

381
6.1.5

7) Spindle control PCB


.
.
Module name
PCB specification
.... 01P13
A16B-1210-0160
a) Adjustment of clock pulse width

Setting position Setting method

One set of the following Set 16.384 MHz cycle as follows at


pins on the short terminal check pin C16MP.
G3 should be shorted.

(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
-
-
-
-
-
(15)
(14)
(13)
(12)
(11)
More than
25 ns More than
'29 ns
61ns
---1. 5 V

b) Setting pin

Setting
Meaning
type

Short Standard setting (when 8031 program is


loaded in 2764)

Open Not standard (when 8031 program is loaded


in 8031 inside ROM)

View from the mounting face

e3

jM

C16£IP

Fig. 6.1.5 (h) Setting position on the spindle control PCB A16B-1210-0160

382
6.1.5

8) Additional buffer 2 PCB


. Modulespecification .
name 01P15
.PCB
a) Setting pin SPCLK
A16B-1210-0260

Setting type Meaning

A side short For testing: clock margin check

B side short Standard setting

View from mounting position

SPCLK
C3
A B

IC socket for clock margin check

Fig. 6.1.5 (i) Setting position on the additional buffer 2 PCB A16B-1210-0260

- 383 -
6.1.5

9) Built-in type I/O unit, I/O interface PCB


. Module name IF01A
. PCB specification A16B-1310-0020
a) Setting pin

SHI Open

SH2 Short

SH3 Short

View from the mounting face

QI
rhoi i-<
EWW
c
CO CO O

Fig. 5.1.5 (j) Setting position on the built-in type I/O unit/I/O interface PCB A16B-1310-0020

- 384
6.1.6

6.1.6 I/O unit setting and adjustment


1) I/O interface module (IF01A) setting
In the I/O unit, it is possible to expand one group into a maximum of four
groups by combining the interface units IF01A and IF04C. In this case, the
setting terminals in the IF01A must be set as follows according to the group
number to which the IF01A belongs:
a) Location of setting terminal

aV r" Setting plug


0

c
Sotting terminal 0 Front
/

m)

Interface module 1F01A

b) Method of setting

Availability of IF01A Setting


IF04C group No. SH3 SH2 SHI
Not available Gruop 0 o o

Available Group 0 o o

Group 1 o

Group 2 o o

Group 3 o

Insert the setting plugs into the setting terminal marked "o".
The unmarked terminals should be left open.

2) I/O interface module (IF04C) setting


Although IF04C is the same as IFOIA, these settings must be set as below.
(At shipment, the setting is exactly as given below.)
a) Setting
SH2 and SH3 are shorted.
SHI is opened.

- 385
6.1.6

b) Setting position

EES
WWW

Fig. 6.1.6 (b) Setting position on I/O interface module (IF04C)

3) Setting of positioning module PT01A (A03B-0801-C051)


The following setting is effective when the DC servo motor is used. This
setting does not apply when the AC servo motor is used.

Item Symbol Contents

1 STl Setting of velocity gain


ST2 Set the velocity gain according to the types of pulse coders
used as follows:

Setting
Type of pulse coder
STl ST2
2000 pulses/revolution o
2500 pulses/revolution
3000 pulses/revolution o o: Shorted

2 ST3 Setting whether or not suppress function is provided.


The suppress function neglects a detection pulse when the
moving direction of the machine is reversed.
If the machine uses a DC servo motor with a built-in pulse
coder, 1 -
2-pulse (1-2 pm) vibration may occur when the
machine has just stopped. This vibration can be eliminated by
effectively setting this function.
Suppress function is provided Shorted ...
No suppress function is provided ...
Open (standard setting)

- 386
6.1.6

Item Symbol Contents

3 ST4 Setting of velocity detection signal selection


This setting is done to select either pulse coder or
tachogenerator for velocity detection.

Servo motor with a separate pulse coder


(Tachogenerator)
Servo motor with built-in pulse coder

“L

Si
CV1

-r

ST4
p

-in J-
CFl
ST1
ST2
ST 3

T1

Fig. 6.1.6 (c) Setting position on the positioning module (PT01 A)

- 387
6.1.6

4) Adjustment of analog input module AD04A (A03B-0801-C052)

Item Contents

Preparation (T) Remove AD04A from the base unit, detach the plastic cover,
and then mount AD04A to the base unit again.
(5) Remove I/O module mounted on the left side of the AD04A to
leave space for turning the AD04A variable resistor.
(?) Open the input terminals (terminal board) of AD04A.
(4j Indicate AD04A input data on the diagnose screen.

Measuring
instruments
Voltage/current source ... resolution
is
voltage/current source thats
Use a
higher than 1 mV/4 mA.
Voltmeter ...
Use a voltmeter thats resolution (measuring
sensitivity) is higher than 0. 1 mV.
Resistance meter ...
Use a resistance meter having a resolution
(measuring sensitivity) of more than
0.I //, and measure four terminals.

Adjusting For the mounting positions of variable resistor and check


procedure terminals, see Fig. 6.1 (a).
.
(T) Connect TPl and TP3 to GND (TP9) Adjust VR3 until the TP5
voltage becomes 0.0 mV.
(?) Connect TPl and TP3 to GND (TP9)
voltage becomes 0.0 mV.
.
Adjust VR4 until the TP6

(5) Apply +5 V to TPl and TP3 by connecting to +5 V terminal


(TP10). Adjust VR5 until the TP5 voltage becomes 0.0 mV.
(4) Apply 0.000 V to TPl and +10.000 V to TP3,
Adjust VR6 until the TP6 voltage becomes +9.768 V.
(5) Apply 0.000 V to TPl and -10.000 V to TP3.
Adjust VR12 until the output reads -2000 (decimal) (or 830
in hexadecimal notation).
(?) Apply 0.000 V to TPl and +10.000 V to TP3 .
Adjust VR11 until the output reads +2000 (decimal) (or 7D0
in hexadecimal notation).
(7) Apply 0.000 V to TPl and TP3. Make sure that the output
reads 0 (decimal) (000 in hexadecimal)
(?) - (7) .
.
I Repeat steps
Adjust VR7 to make the resistance between CNT2 and CNT3
250.0 SI.
(10) Adjust VR8 to make the resistance between CNT6 and CNT7
250.0 SI.
(fj) Adjust VR9 to make the resistance between CNT10 and CNT11
250.0 SI.
(f5) Adjust VR10 to make the resistance between CNT14 and CNT15
250.0 SI.
(O) - (?) Make sure the output reads the following setting
at voltage input.

POS CHI CH2 CH3 CH4 Unit


13 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 V
14 +10.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 V
15 0.000 +10.000 0.000 0.000 V
16 0.000 0.000 +10.000 0.000 V
17 0.000 0.000 0.000 +10.000 V

- 388
6.1.6

Item Contents

(18) - (Q) Make sure the output reads the following setting
at current input

POS CHI CH2 CH3 CH4 Unit


18 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 mA
19
20
.
+20 00
0.00
0.00
+20.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
mA
mA
21 0.00 0.00 +20.00 0.00 mA
22 0.00 0.00 0.00 +20.00 mA

Table 6.1 (a) shows adjusting procedure list.

- 389
Table 6.1 (a) Adjusting procedure list

Setting Adjustment Measurement


Item CHI CH2 CH3 CH4 CNT CNT CNT CNT CHI CH2 CH3 CH4
TP1 TP3 VR3 VR4 VR5 VR6 VR7 VR8 VR9 VRiO VRli VR12 TP2 TP4 TP5 TP6
IN IN IN IN 2 3 6 7 10 11 14 15 OUT OUT OUT OUT
0.000 0.000 0.0
1 Open Open Open Open o
V V mV
•» ii It IT H 11 0.0
2 o
mV
it IT •I TI 0.0
3 +5V +5V o
mV
IT II II IT 0.000 +10.000 9.763
4 o
V V V
TI It It 1 TI -10.000 -2000
5 o
V (830)
TI It

I M TI +10.000 2000
6 o
V (700)
ti IT n IT tr 0.000 0
7
V (000)
8 Repeat Item 5, 6, 7.
1
9 Open Open Open Open Open Open
250.0
o
LO
VO
n
O 10 it it «i H ti 250.0
o
G
!
11 M it ii H IT 250.0
o
G
12 IT IT TI M IT 250.0
o
G
13 0V 0V ov ov •t
0 0 0 0
10.000 tl
14 0V 0V 0V o 2000 0 0 0
V
10.000
15 ov V
OV ov tr
0 2000 0 0
10.000
16 OV OV
V
ov ti
0 0 2000 0
10.000 TI
17 OV OV OV
V
0 0 0 2000
ti
18 OmA OmA OmA OmA 0 0 0 0
it
19 20mA OmA OmA OmA 1000 0 0 0
TI
20 OmA 2OmA OmA OmA 0 1000 0 0
x
it
21 OmA OmA 20mA OmA 0 0 1000 0
n
22 OmA OmA OmA 20mA 0 0 0 1000 C\

C\
6.1.6

VR7

TP7
m CNT1

-f- 15 V CNT2

TP8 CNT3
VR8
-15V CNT4

CNT5

TP9 CNT6

CNT7
GND
VR9
TPl

P2
m CNT8

CNT9

CNT10
TP 3
CNT 1 1
TP 4
VR 10 CNT 12
TP 10 TP 11 TPl
CNT 13
+5 V GND INil al

TP5 m CNTl 4
VR3
CNT 15

i CNTl 6

m CNTl 7

VR 11 CNTl 8

CNTl 9

CNT2 0
VR12
CNT 21

Fig. 6.1.6 (d) Mounting position of variable resistor and check terminal

- 391
6.2

6.2 Setting and Adjustment for M Series Velocity Control Unit

6.2.1 Setting and adjustment on M series velocity control unit PCB

SL126
I-2L O CHI A

O CH2A
dVctA

o CHIB
VccB O O CH2 B
O O CHIC
O CH2C
VccC O
15
A
o CHID
O C1I2D CN4
VccD
O CH1E
CN3

?io VecE

?io
?2'o
?}o
IU o
20 O

0180 (n| RV5


S25
S 24 B 15

CH7Q
CH9Q
ffo
S 16
fflo S23 _
So HV3
22
21 “
cmO SO
S8
0 20
26

cmo BHK M

**
HVAL
CH60 HCAL
CH50 SI Fuse resistor ovc M Note) Parts location
LVAL on PCB may be
Cl120

cmo
0RV1 TGLS
DCAL p changed with¬

SO
0RV2 ,o-J nS2 U M VcC
* ROY
out notice.

SO [n]RV4 CN1 CN2 o-f R8 1 |-°


PRDY
20 14
SPARE
7
13
— 6 1 6

Fig. 6.2.1 (a) Parts mounting position on the PCB (A20B-0009-0320) 07C version or subsequence

Setting of Thermal Relay


Current
setting mark
Motor model Current value Current
00M 4A setting dial
0M 6A Reset button
5M 9A m
10M
20M
12A
18A I!' ©
30M 24A
30MH 36A
- 392
6.2.1

Table 6.2.1 (a) Setting of short bar


0: Position to be Shortcircuitted
Motor
model
00M OM, 5M 10M - 30M(H)
SETTING
PANCAKE PANCAKE PANCAKE
PULSE PULSE PULSE MEANING
TACHO TACHO TACHO
Short CODER CODER CODER
GENERATOR GENERATOR GENERATOR
bar
S 1 o o o o TACHO-GENERATOR
SETTING OF
2 o VOLTAGE

3 COMPRESSOR
ENABLES

4 GAIN ATTENUATOR

5 o o o o o o HIGH FREQUENCY
GAIN
6 o o o o o o

7 o o o o o o RIPPLE FILTER

8 o o o o o o HIGH-GAIN C.KT,
ENABLE

9 CAPACITOR FOR
COMPENSATION
10 o o o o 0 o C.K.T.

11

12 o o o o o o DC GAIN

13

14 CAPACITOR FOR
HIGH-GAIN

15 Note 6 OPENS 14 WHEN


S15 IS SHORTED

16 o o o o o o CHOPPING FREQU¬
ENCY SELECTOR

20 SEE THERMOSTAT FOR


NOTE 1 TRANSFORMER AND
DISCHARGE UNIT
ENABLE

21 BRK ALARM ENABLE

22 DCAL ALARM ENABLE

23 TGLS ALARM ENABLE

24 o o o 0 o o OVC ALARM OPERAT¬


ING TIME SELECTOR

- 393
6.2.1

Motor
model
00M OM, 5M 10M - 30M(H)
SETTING
PANCAKE PANCAKE PANCAKE
PULSE PULSE PULSE MEANING
TACHO TACHO TACHO
Short CODER CODER CODER
GENERATOR GENERATOR GENERATOR
bar
25 TGLS ALARM
SENSING LEVEL

26 SEE DISCHARGE UNIT


NOTE 2 SELECTOR

126 o o MOTOR SELECTOR


FOR ARMATURE
VOLTAGE FEEDBACK
C.K.T.

Table 6.2.1 (b) Variable resistor adjustment and check

SETTING CONDITION
POS ITEM REMARKS
VARIABLE
CHECK-PIN SHORTING SETTING AND CHECK
RESISTOR

1 CHECK AT CHECK SHALL BE MADE IN


JUMPER ACCORDANCE WITH ABOVE
TABLE

2 CHECK OF CH15-3 CH15-3 CH16-3 CHI 7 -3


DC POWER CH16-3 14.5 - -14.5
SOURCE CHI 7 -3 lh~ 15.5V - 15.5V
3 GAIN RV1 5 SCALES

4 OFFSET RV2 CH6-3 CH1-3 +0.5V MAX PANCAKE


CH2-3 TACHO
GENERA-
TOR

5 SCALES PULSE
CODER

5 OVER¬ RV3 10 SCALES 00M 0.6+1. IX


CURRENT SCALE (A)
ALARM 0M-20M .
2+3 8X
SCALE (A)
SETTING
30M(H) 4+7. 5X
SCALE (A)

- 394
6.2.1

SETTING CONDITION
POS ITEM REMARKS
VARIABLE
CHECK-PIN SHORTING SETTING AND CHECK
RESISTOR

6 TACHO- RV4 1) NORMALITY 5 SCALES


GENERATOR 2) USE FOR FINE
VOLTAGE ADJUSTING OF LOOP
COMPENSA¬ GAIN. REFER TO
TION MAINTENANCE MANUAL
OF NC.

7 CURRENT RV5 9 SCALE 00M 564/ (93-5X


LIMITER SCALE) (A)
SETTING 0M-20M 1880/ (93-5X
SEE SCALE) (A)
NOTE 5 30M(H) 3760/ (93-5X
SCALE) (A)

Note 1. IF CONNECTION BETWEEN CN2 (4) (5) AND TRANSFORMER OR DISCHARGE UNIT
EXISTED, S20 IS OPEN
2. IF YOU USED DISCHARGE UNIT, YOU WILL BE OPEN-CIRCUIT AT S26.
3. VOLUME SCALE IS AS FOLLOWS. FIGURE SHOWS 8 SCALES.
4. *MARK IS TOTAL EDITION OF PCB.
5. CURRENT LIMITER FUNCTION IS APPLIED FOR PCB EDITION 02B OR LATER.
6. SETTING OF S15.

5 SCALES.

o
0io scales
01A* CURRENT LIMITER SETTING

02B*03B* NO CONNECTION

04B*05B* CHOPPING FREQUENCY SELECTOR

07C* 0. 022yF INTO HIGH FREQ.


GAIN DO NOT SHORT S14, S15
TOGETHER

- 395
6.2.1

Table 6.2.1 (c) Type of check terminal

CHECK CHECK
SYMBOL MEANING SYMBOL MEANING
TERMINAL TERMINAL

CH 1 3/4X VCMD CHI 1 PWA PWM CKT OUTPUT FOR


DRIVER A

2 TSA TACHO-GENERATOR 12 PWB PWM CKT OUTPUT FOR


SIGNAL DRIVER B

3 ov ov 13 PWC PWM CKT OUTPUT FOR


DRIVER C

4 OV 14 PWD PWM CKT OUTPUT FOR


DRIVER D

5 COMPENSATION C.K.T. 15 +24V +24V

6 16 +15V +15V
7 TRIANGLE WAVE SEE FIG. 2. 17 -15V -15V

8 CUR¬ OOM 0.66V/A 18 VCMD VELOCITY COMMAND


RENT
OM - 20M 0.2V/A 19 VFBl ARMATURE VOLTAGE
FEEDBACK SIGNAL
30M(H) 0.1V/A 20 VFB2

9 ER INPUT SIGNAL OF PWM 23 ENBL DRIVER ENABLE


C.K.T.

10 DIS¬ DISCHARGE MONITOR


CHARGE SEE FIG. 3.

0.2 ± 0.2 V

T 1.210.2V
24±3 Vp-p / 1 y
ov

— 0.8±0.1
SI 6short
msec
Discharge
time width

Fig. 2 Fig. 3

- 396
6.2.1

LED DISPLAY

NAME MEANING

PRDY (GREEN POSITION CONTROL READY END SIGNAL


LED)

VccRDY MONITORING FOR BREAKING OF FUSE RESISTORS (R81, R82).


(GREEN LED) LIGHTING: NO- BREAKING
NO LIGHTING: CHECK ITEM
I) CONTINUITY CHECK: R81, R82
2) CONTINUITY CHECK: PCB CN2 TO
TRANSFORMER

BRK (RED LED) NO FUSE BREAKER CUT OFF

HVAL (RED LED) HIGH VOLTAGE ALARM


POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE IS TOO HIGH.
DISCHARGE C.K.T. GOES BAD.
LOAD INERTIA IS TOO HIGH.

HCAL (RED LED) HIGH CURRENT ALARM


SHORT C.K.T. BETWEEN T1 (5) (6) AND (7) (8).
TRANSISTOR MODULE IS DAMAGED.
PCB OF PWM C.K.T. GOES BAD.

OVC (RED LED) OVERCURRENT ALARM (SET RV3)


MOTOR LOAD IS TOO HEAVY.

TGLS (RED LED) MOTOR RUNAWAY ALARM


VELOCITY FEEDBACK SIGNAL IS LOST.
MOTOR ARMATURE CONNECTION IS OFF.

DCAL (RED LED) DISCHARGE ALARM


ACCELERATION AND DECELERATION FREQUENCY IS TOO HIGH.
REGENERATIVE ENERGY FROM MACHINE WEIGHT OF VERTICAL AXIS
IS TOO LARGE.
TRANSISTOR FOR DISCHARGE IS DAMAGED.

LVAL (RED LED) POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE DROP ALARM.


POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE IS TOO LOW.
FAULTY PCB.

- 397
6.3

6.3 Setting and Adjustment on PCB for Velocity Control Unit for Analog Servo AC Servo Motor

6.3.1 Parts location on PCB


1) For AC servo motor Model 2-0 - Model 30R
a) PCB A20B-1000-0560 (Edition number E)

CN4

RV4

\
D
s
°I FI/ Fuse
ID
A
o
8
c
i> Fuse resistor
CN3

00D
CH0 U sss
18U S2 14 15 16
CHQW
17 -15V
Clio
10 4-
CflJ15V
ft+5V
140
CH ER
DO
_c
SSS
130 O
CH'IWN 11 12 13 S D
12 0 20
PRDY IIV
CH IT
no 0 HC
CH IS
10 Q D ovc
CH 1R LV
0O S21 TO
CH T
80 DC
CH S
70
CH N S28
60 RV1 RV2 RV3
CH
50 u u
asJo0V
fflOV
HINDOO S8 S9S10
To
motor
To
NC
2U
“b 5,100 S19
S18

CN1 CN2
si

Fig. 6.3.1 (a) Parts location on the PCB A20B-1000-0560


Note) Parts location on PCB may be changed without notice.

- 398
6.3.1

b) PCB A20B-1000-0560 (Edition number F or subsequent)

CN4

I
O
ID
LD
O
O

7 „
grÿÿ Fuse
_ Ar_
2 T?5*T
resistor
\ \
CN3

2
11
si
k
z
2 000;
sii SI i K4

*8
"O, I lilt
‘;Q, CD™

"9
'"9
QOOf -m O,

"9
c;9
Oft
!!
S!
’9 oc=>o
"9 3“ CH=>O
CD
Q*
-O lit

‘“o
‘“o
>o
”o
3V
mm
KVI

S* S»
MV }

31
4<1

11 SÿO
r 66
¥
©

“o
II 'VIS 1

<y
t
?o uo*qM
00
<s>-
to sc
CN6
?
f

9 *i? CNl CN2

Fig, 6,3.1 (b) Parts location on the PCB A20B-1000-0560

Note) Parts location on PCB may be changed without notice*

- 399
6.3.1

2) For AC servo motor Model 4-0, 3-0


a) PCB A20B-1000-0590 (Edition number A)

FANUC MADE IN JAPAN

+ + + + +
CN3
CHI7
o
o
-15

cme o
+15 RV4
CH15
o
+5
(+ 5V ADJ )

CHW oER
El
ansQ
TRW
ana Q o c ooo
LV TGHCHVPRD1
IT
CH11 oIS (H)
s s
15 16 S10
[ ]
anoQ
1R (L)
(L) (R)

OH 9 0
T !*•
ai 8 o (R) o
TO
[ ]S8
CTI7
oR
o
o

CHO o g
I

ai 5 O
CH + O
ov
ai 3 oov
CHE
o
ail o R
V

o
1

c c
N N
CN1 RV3 5 0

MOTOR NC
+ i'
N
I 2
(n) si (n)

Fig. 6.3.1 (c) Parts location on the PCB A20B-1000-0590

Note) Parts location on PCB may be changed without notice.

- 400
6.3.1

b) PCB A20B-1000-0590 (Edition number B or subsequent)

FANUC MADE IN JAPAN

+ +
CAD-CN3
CH170
-15
CII16Q
+
15
o
RV4
CH150
+5
(+5V ADJ)

CIIMQ
ER
FI
CH130)
TRW
CH12Q OOOOO
LV TG HC HV PRDY
IT
CHllQ s s
15 16 S10
IS (H) s ]
Cl110(0 2 (L)(R)
1R (L) O
CH9 O
T
CH8 0 >
(R> O
S w
I 1S8
CH7 0 o
R o
CH6 0 a
CH5 0

CH4 O
ov
CH3 0
OV
CH2 0

CHI O
R
V

I
1 (H)

@CN1
0
0 RV3
c
N
5
0
$

r
MOTOR NC
+ C
N
2
<D-1 (L)S1(R)

Fig. 6.3.1 (d) Parts location on the PCB A20B-1000-0590

Note) Parts location on PCB may be changed without notice.

- 401
6.3.1

c) PCB A20B- 1000-0600

CN3
RLY1 +5 ADJ

RV4

\
O

o
I
o
o
I
P3
s

z
o
FETA FETC FETE

FET’B FBTD FETF

MCC 11
RP4 RP6

RF5 RP7
FS2

FS1 T1

Fig. 6.3.1 (e) Parts location on the PCB A20B-1000-0600

Note) Parts location on PCB may be changed without notice.

- 402
6.3.1

3) Model 5-0
a) PCB A20B-1001-0420

[ T424/03 | 1 5 10 CN3 15 20 25
B
A
>
Z
a.

o
CH m
170
or-
16(J
Z

+15V >
T3
?ÿo >
+5V Z
CHO
14 ER

?3fO H HC HV OVC 03

LCD
CE;
PH UH
qiQ C © O O O O
12 PRDY
IT
S2S4
LVTG
2.OAIF1
>
ro
o
IS CO
I

1R o
o
I
T O
p>
N>
s O
“OR

CH
50
(OV)
S3.
I
CID Y® ©
Cov)

(TSA) 0 3> CD @
‘D
(VCMD)
* 7*

0 @
)L
™i<6> CN6

CN1 SI
RV1 RV2 RV3 CN2

Fig. 6.3.1 (f) Parts location on the PCB A20B-1001-0420

Note) Parts location on PCB may be changed without notice.

- 403
6.3.1

b) PCB A20B-1001-0410

1 T4 1 2/0 3 1 1 5 10 15 20 25
B
CN3
A

l 3

RV4 m
5

H (+5V ADJ ) fc-


td >
>
2

W
1“ n
>
2
C
o
L 1

r >
ro
L j
o
09
I
O
o
I
o

o
MCC

I
>-3

r
L i © © © © © ©
T1

FSI

Fig. 6.3.1 (g) Parts iocation on the PCB A20B-1001-0410

Note) Parts location on PCB may be changed without notice.

- 404 -
6.3.1

4) For 2-axis control AC servo unit (analog servo)


a) A16B-1200-0520 (Mother board)

--
I “I

In F I / Fuse
O
CHI AM
CNIO

o
CHI CM

CN7 O
CHI EM
O
CHIM

o
CHI AL CN9

I
o
CM
in o
o CHI CL
i

o
o
o
o
CHI L
I"'' CM
o 1
CO O
M3 CHI EL
o
o <
I
CO
o
CM
<
X CN8

F3/ Fuse
FR2
>
Fuse resistor
<1 FRI F2/ Fuse
L
CH4 RV4 CN2 P
O SIQ
Fig. 6.3.1 (h) Parts location on the PCB A16B-1200-0520

- 405
6.3.1

b) A20B-1001-0470 (Child board)

S3 I M m S3 IL

S S
I7L— I9L

I s
S29L
m
_
mm S S
I7M— I9M
S29M

[0
c s s
I6L I4L S S
I 6M— I 4M
c

c
o
I
cc
c

S30M| ~|
o.
<
CN7
S33L

S33M
-I5VO :HI 7
CHI 3 O TRW
cm 4L O LV OHV + I5VO :HI6
O HC OOVCM +5V O CHI 5
O DC OTGM S8M S9M
SSL S9L
S28L OVCLO QPROT -I n S28MER0 CHI4M

CHI2L On -JJ- RV3L TGLO [>a 1L 0 no :HI2M


RV3M — ISO ;HI IM
cm it O is — RV2L 0 S20L
D S20M
RV2M 3 IRQ :HIOM
cm OL O IR 2PL 22M
;H9M
CH9L RVIL RVIM
O T
CH6L O s
so CH8M
RO :H7M
CH7L O R

CH6L o o :H6M

o
SI OL S10M
o CH5M
CH5L
CH3L Oov
0 D ovO :H3M
TSAO CH2M
CH2L OTSA
VCMDO. CHIM
CHIL O VCMD
¥ 1
CN5L CN6L CN5M CN6M O
OJ
ID
To To NC To To NC o
Motor Motor
O
O
S32L S32M C\l
I
CQ
CN I L To NC CN I M To NC vO

<

Note 1: Two PCB is 1 sets.


Note 2: Part location on PCB may be changed without notice.

Fig. 6.3.1 (i) Parts location on the PCB A20B-1001-0470

- 406 -
6.3.1

5) For 3-axis control AC servo unit (analog servo)


a) PCB A20B-1001-0770

A20B- 1001 -0770/ CH3 }


_
1 l

Fuse resistor
F I / Fuse
n
1 I 3 , 2A

CNI 0
O PRDY
O LV
O HC
O HV S3 IL
S3 1 M S3 1 N
u
DC
D
O
Q
TGL
OVCL
ri
O TGM
Q OVCM 3
O TGN
CN9
o OVCN SIOL SIOM SION
S3ON S33N

S30L S33L S2 S30M S33M


Lf
CHI 7
SI6N
SI.5N
SL4N “I
cm 6
cMs SI6L SI.6M
CHJT4L S8L
SI.5L
S8M SL4M
SI5M
S8N CN8
cm 3/SSL CHT4N.
CH?2Q0!
CHTIL
1» CHTIM
S9M HT2 D S9N
Fuse F3
2.0A F2
CHlO
d RV3L S29L
CHlO
CH9 n RV3M RV3N S29N

CHM |RV2L - P RV2M


It S,ST9LCSORV2N E ]
pORVIL
CHpL
RVIM S22M

CH5N
IP RVIN SS22N !

CH5L SI 7L SI7M
CH3L SI8M CH3N
SI9L SI9M
CH2L CH2M CH2N
CHIL CHMM CHIN
CN7

C;N$L CN bL CNiM CNSM CN£>N CN3N

LT
CNIL PM> CNIM CNIN CN2
S32L SÿOL S34 S3feM SÿOM 7 S32N S20N

Fig. 6.3.1 (j) Parts location on the PCB A20B-1001-0770

- 407
6.3.2

6.3.2 Setting terminal


1) For AC servo motor Model 2-0 to 30R
a) PCB A20B-1000-0560 (Edition number F or subsequent)

Table 6.3.2 (a)

Standard setting
Setting
Remarks
terminal
2-0, 1-0 0,5 10 20M 20,30 30R

S 1 L L L L L L TOH setting (Note 1)

S 2 L L L L L L DC alarm setting (Note 2)

S 6 H H H H H H
Compensation circuit setting
S 7 H H H H H H

S10 H H H H H H TG alarm enable (Note 3)

Sll H H L L L H

S12 H H L L L H Current loop gain setting

S13 H H L L L H

S17 H H H H H L

S18 H L L L H H Current limit setting

S19 H H H H H H

S20 H H H H H H Absolute code output enable


(Note 4)

S32 L L L L L L Setting for absolute pulse


coder (Note 5)

2-0, 1-0, 0, 5, 10, 20M, 20, 30, 30R


Setting Pulse coder Remarks
terminal 2000P 2500P 3000P
S 8 L L H
Pulse coder F/V gain setting
S 9 H L L

S14 L H H
Pulse coder, pole number,
S15 H L L and pulse number setting

S16 H L H

- 408
6.3.2

Standard setting
Setting
Remarks
terminal
2-0, 1-0 0 5 10 20M 20,30 30R

S21
Compensation circuit setting
S22 o o o o o o o

S23 o o o VCMD gain setting (Note 6)

S24 o o o o o o o F/V circuit filter setting

S25 o o o o o o o

S26

S27 Compensation circuit setting

S28

S29

S30 External analog current


limitter setting

S31 Connect CNl(19) pin and OV

S33 o
OVC alarm level setting
S34 o

S35 o o o o
Current feedback gain
setting (Note 7)
S36 o o o o

S37 Speed feedback gain setting


(Note 8)

S38 o o o o Compensation circuit setting

- 409
6.3.2

b) PCB A20B-1000-0560 (Edition number E)

Table 6.3.2 (b)

Standard setting
Setting
Remarks
terminal
2-0, 1-0 0,5 10 ,20M 20,30 30R

S 1 L L L L L TOH setting (Note 1)

S 2 L L L L L DC alarm setting (Note 2)

S 4 L L L L L

S 5 L L L L L
Compensation circuit setting
S 6 H H H H H

S 7 H H H H H

S10 H H H H H TG alarm enable (Note 3)

Sll H H L L H

S12 H H L L H Current loop gain setting

S13 H H L L H

S17 H H H H L

S 18 H H H H H Current limit setting

S19 H H H H H

S20 H H H H H Absolute code output enable


(Note 4)

S32 L L L L L Setting for absolute pulse


coder (Note 5)

2-0, 1-0, 0, 5, 10, 20M, 20, 30, 30R


Setting Pulse coder Remarks
terminal 2000P 2500P 3000P
S 8 L L H
Pulse coder F/V gain setting
S 9 H L L

S 14 L H H
Pulse coder, pole number,
S 15 H L L and pulse number setting

S16 H L H

- 410 -
6.3.2

Standard setting
Setting
Remarks
terminal
2-0, 1-0 0,5 10 , 20M 20,30 30R

S21
Compensation circuit setting
S22

S23 o o VCMD gain setting (Note 6)

S24 o o o o o F/V circuit filter setting

S25 o o o o o

S26

S27 Compensation circuit setting

S28

S29

S30 External analog current


limitter setting

c) PCB A20B-1000-0560 (Edition number C or D)

Table 6.3.2 (c)

Standard setting
Setting
Remarks
terminal
2-0, 1-0 0,5 10 20,30 30R

S 1 L L L L L TOH setting (Note 1)

S 2 L L L L L DC alarm setting (Note 2)

S 4 L L L L L

S 5 L L L L L
Compensation circuit setting
S 6 H H H H H

S 7 H H H H H

S10 H H H H H TG alarm enable (Note 3)

Sll H H L L H

S12 H H L L H Current loop gain setting

S13 H H L L H

- 411
6.3.2

Standard setting
Setting
Remarks
terminal
2-0, 1-0 0,5 10 20,30 30R

SI 7 H H L L L

S 18 H H H H H Current limit setting

S19 H H H H H

S20 H H H H H Absolute code output enable


(Note 4)

2-0, 1-0, 0, 5, 10, 20, 30, 30R


Setting Pulse coder Remarks
terminal 2000P 2500P 3000P
S 8 L L H
Pulse coder F/V gain setting
S 9 H L L

S14 L H H
Pulse coder, pole number,
S15 H L L and pulse number setting

S16 H L H

Standard setting
Setting
Remarks
terminal
2-0, 1-0 0,5 10 20,30 30R

S21
Compensation circuit setting
S22

S23 o o VCMD gain setting (Note 6)

S24 o o o o o F/V circuit filter setting

S25 o o o o o

S26
Compensation circuit setting
S27

S28

- 412
6.3.2

Note 1) If either power transformer or regenerative discharge unit is connected


across terminals CN2 (4) and (5), set SI to open (L side).
If neither power transformer nor regenerative discharge unit is
connected across terminals CN2 (4) and (5), set SI to short (H side).
2) Set S2 to open (L side) , if the regenerative discharge unit is not
mounted, and set it to short (H side), if the regenerative discharge
unit is mounted.
3) Set S10 to L side, if it is needed to check with motor power cable
disconnected.
4) If S20 is set at L side, absolute codes from the pulse coder is output
to NC while VRDY is on. If VRDY is turned OFF, the alarm code is
output. If S20 is set at H side, the alarm code is always output.
5) When the absolute value pulse coder is used, set S32 at H side.
6) If S23 is short-circuited, 7V/2000 rpm will be set. If it is open,
7V/1000 rpm will be set. If models 10, 20, and 30R are used over 1500
rpm, change the above settings and NC parameters (loop gain
multipliers) .
7) Models 0, 5, 10, and 20M only may be short-circuited. If S35 and S36
are short-circuited, conversion of current feedback signals (CH10, 11,
12) is 0.183 V/A.
8) If S37 is short-circuited, the rate feedback voltage is changed from
3V/1000 rpm to 1.5V/1000 rpm. Normally, set it in the open state.
9) The way of setting is shown as following figures.

H FI) H
Setting plug
13 L 0b L

(a) Setting of H side (b) Setting of L side

2) For Model 4-0, 3-0 (PCB A20B-1000-0590) (analog servo)

Table 6.3.2 (d)

Pulse coder
Setting terminal Remarks
2000P 2500P

S 1 R TOH setting (Note 1)

S 8 R OPEN Pulse coder F/V Gain

S10 L TG alarm enable (Note 2)

S15 L L Pulse coder

S16 L H
Pole number, pulse number setting
S20 L L

S32 L For ABS pulse coder setting


(Note 3)

- 413 -
6.3.2

Note 1) If power transformer is connected across terminals CN2 (4) and (5), set
SI to open (R side).
If power transformer is not connected across terminals CN2 (4) and (5) ,
set SI to short (L side).
2) Set S10 to R side if it is needed to check with motor power cable
disconnected.
3) If the absolute pulse coder is used set S32 at H side.
4) The way of setting is shown as following figures.

Setting plug w*
llj
L
Zl)
I3)L
K

(a) Setting of H side (b) Setting of L side

L R L R

(c) Setting of L side (d) Setting of R side

3) For Model 5-0 (analog servo)

Table 6.3.2 (e)

Terminal setting Standard setting Remarks

S 1 L TOH setting (Note 1)

S 2 L Pulse coder setting (Note 2)

S 3 L Absolute pulse coder setting


(Note 3)

S 4 L TG, OVC alarm desable setting


(Note 4)

Note 1) If the power transformer connected to CN2 (4) and (5), set SI at L. If
there is no connection, set Si at H.
2) If the pulse coder is lOOOP/rev, set S2 at L, and if 2000P/rev, set it
at H.
3) If the absolute pulse coder is used, set S3 at H, and if not used set it
at L .
4) If TG and OVC alarms are made invalid, set S4 at H.
5) If a lOOOP/rev pulse coder is used, care should be taken in DMR setting.
(DMR setting should be double that in a normal 2000P/rev pulse coder.)

- 414
6.3.2

4) For 2-axis control AC servo unit (analog servo)


PCB A20B-1001-0470
A16B-1200-0520

Table 6.3.2 (f)

Standard setting
Terminal
Remarks
setting
2-0, 1-0 0,5

Si L L TOH setting (Note 1)

S2 X x DC alarm setting (Note 2)

S10L,M H H TG alarm enable (Note 3)

S17L,M H H

S18L,M H H Current limit setting

S19L,M H H

S20L,M H H Absolute code output enable (Note 4)

S22L,M o o Compensation circuit setting

S23L,M o o VCMD gain setting (Note 5)

S24L,M o o F/V circuit filter setting

S25L,M X x

S26L,M X x
Compensation circuit setting
S27L,M o o

S28L,M X x

S29L,M x x F/V input pulse width setting (Note 6)

S30L,M Le R Current loop gain setting

S31L,M H H TG alarm enable

S32L,M o o Setting for absolute pulse coder (Note 7)

S33L,M x x OVC alarm level setting

- 415
6.3.2

Pulse coder
Terminal
Remarks
setting
2000P 2500P 3000P

S 8L,M L L H
Pulse coder F/V gain setting
S 9L,M H L L

S14L.M L H H
Pulse coder pole number and
S15L,M H L L
pulse number setting
S16L,M H L H

Note 1) If the power transformer is connected to terminals CN2 (4) and (5), set
SI at L side.
2) If the regenerative discharge unit is mounted, set S2 in the
short-circuit state. If it is not mounted, set S2 in the open state.
3) If check is required without connection of the motor power cable, set
S10 at L side.
4) If S20 is set at L side, absolute codes from the pulse coder is output
to NC while VRDY is on. If VRDY is turned OFF, the alarm code is
output. If S20 is set at H, the alarm code is always output.
5) If S23 is short-circuited, 7V/2000 rpm is set, and if it is open,
7V/1000 rpm is set.
6) If S29 is short-circuited, the velocity feedback voltage is changed from
3V/1000 rpm to 1.5V/1000 rpm. Normally, set it in the open state.
7) If ABS pulse coder is used, set S32 in the open state.
8) Setting operations are shown in the Fig. below.

——01
11 "’ll H
Setting plug
LLIJL 1),.
(a) Setting of H side (b) Setting of L side

O7! roi
L R L K

(c) Setting of L side (d) Setting of R side

- 416
6.3.2

5) For 3-axis control AC servo unit (PCB A20B-1001-0770)

Table 6.3.2 (g)

Standard setting
Terminal
Remarks
setting
0/5 10

SI L L TOH setting (Note 1)

S2 x x DC alarm setting (Note 2)

S10L,M,N H H TG alarm enable (Note 3)

S17L,M,N H H

S18L,M,N L L Current limit setting

S19L,M,N H H

S20L,M,N H H Absolute code output enable (Note 4)

S22L ,M,N o x Compensation circuit setting

S23L,M,N o x VCMD gain setting (Note 5)

S24L,M,N o o F/V circuit filter setting

S25L jM,N x x

S26L,M,N X x
Compensation circuit setting
S27L,M,N x x

S28L.M.N x X

S29L,M,N x x F/V input pulse width setting (Note 6)

S30L.M.N L L Current loop gain setting

S31L,M,N H H TG alarm enable

S32L,M,N o o Setting for absolute pulse coder (Note 7)

S33L,M,N x x OVC alarm level setting

- 417
6.3.2

Pulse coder
Terminal
Remarks
setting
2000P 2500P 3000P

S 8L,M,N L L H
Pulse coder F/V gain setting
S 9L,M.N H L L

S14L,M,N L H H
Pulse coder pole number and
S15L,M,N H L L
pulse number setting
S16L,M,N H L H

N system

Terminal 0 series, 1 series 10/11/12/100/ Remarks


setting 2 series, 3 series 110/120 series
6 series, 9 series

S34 x o VRDY signal setting

Note 1) If the power transformer is connected to terminals CN2 (4) and (5) , set
SI at L side.
2) If the regenerative discharge unit is mounted, set S2 in the short-
circuit state. If it is not mounted, set S2 in the open state.
3) If check is required without connection of the motor power cable, set
S10 at L side.
4) If S20 is set at L side, absolute codes from the pulse coder is output
to NC while VRDY is on. If VRDY is turned OFF, the alarm code is
output. If S20 is set at H, the alarm code is always output.
5) If S23 is short-circuited, 7V/2000 rpm is set, and if it is open,
7V/1000 rpm is set.
6) If S29 is short-circuited, the velocity feedback voltage is changed from
3V/1000 rpm to 1.5V/1000 rpm. Normally, set it in the open state.
7) If ABS pulse coder is used, set S32 in the open state.
8) Setting operations are shown in the Fig. below.

H
Setting plug
* ) L S) L
(a) Set at H side (b) Set at L side

418
6.3.3

6.3.3 Variable resistor

Table 6.3.3

Variable resistor Standard setting Remarks

RVl 40% Gain setting

RV2 Offset voltage adjustment

RV3 Tachogenerator voltage adjustment

RV4 +5 V power supply fine adjustment

Note) RV2-RV4 have been adjusted at factory before the shipment.

6.3.4 Check terminals list


1) For 1-axis control AC servo unit

Table 6.3.4 (a)

Check terminal Symbol Description

CH 1 a x velocity command voltage (Note 2)

2 0.8 x tachogenerator voltage

3 OV OV

4 OV OV

5
Compensation circuit
6

7 R R-phase current command

8 S S-phase current command

9 T T-phase current command

10 IR R-phase current feedback 2.4V/A for motor 4-0, 3-0


0.85V/A for motor 2-0, 1-0
11 IS S-phase current feedback 0.25V/A for motor 0,5,10
0.125V/A for motor 20,30
12 IT T-phase current feedback 0.1V/A for motor 30R
13 TRW Triangle wave (See Note 1)

14 ER Error voltage (Torque command)

15 +5V +5V

- 419
6.3.4

Check terminal Symbol Description

16 +15V +15V

17 -15V -15V

18 10RF 10V reference voltage

Note 1) Triangle wave


2) a - 0.344 when VCMD = 7 V/1000 rpm
a = 0.687 when VCMD = 7 V/2000 rpm

12 ± 1.5 V

340 ± 30 M sec.

2) For 2-axis control AC servo unit

Table 6.3.4 (b)

Check terminal Symbol Description

CH 1L,M VCMD a x velocity command voltage (Note 1)

CH 2L,M TSA 0.8 x velocity feedback voltage

CH 3L,M OV OV

CH 4 OV OV

CH 5L,M
Compensation circuit
CH 6L,M

CH 7L,M R R-phase current command

CH 8L,M S S-phase current command

CH 9L,M T T-phase current command

CH10L,M IR R-phase current feedback 1.18 A/V


(Motor 1-0, 2-0)
CH11L.M IS S-phase current feedback

CH12L ,M IT T-phase current feedback 4.00 A/V (Motor 0,5)

- 420 -
6.3.4

Check terminal Symbol Description

CHI 3 TRW Triangle wave (Note 3)

CH14L.M ER Error voltage (Torque command voltage) (Note 4)

CH15 +5V +5V

CH16 +15V +15V

CH17 -15V -15V

Note 1) a = 0.344 when VCMD is 7V/1000 rpm


a = 0.687 when VCMD is 7V/2000 rpm
2) Setting terminal S4 is on the PCB A16B-1200-0520.
3) Waveform of triangle wave is as follows.

1 2 ± 1.5 V

360±30ÿsec

4) Motor load currents (peak values) can be monitored using the same
conversion as CH10-12. Effective values can be obtain by multiplying
1//T.

3) For 3-axis control AC servo unit

Table 6.3.4 (c)

Check terminal Symbol Description

CH 1L,M,N VCMD a x velocity command voltage (Note 1)

CH 2L.M.N TSA 0.8 x velocity feedback voltage

CH 3L ,M,N 0V 0V

CH 5L,M,N
Compensation circuit
CH 6L,M,N

CH 7L,M,N R R-phase current command

CH 8L,M,N S S-phase current command

- 421
6.3.4

Check terminal Symbol Description

CH 9L,M,N T T-phase current command

CH10L,M,N IR R-phase current feedback 5.45A/V


(Motor 0, 5, 10)
CH11L,M,N IS S-phase current feedback

CH12L,M,N IT T-phase current feedback

CHI 3 TRW Triangle wave (Note 2)

CH14L,M,N ER Error voltage (Torquecommand)

CHI5 +5V +5V

CH16 +15V +15V

CH17 -15V -15V

Note 1) a = 0.344 when VCMD is 7V/1000 rpm


a = 0.687 when VCMD is 7V/2000 rpm
2) Waveform of triangle wave is as follows.

12± 1.5V

360 + 30/* sec

3) Motor load currents (peak values) can be monitored using the same
conversion as CH10-12. The effective values can be obtained by
multiplying l/fT.

422
6.4

6.4 Setting and Adjustment on PCB for Velocity Amplifier for AC Servo Motor

6.4.1 Parts location on PCB


1) For Model 2-0 - Model 30R (digital servo)
a) A16B-1200-0670

Ociin.
CtoiiL
0CK3L
OCKIE
O OCK2E
& QCHJE
|One
o-
§ Oc*»c
®
<N OCH*A
CN4
50 CHJA

FI

3
<
g
w

H
%PM
530 CN3
-S30
5«D
c“vb
cÿo
c,fio
™RO O DPDY
C"‘0
irv
CH5o HC
CH4
O LV
DC
CH3Q
CH2o "00"
Si S2
OH

F-2
CH,o F-l

CN1? 1 CN2

Fig. 6.4.1 <a) A16B-1200-0670

- 423 -
6.4.1

2) For AC servo motor Model 4-0 and 3-0 (digital servo)


a) A20B-1002-0500

B
A
4 4 4 4 4 4
© ® @ ® ® @
CN3
HV ® A20B-1002-0500/

HC ©
LV ®
OH ®
FUSEI
®
DRDY

CHI3Q
+24VW
-C,H5’V20
CHIIQ
+I5VW
CHI0O
+5Vÿi?20
CH9
OV ©
CH8p)
w
IS

CHJO
IR

CH60
*PWMFR0
CH50 R6
*PWME
CH40
*PWM0
CH30
*PWMC
CH20 ZNR2
*PWMB
OHIO ZNRI
*PWMA
© © © © ® CN2
si

ON I
Dt
A350- I002-T502/00
A350- 1 002-Z 503/ 00

Fig. 6.4.1 (b) A20B-1002-0500

- 424 -
6.4.1

b) For Model 4-0, 3-0 (A20B-1000-0600)

CN3
RLY 1 +5 ADJ

RV4

o
s
o
o
o
m
8
<

•Q-
y
u FETA FETC FETE

FETB FETD FETF

MCC uu U
RP4 RP6

RPS RP7
FS2

FS1 TI

Fig. 6.4.1(c) A20B-1000-0600

- 425 -
6.4.1

3) For AC servo motor Model 5-0 (digital servo)


a) A20B-1001-0430

1 5 10 15 20 25
B
A
CJ
D CN3
2 0«v
<
LL
A20B-1001-0430 /
z OHC
<
CL
< OLV
z
UJ
O0H
Q
< QDRDY
2

CH/—\
13 CJ
PH +24V
FI
CHÿC5V
+15V
C1I
10 o
+5V
C9H0 0\
sCJ
c?o 1R
CH0>
eCJpw
“cr:
cn MI;
<Q
CH »PWMD
30JPWMC 0
7 20
c?0* PWMB
-FR1 O’"
) L

"0, PWMA 1 6
S1

1 14
CN1 CN2

Fig. 6.4.1(d) A20B-1001-0430

- 426
6.4.1

4) Servo amplifier for 2-axis control


a) A16B-1200-0680

A16B-1200-0680/
CN10

M
X
s

FI

§ii
_
ac
«
(i> u.

CN9
L
i8 X
s

>"o
so
+24V

-15V

*0 +15V

so
SO ISM

ad
so
So
SMO g
so o
Q

so CN8

so
So
So
so
so
so
SO MV

so MC

so LV

DC

o CNlM
DM

SJ [ff
CN1L SICN:

Fig. 6.4.1(e) A16B-1200-0680

- 427
6.4.1

5) Servo amplifier for 3-axis control


a) A20B-1002-0280

FANUC MADE IN JAPAN A20B- 1 002-0280/1


Q
ol 2

°P

oS
op
«•
o\
5
°s e

o|
of
°I

Pi9

8
e
o|
ol
CJ£0
CHcSO

£
a

2, OCHON
$ 0VQ
CHS

CHI
ov

C|H7L Cl CHjfj
CHI

fer MFWI

HI
Cl III!
N

fit
"Sg CK4N

CH H.
•I

CR2L
«M»i
Ffil ST
•PVTMAL
CH1M
«PWMAM H
XHIH
«PWMAH
H (D @

7 J CNIL CNIM®
&
i
si
L-
L

CNiN©
|cN2
A350- I002-T284/0I
A350- I002-Z283/0I

Fig. 6.4.1(f) A20B-1002-0280

- 428
6.4.2

6.4.2 Setting terminal


1) For Model 2-0 30R, 5-0, 4-0, 3-0 and servo amplifier for 2 axes control
(digital servo)
Settings are SI and S2 only for digital servo.

Setting terminal Standard setting

SI L TOH setting (See Note 1)

S2 L DC alarm setting (See Note 2)


This setting is not provided to servo
amplifier for model 5-0.

Note 1) If either power transformer or regenerative discharge unit is connected


across terminals CN2 (4) and (5) ,
set SI to open (L side) .
If neither power transformer nor regenerative discharge unit is
connected across terminals CN2 (4) and (5), set SI to short (H side).
Note 2) Set S2 to open (L side) ,
if the regenerative discharge unit is not
mounted, and set it to short (H side), if the regenerative discharge
unit is mounted.

0)H
Setting plug
V L E3L
(a) Setting of H side (b) Setting of L side

- 429
6.4.3

6.4.3 Check terminals list


1) Servo amplifier of digital
(T) For 1-axis
i) For Model 5-0 P.C.B A20B-1001-0430
ii) For Model 4-0, 3-0 P.C.B A20B-1002-0500
iii) For Model 2-0 - 30R P.C.B A16B-1200-0670
(2) For 2-axis P.C.B A16B-1200-0680
(3) For 3-axis P.C.B A20B-1002-0280

Table 6.2.4 (a)

Setting terminal Standard setting Remarks

SI L TOH setting (Note 1)

S2 L DC alarm setting (Note 2)

Note 1) If either power transformer or regenerative discharge unit is connected


across terminals CN2 (4) and (5), set SI to open (L side).
If neither power transformer nor regenerative discharge unit is
connected across terminals CN2 (4) and (5), set SI to short (H side).
Note 2) Set S2 open (L side), if the regenerative discharge unit is not mounted,
and set it to short (H side) ,
if the regenerative discharge unit is
mounted .
Note 3) The setting S2 is not mounted on the PCB for model 5-0 and for model 4-0
and 3-0.

430 -
6.5

6.5 Setting and Adjustment for AC Spindle Servo Unit

_
6.5.1 PCB parts mounting diagram

Notes ®‘" Check Terminal (CHI to 32, etc.)


Variable resistor (RV1 to 19)
- - Terminal for setting (SI to 7)
UZA_.J R . (T -i LZDZJ EJ ZZE j i- Ci i i H t i .I i i K j

FA
Fuse

Transformer
n
Power supply
T1 FBQ
heal sink
CN7
RV15 fc0
m
@00 Alarm fuse
fdD LT
AF1AF2AF3
® 19B
RV17 © CT QPE
© CH3 2 m ® 19 A

r IFF
n
© CH3 1
© CH30
® CH2 9 Transformer FG CN6
© CH 2 8 T2
© -1 5
© OV
© -1-5 FH
©
©
+1 5
+24
£ ROM
CH 2 5 ffi© CH26
© CLK CH2 3 ©© CH2 4 Indualated Amplifier
CH2 1 ®© CH2 2 ISAMP2 ISAMP1
CHI 9 ©© CH2 0
© ARS f CHI 3
- CHI 4 CHI 7©© CHI 8
© SLP - CHI 5
- CHI 6 Relay
:<s - RV1 3 RL
ed

— lÿse - RV1 2
0
cd
Display
LED
Pilot
© ©©®® ©„_
Pit AT.ARMmfc?
C N 9 |eg
RV6
RV5
n
g|RV10
d
ISllitsh
b L RV1 1
0
CN5

alarm CH 1 2 - RV4 ||RV9 S10

.0 code CHI 1 - SRV3 |§3RV8 RV1 6


Version
D
S8
CHI 0 -
CH 9 -I
m LJ
Q
S9
Drawing
number
© CH8
a
Receiver © OV
(Upper) pull-up resister © CH7
+24V Receiver DA Converter
ii Receiver CN4
lAUALJ (alternative)

0
fC <

R1~R24 C BI
TTTTf miVi
(Under)
External
connection
iiisiiiiiiil ) CCD
CHlCH2|g](ÿ
RV18 RV19
CH3 CH4 CH5CH6 LT
side RVl RV2 ©-'
® © © © 1 i I J
OV when Si \ j OV SM LM
contacter Alarm reset CN 1 [US CN 3 CN 2
closed switch L TB
Control signal
connector 7 Alarm data \ Terminal board for
speedometer and load meter
signal connector Motor signal connector

- 431
6.5.2 Main parts list for AC spindle servo unit for motor model 3~15
1) Fuses and surge absorbers

Specification
Item Symbol Name
Model 3 Model 6 Model 8 Model 12 Model 15

1 F1ÿ3 Fuse A60L-0001-0127/25FH75 A60L-000I-0145 A6QL-0001-0149

2 F4 Fuse A60L-0001-003 1/5A

3 F5,6 Fuse A60L-000 1-0036 /PC 1-20 A60L-0001-0036/PC1-30

4 F7 Fuse A60L-0001-0147 A60L-0001-0145 A60L-0001-0149

5 21ÿ4 Surge absorber A50L-0221-0062/441-12

6 AF1 Fuse on PCB A60L-0001-0046/3. 2(3. 2A)


l 7 AF2, 3 Fuse on PCB A60L-0001-0075/3. 2(3. 2AS)
ro
l

ON

K)
2) Main parts

Specification
Item Symbol Name
Model 3 Model 6 Model 8 Model 12 Model 15

1 P.C.B. Printed circuit board A20B-0009-0530 A20B-0009-053 1 A20B-0009-0532 A20B-0009-0533 A20B-0009-0534

2 ROM Memory element J10 Jll J02 J03 J04

3 TM1M1 Transistor module A50L-0001-0096

4 SMK3 SCR module A50L-5000-0029/30 A50L-5000-0029/50


5 DMK3 Diode module A50L-20Q1-0138 A50L-20Q1-0146

6 Dh3 Diode A50L-2001-0103/12JH11


7 D4ÿ6 Diode A50L-2001-0103/12JG11
i
4ÿ
LO
8 D7 Diode A50L-2001-0081/60
LO

t 9 D8 Diode A50L-2001-0097/U06G
10 CH3 Capacitor A42L-0001-0103

11 MCC Electromagnetic contactor A58L-0001-0094/200V1A1B A58L-0001-0092/A


12 TF Transformer A80L-0001-0276

13 FAN Cooling fan A90L-0001-0099/A


14 TH Thermostat A57L-0001-0028

15 SW Switch A57L-0001-0030/2

ON

to
6.5,3

6.5.3 Adjustment of variable resistor on the PCB for AC spindle servo unit

Notes 1. This table is applicable to PCBs of versions


A20B-0009-0530 to 0534.
2. Since the variable resistor, RV7 , 8, 14 through 19, are adjusted by
factory at shipment, they must not be readjusted by the user.

Standard
No. Symbol Item Check terminals Procedure
setting

1 RVl Velocity command CH13-0V See Subsection (1)


voltage level on the next page.

2 RV2 Velocity command CH13-0V See Subsection (1)


voltage offset on the next page.

3 RV3 Speed arrival CH10-0V See Subsection (4)


detection level

4 RV4 Speed detection CH9-0V See Subsection (5)


level

5 RV5 Torque limitation See Subsection (6)


level

6 RV6 Regenerated power 3 scale See item 5.1.5.


limitation

7 RV7 VF conversion CH23-0V When the voltage


level (1) between LM and OM
is 10 V, the
frequency is
200 + 2 kHz.

8 RV8 Setting for speed CH18-0V When the voltage


detection circuit between CHI 7 and
0 V, is 0.2 V,
2.2 + 0.1 V.

9 RV9 Adjustment of Number of motor See Subsection (2)


forward motor revolutions
speed

10 RV10 Speed detection CH17-0V When the spindle


offset is stopped, the
offset voltage
must be within
+2 mV.

11 RVl 1 Adjustment of Number of motor See Subsection (2)


reverse motor revolutions
speed

12 RV12 Velocity loop 5 scale


gain

13 RVl 3 Velocity loop Spindle See Subsection (3)


offset

- 434 -
6.5.3

Standard
No. Symbol Item Check terminals Procedure
setting

14 RV14 Adjustment of LM-OM 10 + 0. IV at


loadmeter acceleration
amplitude (without torque
limit)

15 RV15 Voltage adjust¬ +5V - 0V 5 + 0.05 V


ment of +5 V

16 RV16 Regenerated 4 scale


voltage limitation
level

17 RVl 7 VF conversion CH32-0V When input voltage


level (2) is 200 V AC, the
frequency is
24 + 0.2 kHz.

18 RVl 8 Adjustment of CH5-0V 2.5 + 0.05 V when


RA offset CN2 is open.

19 RVl 9 Adjustment of CH6-0V Same as the above.


RB offset

1) Velocity command voltage (RVl, RV2)


When the velocity command voltage is 10 V, the motor rotates at the rated
speed .
Measuring
Item Adjustment procedure
terminals

Offset CH13-0V Set the motor to operating status and Voltage

+ <adjustment>
supply a velocity command voltage of 0V <Adjusted>
(equivalent to S00) to the motor. Normal
rotation
Adjust RV2 so that the voltage between _
the measuring terminals will not change Reverse
rotation / —
lÿrnV

when forward rotation and reverse


rotation commands are issued alternately. 0 +2mV
See the following NOTE.

Level CH13-0V Supply a rated rotational command voltage


of 10 V to the motor and adjust RVl so
that the voltage between the measuring
terminals becomes +10 V + 0.05 V when the
spindle forward rotation command is
issued.

(Example) For example, if the voltage at CH13 is +5.0 mV when the spindle
rotates forward and it is +5.0 mV + 1.0 mV when the spindle rotates in
reverse, the offset error of the velocity command voltage is +1.0 mV.

435 -
6.5.3

2) Rotational speed adjustment (RV9, RVll)


The number of motor revolutions can be adjusted accurately by the following
procedure. The number of motor revolutions should be measured directly using
a stroboscope or tachometer.

Measuring
Item Adjusting procedure
point

Number of forward Spindle Supply the rated velocity command voltage


motor revolutions to the motor.
Adjust RV9 so that the motor rotates at
the rated speed when a forward rotation
(SFR) command is issued.

Number of reverse Spindle Adjust RVll so that the motor rotates at


motor revolutions the rated speed when a reverse rotation
(SRV) command is issued.

(Example) The forward rotation means that the AC spindle motor rotates
counterclockwise (forward rotation) as seen from the shaft.
Thus, it may not correspond to the forward rotation of the
machine spindle.

Direction of forward
motor rotation (SFR)

3) Velocity offset (RV13)


This adjustment is made so that the spindle will not rotate at low speed when
a velocity command voltage of OV is supplied. This should be performed after
the previous adjustments.

Measuring
Item Adjusting procedure
point

Velocity offset Spindle Supply a velocity command voltage of OV.


(or Motor) Adjust RV13 so that the spindle will not
rotate when forward or reverse rotation
commands are issued.

- 436 -
6.5.3

4) Speed arrival detection level (RV3)


Setting of the speed arrival detection level can be performed by using the
following graph.
Vertical axis is the percentage of motor speed to the rated value.

50

45

40
s?
1 35
bJ)

30
S
•e
1 25
1
T3
d>

& 20
15
I
10 I Standard setting 15%
I

5 I
I
0 1 J_L 1 1 1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Scale of RV3

4
6
3 7
o o
2 8
1 9
0 10

How to read the scale of potentiometer

437
6.5.3

5) Speed detecting level (RV4)


Vertical axis is the percentage of motor speed when rated value is assumed as
100%. This signal can be used for confirmation when clutch or gear is being
changed.

80

70

60

*- 50
"
33
bJ>
40
8
Z
T)

•g 30
Q>
Di
cn

20

10 Standard setting 3%

0 1 1 1 1 x
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Scale of RV4

6) Torque limit level (RV5)


Vertical axis is the percentage of torque when 30 minutes rated torque is
assumed as 100%.

When
60 TLMH
signal
is “ON”
50

§
40
4>
*
r—

g 30 When
a TLML
CD signal
§ÿ is “ON”
M 20
£
10
I Standard setting [ TLMH 18%
TLML 10%

o
L
Jl 1
-- 1 i
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Scale of RV5

438 -
6.5.4

6.5.4 Description of check terminal

Terminal Signal
Contents Remarks
name name

CHI DA2 Analog command voltage 0 - 10.0 V

CH2 DAI Output voltage from D/A 0 - 10.0 V


converter

CH3 PA Phase A output from pulse (2.5 V + 5%) + 0.2 V TYP*


generator

CH4 PB Phase B output from pulse PA leads PB by 90° when CW


generator rotation

CH5 RA Reference voltage of phase A Direct current of PA: +25 mA

CH6 RB Reference voltage of phase B Direct current of PB: +25 mA

CH7 PSA Phase A square weve Duty 50% (at constant speed)
+ 10%

OV OV OV of printed circuit board

CH8 PSB Phase B square wave Duty 50% (at constant speed)
+10%

CH9 SDTRF Speed detection level Variable 0.14 V through 7.4 V


by RV4

CH10 SARRF Speed arrival level Variable by RV3

CHll BUZY Acceleration/ deceleration “i"


1: During Acc/Dcc
busy V'- J
CHI 3 VCMD Velocity command voltage 0 - +10.0 V + ; CCW, - CW

CH14 RVP Reverse rotation speed pulse Pulse width: 3.2 microseconds
(Only for reverse rotation)

CH15 FWP Forward rotation speed pulse Pulse width: 3.2 microseconds
(Only for reverse rotation)

CH16 OV OV of printed circuit board

CHI 7 TS1 F/V output of velocity 6000 rpm (CCW): -10 V


feedback

CH18 TS2 Low speed detection signal 120 rpm (CCW): -2.2 V

CH20 TSA Velocity feedback signal Rated rotational speed:


+10 V, CCW:

CH21 LTRF Output torque limitation Output = - [(| V CH21| +1.8) /10]
voltage
x Maximum output

- 439 -
6.5.4

Terminal Signal
Contents Remarks
name name

CH22 CRU Phase U current detection Current per IV


signal
M3, 6 M8 M12 M15
16. 7A 25A 35. 7A 50A

CH23 ERP VF conversion output CH28 10 V: 200 kHz


width; 0.4 ps

CH24 CRV Phase V current detection V phase motor current


signal detection signal

CH25 TRWF Triangle wave signal /WVO. 10 Vp-p

CH26 CRW Phase W current detection W phase motor current


signal detection signal

CLK CLK Clock signal 312.5 kHz 200 ns typ

+24 24V Power source voltage of DC25.6 Vtyp , Ripple: 0.5 V


+24 V 100 Hz P-P

+15 15V Power source voltage of -15 V +4%


+15 V

+5 5V Power source voltage of +5V +1% (Preadjusted by RV15)


+5 V

OV OV OV of printed circuit board 0V, same as CHI 6

-15 -15V Power source voltage of -15 V +4%


-15 V

CH28 ER Error voltage 0 - 10 V

CH29 UCM Phase U command voltage

CH30 VCM Phase V command voltage

CH31 WCM Phase W command voltage

CH32 24VP Pulse signal 24 kHz at AC 200 V

19A 19A Input voltage of 19 V AC PCB Control power supply

CT CT OV PCB Control power supply

19B 19B Input voltage of 19 V AC PCB Control power supply

- 440 -
6.6

6.6 Adjustment of Spindle Orientation Control Circuit

6.6.1 Adjustment of magnetic sensor system spindle orientation


1) Mounting magnetizing element and magnetic sensor
Determine the mounting direction for the magnetizing element and magnetic
sensor as follows. Incorrect mounting may cause repetition of clockwise and
counterclockwise rotation of spindle without stopping during positioning,
hunting, and the end of the magnetizing element and sensor head to stop in
the opposite position.

Mounting methods of magnetizing element and sensor

Item Explanation

1 Mount the magnetizing element so that the reference hole moves and
faces as shown in Figure 1 when the spindle rotates in the positive
direction by the command of spindle motor CW rotation (SFR and VCMD
positive) .
2 Mount the magnetic sensor head so that the pin hole of the flange and
the reference hole of the magnetizing element face in opposite
directions .
3 The gap between the magnetizing element and sensor head should be
minimum of 1,5 + 0.5 mm.

4
Reference Movement of the magnetizing
hole element when the spindle motor
turns in the positive direction
(SFR).

Pin hold

1/
<5ÿ
ft

-r
Magnetizing element Sensor head

Fig. 1 Mounting magnetizing element

- 441
6.6.1

2) Setting and adjustment of two-speed steps type


Spindle orientation circuit C A06B-6041-J120
Orientation circuit C PCB ... A20B-0008-0030
a) Setting and function of jumper terminal (SH)
The connection and function of jumper terminals (SH) which can be freely
selected are listed below. SH01 should be connected after the power is on
since it is used only for adjustment and testing. It should be
disconnected after adjustment making sure that LED7 goes off.

Connection and functions of jumper terminals (SH)


(A double outline indicates the standard setting)

(Note 1) Status
Function Remarks
SH 1-2 2-3
(Note 2)
01 o Test mode Connected only for
adjustment

02 o x When an orientation instruction is The setting of SH03 takes


issued after power is turned on and priority of the setting
before driving the spindle, the on SH02.
motor shaft end rotates in a
clockwise direction. The setting on SH02 is
effected only when SH03
[Z o When an orientation instruction is 1-2 is connected.
issued after power is turned on and
before driving the spindle, the
motor shaft end rotates in a
counterclockwise direction.

03 o x Moves in the direction the spindle The setting on SH02


was turning just before the becomes effective.
orientation instruction was issued.

x o The orientation direction is


always CCW.

x x The orientation direction is


always CW.

04 x x Initial orientation speed is about Since spindle position


60 x 1 spindle position loop gain loop gain is generally
~
Sec. r.p.m. of the spindle. close to 5 sec. , the
(usual rate) usual rate is about
300 r.p.m.
o x The initial rate of speed is
limited to 1/3 the usual rate.

x o The initial rate of speed is limited


to 2/3 the usual rate.

Notes: (1) o indicates "close", x indicates "open".


(2) When in Test Mode
(a) The orientation instruction is Issued.
(b) Orientation end signal (0RAR 1,2) is not transferred.
(c) The spindle turns at the initial speed while SW1 (INITIALIZING
BUTTON) is pressed. When it is released, the spindle stops at
a fixed position.
(d) The red light emitting diode (LED7) is on in this mode.

- 442
6.6.1

b) LED indicators
Seven display lamps (LED 1-7), indicating the meanings listed below, are
mounted on this option board. (LED 1 and LED 2 are not mounted on PCB of
01A edition) .
LED indicators

LED Meaning Color Explanation

1 ORIENTATION Green Lights during execution of an orientation


instruction. (ORCM 1 and 2 are connected: ON)

2 CLUTCH (gear) LOW Green Lights when the clutch (gear) LOW signal is
on. (*CTH 1 and 2 are connected: ON)

3 MS PEAK LEVEL Green Lights while the peak value of the magnetic
flux detection signal (MS) is out of the
range of +10 V. Adjustment indicator.

4 SLOWDOWN PERIOD Green Lights during the low turning speed period
when the spindle position approaches the
stop position during orientation.

5 IN-POSITION FINE Green Lights when the value of MS output approaches


within +0.1° of the spindle angle. Sometimes
lights when the sensor is not on the
magnetizing element.

6 IN-POSITION Green Lights when orientation has been completed


and the spindle is within +1° of the
adjustment position. When it lights while
not in TEST MODE, the Orientation Completion
signal is transmitted, (ORAR 1 and 2 are
connected: ON)

7 TEST MODE Red Lights when SH01 pins are connected. In this
mode, the Adjustment Completion signal is not
transmitted and ORCM is on. The orientation
motion can be repeatedly confirmed by
pressing SW1.

- 443 -
6.6.1

c) Variable resistor setting


Set the variable resistor according to the following values followed by
table before orientation adjustment. will be reset at a later stage.' *
Settings

Variable resistor
RV 1* 2* 3 4 5 6* 7* 8 9* 10* 11*
name

Variable resistor
scale position
5.0 6.0 © © 2.0 5.0 © 2.0 5.0 5.0

(T) RV3 and RV4 settings


Set RV3 and RV4 according to the distance H between the turning axis
of the magnetizing element and the center of the sensor head,

H (mm) 60 - 65 70 75 - 80 - 85 - 90 95 100 105 110

Scale position 7.0 6.0 5.0 4.0 3.0 2.5 2.0 1.5 1.0 0.5

(2) RV5 setting


Set RV5 according to the number of revolutions (Nÿ) when the spindle
rotates at rated speed.

2,000 -
NHM
(rpm) 2,200 2,500 2,700 3,100 3,500 4,000 4,500 5,000 5,500 6,000

Scale 1.0 0.5


7.5 6.5 5.5 4.5 3.5 2.5 2.0 1.5
position

(5) RV8 setting


Set RV8 according to the transmission ratio of Rÿ,, of spindle
HIGH/LOW. '
RH/L - 2.0 - 2.2 - 2.5 - 2.8 - 3.2 - 3.7 - 4.4 - 5.3 - 6.0 7.0

Scale position 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.5 8.0 9.0 9.5 10

5
4 6
3 7
o o
2 8
1 9
0 10

Scale of variable resistor

- 444 -
6.6.1

d) Variable resistor adjustment


Adjust RVl RVl 1 according to the following table. Adjustment of
orientation PCB must be performed after the adjustment of spindle control
PCB. Orientation position may be shifted if the adjustment of RV12 or
RV13 on spindle control PCB is altered.

Variable resistor adjustment

The following adjustments should be performed in Test Mode by connecting


SH01 pins.

Adjustment method
Term Name Adjustment Condition
(Specification)

1 RVl TS OFFSET The spindle should be Voltage across check 15


stopped. (TSA2) and 16 (OV) should
be within +1.0 mV

2 RV2 MS PEAK LEVEL Keep pressing SW1 Adjust position until


(INITIALIZING BUTTON) LED3 (MSPEAK LEVEL)
begins to light.

3 RV3 SLOWDOWN According to the setting


REFERENCE terms .
4 RV4 AMS PEAK LEVEL According to the setting
terms.

5 RV5 SLOWDOWN TIME Clutch (gear) is HIGH. Just before stopping LED4
IN HIGH MODE Press SW1 to stop the (SLOWDOWN PERIOD) should
spindle at the fixed immediately light up
position. The *CTH clearly.
signal is off (open).

6 RV6 GAIN H Clutch (gear) is HIGH. Turn in the CW direction


Press SW1 to stop the being careful not to over¬
spindle at the fixed shoot when stopping.
position. The *CTH
signal is off (open) .
7 RV7 IN-POSITION Clutch (gear) is HIGH. LED5 (IN-POS. FINE)
H Press SWl to stop the should light while LED6
spindle at the fixed (IN-POSITION) is on.
position. The *CTH
signal is off (open).

8 RV8 SLOWDOWN TIME Clutch (gear) is LOW. LED4 (SLOWDOWN PERIOD)


IN LOW MODE Press SWl to stop the should immediately light
spindle at the fixed up clearly just before
position. The *CTH stopping. (See term 5)
signal is on (closed).

9 RV9 GAIN L Clutch (gear) is LOW. Turn in the CW direction


Press SWl to stop the being careful not to over¬
spindle at the fixed shoot when stopping.
position. The *CTH
signal is on (closed).

445
6.6.1

Adjustment method
Term name Adjustment Condition
(Specification)

10 RV10 IN-POSITION Clutch (gear) is LOW. LED5 (IN-POS. FINE)


L Press SW1 to stop the should be on when
spindle at the fixed LED6 (IN-POSITION) is on.
position. The *CTH
signal is on (closed).

11 RVll POSITION SHIFT The stop position can be


finely adjusted to within
+1° of the spindle angle.

After adjustment, release the test mode and check that LED7 (red) is turned off.

- 446
1 r 1 1r
1 4 5 6 7 8
CN9 INDICATORS FOR ADJUSTING
ORJEN- MS PEAK N
sLOWDOWN IN- POSITION TEST MODE ST 1
TATtON RVI
® OirLlRV2
LOW LEVEL PERJOO FINE POSITION
A (ov) A
LED. I (ÿ)LE02 (J) LED3(?) LED4(2) LEDS(?) EE06 (J) LE07
IS
OFFSET

.
]MSPEAK LEVEL
B RV3 B
SLOWDOWN
REFERENCE

RV4
AMS
c PEAK LEVEL
c

-
1 |RV6
|
[SLOWDOWN A
i
D GAIN
H D
4>*

I IT-7
|
-
_ T : -1

_|RV8
E I -] F
f SLOW DOWN I c-
DIRECTION
I | M TI M E ]
sLH04 -
[RV9
I ;
"1 I_ IÿGAIN
SH02 SH03

F F[ 010IF FIX
2
3L
nf'r IF
INITIAL
5 J L 6 r i
(MSA)(LSAX)<FWD) {ZS)(MDST)0CLSXVCMD2)(VCMD3)(NNG)(tNTGKAMSKS0RFHMS) (TSAI) (TSA2)
< OV) TACT
G 2 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 9 , 10 , ri , 12 r 13 , 14 , 15 , 16 CNA I SWITCH POSITION
SHIFT G
CHECK TERMINALS CHECK TERMINALS
SWI I
A20B- 0008- 0030/02
I J L 2 J L
_
FANUC
3
made Tn
I L
JAPAN
4 _5
j | 6 L 7
(INITIALIZING BUTTON)
j L 8

Adjusting position on the orientation circuit C PCB

ON
6.6.1

3) Setting and adjustment of three-spindle speed steps type


Orientation circuit D A06B-6041-J121
Orientation circuit D
PCB drawing number .. A20B-0009-0520

The spindle speed range is as listed below.

Spindle speed range

High 4000 - 8000 rpm

Medium 1000 - 2000 rpm

Low 250 - 667 rpm

a) Setting and function of jumper terminal (SH)


Same as in item 6.5.1 (2)-(a).
b) LED indicators

LED No. Symbol Color Contents

LED1 ORIENTATION Green Lights during execution of an orientation


command .
LED2H GEAR/ CLUTCH Green Lights when the gear/clutch is shifted to
high position.

LED2M Lights when the gear/clutch is shifted to


middle position.

LED2L Lights when the gear/clutch is shifted to


low position.

LED3 MS PEAK LEVEL Green Lights when the peak value of the MS signal
sent from the magnetic sensor is out of the
range of +10 V.

LED4 SLOWDOWN PERIOD Green Lights during low turning speed and goes
out when the magnetizing element reaches
the sensor.

LED5 IN-POSITION FINE Green Lights when orientation has been completed
and the spindle is within +0.1° of the
adjustment position.

LED 6 IN-POSITION Green Lights when orientation has been completed


and the spindle is within +JL° of the
adjustment position. When it lights while
not in TEST mode, the orientation comple¬
tion signal is transmitted.

LED 7 TEST MODE Red Lights when terminals 01 and 02 of SH01 are
shorted .

448
6.6.1

c) Adjustments
The adjustments should be performed in the following sequence in TEST mode
after turning on the power.

Variable
Item Adjustment item Condition Adjustment procedure
resistor

1 RV1 TSA OFFSET The spindle should be Voltage across check


Tachogenerator stopped. terminals CH15 (TSA2)
offset and 16 (OV) should be
within 0 + 1,0 mV.

2 RV2 MS PEAK LEVEL SWl should be kept Adjust the position


Amplitude adjust¬ pressed. until LED3 begins to
ment of MS signal light.

3 RV3 SLOWDOWN REFER¬ Measure the distance See NOTE 1.


ENCE from the center of
Setting of the the spindle to the
slowdown level sensor head.

4 RV4 AMS PEAK LEVEL


Amplitude value
of AMS signal

5 RV5 SLOWDOWN TIME Shift the gear to the Just before stopping,
HIGH HIGH position and LED4 should immedia¬
slowdown time LED2H goes on. tely light up clearly
Turn SWl on and off (about 0.2 sec).
repeatedly.
6 RV6 GAIN HIGH Turn clockwise to
Position loop increase the gain
gain being careful not
to overshoot when
stopping.

7 RV7 IN-POSITION H Adjust so that LED5


Adjusting the lights while LED6 is
spindle stop on. LED5 may ficker.
position.

8 RV8 SLOWDOWN TIME Shift the gear to Same as item 5 above.


LOW Adjustment the LOW position
of slowdown time and LED2L goes on.
Turn SWl on and
:
9 RV9 GAIN LOW off repeatedly. Same as item 6 above.
Position loop
gain

10 RV10 IN-POSITION LOW Same as item 7 above.


Adjusting the
spindle stop
position

449
6.6.1

Variable
Item Adjustment item Condition Adjustment procedure
resistor

11 RV11 SLOWDOWN TIME Shift the gear to Same as item 5 above.


MEDIUM the MEDIUM position
Adjusting slow¬ and LED2M goes on.
down time Turn SW1 on and
off repeatedly.
12 RV12 GAIN MEDIUM Same as item 6 above.
Position loop
gain.

13 RV13 IN-POSITION Same as item 7 above,


MEDIUM
Adjusting the
spindle stop
position

14 RV14 POSITION SHIFT The stop position can Match the key posi¬
Shifting of be finely adjusted tion of the ATC arm
spindle stop within a range of to the groove
position +1° of the spindle position of the
angle. spindle.

After adjustment, release test mode making sure that LED7 (Red) is off.

(Note 1) Adjust RV3 and RV4 based on the distance (Hmm) from the center of the
spindle to the sensor as listed below.

H (mm) 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120

Position RV3, 4 9.5 6.5 4.5 3.0 2.2 1.5 1.0 0.5

Spindle
Magnetizing element Scale

Sensor .8

cjfÿ
Scale
H (mm)

- 450 -
TSA MS PEAK SLOWDOWN AMSPEAK (GEAR/CLU TCH)
ORIEN¬ OFFSET LEVEL REFERENCE LEVEL
CN9 H M L
TATION RV4
r l
RV1 RV2 RV3 SLOWDOVW

m
LfcD2 I TCDTM l_t.U3 U

Eg leg I W
PERIOD
®
mm
LED1 LED4 RV12 RV8
1+151 (+5)
(Wÿ (LgA) 0{JWD)(J§)
'(MQSTHXÿI IIINJG)

10
(Aÿ)(SgRF)(M§)
12 13
(TgAlKTSA2)

14 15
(Wj
16
© ©
IN-POSITIOIN
FINE
© SLOW¬
DOWN
TIME
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 RV6 RV13 RV9

© mnm
LED5
(GAIN)

IN-POSITION
RV7 RV14 RV10

© m
LED6

© IM¬
POSI¬
TION

SW1
I ISHOT

Ln TEST MODE

POSITION
I SHIFT

RV11

A20B-Q009-0520/ p 1
m P
2
%
w
SH02 SH03 SH04
CNA

Edition

Check terminals and variable resistor location on the PCB

c\
CN
6.6.2

4) Confirmation of the spindle position loop gain


The spindle position loop gain should be tested after orientation stop
control circuit adjustment by using the procedure outlined in the next table.

Spindle position loop gain

Procedure

1 Connect SH01 pins, to enter Test Mode (LED7 goes on).

2 Disconnect SH04 1-2 and 2-3 pins to remove limits.

3 Measure the number of spindle revolutions NS(H) and N (r.p.m) when


S(L)
SW1 (INITIALIZING BUTTON) is on, for each of the following conditions.
Spindle clutch (gear) HIGH (*CTHl and 2 not connected)
Spindle clutch (gear) LOW (*CTH1 and 2 connected)

4 The spindle position loop gain can be determined using the following
equations:
-1
Kp(H or L) NS(H or L) T 55 (sec ), where
: Position loop gain for spindle HIGH gear (clutch)
: Position loop gain for spindle LOW gear (clutch)
p(L)

6.6.2 For position coder system


1) Printed circuit board
Spindle control circuit A20B-0009-0530 0534 -
Position coder method spindle orientation control circuit
a) Stop position internal setting A20B-0008-0240
b) Stop position external setting A20B-0008-0241
2) Display

Light emitting diode


LEDl ORIENTATION ... Lights when orientation command (ORCMl , 2 ON) is
issued.
LED2 LOW Lights when the contact of clutch change signal
*CTH is closed. Lighting indicates that clutch
LOW is selected.
LED3 IN-POSITION OUT Lights when orientation completion signal ORAR
1-2 is issued,
LED4 IN-POSITION ADJUST ... Lights when spindle enters within one pulse of
orientation position.
Stop position can be the same at HIGH and LOW by
adjusting POT RV3/RV5 for OFFSET adjustment so
that this LED lights at gear HIGH/LOW.

- 452
6.6.2

3) Setting

12 3 4
OOOO
LED 1
— 4

SH 0 2
GH i 1 8
®2
HD3 -
i 1-
i 1 -
i 1

m* SHO 1
SW5 SW4 S'Wl SW2 SW3
[Us 1 8
RV1 5 -

+5V
0G
1* . C TY PE B — *•P. C TYPE A
S CNA £ CNB
5H

a) +5V - When the power of +5V for position coder is supplied from
5H
OG - spindle amplifier, connect between +5V and 5H and between OG and
OV
OV. When the power of +5V is supplied from NC, open between +5V
and 5H between OG and OV.
b) Setting of SW5 and SW4

Position coder Type SW4 SW5

Balanced type Type A Right Right

Unbalanced type Type B Left Left

c) Setting of SH01 and SH02


Follow the next table.

- 453 -
6.6.2

d) Setting of stop position SWl, 2, 3

Switch Contents

SWl (16 positions) 1 position is 4096/16 = 256 pulses, equivalent to 22,5°

SW2 (16 positions) 1 position is 256/16 = 16 pulses, equivalent to 1.4°

SW3 (16 positions) 1 position is 16/16 = 1 pulse, equivalent to 0,088°

An arbitrary position in a rotation can be positioned by the unit of


0.088° = 1/4096 x 360° by setting in the order of SWl, 2 and 3.
4) Adjustment

Variable Standard
No. Item Measuring point Note
resistor Adjustment

1 Velocity feedback RVl TSA2 5 scale The voltage


offset CHI 4 at TSA2
should be
+1 mV.

2 Position gain at RV2 Do not let spindle 3-4


gear High overshoot . scale

3 Offset at gear RV3 Let LED4 ADJUST About Gleaming of


High light. 5 scale the LED is
sufficient .
4 Position gain at RV4 Do not let spindle 3-6
gear Low overshoot. scale

5 Offset at gear RV5 Let LED4 ADJUST About


Low light. 5 scale

5
4 6
3- 7
ono 8
2
1 9
0 10

Scale of variable resistor

- 454 -
6.6.2

Table 1 Setting of SH01 and SH02

o: Connected x: Open

SH01 SH02

No. Contents 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Remarks


o o 0 0 o o 0 0 o o o 0 o o o 0

16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9

1 Initial orientation CCW o X (Standard)


direction immediately
after turning on CW x o
power

2 Orientation direction CCW only x o (Standard)


after initial
orientation CW only x x

Spindle
rotational o X (Standard)
direction

3 Orientation speed 1 x x
which Is set by
position gain 2/3 o X

1/3 x o

4 Rotational direction Same Different from


o x
of spindle and direction machine tool to
position coder machine tool,
Reverse x o Incorrect setting
direction will cause hunting,

5 In-position width to +2 pulses o o o o o 0 +16 pulses corres¬


(Note) issue orientation pond to +1,3°
completion signal _+4 pulses o o o o o
(ORAR 1, 2)
+8 pulses o o o o

+16 pulses o o o

+32 pulses o o

+64 pulses o

6 Setting due to No pulse X x (Standard)


position coder
hysteresis +1 pulse o x

-1 pulse x o

(Note) The condition (c) of issue of orientation completion signal


c = (Spindle is within the in-position width) and (Velocity zero signal Is ON) and (ORCM is ON)

- 455
7.

7. REPLACING METHOD OF PCB AND UNITS

7.1 Replacing Method of Power Supply Unit

1) For 10/11/100/110 series


2

CA 6

CA5 CA4 CAB CD1

ODD
Master PCB
Power
supply
unit Connector
to master
H)
00
CV1 CV2 CV3 CA1 I
PCB

CF1 CF2 CF3 CA2


ODD LV
® CPU
CP 14 . ®

a

©
Fig. 7.1 (a) Power supply unit mounting position for 10 and 11 series

2) For 12/120 series


©

Connector for connection


ffI
I I
with a back panel

I II
I I
LiJ
CPU
CP 13,
CP14, 18 J

- 456 -
7.2

7.1.1 Procedure
1) Disconnect cables of connectors CP11, CP13, CP14, and CP15 as illustrated
below.

cpii CPI 1, CP14 CP13, CP14, CP15

Cr Ds
o o
o

CEZF

2) Detach the power supply unit by removing the four screws. The power supply
unit is connected to the master PCB or back panel by the connector shown by a
dotted line in the fig. 7.1 (a).
3) For mounting new power supply unit, reverse the above procedure
2) •> 1).

7.2 Replacing Methods of Option PCB (for 10/11/100/110 series) and control PCB
(for 12/120 series)

Replacement of the following PCBs connected to the master PCB or back panel is
described.
. Option card 1
.. Additional axis + additional memory PCB (analog servo)
10/110
I/O
card A1 - A3 For series
. ROM/RAM board (digital servo)
. Optical fiber interface PCB
. Bubble memory
. Conversational function card
. ROM/ RAM card For 11/110 series
. Additional axis card (analog servo)
. Resolver/inductosyn interface
. Axis control PCB (digital servo) Common to 10/11/
. CRT/MDI adapter (100/110/120 series) 100/110 series
. All control PCB For 12/120 series

- 457
7.2

2
O O O O O O

m
2
-C

i
4

Irn
___
rT
L
J“

®i
o o o o o o
2

1) Procedure
Disconnect cables from PCBs.
i) Disconnect HONDA connector by pushing part (b) after loosening two
screws (a) as shoi<rn in the following figure.

YQNOH VQNOH
® VQNOH ©
© b ©
©
P ©
r
©
;gIE§] b O°
ii) Disconnect NIHON BURNDY connector in the arrow (l direction by
pushing part (©) as illustrated below.

©
© ©
I
Cr

- 458 -
7.3

iii) Disconnect the optical fiber cable by pushing part a as illustrated


below.

0 2
B
©

2} Detach PCB by loosening two screws (2).


3 For mounting new PCB, reverse the above procedure (?) -*ÿ (T) .
2) Setting
Set new PCB in the same way as in PCB before exchange.
3) Cautions
a) Additional axis + additional memory PCB
Check the number of mounted ROM and RAM, ROM No., and edition number.
b) Conversational PCB and ROM/RAM board
Check the number of mounted ROM and RAM, ROM number, and edition number.
c) Axis CPU PCB, Sub CPU PCB, main buffer PCB
Spindle control PCB
CRT/MDI adapter
...
Check the ROM number and edition number.

d) Bubble memory PCB


Check the specifications of bubble memory PCB.
*
Clear all bubble memory and reset parameters, NC data, and other setting
*
data without fail whenever the bubble memory PCB is replaced.
If resetting of parameters is neglected, an alarm may occur.

7.3 Repiaceing Methods of PMC ROM Cassette

PMC ROM cassette

O O

Master PCB
or back panel
Screw

O O

Detach the PMC ROM cassette after loosening the two screws in back.
Make sure that the same contents used in the old cassette are written into new
ROM cassette.

- 459 -
7.4

7.4 Replacing Methods of Master PCB

1) Procedure
© Remove the power supply unit according to Sec. 7.1.
© Remove the option PCB according to Sec. 7.2

8 Remove the
Disconnect
PMC ROM cassette according to Sec. 7.3,
all cables from master PCB,

®
V

DODD
6

DDDD
6
DDDD /
® ®
\
5

Fig. 7.4 (a) 10 series master PCB

® ©
\
D0D CP14A

000
CP1*B
| I COPI 6
I I COP2

DDDD
6
ODD

fiA.Y.vjy
5

Fig. 7.4 (b) 11 series master PCB

- 460 -
7.4

Disconnect cables by the following procedures.


i) Disconnect HONDA connector by pushing part (b) after loosening two
screws (?) as illustrated below.

(ÿ)
YdNOH
© © YQNOH ©
i
— »-<_?

nr & © ©

©
13
ii) Disconnect NIHON BURNDY connector in the arrow (l-£>) direction by
pushing part (a) as illustrated below.

©
© ©

k
k> o
nZ3

~L

iii) Disconnect optical fiber cable by pushing part (a) as illustrated


below.

a 2
fl
©

- 461
7.4

iv) Disconnect connector CAT cable in the arrow direction after unlocking
it as illustrated below.

(Note) For connecting the cable, push it


in the direction opposite to
1 after setting it to mark of the
connector under the unlocked

o :
=4
condition, and then, lock the
cable. In this case, push the
connector forcibly, or else the

( gr cable cannot be locked.


left figure shows the locked
condition.
The

5 Disconnect the ground wire.


6 The master PCB can be removed by loosening the four screws shown in (6) .
7 For mounting new PCB, reverse the above procedure @ -* (l) .
2) Setting

8 Setting on new PCB should be same as that on old PCB before exchange.
For 10/100 series, check position control LSI, OPC (in case of small
CRT/MDI) , character generator (in case of small CRT/MDI) , and ROM for
normal mounting conditions.

8 For 11/110 series, check the position control LSI for normal mounting
condition.
For 10/100 series, a memory parity alarm occurs after replacing the
master PCB. Reset parameters after clear the memory.

- 462 -
AI68-I0IO-004H MADE IN JAPAN FANUC 19 1 20 1 21 1 22 1 23 39 1 40 1
41 1 42 1 43 1 44 1 45 1
CAN CAS CAE2 CAG CAH CAC

CA6
K
Mounting >
position of
character i

generator
\ J

I H

;
Y i

G G

Mounting
position RAM
of OPC
F

E E
I
4>-
ON
u> D
I
D
©Q p p Q I
CAP
2

/ 32

I
i i i
t
I I I1' r\ r'- C

7
tk
7 7 7
' np CO
K . CO
I
CO

8
T7 TTT TT3"
B
N

A
i
\ X A
i
4
J
7
s
.
YTT cfz cF3 10 I II H23i 24 i 25 i 26 i 27 i 28 « 29s, 30 . 31 1 32 i 33 i 34 , 35 i 36ÿ21 i 38 , 39 i 40 , 41 , 42 , 43 44 45
/ \ \

Mounting position Mounting position of ROM Mounting position of RAM


Setting of position control
point LSI

Fig. 7.4 (c) Check positions after replacing analog servo 10 series master PCB -J
4ÿ
Setting
point
/

FANUC AI6B-IOIO-OI9 CAH CAE2 CAB CAG C AC


MADE IN JAPAN CAL CAS
CAI CAM

18
O O +24
K
+s -J

O
-15
o
+ is

CDI
G
:

F
l
CF ECOP2COP I

-o E
I

C AE I
CAP

i
i

d
Sr
7 7
CL
tn

Cv 2 i n
CF9I CAI o

<*P 0V CMD
iJ 8

A
7 7

L2J LJJ CV22 CA2 l IQ 1 l I I I 1,I2| i_L5j/_L6j LLZJ LiSj [_L9j |_2Qj i£jj L22J L22J L2*J LlSj [26J [27J L28J [29J [30]
l_|4j [32j [33j [34j [35j [36j [37j [38] [39] [40] i4Jj l42i

Mounting position of
spindle control LSI
-J
Fig. 7.4 (d) Check positions after replacing digital servo 10 series master PCB
-P+
C03 CD4 CA8
FANUC AI68-IOIO-OOSH/ OSCG PC TEST ADD. AXES ROM A.C.P BMU
MADE IN JAPAN 4
I '1 4 14 1
i

K 7 7 20 7 K
CDS 20 20
/—s

33
i
CPI4A

J J

t
14 I 14
|
:

7 i
H 50 * 20
I*0
7 7
20 H

CAT
CAM
CA12 CAIO
[371 r59 1391 f4Qi
nsi nr1 nri nsi fiÿ-1 nr1 i24i i27 1 F91 ri? 3? H331 r'34' f35l
G G
CPI4B
COPl
Hal rigi f2o>

F F

I
C0P2
-P-
ON
Ui E E

1
D r 2 3 5 CAP
VCMOO OOO D
_ T5AO O O ©
OKC:
Ub-

14 I 14 14 1 14

c <n
rt
c
r-
<0
7 7 7 20 03
20 20 20 n
o
n S
r* r*

CV! /ÿs £
00 sr* r*
CV 2 CV3 CAT s
2 2 o

5 4-1
o £ra
r*
2
B 31 B
5

r\
Or

I 4 l 4 l .
TAC.
1
REv
SUP
2 TAC
acv A

20 7 7 7 3 at*
20 20 7 2C <UP

CFI CF2
/~\
CF3 CA2 Q I 10 I rill 1 12 ft 13 , 1 14 1 1 17 1 1 IS ] i.B j [20 j [21 1 | 22j [23j |24j i_25l I_2Sj L2?J I 28 1 |_29j t32i [33] 1 34] |3S| 1 36| 1 37] 1 38 1 1 39 1 ;40| 1 41 1 [42]

Setting point Mounting position of position control LSI

-j
Fig. 7.4 (e) Check positions after replacing analog servo 11 series master PCB -fc.
Setting
point

n U/PMC
CD3 CD4 AI6B-JOLO-020 AXESI MMC TEST ROM ACP BMU
AXES3 W 0FF
CAT CAK3 C»H2
AXES2
CAH1 C*E2 CAB CAP C*X
J-gM
CA6M MADE IN JAPAN
!
FANUC
: i
CD5 K

CPI4A

ic.

CAI2 C All

CBRN)

G
CTOi CTG'
CPI4B

bÿoj
I
C OP 2 °£U F

->
CTN
O'
E
J
CBRN)

c AS

CA El CAP
D

CAI A CA1B

c
s
£
I
5
B

OvcQ

CA CA2 B
2A
A

_
L_!_! L2j L3J L±J LJZJ L_£J L9J L!£LJ LiJ_!_) l_!2j |V3j L_1ÿJ 15. Li6j U2l L]8j LJ9J L20J ijp?ÿ LgGj l&J ] 28 1 |_29j [301 3jj 1 33, i 34,
t35l
36j i 37 1 i 381 i ] i 4Q >41 i i42i |43i _|
]44[ |

2nd spindle (IITT only) *


, Mounting position of
spindle control LSI
— 1st spindle
Fig. 7.4 (f) Check position after replacing digital servo 11 series master PCB
A 1 6B- 1211-029 B / CBA

CM CM
27256
(UPPER)
O
27512

CUPPER)
O
o
27512
CLOWER)ÿ
g-K

o ]
27512
CM 27512
CLOWER)
3
'UPPER) CM CM
O o *]
27512
CM
27512 O
*]
CUPPER)
Q CLOWER)

CM
27512
CO r
27512
CLOWER) (0 •]
o o
I
4N
’]
ON
"•U •]
I
•]
256K SRAM
256K SRAM Cl CLOWER)
Cl CUPPER)

*]
A B C D E F G H J ( A K B
L J L J L J L I i J L J L 1 L J 1 J

7
Mounting position of ROM Mounting position of RAM

Fig. 7.4 (h) Check position after replacing digital servo 11 series ROM/RAM board
A 1 6B-I2I1-029 / CBA

CM
0
27512 27512
27256 Q o R CLOWER)*-*
o
CUPPER) CUPPER) o

27512
CM 275S2
(LOWER)
•]
At
CUPPER) CM CM
o o »]
27512
CM
27512 O
•]
CUPPER)
Q (LOWER)

27512 CM
CA6 RCUPPER) CD
27512
1(LOWER) CD
o
•]
o
I
256K SRAM
A 256K SRA M
’]
COCUPPER)
ON
CO
I
COCLOWER)
g 6287LP
*]
m 256K SRAM 1 256K SRAM
/ 3
9

Cl CUPPER)
C1CL0WER) 628 7LP

256K SRAM
7 256K SRAM
C2C LOWER) '3
C2 CUPP ER)
\
/
L A J I B I L A J I D I L E' I L F I i G I I H j L J I lA_K B

7 \ W
Mounting position of ROM Mounting position of RAM

Fig. 7.4 (g) Check position after replacing digital servo 10 series ROM/RAM board

-a
7.5

7.5 Replacing Method of 12/120 Series Back Panel


1) Procedure
(T) Remove the power unit according to 7.1.
CD Remove the control PCB according to 7.2.
@ Remove the PMC ROM cassette according 7.3.
(4) Disconnect the cable connected to connector CNG in the arrow direction (rr(»
shown below pushing part (a) .
n n n

© -fit - ©

(?) Disconnect the connector CAT (?) cable in the arrow direction after
unlocking it as illustrated below.

(Note) For connecting the cable, push it in the


direction opposite to <J=: after setting
it to mark V of the connector under
the unlocked condition; lock the cable.
In this case, push the connector
forcibly, or else the cable cannot be
locked. The left figure shows the
locked condition.

© Disconnect the earth cable.


7) The back panel can be detached by removing the four screws.
8 For mounting new back panel, reverse the procedure (§)->• (T) .
Basic back panel

© ©

CNG
I
\
© © ©
Additional back panel

© ©

CNG
«
7*
© ©

- 469 -
7.6

7.6 Replacing Methods of 10TF, 11MF, 11TT-F Conversational PCB


CAG (For 10TF)
CAF (For 11MF, 11TT-F)
o. o o o o o
G|

Sub CPU Memory


/
_1
o
nl
cn

S
c I
10/11 series o
master PCB
o o o o o o o

1) Replacement of both sub CPU PCB and memory PCB

(T) Disconnect the connector cable (T) by pushing part (a) as illustrated.

—1
© ©

.
I Draw out PCB by loosening two screws (2)
For mounting new PCB, reverse the above procedure (2) -> (T) .
(Caution)
1) Check the number of mounted ROM/RAM, ROM NO., and edition number.
2) In case 10T-F or 11TT-F, a conversational memory parity alarm occurs
after replacing PCB.
Clear all submemory.

- 470 -
7.6

2) Replacement of either sub CPU PCB or memory PCB

(T) Detach PCB from the master PCB in the same way as described above.

JI A16B -1210 n
-0410

r_
€ 2
Z \

\ S'
(Note)
4 A16B-1310-
0300

CPF 1 3 CFF2

[""'Il¬ l-

Note) The memory PCB specification is different


depend on kind of NC and it’s option.

(5) Disconnect the connector CFF1/CFF2 (2) cable in the arrow direction after
unlocking it as illustrated below.

(Note) For connecting the cable, push it in the


direction opposite to<J= after setting
it to mark V of the connector under

o the unlocked condition; then, lock the


cable. In this case, push the connector
forcibly, or else the cable cannot be
locked .
(IP* The left figure shows the locked condi¬
tion.

Sub CPU PCB can be detached by removing four screws (3)


.. (!)
3
4 Memory PCB can be detached by removing four spacers (4)
5. For mounting new PCB, reverse the above procedure (4) •

- 471
7.7

7.7 Replacing Methods of Connection Unit 1


2
4
5 3
<=> ST
s—
CDD1
z
CP 52
7
CP51
\

7T COP 4

C05 C04 CO 3 i CO 2 C01


i [ I i ii
7 7u rj
7 u7
rr

1) Procedure
© Disconnect C01 C05 connector cables by pushing part (b) after
loosening two screws (a) as illustrated below.

VONOH
© ©,
a JO o
0 -- — a-
©
:
i) -®-
o

a p O 3] tram
© Disconnect CP51 connector cable by pushing (a) as illustrated below.

© -nr U? — ©

in

© If connection unit 2 is mounted, disconnect connector CDDl cable in the


arrow direction after unlocking it as illustrated below.

For connecting the cable, push it in the


°,e direction opposite to - after setting
it to mark T of the connector under the

o =)
unlocked condition, then, lock the
cable. In this case, push the connector
forcibly, or else the cable cannot be
locked.
The left figure shows the locked condi¬
tion.

- 472
7.8

@ If connection unit 2 is provided, disconnect the CP52 connector cable by


pushing (a) as illustrated below.

® — n —®

(5) Disconnect the C0P4 connector cable by pushing (a) as illustrated below.
©

D 1
0 rzr
[ ©

(6) The connection unit is detached by removing the four screws shown in

(7) For mounting new PCB, reverse the above procedure (6) (T) .
2) Setting
Perform setting (1 - 4) of new PCB in the same way as in old PCB before
exchange .
7.8 Replacing Methods of Connection Unit (with Connecting Board)

21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 09 08 cE EL
2 3 4 5 6 ! is,
A J

4
TV
I I
u
rii,

4 3 f
1
2
COP
* \ :

L! f
Connection Unit 1

CP52

usdo r
CP52
]

1
CDD2 szrrrj
CDDl l

Connection Unit 2
CDD3
c HI
CSL
<D
iz oz
10 91 51 M El z\ n of SO 80
J too ZOO £00 voo soo
£ D 0 2 n D tTZD Connection
Unit 1

2 0 10
2 TTO
* S° Connection
Unit 2

473
7.8

1) Procedure
(T) Disconnect connector cables 08 - 21 by pushing (b) after loosening two
screws (a) as illustrated below.

YdNOH © Y0N0H ©
Sjjjg ©
i-2- i

ur ©
© ©

<s>
o-Efl J D
(2) Disconnect the CP51 connector cable by pushing @ as illustrated below.

0
P—©

Pr a
(3) Disconnect connector COP4 cable by pushing (a) as illustrated below.

$
0 7
Q
©

(4) .
I The unit can be detached by removing four screws
Put the unit on the board as illustrated below.

Connection Unit 2 3 CP55


II
CDD3 ICDD1 ] CP 52 -
1
* E 8

I

8 Connection Unit 1 ©— T 0
+ 6
7 4
1

0 ri
i i
i i
± _L
9
I 9 £ Z
4
'«hJj
ft
so GO oi II Z\ £1 H 51 91 l\ 81 61 0Z IZ 10
-ÿa L

777/7777777777777)7
J ]

Fig. 2

- 474 -
7.8

(?) Disconnect connector CDD1/CDD2 cable in the arrow direction after


unlocking it as illustrated below,

(Caution)
Cv. For connecting the cable, push it in the
] direction opposite to <2=r after setting
it to mark V of the connector under the

o :
unlocked condition, then,
cable. In this case, push the
forcibly, or else the cable
lock the
connector
cannot be

(23* locked.
The left figure shows the locked condi¬
tion.

(7) Disconnect the CDP connector cable by pushing (a) as illustrated below.

<a> ©
~~XL

a
(8) After removing the two right and left mounting screws (?) in the
connection unit, insert screwdrivers into center holes (9) at both ends
of the connection unit, and detach the connection unit by alternately
lifting screwdrivers.

(7T) Mounting screw


Connection unit 2

Connection unit 1

Removing direction Metal hole of connecting board


Center holes at
3ÿ / both ends of PCB

/ Removing direction
Inserting
direction /

Inserting direction
(9ÿ) Center holes at both ends of PCB
J

Screwdriver (JIS B463 No.2)

ju

- 475 -
7.8

2) Setting

Perform setting on new PCB in the same way as in old PCB before exchange.
Mounting Methods
For mounting PCB (for DI/DO) used on the connecting board, observe the
following procedure.

© Put the disconnecting board on a board or the like as illustrated below.

Vl Connecting board
PCB connector

External cable connector


-
I T
o o
o
7-77
Board or the like

© Make sure the inserting directions of PCB connector and PCB connector on
the disconnecting board; lightly push these connectors after posi¬
tioning .
© Insert a screwdriver into the center holes ((68 ) at both ends of PCB and
the hole (il) on the connecting board metal, and insert PCB by pushing
the right and left of PCB downward alternately 2-3 times by means of
lever. Fix the PCB by mounting screws (8) after inserting the
connector.

(Caution)
Confirm the inserting direction of the connector, and check to see if
the connector has been securely connected by lightly pushing it before
starting the work, otherwise the connector may be broken.

© Mount the unit to NC by reversing the dismounting procedure © (T) .

- 476 -
7.9

7.9 Replacing Method of Built-in Type I/O Unit PCB (12/120 series only)

7.9.1 Replacing method of interface and I/O module

p.

I/O
module module

©ÿ S'

1) Procedure
(T) Detach the optical fiber cable for Interface module the cable pushing
part (a) as illustrated below.

I,
I The PCB can be detached by loosing two screws.
For mounting new PCB, reverse the above procedure (2) + (T)
2) Setting
.
(T) Setting on new module should be same as that in an old interface module
for exchange.

- 477 -
7.9.2

7.9.2 Replacing method of I/O base unit


1) Procedure

8 Detach the interface module and I/O module according to 7.9.1.


Remove all cables connected to the I/O base unit.

CA15
® ®

CA16

C23E C23D C23C C23H C23A C23E C22D C22C C22B C22A T1

® u r\ ®

Disconnect cables using the following procedure.


i) Disconnect HONDA connector by pushing part (J) after loosing two
screws as illustrated below.

VQNOH VCINOH
© ©
S
© ©

ii) Disconnect NIHON BURNDY connection in the arrow ( zÿ> ) direction by


pushing part (a) as illustrated below.

© © ©
I
I
o t=>

5
.
8 I/O baseunit can be detached by unscrewing four screws (S)
For mounting new I/O base unit, reverse the above procedure (3) •» (T) .

- 478 -
7.10

7.10 Exchange Methods of I/O Unit

7.10.1 Exchange method of power supply module

I/O base unit


3 2

»
w w w m w w

Power supply Connector for


module f-tl i
base unit

\
I

L. i-1
CP31 V7
L«£
I®) I l®l J®L
2
1

Fig. 7.10.1 Installation diagram of module

1) Procedure
(T) Draw out the connector CP31 cable [Tj according to the illustrated
procedure .
CP31

i=>

(2) Remove the power supply module by loosening four screws


The power supply unit is connected to the base unit by the connector
shown by the dotted line in the figure 7.1.
(3) Reverse the above procedure ((g) + (D ) when mounting new module.

- 479 -
7.10.2

7.10.2 Exchange method of main control module and I/O module


1) Procedure
Replace these modules according to the following procedure, referring to Fig.
7.10.1.
1 Disconnect cables from the modules (if connected).
Loosen two screws a and draw them out by pressing b in the case of
the HONDA connector as shown below.

VdNOH VdNOH
©
—- c
P ! ©
©
—- C
P 0
3

©
©F§] mi
Draw out the optical fiber cable while pushing part a as illustrated
below.
©


-» n

For the terminal board connection, remove the entire terminal board by
drawing it toward you while holding its upper and lower ends after
loosening the two screws a shown below.
For disconnecting the wiring, open the nameplate.
The nameplate is opened by drawing it toward you while applying your
fingers to parts b shown in the following figure.

Terminal board
m

\c

<5% ® C
c
c
c
c
c
C
c
G
C Nameplate
C
c
ce
® c

c

480
7.10.2

(2) Draw out each module after loosening the two screws shown in Fig. 7.1.
Each module is connected to the base unit in the same way as in the power
supply module.
(3) Reverse the procedure ((2) •> (T) ) when mounting new modules.
2) Setting
Set the new modules in the same way as in modules before exchange.
3) Cautions
a) Positioning module ...
Check the mounting number of ROM (1 pee), the ROM
number and edition number. Check the positioning control LSI.
b) Module for terminal board wiring
Detach the terminal board mounted on the module for replacement. Mount
the detached terminal board on the module thats terminal board has been
removed. (Return these modules with terminal boards mounted.)
4) Plastic case disassembly method

0
0 Case

<1
Panel

Cover
r;-' a
\ ]
0©>

m
V

0 IHL
0
© Push the positions shown by [T] on the cover using both thumbs towards
the V marks (2j at the extreme left of the case.
© Remove the cover by pushing the center of the left end of the cover shown
by [3] from the rear side.
© The panel can be detached by pushing the center of the panel (direction
Q until it is curved.

- 481
7.10.2

Observe the following procedure when detaching the PCB from the plastic case.

Case
PCB

sen

m s.
.
S Remove PCB mounting screws (1]
Draw the PCB out of the case in direction [2j .
Disconnect each cable as follows:
Disconnect HONDA connector by pushing part (b) after loosening the two screws
(a) shown in the following figure.

VdHOH
©
©
©
4* V YdNOH

©
©

QD

482
7.10.3

7.10.3 Exchange method of base units


1) Procedure
CD Remove the power supply module according to 7.1
CD Remove each module according to 7.2
(3) Disconnect all cables from the base units shown by (3j .
3

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 o \ POVVC CA15

6 CA16 6

ALC
ji.
ALD
1
+24 B ®
0NDL#=#
+24
+35
q 4

I/O unit

Disconnect NIHON BURNDY connector in the arrow ( direction while pushing


parts (a) shown in the following figure.

QZk 1

.
I Disconnect the ground wires shown in jÿ]
Disconnect the power alarm signal cables shown in [6]
not always connected.)
(This wiring is .
The base unit can be detached by loosening the four screws shown in (6) .
8 Reverse the procedure ( [5] -
[l] ) when mounting new units.

- 483 -
7.10.3

2) Caution
Reset parameters after replacing the main unit.

484 -
7.11

7.11 Replacing Methods of Small CRT/MDI PCB

7.11.1 Replacement of PCB A (keyboard PCB)

(T) Disconnect connector CA9 cable by pushing part (b) after loosening the two
screws a as illustrated below.

VdNOH © YGNOH ©
© J
c*
© P @

<!?
CD
(2) Disconnect the connector CKK1 cable in the arrow direction after unlocking
it as illustrated below.

1/c>. (Caution)
1
To connect the cable, push it in the

o =4
direction opposite to
it to mark
<Q
after setting
of connector under the
unlocked condition, then lock the cable.

(3) Detach PCB (A) b'y removing six nuts (5).


In case of a sheet switch, detach PCB A by removing the sheet from the
front.
(4) To mount new PCB, reverse the above procedure (3) z (T) •

7.11.2 Replacement of PCB B (soft key PCB)

It is necessary when replacing PCB B to detach the CRT unit. It is


recommended to detach the CRT/MDI unit from the panel as described below.
(T) Disconnect connector CN1 cable in the same way as in disconnecting the CA9
cable.
(5) Disconnect connector CKKl cable in the same way as described in (2) of
7.8.1.
(5) Disconnect connector CN2 cable by pushing (a) as illustrated below.

—a
© ©

a i

A Detach the CRT/MDI unit by removing the eight screws from the front panel.
5 The CRT unit can be detached by removing four screws D by inserting a
screwdriver from the rear part of the CRT unit.

- 485
7.11.2

(6) Remove the soft key PCB together with escutcheon by unscrewing the four
screws on the front panel.

TTTT
O l
Keyboard
o, ODD r_~:: nd,
(Front view)
\
Escutcheon
Detach the soft key PCB together with
Screw CRT escutcheon because they are assem¬
bled into a unit.

(7) Remove the soft key PCB by unscrewing the two screws from the rear side of
the escutcheon.
(8) Assemble PCB by reversing the above procedure (7) (T) .
(Note) Assembly of soft key

Mount CRT by passing the flat cable of


O o soft key through the position above the
CRT mounting stud bolts.

(Rear view)
0/
\
Soft key

CRT mounting stud

Soft key flat cable

(9) Replace the key sheet. (In case of sheet switch on CRT/MDI)

(oZ
K
o
o DI~ :;a Screw (x4)

Escutcheon

Remove the screws to detach the escutcheon. Then remove the sheet.

- 486 -
7.12

7.12 Replacing Methods of 9" Standard CRT/MDI Unit PCB

(The following description covers the horizontal CRT/MDI, but also applicable to
the vertical type, accordingly)

1) Control PCB
A 20 B— 1000 — 0800

XXX Qj Disconnect PCB cable.


Q?) Remove screws.
(3) Remove the PCB from the
connector.

Kt 0 o
j£L

Screw (x3)

2) Power supply PCB

A 20 B- 1001 - 0160
(T) Disconnect the cable
(fasten terminal).
(2) Remove stud bolts and
O screws,
!) (3) Remove PCB from the
/
e connector .
Removal of cable
(Fasten terminal x 2)

Stud bolt (x3)


Screw (xl)

3) Backboard PCB

A 20 B- 1000-0970

O'

o
o
o
O

8 Remove screws.
Remove PCB from the
connector.

Screw (x6)

- 487
7.12

4) Keyboard PCB
A86L-0001-0110 (Sheet switch)
A20B-1000-0830, 0831_

o 9ÿ o

o
/

Nut (x8)

Flat cable (soft key)

8 Disconnect the flat cable from keyboard PCB.


Remove the nuts from the keyboard fixing plate and detach the keyboard PCB
together with the fixing plate.
(The fixing plate and PCB are assembled.)
(3) In the case of a sheet switch, remove the PCB after sheet switch is
detached.

5) CRT

Screw (x4)
a

CRT
©

Remove CRT fixing screws.

6) Soft key

O ,°
oI on o ::::aoo --- TT 1
Keyboard

(Front view)

Remove the soft key PCB together with


Screw (x4) CRT escutcheon because they are assem¬
bled into a unit.

- 488 -
7.12

(Note) Assembly of soft key

Mount CRT by passing the flat


cable of soft key through the
O
position above the CRT moun¬
ting stud bolts.

V I (Rear view)
\ o

Soft key

CRT mounting stud

Soft key flat cable

7) Replace the key sheet. (In case of sheet switch on CRT/MDI)

(51
*S
o
o n::i;cp
Screw (x4)

Escutcheon

Remove the screws to detach the escutcheon. Then remove the sheet.

- 489 -
7.13

7.13 Replacing Methods of 14' Color CRT/MDI (horizontal type) PCB

7.13.1 10/11/12 series


1) Control PCB

0
Screw (x2)
A20B-1000-0850
A20B-1000 -0900

8 Disconnect all connector cables from PCB.


Remove PCB by sliding it in the ®
direction after removing screws.

2) Power supply PCB

A 20 B— 1001
-0160 C

Screw (x4)

Bundled wire (fasten)

8 Disconnect the bundled wire (fasten).


Remove PCB by unscrewing screws.

- 490 -
7.13.1

3) Keyboard PCB

/I

Nut (x5) Flat cable

A20B- 1000-0870

A 20B- 1001-0200 (10TF)

.1) Disconnect the flat cable of soft key from PCB.


2) Remove nuts; then remove together with the fixing plate.
4) Soft key PCB

CRT

i i1/
O
A 20 B— 1000 — 0890
\

Nut (x4)

1) Remove nuts. Remove the soft key PCB together with the fixing board.

- 491
7.13.2

7.13.2 100/110/120 series


1) Main and sub CPU, Power supply PCB, ROM/RAM file, Bubble memory

Power supply PCB


Main CPU
Sub CPU
v

RAM file, ROM file


Supporting plate for PCB Up to 2 pcs.
Bubble memory

Pulling out direction of PCB

(D Remove the supporting plate for PCB after removing two screws (up and
down) on its.
© Each one of main-CPU, sub CPU, power supply unit, RAM/ROM file and
bubble memory can be pulled out along to a rail after rising up the
ejector.

2) Keyboard PCB
1 Removing of control

Flat
cable
a I
I

Screw
(x4) I

s
s
N

Disconnect the cable connected to PCB and flat cable for keyboard signal,
then control section can be remove by removing the above four screws.

- 492 -
7.13.2

(T) Removing of keyboard

Nut (x5) Flat cable (To soft key)

Keyboard PCB

Remove the keysheet from front, then remove the keyboard PCB.

3) Replacement of key sheet

Screw (x6)

CED
a

(T) Remove the screw to detach the escutcheon. Then remove the escutcheon
and sheet and replace the new sheet.

4) Softkey PCB
The procedure is same as 14" CRT/MDI for 10/11/12 series.

- 493 -
7.14

7.14 Replacing Methods of 14" CRT/MDI Graphic Unit (vertical type) PCB (10/11/12 series)
1) Control PCB

3,
\
A20B-1000-0850
o A20B-1000-0900

\
o Screw (x2)

Flat cable connector


Frame fixing screw (x2)

1) Disconnect the flat cable from keyboard.


2) Remove the frame fixing screws and open the PCB metal.
3) Remove screws and detach PCB.

2) Power supply PCB A20B-1001-0160

Keyboard PCB A20B- 1000-0880 -


A20B-1001-0270 (10TF)

Soft key PCB A20B-1000-0891

These PCBs can be replaced using the same procedure as In vertical type In
7.10.

- 494 -
7.15

7.15 Replacing Methods of PCB and Others Referred to Tape Reader

7.15.1 Replacement of PCB of tape reader without reels photoamplifier

T7 B A

5
% I
1
S-
?s
!q Sr
2
2 H O
5
O 2}

iwiliml

V
o O -[Adjusting position |
A
CNT3

1) Procedure
(T) Disconnect connectors CNT1, CNT2 in the arrow direction by unlocking
them as shown below.

0&H
o *

I Remove PCB by unscrewing four screws.


Mount new PCB by reversing the above procedure (2) (T) .
2) Adj-ustment
Adjust RVl and RV2 according to the maintenance manual (B-54815E).

- 495 -
7.15.2

7.15.2 Replacing methods of tape reader with reels PCB and fuses
1) Procedure
1 Disconnect connectors CD9 (CD8) and CP41.
2 Loosen the four screws on sides of the rear panel of the tape reader.
3 Detach PCB from the metal by pulling it upward as illustrated in the
figure below.

I Disconnect PCB cables from connectors (CTN2 - CTN5).


Remove PCB by unscrewing screws.

Screw : Screw :

> IxaJ
Bi

! §1111
i
ai ;
Screw
> SMI / :
(Adjustment)
9 |j ,!i Adjust the photoamplifier after replac¬
ing it.

Screw

CNT2 CNT3 CNT5

8 .1
/~
/
/ ... :W
1CNT4

\.x
I
A

(Replacement of fuses)

A: ' •
if

M
V A

m . , .
Replace fuses after elimi¬
nating the cause of blowout.

il-iy;;' >9
sgff E
CIMI
'EMg' >| n II
M
F.4 1 F42
K43
a
m mm mii
200V 24V 5V
Fuse Fuse Fuse CNT1

- 496 -
7.15.3

How to remove CD9, CNT2 , CNT3 , CNT4 ,


(3 pins) _
How to remove CNT1 and CP41
and CNT5

(Note) When connecting a


cable push it in
the direction op-
[ i posite Qmz after
setting it to mark

—w UJ —
Press
Press T of the
:
O =4 connector under
the unlocked con¬
dition, then lock

Ups the cable,


In this case, push
the connector
forcibly, other¬
wise the cable
cannot be locked.
The left figure
shows the locked
condition.

7.15.3 Replacement of capstan roller of tape reader without reels


Loosen the two set screws of capstan roller, and detach the capstan roller from
the motor shaft.

€>

©
Setscrew
i s®
©

©
o

7.15.4 Replacement of capstan roller of tape reader with reels

Upper cover

m
&

&
(I) Remove the upper cover.

©
? ANU C

Loosen screw

- 497
7.15.4

a (2) Remove the armature.

© ( 3) Remove the tape guide by


loosening M3 nuts.

(4) Remove the cover by


Armature loosening M4 screws.

M3 screw
FANUC
M3 nut

Cover
M3 screw

(5) Remove the tape guide by


loosening M3 nuts.

Tape guide

'M3 nut

Interior of cover as viewed from the bottom

Capstan roller
(6) Remove the capstan roller
by loosening two setscrews.

A®. Setscrew
Q
O

- 498 -
7.15.5

7.15.5 Replacement of brushes of tape reader with reels sole motor

® (D Four brushes are mounted in one


motor.
\ l
(2) Disconnect cables from these brushes.
<N f® O ®,

0.

Brush cap

(3) Remove the brush caps.

O ®j

\
\
\
I
®
I Remove brushes.
Assemble brushes after replacemeht by
reversing the above procedure.
© Securely connect cables to the same
[ !® O ®j place as before, otherwise the
rotating direction is reversed and
will cause an alarm.
'l

499
7.16

7.16 Replacement of PCB for Velocity Control Unit and AC Servo Amplifier

a o
PCB

JL

M OJ2 A
vw So
I

A 1 23 4 6 6 7
irinririr ii im

1) Procedure
© Disconnect the cables from connectors CNl and CN2 .
(CNl) (CN2)

— Ui
TONOH

p I ©
Iff

©
£
Loosen screw (a) , and pull Pull out the connector by pushing
out the connector by pushing (b) . the arrow-marked position.

© Pull the PCB forward by opening the locks with your finger, and the
PCB can be removed.

t V,
PCB -““ Release the lock

© Mount the new PCB according to procedure (2) and ©.

- 500 -
7.16

2) Setting and adjustment


Op Set the PCB in the same way as on the old one.
(2) Make adjustments as required according to maintenance manual.

501
APPENDIX 1

APPENDIX 1 CONNECTION DIAGRAMS

1.1 10 Series

ji
J2
J3 Power magnetic circuit
J5 (Machine side)

MIM2 M18 M19 M20


C±3 X£ J4

Al
A2
A3
I/O card Al ~ A3

9" small
(MDI) J 61
CA9
CRT/MDI
Interface CA4

][ PCB for
small
CRT/MDI
(CRT)
CA5 —01
J 62:
CN1 CN2
00B MPG :
Manual pulse
generator
unit (MPCO
CA3
(=3
J 63 ? T J
DC 24 V
J 64 T78 I/O
CD1
device
Tape reader
with serial
interface
CD8 (with reels) Punch panel

][
---
PMC AC power CNT4 (without reels)
cassette CP41 (with reels)
(without reels)
j
O j

Digital a AC servo
J 2 10
(Command) CV21

J 220 (1st axis)


O
o ( —0[ motor

(Feedback) CF91 CN2 ][]


(Command) J211
CV22
(Feedback)

(Spindle
CF92

CA1
J 221

J 65
\ [ CNlSe rvo
Digital

amplifier
(2nd axis)qsf2
Tl
i?Q
v
p-
j
t —Ot
AC servo
motor

command)

(Position coder)
J 66
CA2 Servo

_ —° trans¬ 0
h,pu.

1( ROM/RAM board ]
5 -Q £
Spindle speed
control
Position coder
former

CT2IB JU—
J 212
fÿ-QL AC servo
1C PCB for
additional
CP9IB ]
Q—
CV22B ] Q—
MH CN1amplifier
servo
Digital
Tl j O-
' 0“
f O
HIC motor
axis
CF92B ](K yÿJ 222
(3rd axis)CN2
Jft
Master PCB Digital AC servo

]
(J 213
|j [ CN1servo
amplifier
Tl (o HH motor

J 223
(4 th axis) CN2 QQ
Servo
[ Option card 1 High-speed skip signal or trans¬
AC
CA8 ][] J 68
{ High-speed measuring
position reach signal
former
AC
input

100 V

Power unit
CP 14 i
1 I
ON/OFF signal
f— o o— ON button
OFF button

CPU
CP 15 in

M u DC24V
CP3 CP4 CP5 CP6
If small CRT/MDI is mounted with
NC cabinet, ON/OFF button is
attached NC at delivery time,
Input unit
O
Battery {][ CP2 input
unit

Fig. 1.1 (a) 10TA/10MA total connecting diagram


(Digital servo, 9" small CRT/MDI and I/O card A1 ~ A3 are used.)

505
APPENDIX 1

Connection Connection
unit 1 unit 2

C01
J 50 ;
C09 HFÿ
J 51 CIO
C02
COP4C03
J 52 , Cll ]Fÿ Machine
J 53 C12 ](Hÿ , side
DC 24V
CP51 C04 magnetic
C05 J 54 C13 inJ59j circuit
ccrecp55

COP 2
\
U J 69 Flat cable
J 70 JJ
COP1 ] Optical cable

9” small
J 61 CRT/MD1
Interface CA4 CA9
MPG
it
PCB for
small
CRT/MDI
CA5 J 62
CN1 CN2 [MPG| [MPG| |MI>Q| Manual pulse
generator
unit
(MPG) CA3
DC 24V J- J 63 ? f 1
J 78
J 64 I/O
CD1 device
Tape reader with
serial interface Punch panel
Jl [ CDS (with reels)
PMC 'ACpower u " CNT4 (without reels)
it
Os
Cassette supply CP41 (with reels)
>“3
(without reels)
o
J 25
Digital O {] [AC servo
(Command) CV21
J 210
on servo
amplifier
rQ { O
n r motor

(Feedback) CF91
J 220

J 211
(1st axis)
CN2 ffi
(Command) CV22 J 26
AC servo
J 221 Digital jO motor
(Feedback) CP 92 CN1 servo
amplifier
T1
lO
<
J 65
(Spindle
command)
CA1 (2nd axis)CN2 ][]-
J 66
(Position coder) CA2 Servo
y~o trans¬
AC
input
Spindle speed former
] ROM/RAM board ][k control

-[][ Position coder


J 27
J 212 Q[
]J ;r AC servo

U
CV21B
][ PCB for Digital o
—flt motor
additional CV91B
axis
CV2213
CNlservo
amplifier
(3rd axis)CN2
T1
t ]0o
CP 9213 ][L J 222

J 213 rt _ Digital ( O
AC servo
Q[CN1 servo T1 1 —D[ motor
amplifier t o
(4th axisW][}
Master PCB J 223
Servo
CD2 ] [}
AC
][ Option card 1
CA8](}
J 68
|
High-speed skip signal or
High-speed measuring
trans¬
former
input

;> position reach signal AC


3 100V
a ON/OFF signal
{ ON button
°a— OFF button
CP14 IF
Power unit

CPU
CP15
DC24V
1 I /
"Q

If small CRT/MDI is mounted with


NC cabinet, ON/OFF button is
CP3 CP4 CP5 (P6
attached NC at delivery time,
O AC
Battery Input unit input
CP 2
unit

Fig. 1.1 (b) 10TA/10MA total connecting diagram


(Digital servo, 9" small CRT/MDI and connection unit are used.)

506 -
APPENDIX 1

C0P4 Machine
AC power I/O unit side
CF31 ' magnetic
circuit
Alarm signal
co o T1

C0P2
\
Optical cabie
C0P1 D
9” small
CA9 CRT/M
DI
Interface CA4
PCB for MPG
CD1 ][ CRT/MDI
small CA5 CN1 CN2 |MPC| [MPG[ |MPQ| Manual pulse
generator
unit
(MPQ)CA3
DC24V
1 f
J 64 J 78 I/O
device
Tape reader
with serial
interface
X Punch panel
AC power CD8 (with reels)

H PMC
Cassotte
supply CNT4 (without reels)
CP4 1 (with reels)
-0 (without reels)

Digital AC servo
(Command) CV21
J 210

J 220
servo
amplifier
(1st axis)
1 o-
{i —DI motor

(Feedback) CF91 CN2 ][}


J 211
(Command) CV22 J 26

(Feedback) CF92
J 221 nrl
HllCNlÿrvo TJ( f O
_ motor
AC servo

J 65 amplifier Q
r—01
(Spindle
CA1 (2ndaxis)CN2 |[|-
command)
(Position coder) CA2 J 66 Servo
>-o trans¬
Spindle speed former input
_
J ROM/RAM board
[
control

Position coder
J212
in PCB for
J [ additional CT21BJS
CF 0 ] Q
91
v-Ot
Digital
CNlservo i
a
r —Dt
AC servo
motor

axis amplifier [ o_
CV22B J[J (3rd axis)CN2
CF92D ][]--. J 222 ]Q.
J 213 Digital AC servo

]
Q[CN1servo
amplifier
(4th axis)
I
'll
(.ÿng
motor

J 223
Master PCB
CD2 ][} Servo
trans¬
AC
Option card 1 J 68 High-speed skip signal or input
CAS ](} { High-speed measuring former
position reach signal
AC
toov
ON/OFF signal —
CP14 ] { —-6 o ON button
Power unit

CPU
CP 15 j n_
MlJDC24V
1 6
—o
If small CRT/MDI is mounted
NC cabinet, ON/OFF button is
i n— OFF button

with'
CP3 CP 4 CPS CP 6 attached NC at delivery time. AC
a input
Battery CP2 Input unit
unit

Fig. 1.1 (c) 10TA/1OMA total connecting diagram


(Digital servo, 9" small CRT/MDI and I/O unit)

507
APPENDIX 1

Connection Connection
unit 1 unit 2

J 50 J 54
C01 J
C09
J51 J 55
C02 CIO
J 52 , J 56
COP 4 C03 Cll Power
magnetic
DC 24V J 53 J 57
C12 circuit
CP51 C04 (Machine
J 58 J 59
C05 ] [} C13 side)
CP 52 CCDi CCD2CP55

COP2][}
COP1
Optical cable Tl J 69Plat cable
J70
Flat
cable
Connect ion
unit for
9” standard or operator’s
14" color CRT/MDI panel
COP 3 CMD ][Fÿ[ CDM CMl]J
AC power CM2 ] [} Machine
CP21 (9” standard) CP24 10-ÿt CDP operator’s
O (14" color) CD1 CA3 CM3 ] Q- pane!
ON/OFF signal J cp cp CM4]ÿ
Tape reader

J75
with serial
interface
CD8(with reels
MPG MPG
EEy MPG
Manual pulse
generator
CDl

Jir
CNT4
(without reels)
cp4i
J 63
2 i
(with reels)
(without reels)
J 64 I/O
PMC device

it Cassette V-*

% Punch panel
a J 25

J 210
u
< Digital O U[ motor
AC servo
(Command) CV21 servo nr
CN1 amplifier O-
O-
J 220 (1st axis)
(Feedback) Qpgj CN2

(Command) J 211 J 26
CV22
Digital O AC servo
(Feedback)
(Spindle
command)
CF92

CA1
J 221

J 65
[ CNlscrvo
amplifter l Q_
(2nd axis)QNl
I
Tl<
][]
O-
motor

(Position coder)
J 66 Servo
CA2 AC
trans¬
input
Spmdlespeed former
_
J ROM/RAM board
]Qÿ {][
control

Position coder
J 27
J 21 2
072113 Ijj AC servo
Ifj PCB for
j[ additional CF9113 ]
axis
D
Digital
CNlservo Til[ O-
<O
—0[ motor

amplifier O-
CV22B]Q- (3rd axislpsÿ ][]-
J 222
CF92B ] (k J 28.
Digital O- AC servo

}
CNlscrvo
amplifier
(o motor

(4thaxis)CN2 ] [)
J 223
Master PCB Servo
CD2 ] AC
[ Option card 1 CA8][} J 68 High-speed skip signal or
{High-speed measuring
trans¬
former
input

position reach signal AC


100V
ON/OFF signal
CP14 HH (JV6
Power unit
CP15 ]
2, e±j
6
CPU CP 3 CP4 CP5 CP6
AC
a input
Battery {][ CP2 Input unit
unit

Fig. 1.1 (d) 10TA/1OMA total connection diagram


(Digital servo, 9" standard or 14" color CRT/MDI and connection unit are used.)

508 -
APPENDIX 1

Power
COP 4 magnetic
AC power circuit
CP 31 I/O unit (Machine
side)
Alarm signal
CO o T1

>
COP2
Optical Flat
cable cable Connection
COP1 I'M
unit for
9” standard or 14" color operator’s
CRT/MDI panel
COP3 CMD CDM CM1
AC power
[][M CP21 (9” standard) CP24 ]fpÿ4][ CDP CM2 10— Machine
operator’s
-~o (14" color) CD1 CA3
CM3 panel
ON signal 9 CM 4 ] O'
Tape reader
with serial
interface |MP0| MPoj
MpQ MPG
Manual pulse
J75 nr generator
CD1 30- ~U L
[
(with reels)
CNT4
(without reels)
J63 l 1 ?
0jCP41 J64 I/O
(with reels)
(without reels)
device
PMC
][ Cassette
Punch panel
a
U J 25
< Digital a AC servo

!Q
J 21 0
(Command) CV21 Os} j servo T1, O motor
amplifier v
J 220 (1st axis) ’
(Feedback) CF91
J 21 X
(Command) CV 22 J26
Digital O AC servo
(Feedback)
(Spindle
command)
CF92

CAl
J 221

J 65
m[CNl*ervo
amplifier
(2nd axis)
I
Tt

OM2
o- motor

--
J66
(Position coder) C A 2 Servo
AC
r~° trans¬
input

j ROM/ RAM board ][} control _


Spindle speed former

-[][ Position coder


J 22 J 27
AC servo

—Qt
CV21B
][ PCI! for
additional CF91B
axis
V-OI
Digital
CN1servo
amplifier
T1 o ( O motor

CV22B IjO-
CF92B
(3rd axis)CN2 ][]
J 222
Digital a AC servo

]
J 23
(] [ CN1servo
amplifier
(
tlp-
motor

(4th axis)CN2 ] []
J 23
Master PCD
J 67 Data I/O device Servo
CD2 ][) AC
J£ Option card 1
CA8 ]Q-
J 68 High-speed skip signal or
|High-speed measuring
trans¬
former
input

position reach signal AC


100V

CP 14 ] J76 ON/OFF signal


1
v
Power unit
C3
CPI 5 ] 6
CPU CP 3 CP4 CPS CP6
AC
Input unit O input
Battery
O unit
{][CP2

Fig. 1.1 (e) 10TA/10MA total connecting diagram


(Digital servo, 9" standard or 14" color CRT/MDI and I/O unit are used.)

509
APPENDIX 1

I/O card
D1 ~ D3
J1
L6AI
D
O
to MS J2
O Power magnetic
COP 4 to
M8 J3 circuit
(Machine side)
DC 24 V M19 J5
CP 51
J4
M20

COP 2
\ Optical Flat
/ cable cable Connection
COP1 unit for
<7>
i- 14” color operator’s
CRT/MDI panel
COP3 CMD CDM CM 1 10—,
AC power
O CP24 CDP
CM2 10—
hn
Machine
operator’s
CD1 CA3 CM3 ] 0- panel
ON/OFF signal ? cp cp CM4 ID—'
MPG
Tape reader
with serial
interface
|MPG| |MPQ| |MPQ| Manual pulse
generator
J 75
CD 1 —0[CD8
(with reels)
J 63 T ? ?
Jircim
(without reels) J 64 I/O
X~~ CP41 device
PMC (with reels)
][ cassette (without reels) lN Punch panel
J 25
Digital {][ AC servo
(Command) CV21
J 210 (ÿ1servo
amplifier
Ti
vO —Dt motor

J 220 (1st axis) CN2


[J Q
(Feedback) CF91
J 2 11
l J 26
(Command) CV 22

(Feedback) CP 92
J 221 l-|j| Digital
CNIservo
amplifier
Tl {• -Q[ motor
AC servo

(Spindle J65 (2nd axis)CN2


command)
CA1
J 66 Servo
(Position coder) CA2 ][]ÿ trans¬ O —CfVO— input
AC

Spindle speed former


]
5
ROM/RAM board control

- 0[
- Position coder
J27
J212 AC servo
PCD for CV21B ][] Digital JHit motor
][ axis
additional CP91B ][} CN1servo
amplifier
(3rd axis) c>N2
TL
I[] []
J 222
AC
100V

][ Conversational
function card
Master PCB
CD2 ]
j|Option card 1CA8][f J 68
( High-speed skip
\
signal or
High-speed measuring
* position reach signal
ON/OFF signal

Power unit

CPU
CP 14

CP 15
]|K
] il
CP3 CP4 CP5 CP6
—.
, 6

AC
Input unit
o input
O
Battery {][CP2
unit

Fig. 1.1 (f) 10TF total connecting diagram


(Digital servo, 14" color CRT/MDI, and I/O card are used.)

510 -
APPENDIX I

Connection Connection
unit 1 unit 2
C01 ]Q J5Q C09 ]D—
C02
OOP 4 CO 3
in_ J 52>
CIO
Cll
][]_J_55/
]D__J56, Power
magnetic
DC 24V CP51
004
CO 5 in
]Q_
JsaJ Cl 3
Cl 2
iiMa
]Q_J59j
circuit
(Machine
side)
!TP52 CCD1 CCD2 CP55

COP 2
*. Optical O1
Flat cable
«) 70
TT
cable Flat Connection
COP1 cable unit for
14” color operator's
CRT/MDI panel
Q [ COP3 CDM CM1 ID— 1
Machine
AC power
o CP24 CDP CM2 .ID—
operator’s
CD1 CA3 CM3 ][]- panel
ON/OFF signal ? CD CM 4 10—
Tape reader
with serial
interface
j MPQ j |MPQ| |MPO| MPG
Manual pulse
J 75 generator
CD1

rOt CNT4
CD8
(with reels)

(without reels)
J63 7 T 7
~0 CP41 J64 I/O
(with reels) device
][ PMC
Cassette
(without reels)
Punch panel

J 25
Digital O AC servo
(Command) CV21 J210 CN1 servo
amplifier
( motor

(Feedback) J220 (1st axis) CNZ


CF9 1

(Command) C V 2 2 J211
AC servo
Digital
(Feedback) CF92 J221
I
[ CN1 servo
amplifier
Tl (l o- motor

(Spindle
command) CA1 J65 I (2nd axis) CN2[][)
J 66 Servo AC
(Position coder) CA2
M> trans¬ 0 — input

j ROM/RAM board ][k control _


Spindle speed former

{] [ Position coder
J 212 AC servo
CV21B ] Q.
PCD for J motor
][ additional OF91B
axis
] [J-
Digital
CN1 servo T1
(
O
Hit
amplifier v10"
(3 rd axis) CNZ ]Q
r J222
rÿ~»
AC
100V
Master PCB
][ Conversational
function card

CD 2 ]
][ card 1
Option

“ÿin J 68
High-speed skip signal or
( High-speed measuring
position reach signal

ON/OFF signal
Power unit
CPI 4 UK
CPI 5 ]
cpn CP3 CP 4 CP5 CFG
O-
AC
input
Battery -Q[ CP2 input unit
unit

Fig. 1.1 (g) 10TF total connecting diagram


(Digital servo, 14" color CRT/MDI, and connection unit are used.)

511
:
APPENDIX 1

COP4 Power
magnetic
AC power I/O unit circuit
CP 31 (Machine
side)
Alarm signal
co
t-- O T1

COP 2

COP1 ]|} > Optical


cable TP

14” color
Flat
cable Connection
unit for
operator’s
CRT/MD1 panel
OOP 3 CDM CMl 10—1
AC power
O CP24 DOÿO CDP CM2 ID—
Machine
> operator's
CD1 CA3. CM3 ]Q_- panel -
ON/OFF signal 9 C=2 CM4
ID—J
Tape reader
with serial
interface |MPG| |MPQ| |MPpj MPG
Manual pulse.
generator

CD 1
J75 nr CD8
“U[ (with reels) J 63 y y y
CNT4
>-{] [ (without reels)
-O 4CP41 J 64 I/O
(with reels) device
PMC (without reels)
][ Cassette
4>
Punch panel
g J 25
<x
AC servo
3 Digital O-
(Command) CV 21
J 210
J 220
fllcNl servo
amplifier (
T1 o-
(1st axis) CM2
O
motor

(Feedback) CF91 ]0
J 211 \ J 26

3.
(Comm and) CV 22 AC servo
J 221 Digital a
(Feedback)
(Spindle
CF92

CA1 J65
[ CN1SC rvo
amplifier
T1 a
(2nd axis)CN2
! JJJ
\ p—
motor

command)
J 66 Servo
(Position coder) CA2 ]J
Spindle speed

O trans¬
former
AC
input

j ROM/RAM board JQ. —spoilt roL

'-[j [ Position coder


J 27

Mi_
J 212
]0' AC servo

n PCB for CV21B motor


additional CF91B ]
axis
Q"
Digital
servo
fO
Tit O— Hit
amplifier l O—
J 222
(3rd axis) CN2 ][J
nh
AC
100V

][ Conversational
function card

Master PCB
CD2 ]
H Option
card 1
CA8][}
J68 High-speed skip signal or
{ High-speed measuring
position reach signal

CP14 ] ON/OFF signal


Power unit
CP 15 ] 6
CPU CP 3 CP 4 CP 5 CP 6
AC
O-
Battery
=3. {] £ Qp2 Input unit input
O
unit

Fig, 1.1 (h) 10TF total connecting diagram


(Digital servo, 14“ color CRT/MDI, and I/O unit are used.)

512
APPENDIX 1

j i
J2
J3
Power magnetic circuit (Machine side)

n
J5
J4

C±J CZJ C±3


Mi M2 M18 M19 M20
At
A2
A3
I/O card A l ~ A3

9” small
J 61 CRT/MD1
(MDI ) CA4 CA9

( CRT)CA5
J 62 MPG : Manual pulse
CNl MPO MPQ MPG
CN2 generator

<MPO)CA3
J 63
DC 24 V
cp
T T 1
J 78
J 6-1 */0
CD 1 device
Tape reader

CDB
with serial
interface
CD8
(with reels)
\ Punch panel
CNT4

[ PMC
cassette
AC power
(without reels)
CP41
(with reels)
(without reels)
O
J 25
(Velocity
T1 o AC
J 10 1st Axis J 20 Servo motor
command) CV 1 CNl velocity CN5
control Tl O
J 15 unit
(Feed back) CF1 CN6 CN2
Tl
J 26
AC
(Velocity TI O
command) CV2
Jn CN5
J 21 Servo motor
CNl 2nd Axis
velocity
J 16
control Tl a
(Feed back) CF2 CNC unit CN2
Tl
J 27
AC
(Velocity
J 12
Tl o J 22 Servo motor
command) CV3 CNl 3i<i Axis CN5
velocity
control Tl O
J 17
(Feed back) CF3 CN6 unit CN2
Tl
JD—
O—O-N-O- AC
(Spindle Servo
J 65 Spindle speed control transfotmer Input
command) CA l

J 66
(Position coder) CA2 Poshion coder

J 28
Tl Q
J 13 J 23 Servo motor
PCB for CV 4 CNl 4th Axis CN5
additional velocity „
control 11 O
axis J 18 unit
CF4 CN6 CN2
Master PCB Tl

CD2]Q Servo
CA6
][ Option card l
J 68
High-speed skip signal or
transformer
o— hJ*
CAB ]fl High-speed measuring
position reach signal
AC
100V

CP 14 ]
Power supply unit

CP 1 1
CP 1 5 30— V J)C24
1I I
CP 3 CP4 CP5 CP6
£
ON/OFF signal —O O— ON button

~~Q I Q OPP button
If small CRT/ MDI is mounted with
NC cabinet, ON/OFF button is
attached NC at delivery time. AC
Input unit o Input
Battery CP2
O
unit

Fig, 1.1 (i) 10TA/1OMA total connecting diagram


(Analog servo, 9" small CRT/MDI and I/O card A1 ~ A3 are used.)

513
APPENDIX 1

Connection Connection
unit 1 unit 2
J 50 J 5*1
C01 009
J SI CIO J 55 y
C02

COP4 003
J 52 , Cl 1
J 56 .
Machine side
J 53
Oi2
J 57 ,
Magnetic circuit
24V DC C04
CPS I
005
J 58 J Ci 3
J 59 J
CP52 CCD1 CCD 2 CP55

TJ
cp

COP 2
T J 69 Flat cable
J 70

COP1 i
\ Optica] cable

9“ small
<MD( ) CA4
J 61
OA9
CRT/MDI

J 62 MPO MPC. MPG


MPG : Manual pulse
(CRT) GAS CN1 generator
ON2

(MPG) CA3
J 63
DO 2-1 V
c=n
MJ
J 78

J 64 I/O
CD 1 device
Tape leader
with serial
inter face
CDS
(with reels)
\ Punch panel
CNT4
PMC <n (without reel*)
AC power CP41
cassette “5
(with reels)
-o (without reels)

T) a /ÿ4[ AC
(Velocity ,3 20 servo motor
J 10 1st Axis CN5
command) CV 1 ON 1 velocity
control T1 O
J 15 unit
(Feed back) CFi TD CN6 ON 2
T1

T1 a AC
(Velocity J )) J 21 servo motor
command) CV2 CNl 2nd Axis CN5
velocity
J 16 control T1 a
(Feed back) CF2 CN6 unit GN2
TI
J 27
AC
Tl O servo motor
(Velocity J 22
command) CV3 J 12 CNl 3rd Axis ON 5
velocity
control Tl o
J 17
(Feed back) CF3 ON 6 unit CN2
Tl

(Spindle
command) CA1
J 65 Spindle speed conirol
VJD
Servo
transformer O — 0ÿ-0-
AC
Input

(Position .] 66
coder) CA2 Position coder

J 28
Tl O AC
J 13 J 23 Servo motor
CV4 ON 1 4th Axis CN5
PCB for velocity
control Tl O'
additional J 18 unit
Master PCB axis CF4 ON 6 CN2
Tl

r-01 CA6 ][ Option card 1


CD2
J 68
High-speed skip signal or
Servo
transformer
O — CTM>“ Input
AC

CAB ][f High-speed measuring


position reach signal
> AC
X 5 toov
o
a
]D —O O— ON button
1
CP M
ON/OFF signal
Power supply unit
—Qi Q— OFF button
CP 15
DC 24 V CP3 CP 4 CP5 CPC
£ If small CRT/MDI is mounted with
CP11 NC cabinet, ON/OFF button is
attached NC at delivery time. AC
Input unit O Input
,> Battery CP 2
unit

Fig. 1.1 (j) 10TA/10MA total connecting diagram


(Analog servo, 9" small CRT/MDI and connection unit are used.)

- 514 -
APPENDIX 1

COP4 Power
magnetic
I/O unit circuit
AC power (Machine
CP3 I
side)
CO
r- Alarm signal
O Tl

COP 2
'f
Optical cable
COP i ] "5

9” small
(MDI >CA4
J61
CA9 CRT/MDI

< CRT ) CA5 J62


CNl
CN2 j MPoj |~MPQ| |MPQ| MPG : Manual pulse
generator

f 1 f
(MPQ)CA3
J 63

J 64
DC24V
J 78
J I/O
CDI
device

\
Tape reader
with serial
interface
CD8 Punch panel
(with reels)

][
CNT4
PMC AC power (without reels)
cassette CP41
(with reel*)
rm O

T1 O AC
(Velocity J to 1st Axis J 20 servo motor
command) CVl CNl velocity CN5
conlrol T1 O
J 15 unit
(Feed back) CF l CNG CN2
Tl
J 26
Tl Q AC
(Velocity J 11 J 21 servo motor
command) CV2 CN 1 2nd Axis CN5

(Feed back) CF2


j16
CNG unit
vc loch
contio r Tl Cr
CN2
Tl
J 27
Tl o- AC
(Velocity J12 J 22 servo motor
command) CV3 CN l 3rd Axis
velocity
CN5 10—
control Tl O
J 17
(Feed back) CF3 CN6 unl‘ CN2
Tl

(Spindle
command) CAl
J65
Spindle speed contiot
Servo
transformer — AC
o 0"vO— Input

(Position J6 C
coder) CA2 Position coder

J 28
Tl O AC
J 13 J 23 servo motor
CV4 CNl 4th Axis CN5
PCB for velocity
additional control Tl O'
axis J t8 unit
CP 4 CN6 CN2
Master PCB
Tl

AC
Hit CA6 CD2 Servo
-CrvO— Input
[ Option card 1
CA8][} J 68
High-speed skip signal or
High-speed measuring
vO transformer O

position reach signal


AC
1
toov
CP 1 4 ] —O O— ON button
Power supply unit

CPil
CPI 5
DC24V CP 3
1— cb
i
CP 4 CP 5 CP6
i —l
cb
t i
ON/OFF signal
—Oi O— OFF button
If small CRT/MDI is mounted with
NC cabinet, ON/OFF button is
Input unit
attached to NC at delivery timo. AC
O
_ Battery {J[ CP 2 Input
O unit

Fig. 1.1 (k) 10TA/10MA total connecting diagram


(Analog servo, 9" small CRT/MDI and I/O unit are used.)

515
APPENDIX I

Connection Connection
unit 1 unit 2
CO i
J 50 ,
COO
J 54 ,

C02
J 5I
CIO
J 55

CO 3
J52 , Cl 1
J 56
Power
J53 magnetic
Cl 2 J 57
DC2 4V €04 circuit
(Machine
cos][} J 58 , Cl 3
J 59 side)

<T>
1 J
q=l
_
CP52 CCDt
L_J
OCD2 CPS5

TJ69 Flat cable j


J
C-
hi

COP 2 J 70
X Optica] cable
COP l
/ Flat cable
9” standard or 14" color
CRT/MD1
/ Connection unit
for operator's
panel
COP 3 CM 1) CDM CM 1 1
CA4 ] AC power J 72 CM2 Machine
JJ £ (14"
CP2t (9" standard)
color) CD! CA3
CP2 4 CDP
CM3
operator’s
panel
-O
CA5 ] TZJ C__J
not to be used
ON/OFF signal J up 1=3 CM4 ]0—
CA3 ]

J75
Tape reader
with serial
interface
CDS
ggg MPG ; Manual pulse
generator *

CD! (with reels)


CNT4
(without reds)
J 63 ? ? ?
rfl[ CP4I

-—o
(with reels)
(without reels) J 64
I/O
device

][ PMC
cassette o
D
•t
\ Punch panel
<
J 25
TlO AC
(Velocity J 20
command) CVl
J 10 1st Axis CNS servo motor
CN L velocity
control
unit
T1 o
(Feed back) CF1
J 15 €N2
CN6
Tl
J 26
AC
(Velocity
Tl o J 21
J11 servo motor
command) CV2 -Ot CNl 2nd Axis
velocity
CN5
rp
1 1
.o
control
J 16
(Feed back) CF2 CNG unit CN2
Tt
J 27
Tl O AC
(Velocity JI2 J 22 servo motor
command) CV3 CN 1 3rd Axis CN5
velocity
control
T) a
J 17
(Feed back) CF3 CN6 unit CN2
Tl

Servo AC
(Spindle J 65 UD transformer O-<rX/0— Input
command) CAl ]Q Spindle speed control

(Position J 66
coder) CA2 (II Position coder

J 28
Tl O AC
Jl3 J 23 servo motor
CV4 CN l 4(h Axis CNS

[
PCB for velocity
additional control Tl O'
Master PCB Axis J 18
CP 4 CN6 unit CN2
Tl

] Servo
CA6
[ Option card i
CD2

CA8][}
J 68 High-speed skip signal or
High-speed measuring
transformer

position reach signal


AC
ON/OFF signal 100V
CP 1 4
1IH .
V-
J 76
Power supply unit
CP 15 ] L! it i i
O
CPI 1 CP3 CP4 CP 5 CP6
AC
Input unit o- Input
Battery CP 2
O unit

Fig. 1.1 (I) 10TA/10MA total connecting diagram


(Analog servo, 9" standard or 14" color CRT/MDI and connection unit are used.)

- 516
APPENDIX 1

C0P4
Power
AC power I/O unit magnetic
CP31 circuit
(Machine
side)
Alarm signal
O Tl

COP 2
Optical cable
C0P1 / <- Flat cable
9" standard or 14" color
CRT/MDI I Connection unil
for operator's
panel
COP 3 CMD CDM CMI 1

CA4

CA5

CA3
3
]

]
not to be used
AC power

---
ON/OFF signal
CP21 (9" standard)
O (14" color)

Tape reader
with serial
J
CD1 CA3
cp cp
Cl» 2 4
J7Z

MPO
CDP

MPG
CM2
CM3

CM4 ] |}
Machine
operator’s
panel

MPG : Manual pulse


MPG
interface generator
CDS
J75
CD I
—DC {wilh reels)
CNT4
(without reels)
J63 ? 1 7
r-QC

CP4t
(with reels)
*o {without reels) J 64 I/O
device

I PMC
cassette
u
iJ
*g. \
Punch panel
< J 25 ni

(Velocity Tl o AC
J 10 1st Axis J 20 servo motor
command) CV1
ID ON l velocity
control
CN5
Tl O
J15 unit
(Feed back) CF] ON 6 CN2
Tl
J 26
(Velocity Tl o AC
command) CV2 JI 1 J21 servo motor
CN1 2nd Axis CN5
velocity
control Tl O
J16
(Feed back) CF2 CN6 »«l* CN2 ]Q—
Tl

(Velocity Tl o
Jÿ-QL AC
J 12 J 22 nr servo motor
command) CV3
0- CN1 3rd Axis
velocity
CN5
Tl O-
control
J17
(Feed back) CF3
D CN6 unit ON 2
Tl

(Spindle Servo
J 65 MD transformer O—O'M}— AC
command) CA1
D Spindle speed conlrol Input
(Position
J CO
coder) CA2
0 Position coder

J 28
Tl a AC
J13 J 23 servo motor
PCD for
CV4 ]0 ON l 4th Axis CN5

[ additional
Axis CT4
ID-
J I6
CN6
velocity
conlrol
unit
Tl
CN2
IQ
o

Master PC8 Tl

]
[
Servo
rOC CA6 Option card 1
CD 2
J 68 High-speed skip signal or
X)
transformer
O—CTNÿO— AC
Input
CA8 Higlt -speed measuring
position reach signal
J
1 AC
l 00 V

CPI 4 ] J 76 ON/OFF signal


Power supply unit
C±D C±D
CPI 5] 6
CPI 1 CP3 CP 4 CP 5 Cl' 6

Input unit a AC
Daltcry CP 2 Input
unit

Fig. 1.1 (m) 10TA/10MA total connecting diagram


(Analog servo, 9" standard or 14" color CRT/MDI and I/O unit are used.)

517
APPENDIX 1

I/O card D1 D3 "‘w

J1
I'M!
“ J2
M2
g J3 Power magnetic circuit
COP 4 C? Ml 8
W (Machine side)
J5
DC24V Ml 9
CP5I
J4
M2 0

<71
t-

COP 2 ]D-
Optical cable
COP1 Flat cable

14” color CRT/MDI


CM1)
I Connection unit
for operator's
panel
CDM CM 1 I
COP 3

CM2 Machine
CA4
1 AC power
O CP 2 4 JIHÿC CDP operator's
CDl CA3 CM3 panel
CA5 ] not to be used
ON/OFF signal 3 t=P Cp CM 4

]
CA3 Tape reader
with serial
interface
CD8
j MPoj j MPC.j j j MPO
MPG ; Manual pulse
generator

J 75
CDl (with reels)
CNT4
(without reels)
J 63UJ
rD[ CP41
(with reels)
r-O (without reels) J 64 i/o
device

][ PMC
cassette Punch panel

J 25
Tl O {][ AC
(Velocity J 20 serYO motor
command) CVl
J10 CN1
1st Axis CN5
velocity
control Tl O
unit
(Feed back) CFl
J15 CN2
CN6
Tl
J 26
Tl O AC
(Velocity J 21 servo motor
JI1 CN 1 CN5
command) CV2 2nd Axis
velocity Tl O
control
(Feed back) CF2
,\ 1 6
CNG unit CN2
ID—
Tl
J27
AC
(Velocity Tl O- )22
JI2 servo motor
command) CV3 ]Q :-Dt CN1 3rd Axis
velocity
CN5
Tl a
J17 conlroi
(Feed back) OF 3 CN6 unit CN2
Tl

Servo AC
(Spindle o—oÿo- Input
J65 Spindle speed control transformer
command) CA1

(Position J66
coder) CA2 Position coder AC
100V

—1
I

Master PCB
I Conversational
function card

]
' D[ CA6
[ Option card 1
CD2

CA8][} J 68
High-speed skip function or
High-speed measuring
position reach signal

1
ON/OFF signal
CPI 4 ](H
Power supply unit
CP 1 5
3 1 —
I l 6
CPI 1 CP3 CP4 CP5 CP 6
AC
Input unit O Input
Battery CP 2
O, unit

Fig. 1.1 (n) 10TF total connecting diagram


(14" color CRT/NDI and I/O card D1 ~ D3 are used.)

518 -
APPENDIX 1

Connection Connection
unit ] unit 2
.15 0 J 54 J
CO I COO
J 51 ; J 55
CO 2 CIO

CO 3 J 52 , Cl l J 56 y
COP 4 Power
J53 J 57 magnetic
DC 2 4V CO 4 Cl 2 circuit
CP 51 (Machine
CO 5
J 58 CI 3
J 59
side)
CP5Z CCD1 (X7D2 CP55
LJ
an
7
<J>

COP2

/
Optical cable
J69 Flat cable
J 70 J
COP1 Flat cable
Connection unit
14" color CRT/MDI I for operator’s
panel

COP 3 CMI) CDM CMl I


CA4
0 AC power
O
CD) CA3
CP 2 4 Cl)P
CM2;

CM3
Machine
operator’s
panel
CA5
1 not to be used
QN/OFF sign at up 1=3 CM 4

CAS ] Tape reader


with serial MPO MPG MPO MPG ; Manual pulse
generator
Inlotface

CD 1
J75 CD8
{with reels)
CNT4
(without reels)
J 63 p y y
HlC CP41
{with reels)
- -o (without reels) J 64 I/O
device

][ PMC
cassette \ Punch panel
;

J 25 AC
T 1 O'
{Velocity J 10 1st Axis J 20 servo motor
command) CV1 CN1 velocity CN5
control T1 O
unit
J 15 CN2
(Feed back) CF1 CN6
T1
J 26 AC
(Velocity
T1 o J 21 servo motor
J 11 ON 5
command) CV2 CNl 2nd Axis
.1 1 G
velocity
control
T1 a
(Feed back) CF2 CN6 unit ON 2
T1 o

(Velocity J1 2
T1 a J 22
AC
servo motor
command) CV3 CNl 3rd Axis
velocity
CN5
T.
Jll
O
J 17 control
(feedback) CF3 CN6 unit CN2 ID
T1 O-

Servo
(Spindle J65
Spindle speed control
MD transformer O-Or\0-AC
Input
command) CAl

(Position J 66
coder) CA2 {1 Position coder
AC
100V
cb
Conversational
function card

Master PCB

]
t
CD2
r0[ CA6 Option card 1 High-speed skip signal or
J 68
CAS High-speed measuring
position reach signal

ON/OFF signal
CPI 4 ][H
Power supply unit
CPI 5 ] r-i cD 6
CPU CP 3 CP 4 CP5 CP6
AC
Input unit a
_ Battery {][ CP2 Input

° unit

Fig. 1.1 (o) 10TF total connecting diagram


(14" color CRT/MDI and connection unit are used.)

519
APPENDIX 1

COP 4
Power
magnetic
AC power I/O unit circuit
CP3 1
(Machine
side)
Alarm signal
T1
T'

COP 2
Optical cable
T Flat cable
COP i
14” color CRT/MDI I Connection unit
for operator's
panel
COP 3 CMD COM CM l I
AC power CM2 Machine
CM ] O CP24 CDP operator's
CDI CA3 CM3 panel
CA5 ] not to be used
ON/OFF signal ? C=3 C=3 CM4

CA3 ] Tape reader


wjlh serial
interface
| MPoj j j j j
MPO MPO
MPG : Manual pulse
generator
CD8
.J 7 5
CD l
(with reels)
CNT4
(without reels)
J 63 T T ?
rC1C CP41


,* O
(with reels)
(without reels) J 64
]Q I/O
device

fi PMC
cassette c
•*
£
u
\
Punch panel

< J 25
Tl O AC
(Velocity J 10 1st Axis J 20 servo motor
command) CVl CN 1 CN5

J 15
veiocll
contco
unit
r T1 o
(Feed back) CFl CN6 CN2
T1
J 26
T1 a- AC
(Velocity J21 servo motor
J1 L CN5
command) CV2 CN 1 2nd Axis
velocity Tl O
control
J 16 unit CN2
(Feed back) CF2 ON 6
Tl
J 27
AC
Tl
f 12 J22 servo motor
CV3 CN1 3rd Axis CNS
velocity
control O
J17
CP3 CN6 unit CN2
Tl

(Spindle
command) CAl
J 65
Spindle speed control
Servo
transformer O -CTUD- Input
AC

(Position J 66
coder) CA2 Position coder
AC
100V


I I

] Conversational
function card
Master PCB

CD2 ]
HJ[ CA6
][ Option card l
CA8][} J 68 High-speed skip function or
High-speed measuring
position reach signal

ON/OFF signal
CPI 4 ]
Power supply unit
CPI 5 ] —
I
CP3
l
CP4

CZ3
I I
CP5 CP6
L—J

CPI 1
AC
Input unit a Input
Battery CP2
O unit

Fig. 1.1 (p) 10TF total connecting diagram


(14" color CRT/MDI and I/O unit are used.)

- 520 -
APPENDIX 1

1.2 11 Series

Punch panel
J G4 C -3 J6
I/O J71
device
J 63
cm
CA3
CRT/MDl
unit
CMD

CP 24
J 72 •IIc-Be
**
J8
Machine side
operator's panol

fiffi QN/OFF CP21 COP 3 Emergency

H
Manual pulse uT J9 stop
generator J77 SSCMI AC 1 0 0 V
Optical cable

r
J76

f
J 54 C0P1
C09
J 55 §
CIO' J 210
J 56 L CV21B ]Q— CN1 Digital i
J 25

J 57
J 59
C,1J1
C12
C13
'compot
'ÿJ70
CF91D HK servo
{]JcN2anÿlir,ei
Regenerative discharge unit
7~x1 (AC motor
Machine side CP55 HK Axis
Magnetic
circuit J 50
CAHl J[ control
PCB J220
i
(11 CO!'01553 IIP
_
U1j
J51 COJDMIJQ
C02 §
J 52 o J 211
C03 CV22B CN1 Digital , J26
J 53 CF92B HK servo
Bflcÿafei J 79
fldcN2amP,ifiei
J 58
DicosCWh 1
Optical cable: Regenerative discharge unit AC motor
COP2
J 221
Machine side I
Magnetic I/O unit J73
circuit CP31
J 74 J 212
A1 CV21B CN1 J 27

nl
Digital
CF91B UK servo
Note 1) CN2amplifter
J 80 (
CAT Regenerative discharge unit
Tape reader CD5 AC motor
J81 Axis $
CAH2 IE PCB
control
J 222

PMC
cassette
J213 J 28
CV22B H}- CNl
Digital
External
position
display
J82
J 83
—HI CAi 1
CF92B HK servo
CN2amp!ifier
Regenerative discharge unit
ril AC motor

L>
Position coder for J—1JC6A J 223
1st axis —HI CA2A

S-analog output _
J65A
•--HE CAICAH3
A
CV21B ]{\—
J 2 14
CNl J 29
for 1st axis
r—iJ 66B 1! Digital
Position coder for
2nd axis
S-analog output
OD CA2B ATUJ «K
control
PCB
servo
CN2 amplifier
Note 2) The 5 th axis can
not used in the
system (1ITT)
for 2nd axis
High-speed skip/ High speed
—— J65B
J 84
CA1B Regenerative discharge unit
AC motor
111at is provided
2nd spindle.
measuring position reach signal
J 85
CA8 i
Magnet switch method zero
point signal
—— |[ CA 1 2 J 224
[ CD3
l CD4
Note!) CAT: Tape reader without reels
CD5: Tape reader with reels Servo
CPI 2 trans- ( h
CP14 Stabilizing circuit former
CPU CPI 3 Magnetic
err
Fuse contactor
J 90
ij,i
Servo
ON/OFF DOR/DOF trans-
-fl[ CP3 former
CP5 Input unit
CP4
CPC EXR
EXS
AC input

Fig. 1.2 (a) 11 series total connecting diagram


(Digital servo without separated pulse coder)

- 521
APPENDIX 1

Punch panel
J6
VO J64
CD1 CMD
J71
oii CM!

device CRT/MDI unit: J72 oil- IM2 Machine side

U-ihH
J 63 CP2 4 operators panel
CA3
QVOFF CP21 y Emergency stop
IP4 ID-ÿ -QO- AC 1 00 V
Manual pulse
generator J7 7

J 76
T °
Optical cable

J 54 COPi
009
n
J55 J 10
010”
I CV1 CN1Veloctly % J25

il
J15 control unit'
J 20
J 56 CPI CN6 (AC)
mg CNEIIQ
CN2
J 57 «
C12
gCDDz JU IFT Regeneialive discharge unit AC
J 59
C135CTSS )ÿ J70
' — 4 motor
Machine side Inductosyn preamplifier Inductosyn
Magnetic circuit
J 50 CPK )Q—' CP31
J 100
oJ 105

01"’I ID—
CO! j no
ODD! CF21
J51
§ J31 J 26
J 52 CV 2 CN1Velocity \
Oi cosi6 control unitf

il
J 16 J 21
CP2 CNO (AOCN5DD
J 53 4:04
o J 79 CN2
gci‘51
J 58
C0SU00P4 1D*-ÿ
l
Optical cable
Regenerative discharge unit
4
fAcÿn|
I motor
COP 2
Inductosyn preamplifier Inductosyn
J 1 01 J10S
CP 3 2 -Dd 4
Machine side
I/O unit
CP 2 2
jni y
J 73
Magnetic circuit CP31
J74 J 32 CN1Velocity J 27
AL CVS
J 17 control unit
CF3
3% (AC>CN5|]Q .12 2

U
J80 Regenerative discharge unit AC
Tape reader 4 motor
J 81 Inductosyn preamplifier Inductosyn
J 102
CF33
J11 2
oC3 J107 j
CF23

PMC
cassette
J 33 J 28
CV4
control unit]
CF4
J18 CNG J 23
(AOcNshQ.
External
J8 2 CA1 1
CN2
1
Regenerative dlschage unit AC
position J83 motor
display 4
Inductosyn preamplifier Inductosyn
J 1 03
CP3 4 cC3 4

o
J 113
J 66 CF24
Position CA2
coder
J 34 CNlVelocily ) J 29
CV5 control uniti
J19 J 24
CF5 CN6
Sanalog output
High-speed skip/
High-speed measuring
J65

J 84
CAl

CA8
CN2
<AQcN5m>
Rcgenc r at ive discharge unit
u AC
position reach signal J85 motor
Magne switch method
zero point signal
CAl 2
[ CD3
CF3 5
J 1 04
*
Inductosyn preamplifier
ilOOr
Inductosyn
]
jut y
CD4 CF25

S ervo
177, Cl>12
U( CPll stabilizing circuit transformer
CPU cpi 3 Magnetic
pusc cojitactor
J90 J 91
R
iofV01TCP2 Cl‘1 Servo
M0N/BDK hransformery-'
-D[ CF3
CP 5
Input unit
CP 4
CP6 EXR
/EXS<
AC Input

Fig. 1,2 (b) 11 series total connecting diagram


(for Analog servo without separate type pulse coder)

522
APPENDIX 1

I/O
device
—m
J 64
CD 1
CRT/MDI unit
CMD
\\\ J71

J7 2
mrtlf,
c«&CM2 Machine side
J 63 CP24 JQ
CA3
aVQFF CP21 0)1*3 ||UM3
i>‘ J8 operator’s panel
Emergency stop
Manual pulse generator a j|cM. J9
AC100V
J 77

J76
I Optical cable

R
J 54 c-i COPl
cw_r

J 55 J 30
CIO 3 J 25
§ CV1 [ CNlVeloclty
J56 5
CM i;
g
CF1
J35
Kn?a0
CN2
J 20

Ti
J57
J 59
ClÿyCDOZ lÿ9
lu
J70 Regenerative discharge unit AC
CI3 2CP55 |0A, <5 motor
Machine side
Magnetic circuit
J 50 iO-' i
cot « Separated !“”| _1
J51
C02.2
3

TJ
KH J31
pulse coder 1

J52 CV2 J 26
C03 § J 36
J 53 <3 CF2 I CN6 (AC) CW5D1} J 21
COl J7 9 CN2
Ct’Sl
J 58 OOIM ID-
06 > Regenerative discharge unit AC
I
tOptical cable
COP 2
4 motor

Machine side I/O unit J 73


Separated [pa-*1
pulse coder |
_ |
Magnetic circuit CP3 J
J7 4 J32 J 27
CV3
CF3 J3 7 1|CN»ÿ,p J 22
"1CN2 K
J80 Regenerative discharge unit AC
Tape reader motor
J81
i
Separated
pulse coder I I
PMC
cassette
CV4 J3 3 J 28
J 38

u
CF4 ( (AC) J 23
CN5
CN2
External
position
J8 2
CA1 J _ ,_rn
Regenerative discharge unit I AC
J83
display 4 motor

Position
coder
O JOG
CA2
CV5
J34
of J 29
h
Separated
pulse coder

J39

S-analog output J65 CA1


CF5
J ™6
CN2
WOCNSIIQ J24

High-speed skip/
High-speed measuring J84 CA8 Regenerative discharge* unit AC
position reach signal $ motor
Magnet switch method J8 5
CA1 2
zero point signal ii
[ CD 3 Separated P
pulse coder I I
{ CD4

CPI 2
{][ CP14 Stabilizing circuit
u Servo
transformer!
CP11 CP 13 Magnetic
cf Fuse contactor
J90 J 9t

> ON/rit’F CP2 CPI


R i Servo
BOJVtoF transformer <

mcp*
CP3
0I»5 Input unit t
CP6 EXR (
/BXS
AC input

Fig. 1.2 (c) 11 series total connecting diagram


(for analog servo with separate type pulse coder)

523
APPENDIX 1

1) 11TT servo axes and spindle connection diagram


a) For analog servo
i) When additional axis is not connected
NC
Servo axes

1st axis XI Tool post 1

2nd axis Z1

X2 Tool post 2
3rd axis
© Common spindle
(for 1 spindle system)
Spindle
Spindle
•(for
For tool post 1
2-spindle system)

4th axis Z2

For tool post 2


5 th axis Spindle 2 (for 2-spindle system)

ii) When additional axis is connected to tool post 1

Servo axes

1st axis XI Tool post 1

2nd axis Z1

3rd axis Additional


axis

Spindle Spindle

4 th axis X2 Tool post 2

5 th axis Z2

iii) When additional axis is connected to tool post 2

Servo axes

1st axis XI Tool post 1

2nd axis Z1

3rd axis X2 Tool post 2

Spindle Spindle

4th axis Z2

Additional
5 th axis axis

524
APPENDIX 1

b) For digital servo

1st axis

2nd axis
•Without additional axis XI Z1, X2, Z2
(

•With additional axis XI, Zl, additional axis (tool post 1)


X2,Z2
3rd axis
XI, Zl , X2, Z2, additional axis
4th axis (tool post 2)

each axis connected to 1st axis to 5th axis is above order.


5th axis

1st Spindle • Common spindle (1-spindle system)


» 1st spindle (2-spindle system)
spindle
2nd
spindle Spindle 2 2nd spindle

(Note) The additional axis can not be used when 2nd spindle is provided.

525
APPENDIX 1

1.3 12/120 Series


1) 12/120 series total connection diagram
(Connection other than servo system; Internal CRT/MDI and Built-in type I/O
unit are used.)

12/120
Jl40a
C22A
J 1 40b
C22B ][}
J 1 10 c
C22C
J 1 4 Od
C22D
J140e
Built-in type C2 2K
J 14 1a
I/O unit C23 A
J 1 4 1b
C23B
C23C
J 14 1 c Machine
J 14 1d side
C2 3D
J 1 4 1e power
C23E
J 14 1 f magnetic
C2 2A
J140g circuit
C22B
Built-in type J 140b
C22C
additional J 1 40 i
02 2D
I/O unit C22E J 1 40 j
(only for free J 14 1 j
C2 3A
standing type J14 1g
02 3D
B cabinet) J II 1 h
C23C
C23D J I4 1 i
02 3E J 14 1i

.16 3
MDI/CRT unit CAS

Manual pulse generator

Reader-puncher device
*
CD6 (Reader-puncher
interface;

Punch panel
0])7
ASR33/43 device
(20mA current loop)

J87
0 1P02/CD4 Reader -puncher interface

0 l PO 2/CD3 ]
J84
High speed skip/
0 1P0 2/CA19 High speed measuring
a
3 reach signal
g
r

3
o J65 Spindle speed
01P02 or 01P13/CA1 control circuit
a less than more than
8 axes 9 axes
*ÿ3 J66
01P02 or 01P13/CA2 {][ Position coder
cd

3
« 01P04/CA1 7A
J 130a
-Q[ 1st external
—< > position display
C
o J 130b
01P04/CA1 7B {j[ 2nd external
.a
M —9 position display
td
&
£ J 1 30c
{][ 3rd external
0 1P 1 3/CA 1 7C
'C
(U
VI Hybrid control — position display
8
rH
is is not
performed performed
1 l J 85a
01 P09 or 0 1 P0 7/CA1 2
J 85b
~
-1st 3rd axis
02P09 " 02P07/CA12 - 4 ~ 6th axis near zero signal
J 85c
0 3P09 " 0 3P07>/CA12 - 7 ~ 9th axis or
J 8 5d
04P09 " 04P07/CA12
J85e
~
10 12th axis reference point signal
05P09 " 05P07/CA12 ~
13 15 th axis

Input unit
AC power

526
APPENDIX 1

2) 12/120 series total connecting diagram


(Connection other than servo system; External CRT/MDI and Separate I/O unit
are used.)
Optical
12/120 cable I/O unit
o i po-i/cor2 COP 4 Macliine side
73 power magnetic
CP 3 1
circuit
J 7.1

External Connection
CRT/MDI unit for
01P04/COP1 COP3 CMD 10 01 CUM operator’s
I p-ot
Optical
CP2I CP24 10-01 CPD panel
CMI CM2 CM3 CM 4
cable p1 OQN/OPP Tp! F7 S S'
CD1 CA3
= cpT
Operator’s
panel

—<L— i— i-i—
i—

Manual pulse generator


Reader-puncher device
CD6 (Reader-puncher
Punch
interface) _
panel
ASK33/43 device
(20mA current loop)

J 87
01P0 2/CD4 Reader .puncher interface

0 1 P0 2/CD3
High speed skip/
J84
0IP02/CA19 high speed measuring
reach signal
less than more than
6 axes 7 axes
.-H l 1
a3 01P02 or 01P13/CA1
J 65 Spindle speed
control circuit
1ÿ4
a
3 .166 -Q[ Position coder
o 01P02 or 01P13/CA2
1
.2
J 130 a
01P04/CA17IJ -01 1st external
M —Q position display
J 1 30b
Of F04/CA17H {][ 2nd external
P
—Q position display
u J 1 30c
o 0 1 P i 3/CA 1 7C {][ 3rd external
O
Hibrid control —p position display
1 rO
is is not
performed performed
I
8 or
I
7/CAI
0 I P09 0 1 P0
l
2
J85a
-1st ~ 3rd axis
J 85b
<N 02P09 » 02P07/CAI2
J 85c
-4 ~ 6th axis Near zero signal
04
03P09 " 03P07/CA12
0 4 P 0 9 " 04P07/CAI2
J 85 d
_7 ~ 9tli axis
TO ~ 12th axis
or
reference point signal
J 85e
05P09 " D5P97/CAI2 13 ~ 15th axis

CPU 'I

CP 3

CP 6
Input unit

AC power

527
APPENDIX 1

3) 12/120 series total connecting diagram


(Servo system signal connection; when a pulse coder, a resolver and an
inductosyn are used in DC servo motor.)

12/120 Velocity control unit


J 30 a
01 P0G/CV1 CN) 1st axis
J3 1 a
" /CV2 CN 1 2nd axis
J32a
" /CV3 CN l 3rd axis
J 3 0b
02P06/CV 1 CN l 4th axis
J 3 1b
" /CV2 CN 1 5th axis
J 32b
" /CV3 CN 1 6th axis
J 30c
03P06/CV1 CN 1 7 th axis
J 31c
" /CV2 CN 1 8th axis
J32c
" /CV3 CN 1 9th axis
J 30d
04P06/CV1 CNi 10th axis
-
v/CV3
/CV2
J 3 Id
J 3 2d
CN i
CNi
lltli axis
12th axis
J 30c
05P06/CVI CN i 13th axis
J 3 1c
" /CV2 CN i 14th axis
- /CV3 J32e
CNi 15 th axis

DC servo motor
01P06/CF5 1 J & f\/l 6 5a 1st axis
J 6 a/J 6 0a
« /CF5 2 2nd axis
J 7 a/J G 7 a
" /CF5 3 3rd axis
J 5 b/J 6 5b
02P0G/CF51 4th axis
J Gb/J 6 6b
" /CF5 2 5 th axis
J 7 b/J 6 7b
-H*
" /CF53 6 th axis
a
P 03P06/CF5 l J 5c/J 6 5c
7 th axis
J 6 c/J 6 6c
" /CP 5 2 8th axis
J 7 c/J 6 7c
a " /CF5 3 9th axis
o J 5d/J 6 5d
o 04P06/CP51 10th axis
J6d/JG6d 11th axis
1 /CP 5 2
J 7 d/J 6 7 d
12th axis
.2 " /CF53 J 5 c/J 6 5 e
K3 05P0G/CF5 1 13th axis
x)
/CF5 2 J 6e/J 66c
Ctj v
14th axis
M J 7 e/J C 7 e
" /CF5 3 15 th axis
a
p Industosyn
rÿH J 1 10a J 105a
0 IPO 7/CP 7 1 ]Q 1st axis
£
o
o -- /CF7 2
/CF7 3
)Q
]Q
J 1 1 la
J 1 1 2a
2nd axis
3rd axis
J 106a
J 107a
.2 J 1 1 0b J 1 05b
GO
a 0 2P0 7/CF7 1 ]Q-
J 1 lib
4th axis J l 06b
rO v /CF7 2 )Q- 5 th axis
‘G
4>
CO

LO
- /CF7 3
O3P0 7/CF7 1 ][}
)Q
J 1 12b
J 1 10c
6th axis
7 th axis
J l 07 b
J 105c
o J 1 1 1c J 106c
cs " /CF7 2 ]Q 8th axis
J 107c
J 112 c
" /CF73 |Q. 9th axis
J 1 I0d 10th axis J 1 05d
04P07/CF71 IQ
J 1 lid J 1 06d
" /CF7 2 jQ 11th axis
- /CP 7 3 ]Q
05P07/CF71 ]Q
J 1 1 2d
J 1 1 0e
12th axis
13 th axis
J 10 7d
J 10 5 e
J llle J 106 c
" /CF7 2 ]Q 14th axis
- /CF73 ]Q
J 11 2c
15 th axis
J 107 e

Industosyn preamplifier
J 10 0 a J 105a
01P07/CF3 1 1st axis J 10 6a
J 101 a
" /OF 3 2 2nd axis J 107a
J 102a
" /CF3 3 3rd axis
J 1 00b J 105b
0 2P07/CF3 1 4th axis
J 101b J 10Gb
" /CF3 2 5 th axis
J 102b J 107b
" /CP 3 3 6 th axis
J 10 0c J 1 05c
03P07/CF31 7 th axis J 106c
J 10 lc
" /CP 3 2 8th axis
J 102c J 107c
" /CF3 3 9 th axis
ji o0d J 10 5d
01P07/CF3 1 10th axis
J 10 1d J 1 0 >3 d
" /CF32 11th axis
J 1 02d J 1 07d
" /CF3 3 12th axis
J 1 00c J 105 e
05P07/CF31 13 th axis
J101c J 1 0 6e
" /CP3 2 14th axis
J 102c J 1 07e
" /CF3 3 15 th axis

- 528 -
APPENDIX 1

4) 12/120 series total connecting diagram


(Additional detector connection)
Separate type pulse coder,
12/120 linear scale, magnescale
J i 50a
0 IPO 9/CP 61 1st axis
J 1 51a
" /CFG 2 2nd axis
J l 52a
" /CFG 3 3rd axis
a 02P09/CFG 1
J \ 50b
J l 51b
4 th axis
» /CF6 2 5 th axis
•3 %3 J 152b
M
* /CFG 3 6th axis
S rH
0 3 P0 D/CFG 1
J 1 50c
7th axis
8 a J 151c
o « " /CFG 2 8th axis
o J 152c
o 9 th axis
<d
.O " /CFG 3 J 1 50(1
oo 1
O
04P09/CF61
J 151(1
10th axis
<D
'ÿ*3 " /CFG 2 11tli axis
3 J 1 52d 12th axis
" /CFG 3
V5

O J 150c
CM
r-H
cd 05 PO 9/CF6 I 13 th axis
15 1C
" /CFG 2 14th axis
J 152c
" /CFG 3 15 th axis
For pulse input type

12/120
Separate type resolver
J 155a
0 1 P09/CF7 1 1st axis
J 1 5G a
M
" /CF7 2 2nd axis
J 15 7 a
" /CF7 3 3rd axis
a
3 0 2 P0 9/CF7 1
J 1 55b
4th axis
-H J 1 56b
a a " /CF7 2
J 1 57b
5 th axis
6th axis
" /CF7 3
O J 155c
o U 0 3P09/CF7 L 7 th axis
J 1 56c
.a o
o
* /CF7 2 8th axis
cd J 1 57c
" /CF7 3 9th axis
CO
<D
1 04 P09/CF7 1
J 1 55(1
10 th axis
J 1 5Cd
<D
" /CF7 2 11th axis
Si
3 J 1 57d
12th axis
o " /CF7 3
CM cd J 1 55e
0 5 P09/CF7 1 13th axis
J156e
" /CF7 2 14th axis
J 1 57c
* /CF7 3 15 th axis
For resolver

Induetosyn
12/120 J 1 1o f J 1 05 f
01P0 7/CF71 Jit 1st axis
J111f J i 06 f
" /CF7 2 JO- 2nd axis
J112f J 107 f
" /CF73 ]Q- 3rd axis
J 1 1 0g J 1 0 5g
02P07/CF71 ]0 4th axis
Jills J 1 06g
" /CF7 2 ](} 5 th axis
.M 1 2 g J 10 7 g
" /CF7 3 ]Q- 6 th axis
J i ion J 10 5 h
0 3P0 7/CF7 1 ][} 7th axis
a " /CF7 2 ][). J 1 1 1h
8th axis
J 10 6 h
J112h J 10 7 h
" /CF7 3 JQ- 9th axis
h 0 4P0 7/CF7 1 ][t J 1 10 i
10 th axis J 1 05 i
a
o J 111i J 1 0G j
o " /CF7 2 ][ÿ 11th axis
J 112i J107i
1 " /CF7 3 ][f 12th axis
o 0 5P0 7/CF7 1 ](} J 1 10 j J 105 j
13th axis
J 111 j J 106 j
•-3 " /CF72 ][}- 14th axis
-a
cd - /CF7 3 jn-
J112 j
15tli axis
J 107 j

Induetosyn preamplifier
I 01 P0 7/CF31 J 100 f
j ioi r
1st axis
J 105 f
J 106 f
P " /CF3 2 J l 02 f
2nd axis
J 107 1
a " /CF3 3 3rd axis
o
o J 1 OOg J 1 05g
o
02P07/CF31 4th axis
J 10 1 g J 1 0 6g
s>
cd " /CF3 2 5th axis
& J l02g J > 07g
Si " /CF3 3 J1o0h
6th axis
J 105h
•a 03P07/CF3 1 7 th axis
<D
c/J

o
- /CF 3 2
J10 1h
J 10 2h
8th axis J 1 06h
J 107h
(N " /CF33 9th axis
J100 i J 1 05 i
04 P07/CF31 10th axis
CM J 10 6 i
JJJLL1 11th axis
rH
" /CF32
J 102 i J 107 i
" /CF3 3 12th axis
100 i J 105 j
05P07/CF31 13th axis
J 10 i i JioGi
" /CF3 2 14th axis
J 1 02 j J 107 j
" /CF3 3 15th axis
For induetosyn
529
APPENDIX 1

5) 12/120 series servo system connecting diagram


(When DC motor is used.)

12/120 J5~7 or J65~67


01~05P06/CF51~53
Velocity control
fl
01-05P06/CV1-3
J30-32 unit
CN1
CN2 T1
T:
J40-42
\
DC motor with a pulse
0-0 coder or resolver and
cp Emergency stop tachogenerator
100 VAC

Servo
trans- 6- AC power
former

Pulse coder or resolver is used as a position detector.

Optical scale
magnescale
12/120
01~05P06/CF51~53
Velocity control
zi

01~05P0 6/CV1~3
J30-32 unit
CN1
CN2T1
T
J40~42
\
DC motor with
a tachogenerator
Emergency stop
100 VAC

Servo
trans- 6- AC power
former

Optical scale or magnescale is used as a position detector.

12/120
J100-102 Inductosyn J105M07
01~05P07/CF31~33 preamplifier Inductosyn scale

01~05P07/CF71~73 J110-112 5
3
Inductosyn slider

J65-67
01~05P06/CF51~53
Velocity control
11
Z)

01~0 5 P 0 6/C V 1 ~3
J30-32 unit
CN1 T1
J40~42 \T
DC motor with
CN2 T1 a tachogenerator
-o~c>
Ip Emergency stop
100 VAC

Servo
trans- o- AC power
former

Inductosyn is used as a position detector.

- 530 -
APPENDIX 1

6) 12/120 series servo system connection diagram


(When AC motor is used.)

Velocity control
12/120 unit
J15 ~17 J20-J22
01~05P06/CF51~53 CN6 CN5

01~05P06/CV1~3 —
J10 1 2
CN1
J25-27

CN2 T1 \
T
Z!

AC motor with
Emergency stop a pulse coder
100 VAC

Servo
trans¬ -AC power
former

Pulse coder is used as a position detector.

Optical scale
Magnescale
Velocity control
12/120 unit J20-J22
01-05P06/CF51-53 ]Q- ' [ CN6 CN5 ]D
J30--32 J25-27
01~05P06/CV1~3 JD- CN1 Tl 6-
Z1
CN2 Tl
0-0
AC motor with
Emergency stop a pulse coder
100 VAC

Servo
trans¬ AC power
former

Optical scale or magnescale is used as a position detector,

12/120
J100-102 Inductosyn J105-107
01~05P07/CF31~33 preamplifier Inductosyn scale

01~05P07/CF71~73 —
J110 11 2 Lj * Inductosyn slider

Velocity control
unit
J20-J22
01~05P06/CF51~53 JD [ CN6 - CN5
01-05P06/CV1-3
J30~32
CN1
J25--27 f
Z3
CN2 T1
i=r AC motor with
a pulse coder
Emergency stop
100 VAC

Servo
trans¬ AC power
former

Inductosyn is used as a position detector.

531
APPENDIX 1

1.4 100 Series

Connection Connection
unit 1 unit 2
J 50 J 54
C01 C09
J51 J 55
CO 2 CIO
COP4 CO 3 J 52 J 56
Cl 1 Power
DC 2 4 V
CP51 CO 4
J 53
J 58
Cl 2
J 57
. circuit
magnetic

(Machine
CO 5 J 59
Ci 3 side)
CP52 CCD1 CCD2CP55

COP 2
x
r J 69
Plat
cable
J 70
7 T
COP1 D Optical cable *r
r-
1 Plat cable Connection
unit for
CA7 CD 16 operator’s
panel

1 CRT/MDI CD13U If)


interface PCB JU
AC power
-O
CD 13
CRT/MD1
CMD lOÿt
CP24 10ÿ1CDP
CDM CM 1

CM2 Machine
operator’s
CD15 CD12 CA3 CM3 panel
ON/OFF signal 9 cp CM4

Tape reader

J75
with serial
interface 0SB MPG
Manual pulse

r
CD8 generator
CD1 (with reels)
CNT4
J 63 ? f
HH
-~0
(without reels)
CP41
(with reels)

[ PMC
cassette B
3
o
(without reels)

J 25
o
O AC servo
J 210 Digital
motor
(Command) CV 21 CN1 servo Tl
amplifier
J 220 (1st axis)
(Feedback) CP9 1 CN2 10—
(Command) CV22
J 21 1 l J 26
AC servo
J 221 Digital motor
(Feedback) CF9 2 [CN1 servo 11 &
amplifier O
(Spindle J 65
command) CA1
(2nd axis)
CN2QQ
(Position coder) J 66
Servo AC
CA2 dans* input
Spindle speed former
control
ROM/RAM board ] (]
{] [ Position coder
J 212 J 27
CV21B ] [} AC servo
/ —Dt
! PCB for
additional
axis
CF9 ID ] [}
CV22B
?Ht QJV] j Digital
servo
amplifier
Tl
O
(3rd axis) CN2 ][}
<y motor

CF92B 1th J 222


O AC servo
1213 Digital
{][CN1 servo Tl —Dt motor

1
Master PCB (
amplifier . 1
jo-
(4 th axis) CN2 ][}
J 223

} Servo

I Option card 1
CD2
CAB ][}-
J 68 High-speed skip signal or
High-speed measuring
position reach signal
trans¬
former
AC
input

AC
100V
ON/OFF Signal'
CP14 JIH J 76
Power unit

CPU
CPI 5 1 1
CP3 CP4 CP5 CP6
AC
O
Battery =5 {] [ CP2 Input unit
<y
input
unit

Fig. 1.4 (a) 100T/100M total connection diagram


(Digital servo and connection unit are employed)

532 -
APPENDIX 1

COP 4 Power
magnetic
AC power I/O unit circuit
CP3 I (Machine
.side)
CO
r-~ Alarm signal
o T1

COP 2
Optical cable
CD
] €•—
Connection
Flat cable unit
,-5 CA7 CDll> for
operator’s
COP 1 CRT/MDI CRT/MDI
interface
PCB
CD13B ] [} CDI3 CMO CM1
AC power
CP24 llPÿt ::DP CM2]Q- Machine
operator’s
CD 15 CD12 CA3 CM3 panel
ON/OFF signal ? CD CM4

J 75
Tape reader
with serial
interface 000
y
MPG
Manual pulse
generator
Cbl CD8
(with reels)
CNT4
J63 ? ?
rOl
r~0 CP41
(without reels)

(with reels)

I PMC
cassette
5
a*
(without reels)

Digital a J*M)[ AC servo


(Command) CV21
J 21 0

J 2 20
tit™* servo
amplifier
(1st axis)
'pi
( O
— 0[ motor

(Feedback) CF91 CN2 ](}


(Command) CV22
J21 3 \ J26
Digital O AC servo
(Feedback) CF92
J 22 1
CM servo
amplifier
T1 (Q
1
motor

(Spindle
command)
CA 1
J 65 (2ND axis)
CN2 ffi
(Position coder) J 66 Servo

former —
AC
CA2 >—0 trans¬ o oo- input
Spindle speed
ROM/RAM board ][} control

Position coder
J 27
CV2 113 hft J 21 2
/ r-dl AC servo
PCB for
additional
axis
CF91B
CV22B
]D
]Q
TUt CN 1 Disi,al
servo
amplifier
Tl {O
a motor

CF92B ]Q 222
(3rd axis) CN2 ] Q--
J 28
a AC servo

Master PCB
w*\
servo
amplifier
(4th axis)
T1
11
(
CN2p Q-
— DI
motor

J 223
Servo
]0
[ Option card 1
CD 2
CA8 J 68
(
High-speed skip signal or
High-speed measuring
— O trans'
former
O“0x-0— input
AC

position reach signal AC


100V

CPI 4 ]0 U76 ON/OFF signal


Power unit
CP15 ]D
CPI 1 CP4 CP 5 CPb
AC
Battery
unit
X CP 2 Input unit O input

Fig. 1.4 (b) 100T/100M total connecting diagram


(Digital servo and I/O unit are employed)

533
APPENDIX 1

1.5 110 series

Battery
0
unit

C±3

CD15CD16CD7 JG
s on
J63
[ (.’1)12
CRT/MD1
CMD

CP2M
J71

J 72
i
oi.
r|pf2 J7
-Machine operator’s
fl[CA3 panel

Manual pulse
go n era tor
655 J 77

J 70
ON/OPPCP21 CD 13
J
C3
i|“ * j"
Emergency stop
-Oÿ)-AC 100 V

, J54 CRT/MDI interface


PCB
J55
nicios vn
c *. CV21B ]Q_
J 21 0
CNl Digital < J 25
J 56
gj ciiJi
J 57
J 59
Cl 2
Cl 3 55
cot
Cl
J62
J7 0
CF91B ][K

Axis
servo
-Q[ CN2 amplifier

Regenerative discharge unit


rii i—i n
AC servo
control motor
Machine side
magnetic
CAH1
II PCB i
cabinet J 50 001 CPI]
51
J 220

J51 CDD
m°*.i t
J 211

J 53
J58
J52
DDC03!
I
C0|uCP
51
J 79
CV22B
CP92H ][k
CNl Digital
servo
fl[ CN2 amplifier
<
J 26

I
CCB CO AC servo
ptical cable Regenerative discharge unit
COP 2 motor

J 22 1
Machine side
magnetic I/O unit J 73
c,>3.
cabinet
Al' ) - -
J71 CV21B |jj_ J212
HI CNl Digital J 27

Tape reader
J 80
Note 1)
CAT
CDS
CF91B Jit servo
HI CN2 amplifier
Regenerative discharge unit
i
AC servo
Axis motor
J81
CAM 2 control
II PCB C
J 222

PMC
cassette
CV22B )Q_ J 21 3 J 28
HI CNl Digital
External
position
display
D
J82

J 83
CAl l
CP92B ](V servo
HI CN2 amplifier
Regenerative discharge unit
rU AC servo
motor
GCA
Position coder for 1st axis
CA2A J 223

S-analog output for _ J65A CAl A J 21 4 J 29


CV2 1B CNl Digital 1 (
1st axis CAl 13 ir
1
J66B CP91B Plk Note 2) The 5th axis can not
Position coder for 2nd axis servo used in ihe system
For 2nd spindle ot CA2B Axis CN2 amplifier.
of 110TT S analog output for
v J65B
control
PCB ri (110TT) that is
provided 2nd spindle.
2nd axis CAl 11 Regenerative discharge unit AC servo
J84 motor
High-speed Skip/High speed
Magnetic switch method .185
CAS
--|][ CAl 2
i
J 224
zero point signal D[
DE
Servo
Note 1) CAT: Tape reader without reel CPI 2 trans- .
CDS: Tape reader with reel HI CPI 4 Stabilizing circuit former
CPU CPI 3 Magnetic
Fuse conlaclor

__
J90

AVOFP CP2 CPI


I
J9 1

Servo
trans- .. ,_
LOR/BOF

-
QQCP3
QI CP5
former

CP4 Input unit


CP6 EXR
/BXS
AC input

Fig. 1.5 110 series total connecting diagram


(Digital servo without separated pulse coder)

534
APPENDIX 1

1.6 Connecting of Input Power Supply

1) In case of free-standing type

—O U

V
-o y TP1 of input unit
(M5 screw terminal)
W
o w
200/22QVAC 30 60 Hz a
or 200 VAC 30 50 Hz
200~550VAC 30, 50/60 Hz
o© M5 screw terminal
when multitap transformer is used)

2) T series/M series built-in type 1, M series built-in type 2-2, built-in type
3, and unbundled type

R
o R
TP1 of input unit
S (M4 screw terminal)
o S

200 /220V AC l')1' 60 Hz


o© M4 screw terminal
or 200 VAC 10 50 Hz

3) In case of M series built-in type 2

R
R
TP1 of input unit
S (M5 screw terminal)
o S

200/220VAC 10 60 Hz G
or 200V AC 10 50 Hz
200-550VAC, 10 50/60 Hz
o© M5 screw terminal
when multitap transformer is used)

535
APPENDIX 1

4) In case of T series built-in type 2 (for domestic use)

U
& U

V
zO V

w
o W TC5 of terminal unit 1
(M5 screw terminal)

G
O G

X) R
220/200VAC 30 60 Hz
or 200VAC 30 SO Hz
X) S

Attached cable

5) In case of T series built-in type 2 (for countries other than Japan)

U
o u

V
o V

w
o w TC5 of terminal unit 1
(M5 screw terminal)
G
O G

200A o R

200D o s

Control unit export transformer for overseas use


(A80L-0001-0176)

200-550VAC 30 50/60 Hz

(Note) Connect the control unit transformer as shown in this figure, if the
export transformer does not satisfy the power supply condition shown in
(4). Then remove the attached cable.

- 536 -
APPENDIX 1

6) In case of 10/100 series panel-mount Type

Power supply unit 6-pins connector, black (made by Nihon Bumdy)

1 2. J1
cm
R S G ] Input unit or power ON/OFF circuit
4 5 6
PA PB

Connection diagram with input unit used

10/100 control unit Connector Input unit

CP 11
]Q 0C CP 2
1 2 3
1 2. 3.
R S G
R S G
4 5 6
4 5 6
PA PB
PA PB

TP 1 M4 screw terminal

R
R S
S
©
G

f f f
200V AC, 10,50 Hz
or 200/220VAC, 1ÿ, 60 Hz
TP 2 M4 screw terminal
EON EOF COM
EON EOF COM

? f f
ON/OFF button

For details of input unit, see 8).

- 537
APPENDIX 1

7) In case of11/110 series panel-mount type


Unlike 10/100 series, our input unit should be used.

Connector
Input unit
11/110 SMS3PK-5
CPU CP 2
1 2. 3
1 2. A CP J 90
R S O 11 ]ÿ-- [ CP2 R s Q

Connector
SMS6PW-5 CPI
CP 13 1 J 3 I 3 i 11 5 i a
ll a | a | 4 | 5 ( a CP 13 J91 CPI 1 2 3 4 5 C
1 2 3 4 5 6 ]
TP 1 M4 screw terminal
R s
R s Q

»|9
200VAC, X'P. 50 Hz or
TP 2 M4 screw terminal 200/220VAC, 10.50 Hz
EON EOF COM
EON EOF COM

ro) © (o)

ON/OFF button

538
APPENDIX 1

8) Input unit
The input unit receives AC input power signal and ON/OFF button signal. It
feeds the ON-OFF controlled AC power to the control unit and peripheral
units.

i) Connection block diagram

Fuse
u.v.w
3$ input /f -CKO-
for servo L' -OÿJO-
Magnetic contactor

ON/OFF-controlled "TL
200/220VAC, 10 | o Io
200/220VAC, if
input 0.3 A p Ip Ip
To servo
transformer
ON/OFF button is
mounted on MDI
panel in case of
niiIa
05 co
O O O O

CP 2
:
i
i
}— nit
o o (3P, black) I CPU
standard type or
14” color CRT/ §
2 a
H K CPI
(6P, white)
CPIS
Master PCB --11/110

--
MDI unit. H Power
I supply
ON CP2 I unit cpn
button 0 O EON (6P, black) Master PCB
1 Power - 10/100
n I Qr-
I I— o O EOF CP3 l supply
o O COM (3P, black) ]|D umt

OFF FA -
button O ' CP 4 I
(3P, black) ]iD—\
O FB CP21 Standard type or
TP2 CP5 14” color CRT/
(3P, black) MDI unit
CPG -il
- (3P, white) J|
I
CPU Separate tape
i
i reader
i
J L OI

A
Input unit is
bounded by ON/OFF controlled
a dotted line 200/220VAC
CP 31
TPI, TP2 M4 screw terminal I/O unit
Alarm signal

Tl
M3 screw terminal

539 -
APPENDIX I

ii) Power system connector terminal layout


a) CP2 (10/100 series),
CP11 (11/110 series), CP31 6-pin connector, black
(made by Nihon Burndy)

1 2 3
R S G
PA, PB power ready signals
4 5 6
PA PB

b) CP2 (10/100 series) CP3 , CP4 , CP5 ,


CP11 (11/110 series), CP21, CP41 • 3-pin connector, black
(made by Nihon Burndy)

1 2 3
R S G

c) CP6 3-pin connector, white


(Nihon Burndy)

1 2 3 (ALA/ALB receive an alarm signal from


ALA ALB
I/O unit and turn off the system power
supply.

d) CPI 6-pin connector, white


(made by Nihon Burndy)

1 2 3 4 5 6 CPI control signal connector is used


1 2 3 4 5 6 for turning the 11/110 series
stabilizing power unit on and off.
Connect it with power supply unit
as a pair.

iii) How to control servo transformer input power supply ON/OFF


The ON/OFF-controlled 200/220 VAC, 1i> power supply can be obtained from
EXR/EXS terminals of terminal board TP1 of the input unit as shown in the
block diagram.
By connecting an electromagnetic contactor (to be prepared by machine
tools builder) to these terminals, the servo power supply can be turned on
and off in synchronization with the NC power supply.
Suppress the current to be lower than 0.3A.

540
APPENDIX 1

1.7 Connection Diagram for Each Unit


I) Connection to small CRT/MDI unit (10 series only)

NC CRT/MDI unit
CA4 (MR-20RMD) CA9 (MR— 20RFD)
1 *KCM11 14 *KCM04 1 14 *KCM04
8 *KCM02 8 *KCM02
2 *KCM00 15 *KCM05 2 *KCM00 15 *KCM05
9 *KCM03 9 *KCM03
3 *KCM01 16 *KCM06 3 *KCM01 16
10 *SW07 10 *SW07
4 *SW06
11 *SW05
17 *KCM07 ]pe, I 4 *SW06
11 *SW05
17
5 *SW04 18 *KCM08 5 *SW04 18
12 *SW03 12 *SW03
6 *SW02
13 *SW01
19 + KCM09 6 *SW02
13 *SW01
19
7 *SW00 20 *KCM10 7 *SWOO 20

CA5 (MR— 20RMD) CN1 (MR-20RMD)


1 VD03 14 1 VD03 14
8 OV 8 OV
2 HSYN 15 2 HSNC 15
9 OV 9 0V
3 VSYN 16 3 VSNC 16
10 OV J 62 10 OV
4 VD0 2

5 VDOl
OV
17

18
I I 4 VD02

5 VDOl
0V
17
18
12 OV 12 0V
6 19 6 19
13 13
7 20 7 20

M4 Screw terminal
CP 15 (SMS 6RN-4) CN2 (SMS 6RN-4)
J 78 1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2
0
3 4 5
0 + 24
6
+24 I 0 0 +24 +24

541
APPENDIX 1

2) Connection to standard CRT/MDI unit (10/11/12 series)

NC
Standard CRT/MDI
Optical cable
COP1 COP 3

(made by Nihon Burndy)


CP3 SMS3PK-5
i 2 3 J 76 CP21 1 2 3
CP3
R S G R S G

M4 screw terminal ON
EON EOF COM
rc®0 O -
@3
OFF
ON OFF COM . i=©COM
Oi O -
<5> M4 screw
terminal

Remove connecting fitting


( between EOF and COM when
connecting these cables.
Max 200 tn

542
APPENDIX 1

3) Connection to 14" color CRT/MDI unit


a) 10/11/12 series

NC External CRT/MDI unit

Optical fiber cable


COP1 COP3

Input unit
TP2
M4 screw terminal M4 screw terminal

EON EOF COM ONI ON 2 OPF1 OFF2


J77
ON OFF COM ON p_n n_n OFF

Remove the connecting fitting


COM
(
between EOF and COM when
connecting these cables.
)
CP 3 M4 screw terminal
SMS3PK-5 connector

1 2 3 / 200 A 200B Q
J7 6
R S G 200 A 200 B G

max 200 in

- 543 -
APPENDIX 1

b) 100/110/120 series

CNC CRT/MDI

CD13 Signal CD13


MRE20-RMA MRE20-RMA

Input unit
TP2: M4 screw terminal M4 screw terminal

EON EOF COM ONI ON2 OFF1 OFF2


Power ON/OFF
ON OFF COM ON COM COM OFF

I
Short using a short bar.
Remove the connection
attachment between EOF
and COM when connecting
a cable.

SMS3PK-5
Input unit
CP3 M4 screw terminal
1 2 3 200 A 200 B G
Power supply
200A 200 B G
] 200 A 200B G

2
(Note 1) A power cable 30/0.18 (0.75 nuiT) and over in gauge should be used.
(Note 2) For the signal cable, see the next page.

544 -
APPENDIX 1

4) Connection to connection unit

NC
Optical cable
COP2
ID {]£ COP4 Connection unit 1

CP51
J 79
CP 1 4 CP14 ]Q CP 51 1 2 3
1 2 3 24E OV
24E OV
SMS3PN-5
connector CP52
Z_ 3 T 5 6
5V 5V OV OV 24V 24V

CDD1 CP52

CD
Connector Connector
FAS-50-17 J 69 J 70 SMS6PN-5
[ ]

CDD2 CP 55

Connection
unit 2

CP 55
1 2 3 4 5 6
5V 5V OV OV 24\ 24V

- 545
APPENDIX 1

5) Connection to I/O unit

NC I/O unit

Optical cable
COP2 ]ÿ [
Connector Connector CP31
SMS3FK-5 SMS6P-1
1 2 3

fa[
CP 5
J 73
n s G
1 2 3 CP5 CP31 4 5 6
R S G
PA PB
Connector T 1 M3 screw terminal
SMS3PWS-5
CP 6 ALA ALB
1 2 3 ALA ALB
J74
A LA ALE CP6
© ©

- 546 -
APPENDIX 1

6) Connection to position coder

CA2 MRE20-RMD
Note) (CA2A, CA2B)

1 OV 14 SC Name of
Contents
8 signal
2 OV 15 *SC
SC, *SC Position coder C-phase signal
9
3 OV 16 PA
PA, *PA Position coder A-phase signal
10
4 +5V 17 *PA PB, *PB Position coder B-phase signal
11
5 +5V 18 PB
12
6 +5V 19 *PB
13
7 20

n NC

CA2(1)(2)(3) rs r\
-6 ov
CA 2 (4)(5)(6)
I
+ 5V-
fl—
CA 2 (16) PA O A (PA) Position coder
CA2 (17)
*PA N (*PA)
PB C (PB)
Position coder CA 2 (18)
input CA 2 (19) R (*PB)
>I<PB
B (SC)
as
SC-
CA 2
CA2
*SC-f T P (*SC)

I OG Twisted paired unified sliield cable


Earth plate
(Cable clamp)I characteristic impedance 100n

(Note) In case of digital servo


The position coder of 11/110 series and 11TT 1st spindle is connected to
CA2A, that of 11TT 2nd spindle Is connected to CA2B.

547
APPENDIX 1

7) Connection to manual pulse generator

CA3 MRE20-RMD

1 OV 14 Name of
Contents
8 HA1 signal
2 OV 15
HAK3 Manual pulse generator A-phase
9 HB1
signal
3 OV 16
10 HA2
HB1V3 Manual pulse generator B-phase
4 +5V 17
signal
11 HB2
5 +5V 18
12 HA3
6 +5V 19
13 HB3
7 20

NO

CA 3 (8)
Manual pulse -O HA 1 A5
generator ,

CA 3 (9)
4„b, =Lra|«;rs:«.o,
Power supply
output for
M.P.G

Manual pulse
generator
CA 3 (1)

CA 3 (4)

CA 3 (10)

CA3 (11)
4> OV
+5V

4 HA 2
--
-1 -A 3
A4

OH

CA 3 (2)

----
_ _.....
OV — O4 /

Power supply CA 3 (5)

t
-1-5 V -—O 3
output for
M.P.G

CA3 (12)
I --T-6 5
Manual pulse
generator

.......
CA3 (13)
HB3 -O 6 3rd manual
pulse generator
CA3 (3)
•AoV - 04

Power supply CA3 (6)


output for
M.P.G
4>+5V O3

/
NC earth plate
(Cable clamp metal)

- 548 -
APPENDIX 1

8) Connection to spindle amplifier

CA1 MRE20-RFD
Note 1) (CA1A, CA1B)

1 14 Name of
Contents
8 *ALMS1 signal
2 ENBLS1 15 ENBLS2
ENBLS1, Spindle enable
9 *ALMS 2
ENBLS2
3 16

4 *SPAL1
10
*ALMS 4 17 *SPAL2
*SPAL1, Spindle alarm
*SPAL2
11 *ALMS8
5 18
VCMDS, Spindle command voltage
12 ES and common
6 19 ES
13 *COMS
*ALMS K Alarm code signal and common
7 VCMDS 20
S8 *C0MS

Note 2 FANLIC spindle


CAl (2) ENBLS1 servo unit

CAl (15)
A ENBLS2

CAl (4) ALM1


<5 * SPA LI
CAl (17)
•X-SPAL2
ALM2 zr
CAl (7) DA 2
±12V, 2mA VCMDS
output
impedance E
CAl (19)
100 n

I
1
ES
t
CAl (8)
*ALMS 1
-x-ALl
A
CAl (9) *AL2
* ALMS 2
CAl (10) *AL4

>
*A LMS 4
I

CAl (11) -X\A L 8


4
>
*ALMS 8

CAl (13) COM


*COMS

(Note 1) In case of digital servo,


CA1A is used for 11/110 series and 11TT 1st spindle
CA1B is used for 11TT 2nd spindle
(Note 2) ENBLSl and ENBLS2 signals are turned on when the spindle command
voltage is effective. These NEBLS1 and NEBLS2 signals are not used
when FANUC spindle servo unit is used.

549
APPENDIX 1

9) Connection to separate tape reader


a) Connection between 10/100 series and tape reader without reels with
Reader/puncher interface

10/100 control unit Tape reader

DB-25S-T Made by Japan


Aeronautical
CD1 (MR-20RF) Electronics Co.
MR-20LMH or 1 FQ
1 2 3 4 5 0 V MR-50LMH 14
ER 2 SD
15
3 RD
A JL 10. 11 11 13 16
4
RD SD ] [ 5
17
14 15 16 17 18 lfl 20 18
CD SO DR CS RS 6 DR
19
7 SO
20
8
or 21
9
10
22
CD2 (MR-50RF) 23
34 35 30 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 11 RDY
24
12
RS CS DR CD SD RD SG ER Connector. DB-25P 25
Lock plate: D110278 13
Made by Japan Aeronautical
Electronic Co.) ,

M3 screw
CP4 terminal
1 2 3 200A 200B G
R S G ] 200A 200B Q

(Nihon Burndy)
SMS3PK-5

(Note 1) Connector CD1 is mounted on master PCB.


(Note 2) Connector CD2 is mounted on option card 1.
(Note 3) Connector CP4 is mounted on input unit.

550 -
APPENDIX 1

b) Connection between 10/100 series and tape reader with reels

F10 control unit Tape reader

CD1 (MR-20 KF) MR — 20LMI-I CNT7 (MR- 2 OEM)


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 or MR-50LMH 1 2. 1 I 5. 6. y
ER ER
8. 9 10 11 12 13 8 9 10 11 12 13
RD SD ] RD SD
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 14 I 15 I 16 17 18 19T20
CD. SG DR CS RS SG DR CS RS

or

CD2 (MR-50 RF) MR-20LFH


34 1 35 I 36 I 37 I 38 I 39 I 40 I 41 I 42 1 43 II
RS CS DR CD SD RD SG ER

CP4 CNT8
1 2 3 1 2 3

R S G
] on R S G
(Nihon burndy)
SMS3PK-5

(Note 1) Connector CD1 is mounted on master PCB.


(Note 2) Connector CD2 is mounted on option card 1.
(Note 3) Connector CP4 is mounted on input unit.

551
APPENDIX 1

c) Connection between 11/110 and tape reader without reels with parallel
interface

Connector Connector
MR50LPH MR50LMH
11/110 control Separate tape reader
unit

CD5
/ J 80
\ without reels

CTX
MR50F
MR SOM
Connector
SMS6PN-5

CP14A J 81a
Nihon burndy
(6-pin, brown)
o M4 screw terminal

+ 24V ov + 5V
Connector
SMS3PK-5 + 24 V 0V +5V
CP4 J 81
Nihon burndy
(3-pin, black)
O M3 screw terminal

200 A 200 B

R S

(Note 1) CP14A is mounted on the master PCB below the stabilizing power
circuit. Disconnect the stabilizing power circuit once and con-
nect CP14A.
(Note 2) CP4 is mounted on the input unit.
(Note 3) Connection of J81a
CP14A Tape reader

1 +5V

2 +5V +5V +5V

3 OV OV OV

4 OV +24V +24V

5 +24V

6
**
(Note 4) Connection of J81 Tape reader

CP4
1 R R R

2 S S S

3 G

- 552 -
APPENDIX 1

d) Connection between 11/110


series and tape reader with reels
The separate tape reader with reels is connectable via I/O interface,
It is also directly connectable to the master PCS in 11/110 series,

Connector Separate tape reader


11/110 PAS- 50- 17 without reels

J 80
CAT

Connector
SMS 3 PIC- 5

CP4
1 2 3 J 81 1 2 3

R S G R S G

J80: 50 core flat cable

- 553 -
APPENDIX 1

10) Connection to external position display (11/110 series)


The external position display is provided for 2 axes, 3 axes, 4 axes, and 5
axes. The connection of signal cable more or less differs among 2/3 axes, 4
axes and 5 axes types, as shown below.

5 axes
MR20LFH
~
2 4 axes
MS 3 106B- 18- IS
NC Position display
MR — 20LFH

/ INPUT External reset


CA 11
cD J 82

Signal cable + a
(If required)

o o
a
EXR R >
W
co
w Y
+ a o
EXS
a J 83
O
o
S O')
« a i
TP 3 a
a Power cable
a <
(Input unit)

\
(AC200)
/ \
M3
M4
I .
Max 50m M3

CA11 MR20RM

1 OV 14 OV Name of
Contents
8 OV signal
2 OV 15
DDHDD8 Data
9 DD1
3 RSI 16
DWT Data strobe
10 DD2
4 RS2 17
RSKRS5 Reset input
11 DD4
5 RS3 18
12 DD8
6 RS4 19 RS5
13 DWT
7 0V 20

554
APPENDIX 1

® Interface on position display side

2/3-axis position display 4-axis position display


INPUT INPUT

A B C D A B C D
DD1 DD2 DD4 DD8 DD1 DD2 DD4 DD8
E F G H E F G H
DWT RSX RSY RSZ DWT RSX RSY RSZ
I J I J
OV OV OV PSB

Connector: CANNON MS3102A-18-1P

® 5-axis position display

MR20RM

1 OV 14 OV
8 OV
2 OV 15
9 DD1
3 RSI 16
10 DD2
4 RS2 17
11 DD4
5 RS3 18
12 DD8
6 RS4 19 RS5
13 DWT
7 OV 20

a Position display external reset input

2/3-axis position display 4-axis position display 5-axis position display

X
+ X
+ X
+

RESET Y
+ Y
+ Y
+

RESET

Z
+ Z + RESET Z
+

M3 screw terminal
B + A
+

M3 screw terminal
B +

M3 screw terminal

555
APPENDIX 1

11) Connection of high-speed skip signal and high-speed measuring position


arrival signal

In case of 11/110 series


CA8 MR20RM

1 HSKP1 14 HSKP3 Name of


Contents
8 HSKP2 signal
2 0V 15 0V HSKPl'Wj High-speed skip signal
9 OV
3 HSKP4 16 HAE2
HAEH3 High measuring position
10 HAE1
arrival signal
4 OV 17 OV
11 OV
5 HAE3 18
12
6 OV 19
13
7 20

In case of 10/100 series


CA8 MRE20-RMD

1 HS01 14 HS03 Name of


Contents
8 HS02 signal
2 OV 15 OV
HS0K03 High-speed skip signal
9 OV
(HSKP1V1) or high-speed
3 HS04 16
measuring position arrival
10
signal (HAE1ÿ3)
4 OV 17
11
HS04 High-speed signal (HSKP4)
5 18
12
6 19 OV
13
7 20 OV

FS 10 KS 1 1
C A 8(1} C A 8(1)
USKIM
C A 8 (2} C A 812)
OV
C A 8 (8) C A 8 (8)
HSKP2
High-speed
C A 8(9) C A 8(9}
signal input OV

C A 8(11) C A 8(11)
HSKP3
C A 8 (13 C A 8(19
OV
C A 8 (3) C A 8 13) 1 HSKP4
C A 8 ('!) C A 8 ('ll
OV
C A 8(1) CA8M HAE 1

High-speed C A 8 (2) C A 8111)


ov
measuring
C A 8 (3) C A 8(19
position HAE 2
arrival signal C A 8 19) C A 8 (11)
input OV

C A 8 (Hi C A 8 (S) HAE 3


C A 8(19 CA8(6)
OV

- 556
APPENDIX 1

12) Connection of magnetic switch system reference point signal (11 series)
CA12 MR20RM

1 OV 14 Name of
Contents
8 ZD4 signal
2 OV 15
ZDKZD5 Magnetic switch system
9 ZDS
reference point signal
3 OV 16
10 ZD1
4 17
11 ZD2
5 18
12 ZD3
6 19
13
7 20

1
NC
CA1 2(10) 1st-axis reference
ZD 1
point signal
CA 1 2 (if
ZD2 2nd-axis reference
point signal
CA 12(12)
ZD 3 3rd-axis reference
point signal
CA1 2(8) !
ZD4 4 til-axis reference
point signal
CA1 2 (9)
ZD5 5 th-axis reference
point signal
CA 1 2(1)
OV
CA1 2 (2)
OV Logic 1 means reference point.
C A 1 2 (3)
£ OV Logic 1: Open or higher than 3.1V
Logic 2: Lower than 2V

13) 20mA current loop

CD7 (when punch panel is used)

1 14
8
2 15
9
3 16
10
4 OV 17
TTY 3 11
5 18
12
6 19
TTY2 13
7 20
TTYl tS]

557
APPENDIX 1

1.8 Connecting of I/O Unit

1) I/O unit signal connection diagram (In case of one group)


10 10

IF01B CA15[
I/O base unit #3
(IF01B used) I/O module CA16[ \\ MR50F
Powver
module

0
10 1 0

IF01B CA15[j} MR5 0M


I/O base unit #2
(1F01B used) I/O module CA16[ (]-
Power
module

0 I/O unit Group #0

10 1 0

IF'OIB CA15[ D-
I/O base unit #1 I/O module CA16ÿ Q-
(IF01B used)
Powvei
dulc

0
10 1 0

IF01A CA15[ []-


I/O base unit #0 I/O module CA16[
(IF01A used)
Powver
nildulo

r~i

COP 4 Note:
Cable No. 1 must be 1.5 m
or shorter.
Optical Run wiring separately from
fiber cable the power supply and I/O
module input signals.
COP2

NC

Fig. 1.8 (a) I/O unit signal connection diagram (1)


(in case of one group)

558 -
rs>

w
I/O unit group #0 I/O unit group #1 I/O unit group #2 I/O unit group #3 o
10 0 10 0 10 0 10 o
e
IFOIBI ICAISC IFOIBI [CAIÿ; 3
IFOIBI . ]CA1S [ IFOIBI JCAISD H-

I/O base unit #3


(IF01B is used)
Tower rnMR50F
CA16 [ [p-,
Power
CAI6[ D —
Powcr|
CAI6[ Q-
'
Power
CA1C D — CD
H-

© © (i) ©
SQ
£3
S3

J—
I 1

0 10 0 10 0 10 0 o
10

IFOIB| 1CAIS[ o — IF01Bim|CAl5[ CM IF01B


Power
CA15[ IFOlBj ICA15[ 0
Power — o
3
I/O base unit #2
(IF01B is used)
power
CA16[ 0-
Power
CA16[ 0 —\
CA16[ D CA16[ —
0 3
fD
D
n
o*
© © ® © S3
CL
0 10 0 10 0 10 0 H*
10

I/O base unit #1


IF01K
Power
CA15

CA16 [
£ Q-* IFOIB!
|
lCAI5C El—
Power
CA16[ [j-.
IFOIBIPower. CA15[ 0—J
CA16[ D —
IFOIBI
Power
CAISI; D
CA16[
— CD
n
CD
(IF01B is used) 3
I
H
Ln
Ln
\o
Interface module (Note 1)
J81
© o
S3

10 0 £D
l 10 (IF04C) 0 10 0 10 0 CO

— — ICAISC D— ]CA15[
IFOIA] fD
OOP2D
:FftJC IFOIA!Power|CAIS[ 0 IFOIA| |CA15[ Q IFOIAIPower Power
I/O base unit #0 OOP 20
COP 2D
:c CA16[
Power
CA16[ CA16[ CAlÿ O
Ml
(IF01A is used) COPC'C

COP 2A
cn
.[ COP-i COP4 COP 4 COP 4 COP4 fD
<Q
COP 2 A
LLs OP 4 OP 4
o
COP 4 C3COP4
Optical fiber CD
cable h-1
OQ

O
c
T3
Optical fiber cable cn
COP2

(Note 1) Interface module (IF)$C) for optical interface expansion is mounted on based unit #0 in group 0
as an example. It can be mounted on any type of base unit and arbitrary shot NO other than No. 0.
NC 2) Cable VOZ should be shorter than 1.5 m. It should be separated from I/O signal of power I/O
module in wiring. >
M3
M
W
z
2
x
Fig. 1. 8 (b) I/O unit signal connecting diagram (2)
(When several groups are used)
APPENDIX 1

3) I/O units connecting signal cable


CA15 CA 1 6

Honda Tsushin, MR-50LMH Honda Tsushin, MR-50LFH


(50-pin, male) (50-pin, female)

Fig. 1.8 (c) Connector for I/O units connecting signal cable (V021

CA1 5 CA1 6

1 9 1

2 6- •O 2

3 6- <? 3
4 $ ? 4

Pin number Pin number

49 O- -i 49
50 6- 50

Fig. 1.8 (d) Signal cable connection diagram between main unit and I/O unit

- 560 -
-O'

H
O
c
3
I/O unit H-
rr
T5
O
IF01A Power =3
(0
Power input unit module
(in NC unit)
o
o
Crimp-style 3
I/O module T1 terminal 3
0>
ALC M3 o
SMS3PK-5 rr
AID H-
CP5 o
+24E 3
1 2 3 M3
GND cu
R S G
CP5
T
A CP3 1 p.
3
cw
o 3
M4 3
Tap 3
BURNDY
1

ON
SMS3RK-4TK2
0 SMS6P-1
M
3
rt
3-
I
SMS3PWS- 5
CP6 o
1 2 3 Cfi
rc
ALC ALD
CP 6
0 o
Hi

o
CP 3 1 3
BURNDY T T
SMS 3RWS-4D28 R S G M

o
T TT “G
cn
PA PB
CO
rt>

Note 1: PA and PB of CP31 are not used. BURNDY 3


3
2 SMS6RA- 2TK2 H*
r+
Note 2: Use 1.25 mm or larger wire to
ground for GND terminal of T1 . >
3
ta
Note 3: Use 30/0.18 (0.75 mm) or larger 2:
a
wire for J73 and J74.
x
Fig. 1.8 (e) I/O unit power connection diagram (In the case of one I/O unit)
Ln

O
J 74
C
Power input unit (Inside NC) 3
H-
T 1 M3 rt

I/O module [XTc T3


Power
CP5 ALD o
2 3
SMS3PK-5
CPS
~24E 53
rD
sd
1
R S G CP 31 Q|GND

( BURNDY
SMS3RK- 4TK2
SMS3PWS -5
SMS6P-1
TP J 80
O
O
3
1 .2. 3 ft)
ALC ALD CP6 O
T 1 M3
rt

( BURNDY
SMS3RWS-4D28
I/O module Power
ALC
ALD
E24E
B==, H*
O
P
J 82
CP31 Q|GND CP 31 CL
H*

IT
l T T
SMS6P-1 in
R S G
09
J 80 T T »-{
Additional PA PB
B
SMS3PK-5
Power
T1 M3
I
Ln
input unit |==j
CP91 SMS3PK-S I/O module Power
ALC
ALD
BURNDY
SMS6RA-2TK2 ) M
3
ON J73 -t-24E
rt
o GND <
N3 CP91 CP92
) 2 _3_
CP 31 rr
i AC rD
M4
INPUT R I S G
SMS6P- 1
J 73 O
R R
CP93
BURNDY J 80 03
SMS 3RK-4TK2 CO
S rD
J73
CP94
G T1 M3 o
M4 © CP 9 2- CP 96
ALC Hi
T _3_
J 73
I/O module Power
ALD
R s o j CP9S CD
+24E Note 1) PA and PB in CP31 are not used. (D

BURNDY
CP31 O GNP o-
2) GND terminal (Tl) of I/O unit
<CD
SMS3RK- 4TK2
SMS6P- 1 M4 (max. 4 sets) in one group is
CP96 J 80 connected by the wire with cross
section more than 1.25 mm2 .
J—i
SMS3PK5 3) Wires more than 30/0.18
(0-75 mm2) are used for J73, 74 o
J 82
To next I/O unit and 80. cr
P
4) One additional power input unit co
can control I/O unit power input. CD
(Max. 4 sets)

........
CP91
C
][}
5) Connector contact specification 3 >
ns
CP92 To next I/O unit CP31 (made in Burnday) H-
rt*
cn M
1 Other than CP6. . RC16M-SCT3 Z
2 CP6 RC16M-23D28 O
X
Fig. 1.8 tf) I/O unit power connection diagram (When several i/O units are employed)
APPENDIX 1

6) Analog input module connection

AD04A (Analog input module)


Voltage input

VP1 1 Channel #0

o~d:iq; 1MQ

a
IP1
K* ' Q-ÿ
i. 1M(3

---
COM1 3

250(3
PQ1
V o4
VP2 5 Channel #1

lMfl
IP2 6

1M(3
COM2 7
X
250(2

Current input
FG2 8 Multi¬
plexer AMP — A/D
Converter
VP 3 9 Channel #2

0/20n 1M(2
IP3 10
[3k
I 1MQ
X Note 1.
COM3 11
X
250(3
VPn and IPn must always
be connected short for vV FG3 A 12 j

current input.

VP1 13 Channel #3
Note 1: Shielded twist pair cables
(2 cores) are required 1M(2
as connecting cables. IP4 14

1M(3
COM4 15
X
250(3

FG4 16

PGI 21

I Connect to ground plate


in power magnetic cabinet

Fig. 1.8 (g) Analog input module connection

563
APPENDIX 1

7) Analog output module connection

DA 0 2 A/D A 0 3 A
Voltage output
1 VP1

Channel
#0
D/A
converter 1 1
Voltage'
AMP .
VN1
Note 1.
--f
—T l
\

} 10 k«
or more

Current
3 IP1
AMP Load impedance
10 kn
4 INI
m
5

Voltage VP 2
AMPÿ
Channel D/A
#1 converter
VN2
& Current output

Curren 8 IP2
AMP - 500 n

£
Q
IN2
i
i
i
1 or less

FQ
10
0
Load impedance
11 VP3 500 fi
Voltage
AMP
Channel D/A 12 VN3
#2 converter
4r
Current
13 IP 3
AMP

14 IN3
4r
15
Q Note 1) A 2-pair shielded cable must be used
as connection cable. The shield must
be connected to the ground at the
load side.
2) Channel #2 cannot be used in DA02A.

Fig. 1.8 (h> Analog output module connection

- 564 -
CO

l"d
w

H H*
s
O ft
rt H*
O

I 1
3
O S'
OQ
3
3 3
Positioning module ft) o
D £3
rt 0
Servo
trans¬
Input power
AC220V, 30
H- I
3

(D
1

former oo
M series CN2 o
o'
(Velo city control unit) CV1 {|[ ’SSS Emergency stop M 3
O 3
unit T1 AC100V for servo n n>
o
rt
a. H-
H- O
(DC motor feed back) CF 1 3 3
2.
n n
00
3
tt
3
i ID DC motor M series
ui
o1
r!
O'
Ul a
n
in
3
r!
Machine <
o
(Limit switch) T1 (Limit switch)
3
o
o

>
m
z
Fig. 1.8 (i) Positioning module total connecting block diagram (For DC sevo motor) O
X
cr
Foi motor
For feedback signal MS3102A-28-20P for 10M, H
o
MS3102A-20— 29P 20M, 30MH 1 rt
.+* ;s y -3
- y / -t -y —
a /L» A Ki\ H PCS C| -FS D A 11 C A1
b-*
K fit 3i K FT/. II G I.' A 1 E F A2
+ S K +•5 y M G_ A2 H J
O
N ov F ov RjOHl s 0111 K BOA 1. BCB M 300A
T OV N 200H J1 G Note 3 o
3
: Mil -20 1’4 A
(3V1 MR-20LMH 3
ft)
M scries velocity contiolunit MS3102A-18-10P
1 2 3
PROYl ENBL1 ovti VRDY1
4 5 6
TSA VGMU
7
/ MR-20LFH CNl (MR-20RMA)
1 |>'HJI>I|2|CNHI.I 3 0V1.1UNHIIVI 5 |6]TSA|7|CCMD
A Al b

c D
A2
a
for OM, 5M
n
rt

in
~

XLsI- "•»i]9[- Il2l 1i3)00mIÿ o


8 9 10 11 12 13 M ! 'TU'r: 13 >r. H i.rjjSloVIjI 17] :|]S
'ÿ ~|S|fSB|2D| EC
SMS6PW-5 (Housing) P
i<

RM15WTR-4P (HIROSE)
*ALM1 *ALM2 *ALM4 COM RC16M-SCT3 (Contact) v CN2 ( SMS6RW- 3) 1 lA> |g|A2 for 00M CX.
14 15 16 17 13 19 20 Made by NIPPON BURNDY_\ T~i~ 3 | 4 | 5 } 6 3 G H*
PRDY2 ENBL2 0VL2 VRDY2 TSB OV LIL 18A CT |lSB fTCHltTOHj
OQ

CPI : MR-20RMA
T1 M4 screw terminal
.|1S5U1- •*
sq c iil
185V jl85W| IQOAUOOBI Al | Al | A2 | A2j O DC motor 3
1
ov
2
OV
3 4
ov +5V
5 6 7
+5V +5V (TL2)
MR- 20LFH
? 9 9 ? 9 9 9 9 9 9
L M series

X 14 15 16
OKI
17
8

18
9

19
10 11 12 13
OH 2 (TSA) (TSB) (TL1) (TIP)
20 ]Q
—ctlb— 100VAC, 1-phase
Emergency stop
I
PCZ *PC% PCA *PCA PCB *PCB SO Note 1; When using motor model 00M, connect the motor
Ln Servo transformer for M series to the MA or MAE 34 ~ 36 terminals (SOV) of
O' the transformer.
ON Signals in ( ) are not used. 31 3b Note 2: The transformer in this diagram is for domestic use.
185U 185V 1S5W run rai2 Fox export transformers, change the connection
I terminals and taps according to the input voltage.
? ? Hotel? ? For details, see Descriptions of FANUC DC SERVO
47 I 4? 1 4X [ 44 CdT i 47 i 48 I 4f) 1 MOTOR M Series (B-53262).
18A|CT]18B|I8A CTTI8B jUSÿCT) p$B)|
9 9 9 o o o o o o
i 2 i i 6
220V 200V 220V 200V 220V 200 V Note 2

t ? ? T ? 220VAC, 3-phase
Crimp-style terminal (M3) Note 3: BCA and BCR are power source for brakes
Tl: M3 screw terminal board
1 2 3 4 / Note 4:
(100VAC, 0.6A).
200A and 200B are power source
(200VAC, 42W) for fan of 30MH.

*DKC *-fOT *-OT DOM Note 5: 100A and 100B are power source for electro-magnetic
contactor.
O Machine tool 00M-30M: 100VAC,20VA
(Limit switch) (90VA when power is on)
30MH : 100VAC.40VA
(110VA when power is on)

>
-c
'ÿ0
cn
Z
2
x
Fig. 1.8 (j) Total connection diagram of the positioning module
c) Total connection block diagram (when AC servo motor is used)

Servo
trans¬ Input power
J51 220VAC, 3-phase
former
Velocity
Positioning module
control
unit
(Velocity control unit) cvi
0 cm CN2
J53

{J52)
Emergency stop

- oTo- 100VAC for servo

T1

(Velocity control unit) CF1 CN6


0
*AC motor feedback
Note 1
CN5

CZD
ii
n

0
Ln
AC servo motor
Ob
-"4

!
-0 d.
(Limit switch) T1 &
0 Machine tool
(Limit switch)
Separate type pulse coder

Note 1: The dotted lines apply to systems with separate-type


pulse coder. In this case, the J2 connection is not necessary.

>
ns
m
t?
>—<
X
Fig. 1.8 (k) Total connecting block diagram of the positioning module (When AC servo motor is used)
Positioning module Motor line
Velocity control unit for AC
RM15WTP-4S a
Al 2 AZ Model 2-0, 1-0
oyi: MR- 20 FA
T T
MR-20LFH ONI : MR-20RMA *
3 A3 4 C H
i 2 _L 7_ MR-20LMH 1I I'ltJW 1 1 2| HMU.1 Ujwuivi |5l
J3 OW.I |6 7 o
/
;
PRDY1 QvSLl OVL1 VRDY1 VCMD rr
N t!3lCOM[X
MS3106B18-10S (Straight type)
_9_ 12 13

0
_8_ IQ 11 5D
*ALM1 -ALM2 *ALM4 COM
Mp.«[l5|ra»«|l6| 'W |D|»IIU»» \s\ b[ |20j OV MS3108B18-10S (Elbow type) h-*
Feedback signal A A1 B A2 Model 0, 5
li. 15 16 17 16 19 20
MR-20LWFH O
CN6 : MR-20RMD MS3106B20-29SW C A3 0 C
PRDY2 ENBL2 OVL2 VRDY2 OV O
1! 0V 2 OV 3 OV 4 5 6 7i (Straight type) MS3106B22-22S (Straight type) 3
\[8[CHlj9jCH2 111! 12 Il3 [X MS3 108B20-29SW MS3108B22-22S (Elbow type) 3
(D
M |p cz\s5 *PC2WPCA tm*PCAna PCB psSÿPcaao (Elbow type) A Al | B I A2
~ Model 10, 20, 30 o
A PCA B PCB c[cT A3 |p~ G rr
MR- 20LWMH CN5 : MR-20RFD E P PC2 cj G H*
O
SMS6PW-5 l|OV 1 2 1 ov [3[ ov |4| P5V|5[ÿ5Vj6j-P5V[7l J +5V K +5V L|C4 M C8 MS3106B24-1OS (Straight type) 3
CF1 : MR-20RMA (Housing) Xfipiil |9|OH2 jlo| C8 |ll| C4 |E| C2 |n| C 1 IX N ov P C2 R|OHI js OH2 MS3108B24-10S (Elbow type)
Q-
MR-LFH 14 j jl9ÿPCBÿ)j SG T ov A Al B Al
ov RC16M-SCT3 hu
OV
\7, 3
OV
9
+5V
10
f5V
11
+5V
12 13
/ (Contact) C A2 D A2 Model 30R
CTQ
CN2 : SMS6RW-3 E A3 F A3
/\ OHl OH 2
J u —0[ j
2_ 2_
| 18B |TOH1 |TOH2
_5_ _6_ G G
&3
11 15 16 17 18 19 20 Note 4 ISA CT
2
PC2 + PCZ PCA *PCA PCB *PCB
Tl: M4 screw terminal Note: Connect Model 3-0, and 4-0
A Connected only when A PCA;B PCB c DÿPCA with crimp-style terminals.
EÿPCBJF PCZ 1S5U 185V 18 5W 100 A 100B 1 Al A2 | A3
separate-type pulse G *PCZ H| G
? O
O O Q O O O O cp i-4

o
coder is used. J +5V k --5V L] M! 1
r*i r-t rt

r Connect the 8-9 pins


T[
CV P
CV
R i Emergency AC motor series >
o
I shot when separate-type stop

Ln
pulse coder is used. <h <£Lb 100VAC, 1-phase CO

......
OA
GO fa
Separate type pulse-coder Note 1: When using mofor model 4-0, 3-0 (2000 rpm max),
C
o
I 2-0, 1-0, connect the motors to terminals 34-36
Crim-style terminal M3 Transformer for AC servo (120V) of transformer. 2
Note 2: This diagram is for the transformer used in Japan. O
Tl: M3 screw terminal 31 i 32 TT ~£T 51 | 52 For export transformers, change the connection rr
Note 1 T0H1 TOH2 O
| terminals and taps according to the input voltage.
A.
1
2_ A 185U 185V 1S5W tern
*D£C
For details, see Descriptions of FANuC AC SERVO
* fOT *-0T COM w
1 ? ? ? 0
? MOTOR Series (B-54762E).
Note 3: The turning on of servo transformer input power and
the 100 VAC (for electro-magnetic contactors) must
be done before inputting power to the control system
18A CT 18B 18A CT 18B 18A CT 18B or within 0.5 seconds after turning the power on.
Note 4: When using a separate-type pulse coder, the connection
? ? ? of positioning module (CFI) and velocity control
unit for AC servo (CN6) are not necessary.
A 2_ T ± _s_ _6_
Note 2
220V 200V 220V 200V 220V 200V

O9O9OO

oÿ-ÿ>
Fuse
-200VAC, 3-phase
Machine tool
(Limit switch)- >
>
TJ
*0
w
Fig. 1.8 (!) Total connection diagram of the positioning module 2
X
APPENDIX 1

e) Machine tool connection '(limit switch)

Positioning module
Wire material: 0.1 mm2 or thicker

Receiver circuit
(insulated type)
T 1 (I)
Deceleration signal input *DEC
for reference point return RV

T 1( 2)
+ direction overtravei
RV
*+OT
limit signal input

- direction overtravei T1 (3)


limitsignal input RV
-6

-O
E. 24VDC
T 1 (4) ±10%
<5 COM

Fig. 1.8 (m) Machine tool connection diagram

569
APPENDIX 1

9) Pulse counter module connection


a) Total connection diagram

CAl 4 1MR-20RMA
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 MR-20LFH
OV OV
8
OV
9
Note 2 Note 2
(+5V) (+5V) (+5V)
10 11 12
Note 2

13
/
Note 1 J1 Detective
Note 1 Note 1 Note 1
pulse
+P *+P -P *-P generator
14 15 16 17 18 19 20
MKS *MKS PAS *PAS PBS *PBS

Crimp-style terminal (M3)

T1: M3 screw terminals


1 2 3 4 5 6 7
o
I

CMPA CMPB CMPC COM2 ME CSP COM1 Machine


J J2 (magnetic
cabinet)

Note 1) Connect either +/- pulse (+P.*+P, +P.*P) or phase A/B pulse (PAS.*PAS,
PBS.*PBS) of the detection pulse generator to the pulse counter module.
The pulse which is not used must be connected as follows:

A. When +/- pulse is not used B. When phase A/B pulse is not used.

+5
4
+5ii
+5
5
+ 5 .5
+p \(}/Svv) PA 16 }lOOIRlOOft
(iAm (HW)
*+p *PA
_P Aio PB .18
*-p<y-± *PBOÿ
0V(U- OV
1

Note 2) When using the +5V for the detection pulse generator, the capacity max¬
imum is 350 mA. In case it exceeds 350 mA, the power supply must be
prepared at the machine tool builder.

Fig. 1.8 (n) Pulse counter module total connecting diagram

- 570 -
APPENDIX 1

b) Connection between the detection pulse generator and pulse counter module
(when phase A/B pulse is used)

Puse counter module Detection pulse generator


(Note 1)
CA14U6)
OPA
'•v
PAQ.
Phase A pulse
signal input
CA 14(17) >KPAA.
0*PA

CA 14(18)OPB
PBp-
Phase B pulse
signal input
C A 14(19) *PBA
<b*PB
CA 14(14) MKSA
OMKS
Marker
signal input
CA 14(15) ,*MKS A Line drive
0*MKS
SN75113
equivaler
Line receiver CA 14(4)
SN75115 -Q+5V + 5VO-
CA14(l) OV A
-OOV

CA14(5)
0+5 V + 5V Q-
CA14(2)
OV OV

CA12(6) A
AL5V H-5V

CAW (3) OVA


1
Ground

Note 1) Twisted pair unified shield wire


Recommended cable: A66L-0001-0041
2
Connect at least 6 lines thicker than 0.18 mm for the +5V, OV lines.
(The three terminals of +5V, OV will have two each.)

Fig. 1.8 (o) Connection between the detection pulse generator and pulse counter module
(When phase A/B pulse is used)

571
APPENDIX 1

c) Connection between detective pulse generator and pulse counter module


(for +/- pulse)

Pulse counter module Detectine pulse generator

CA14(8)
Q+P C +Pp-
+ pulse
signal input
CA 14(9)
*+PQ-
CA 14(10)
O-P
- pulse
signal input
CA 14(11)
0*-P
* P(>
CA 14(14) MKSA.
*MKS
Marker detection
signal input
CA 14(15)
A+MKS *MKSA Line driver
Line receiver SN75113
SN75115 CA14(4)A + 5V
+ 5V 6-
CA14( 1)
AOV ovA

CA 14(5) + 5VA
0 + 5V

CALK 2)
Oov OVA

CA14(6)
0+ 5 V + 5VQ-
CA14(3)
OV V. /
ovA

/
Grounding
(Note 1)

Note 1) Twisted pair unified shield wire


Recommended cable specification: A66L-0001-0041
More than 6 pieces of wire should be connected to +5V and 0V
2
(each 0.18 mm or more).

Fig. 1.8 (p) Connection between detective pulse generator and pulse counter module
(for +/-pulse)

572

You might also like